102ND GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2021 and 2022
SB3865

 

Introduced 1/21/2022, by Sen. Mike Simmons

 

SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED:
 
See Index

    Amends various Acts to make changes concerning references to noncitizen individuals and non-domestic entities. Effective immediately.


LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

 

 

A BILL FOR

 

SB3865LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    AN ACT concerning State government.
 
2    Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
3represented in the General Assembly:
 
4    Section 5. The Illinois Notary Public Act is amended by
5changing Section 2-102 as follows:
 
6    (5 ILCS 312/2-102)  (from Ch. 102, par. 202-102)
7    (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-160)
8    Sec. 2-102. Application. Every applicant for appointment
9and commission as a notary shall complete an application in a
10format prescribed by the Secretary of State to be filed with
11the Secretary of State, stating:
12        (a) the applicant's official name, as it appears on
13    his or her current driver's license or state-issued
14    identification card;
15        (b) the county in which the applicant resides or, if
16    the applicant is a resident of a state bordering Illinois,
17    the county in Illinois in which that person's principal
18    place of work or principal place of business is located;
19        (c) the applicant's residence address, as it appears
20    on his or her current driver's license or state-issued
21    identification card;
22        (c-5) the applicant's business address if different
23    than the applicant's residence address, if performing

 

 

SB3865- 2 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    notarial acts constitutes any portion of the applicant's
2    job duties;
3        (d) that the applicant has resided in the State of
4    Illinois for 30 days preceding the application or that the
5    applicant who is a resident of a state bordering Illinois
6    has worked or maintained a business in Illinois for 30
7    days preceding the application;
8        (e) that the applicant is a citizen of the United
9    States or a noncitizen an alien lawfully admitted for
10    permanent residence in the United States;
11        (f) the applicant's date of birth;
12        (g) that the applicant is able to read and write the
13    English language;
14        (h) that the applicant has never been the holder of a
15    notary public appointment that was revoked or suspended
16    during the past 10 years;
17        (i) that the applicant has not been convicted of a
18    felony;
19        (i-5) that the applicant's signature authorizes the
20    Office of the Secretary of State to conduct a verification
21    to confirm the information provided in the application,
22    including a criminal background check of the applicant, if
23    necessary; and
24        (j) any other information the Secretary of State deems
25    necessary.
26(Source: P.A. 99-112, eff. 1-1-16; 100-809, eff. 1-1-19.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 3 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-160)
2    Sec. 2-102. Application.
3    (a) Application for notary public commission. Every
4applicant for appointment and commission as a notary shall
5complete an application in a format prescribed by the
6Secretary of State to be filed with the Secretary of State,
7stating:
8        (1) the applicant's official name, as it appears on
9    his or her current driver's license or state-issued
10    identification card;
11        (2) the county in which the applicant resides or, if
12    the applicant is a resident of a state bordering Illinois,
13    the county in Illinois in which that person's principal
14    place of work or principal place of business is located;
15        (3) the applicant's residence address, as it appears
16    on his or her current driver's license or state-issued
17    identification card;
18        (4) the applicant's e-mail address;
19        (5) the applicant's business address if different than
20    the applicant's residence address, if performing notarial
21    acts constitutes any portion of the applicant's job
22    duties;
23        (6) that the applicant has resided in the State of
24    Illinois for 30 days preceding the application or that the
25    applicant who is a resident of a state bordering Illinois

 

 

SB3865- 4 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    has worked or maintained a business in Illinois for 30
2    days preceding the application;
3        (7) that the applicant is a citizen of the United
4    States or lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the
5    United States;
6        (8) the applicant's date of birth;
7        (9) that the applicant is proficient in the the
8    English language;
9        (10) that the applicant has not had a prior
10    application or commission revoked due to a finding or
11    decision by the Secretary of State;
12        (11) that the applicant has not been convicted of a
13    felony;
14        (12) that the applicant's signature authorizes the
15    Office of the Secretary of State to conduct a verification
16    to confirm the information provided in the application,
17    including a criminal background check of the applicant, if
18    necessary;
19        (13) that the applicant has provided satisfactory
20    proof to the Secretary of State that the applicant has
21    successfully completed any required course of study on
22    notarization; and
23        (14) any other information the Secretary of State
24    deems necessary.
25    (b) Any notary appointed under subsection (a) shall have
26the authority to conduct remote notarizations.

 

 

SB3865- 5 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (c) Application for electronic notary public commission.
2An application for an electronic notary public commission must
3be filed with the Secretary of State in a manner prescribed by
4the Secretary of State. Every applicant for appointment and
5commission as an electronic notary public shall complete an
6application to be filed with the Secretary of State, stating:
7        (1) all information required to be included in an
8    application for appointment as an electronic notary
9    public, as provided under subsection (a);
10        (2) that the applicant is commissioned as a notary
11    public under this Act;
12        (3) the applicant's email address;
13        (4) that the applicant has provided satisfactory proof
14    to the Secretary of State that the applicant has
15    successfully completed any required course of study on
16    electronic notarization and passed a qualifying
17    examination;
18        (5) a description of the technology or device that the
19    applicant intends to use to create his or her electronic
20    signature in performing electronic notarial acts;
21        (6) the electronic signature of the applicant; and
22        (7) any other information the Secretary of State deems
23    necessary.
24    (d) Electronic notarial acts. Before an electronic notary
25public performs an electronic notarial act using audio-video
26communication, he or she must be granted an electronic notary

 

 

SB3865- 6 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1public commission by the Secretary of State under this
2Section, and identify the technology that the electronic
3notary public intends to use, which must be approved by the
4Secretary of State.
5    (e) Approval of commission. Upon the applicant's
6fulfillment of the requirements for a notarial commission or
7an electronic notary public commission, the Secretary of State
8shall approve the commission and issue to the applicant a
9unique commission number.
10    (f) Rejection of application. The Secretary of State may
11reject an application for a notarial commission or an
12electronic notary public commission if the applicant fails to
13comply with any Section of this Act.
14(Source: P.A. 102-160 (See Section 99 of P.A. 102-160 for
15effective date of P.A. 102-160).)
 
16    Section 10. The Illinois TRUST Act is amended by changing
17Section 10 as follows:
 
18    (5 ILCS 805/10)
19    Sec. 10. Definitions. In this Act:
20    "Citizenship or immigration status" means all matters
21regarding citizenship of the United States or any other
22country or the authority to reside in or otherwise be present
23in the United States.
24    "Civil immigration warrant" means any document that is not

 

 

SB3865- 7 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1approved or ordered by a judge that can form the basis for an
2individual's arrest or detention for a civil immigration
3enforcement purpose. "Civil immigration warrant" includes Form
4I-200 "Warrant for the Arrest of Alien", Form I-203 "Order to
5Detain or Release Alien", Form I-205 "Warrant of
6Removal/Deportation", Form I-286 "Notice of Custody
7Determination", any predecessor or successor form, and all
8warrants, hits, or requests contained in the "Immigration
9Violator File" of the FBI's National Crime Information Center
10(NCIC) database. "Civil immigration warrant" does not include
11any criminal warrant.
12    "Contact information" means home address, work address,
13telephone number, electronic mail address, social media
14information, or any other personal identifying information
15that could be used as a means to contact an individual.
16    "Immigration agent" means an agent of federal Immigration
17and Customs Enforcement, federal Customs and Border
18Protection, or any similar or successor agency.
19    "Immigration detainer" means a request to a State or local
20law enforcement agency to provide notice of release or
21maintain custody of an individual based on an alleged
22violation of a civil immigration law, including detainers
23issued under Sections 1226 or 1357 of Title 8 of the United
24States Code or 287.7 or 236.1 of Title 8 of the Code of Federal
25Regulations. "Immigration detainer" includes Form I-247A
26"Immigration Detainer – Notice of Action" and any predecessor

 

 

SB3865- 8 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or successor form.
2    "Law enforcement agency" means an agency of the State or
3of a unit of local government charged with enforcement of
4State, county, or municipal laws or with managing custody of
5detained persons in the State.
6    "Law enforcement official" means any individual with the
7power to arrest or detain individuals, including law
8enforcement officers, corrections officer, and others employed
9or designated by a law enforcement agency. "Law enforcement
10official" includes any probation officer.
11(Source: P.A. 102-234, eff. 8-2-21.)
 
12    Section 15. The Department of Commerce and Economic
13Opportunity Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois
14is amended by changing Section 605-800 as follows:
 
15    (20 ILCS 605/605-800)  (was 20 ILCS 605/46.19a in part)
16    Sec. 605-800. Training grants for skills in critical
17demand.
18    (a) Grants to provide training in fields affected by
19critical demands for certain skills may be made as provided in
20this Section.
21    (b) The Director may make grants to eligible employers or
22to other eligible entities on behalf of employers as
23authorized in subsection (c) to provide training for employees
24in fields for which there are critical demands for certain

 

 

SB3865- 9 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1skills. No participating employee may be an unauthorized
2noncitizen (a person that is not lawfully admitted for
3permanent residence) alien, as defined in 8 U.S.C. 1324a.
4    (c) The Director may accept applications for training
5grant funds and grant requests from: (i) entities sponsoring
6multi-company eligible employee training projects as defined
7in subsection (d), including business associations, strategic
8business partnerships, institutions of secondary or higher
9education, large manufacturers for supplier network companies,
10federal Job Training Partnership Act administrative entities
11or grant recipients, and labor organizations when those
12projects will address common training needs identified by
13participating companies; and (ii) individual employers that
14are undertaking eligible employee training projects as defined
15in subsection (d), including intermediaries and training
16agents.
17    (d) The Director may make grants to eligible applicants as
18defined in subsection (c) for employee training projects that
19include, but need not be limited to, one or more of the
20following:
21        (1) Training programs in response to new or changing
22    technology being introduced in the workplace.
23        (2) Job-linked training that offers special skills for
24    career advancement or that is preparatory for, and leads
25    directly to, jobs with definite career potential and
26    long-term job security.

 

 

SB3865- 10 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (3) Training necessary to implement total quality
2    management or improvement or both management and
3    improvement systems within the workplace.
4        (4) Training related to new machinery or equipment.
5        (5) Training of employees of companies that are
6    expanding into new markets or expanding exports from
7    Illinois.
8        (6) Basic, remedial, or both basic and remedial
9    training of employees as a prerequisite for other
10    vocational or technical skills training or as a condition
11    for sustained employment.
12        (7) Self-employment training of the unemployed and
13    underemployed with comprehensive, competency-based
14    instructional programs and services, entrepreneurial
15    education and training initiatives for youth and adult
16    learners in cooperation with the Illinois Institute for
17    Entrepreneurial Education, training and education,
18    conferences, workshops, and best practice information for
19    local program operators of entrepreneurial education and
20    self-employment training programs.
21        (8) Other training activities or projects, or both
22    training activities and projects, related to the support,
23    development, or evaluation of job training programs,
24    activities, and delivery systems, including training needs
25    assessment and design.
26    (e) Grants shall be made on the terms and conditions that

 

 

SB3865- 11 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the Department shall determine. No grant made under subsection
2(d), however, shall exceed 50% of the direct costs of all
3approved training programs provided by the employer or the
4employer's training agent or other entity as defined in
5subsection (c). Under this Section, allowable costs include,
6but are not limited to:
7        (1) Administrative costs of tracking, documenting,
8    reporting, and processing training funds or project costs.
9        (2) Curriculum development.
10        (3) Wages and fringe benefits of employees.
11        (4) Training materials, including scrap product costs.
12        (5) Trainee travel expenses.
13        (6) Instructor costs, including wages, fringe
14    benefits, tuition, and travel expenses.
15        (7) Rent, purchase, or lease of training equipment.
16        (8) Other usual and customary training costs.
17    (f) The Department may conduct on-site grant monitoring
18visits to verify trainee employment dates and wages and to
19ensure that the grantee's financial management system is
20structured to provide for accurate, current, and complete
21disclosure of the financial results of the grant program in
22accordance with all provisions, terms, and conditions
23contained in the grant contract. Each applicant must, on
24request by the Department, provide to the Department a
25notarized certification signed and dated by a duly authorized
26representative of the applicant, or that representative's

 

 

SB3865- 12 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1authorized designee, certifying that all participating
2employees are employed at an Illinois facility and, for each
3participating employee, stating the employee's name and
4providing either (i) the employee's social security number or
5(ii) a statement that the applicant has adequate written
6verification that the employee is employed at an Illinois
7facility. The Department may audit the accuracy of
8submissions. Applicants sponsoring multi-company training
9grant programs shall obtain information meeting the
10requirement of this subsection from each participating company
11and provide it to the Department upon request.
12    (g) The Director may establish and collect a schedule of
13charges from subgrantee entities and other system users under
14federal job-training programs for participating in and
15utilizing the Department's automated job-training program
16information systems if the systems and the necessary
17participation and utilization are requirements of the federal
18job-training programs. All monies collected pursuant to this
19subsection shall be deposited into the Federal Workforce
20Training Fund and may be used, subject to appropriation by the
21General Assembly, only for the purpose of financing the
22maintenance and operation of the automated federal
23job-training information systems.
24(Source: P.A. 99-933, eff. 1-27-17.)
 
25    Section 20. The Illinois Guaranteed Job Opportunity Act is

 

 

SB3865- 13 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1amended by changing Section 25 as follows:
 
2    (20 ILCS 1510/25)
3    Sec. 25. Program eligibility.
4    (a) General Rule. An individual is eligible to participate
5in the job projects assisted under this Act if the individual:
6        (1) is at least 16 years of age;
7        (2) has resided in the eligible area for at least 30
8    days;
9        (3) has been unemployed for 35 days prior to the
10    determination of employment for job projects assisted
11    under this Act;
12        (4) is a citizen of the United States, is a national of
13    the United States, is a lawfully admitted permanent
14    resident noncitizen alien, is a lawfully admitted refugee
15    or parolee, or is otherwise authorized by the United
16    States Attorney General to work in the United States; and
17        (5) is a recipient of assistance under Article IV of
18    the Illinois Public Aid Code.
19    (b) Limitations.
20        (1) (Blank).
21        (2) (Blank).
22        (3) No individual participating in the job opportunity
23    project assisted under this Act may work in any
24    compensated job other than the job assisted under this Act
25    for more than 20 hours per week.

 

 

SB3865- 14 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (4) Individuals participating under this Act shall
2    seek employment during the period of employment assisted
3    under this Act.
4        (5) Any individual eligible for retirement benefits
5    under the Social Security Act, under any retirement system
6    for Federal Government employees, under the railroad
7    retirement system, under the military retirement system,
8    under a State or local government pension plan or
9    retirement system, or any private pension program is not
10    eligible to receive a job under a job project assisted
11    under this Act.
12(Source: P.A. 93-46, eff. 7-1-03.)
 
13    Section 25. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by
14changing Section 1501 as follows:
 
15    (35 ILCS 5/1501)  (from Ch. 120, par. 15-1501)
16    Sec. 1501. Definitions.
17    (a) In general. When used in this Act, where not otherwise
18distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the
19intent thereof:
20        (1) Business income. The term "business income" means
21    all income that may be treated as apportionable business
22    income under the Constitution of the United States.
23    Business income is net of the deductions allocable
24    thereto. Such term does not include compensation or the

 

 

SB3865- 15 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    deductions allocable thereto. For each taxable year
2    beginning on or after January 1, 2003, a taxpayer may
3    elect to treat all income other than compensation as
4    business income. This election shall be made in accordance
5    with rules adopted by the Department and, once made, shall
6    be irrevocable.
7        (1.5) Captive real estate investment trust:
8            (A) The term "captive real estate investment
9        trust" means a corporation, trust, or association:
10                (i) that is considered a real estate
11            investment trust for the taxable year under
12            Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code;
13                (ii) the certificates of beneficial interest
14            or shares of which are not regularly traded on an
15            established securities market; and
16                (iii) of which more than 50% of the voting
17            power or value of the beneficial interest or
18            shares, at any time during the last half of the
19            taxable year, is owned or controlled, directly,
20            indirectly, or constructively, by a single
21            corporation.
22            (B) The term "captive real estate investment
23        trust" does not include:
24                (i) a real estate investment trust of which
25            more than 50% of the voting power or value of the
26            beneficial interest or shares is owned or

 

 

SB3865- 16 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            controlled, directly, indirectly, or
2            constructively, by:
3                    (a) a real estate investment trust, other
4                than a captive real estate investment trust;
5                    (b) a person who is exempt from taxation
6                under Section 501 of the Internal Revenue
7                Code, and who is not required to treat income
8                received from the real estate investment trust
9                as unrelated business taxable income under
10                Section 512 of the Internal Revenue Code;
11                    (c) a listed Australian property trust, if
12                no more than 50% of the voting power or value
13                of the beneficial interest or shares of that
14                trust, at any time during the last half of the
15                taxable year, is owned or controlled, directly
16                or indirectly, by a single person;
17                    (d) an entity organized as a trust,
18                provided a listed Australian property trust
19                described in subparagraph (c) owns or
20                controls, directly or indirectly, or
21                constructively, 75% or more of the voting
22                power or value of the beneficial interests or
23                shares of such entity; or
24                    (e) an entity that is organized outside of
25                the laws of the United States and that
26                satisfies all of the following criteria:

 

 

SB3865- 17 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                        (1) at least 75% of the entity's total
2                    asset value at the close of its taxable
3                    year is represented by real estate assets
4                    (as defined in Section 856(c)(5)(B) of the
5                    Internal Revenue Code, thereby including
6                    shares or certificates of beneficial
7                    interest in any real estate investment
8                    trust), cash and cash equivalents, and
9                    U.S. Government securities;
10                        (2) the entity is not subject to tax
11                    on amounts that are distributed to its
12                    beneficial owners or is exempt from
13                    entity-level taxation;
14                        (3) the entity distributes at least
15                    85% of its taxable income (as computed in
16                    the jurisdiction in which it is organized)
17                    to the holders of its shares or
18                    certificates of beneficial interest on an
19                    annual basis;
20                        (4) either (i) the shares or
21                    beneficial interests of the entity are
22                    regularly traded on an established
23                    securities market or (ii) not more than
24                    10% of the voting power or value in the
25                    entity is held, directly, indirectly, or
26                    constructively, by a single entity or

 

 

SB3865- 18 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                    individual; and
2                        (5) the entity is organized in a
3                    country that has entered into a tax treaty
4                    with the United States; or
5                (ii) during its first taxable year for which
6            it elects to be treated as a real estate
7            investment trust under Section 856(c)(1) of the
8            Internal Revenue Code, a real estate investment
9            trust the certificates of beneficial interest or
10            shares of which are not regularly traded on an
11            established securities market, but only if the
12            certificates of beneficial interest or shares of
13            the real estate investment trust are regularly
14            traded on an established securities market prior
15            to the earlier of the due date (including
16            extensions) for filing its return under this Act
17            for that first taxable year or the date it
18            actually files that return.
19            (C) For the purposes of this subsection (1.5), the
20        constructive ownership rules prescribed under Section
21        318(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified by
22        Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code, apply
23        in determining the ownership of stock, assets, or net
24        profits of any person.
25            (D) For the purposes of this item (1.5), for
26        taxable years ending on or after August 16, 2007, the

 

 

SB3865- 19 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        voting power or value of the beneficial interest or
2        shares of a real estate investment trust does not
3        include any voting power or value of beneficial
4        interest or shares in a real estate investment trust
5        held directly or indirectly in a segregated asset
6        account by a life insurance company (as described in
7        Section 817 of the Internal Revenue Code) to the
8        extent such voting power or value is for the benefit of
9        entities or persons who are either immune from
10        taxation or exempt from taxation under subtitle A of
11        the Internal Revenue Code.
12        (2) Commercial domicile. The term "commercial
13    domicile" means the principal place from which the trade
14    or business of the taxpayer is directed or managed.
15        (3) Compensation. The term "compensation" means wages,
16    salaries, commissions and any other form of remuneration
17    paid to employees for personal services.
18        (4) Corporation. The term "corporation" includes
19    associations, joint-stock companies, insurance companies
20    and cooperatives. Any entity, including a limited
21    liability company formed under the Illinois Limited
22    Liability Company Act, shall be treated as a corporation
23    if it is so classified for federal income tax purposes.
24        (5) Department. The term "Department" means the
25    Department of Revenue of this State.
26        (6) Director. The term "Director" means the Director

 

 

SB3865- 20 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    of Revenue of this State.
2        (7) Fiduciary. The term "fiduciary" means a guardian,
3    trustee, executor, administrator, receiver, or any person
4    acting in any fiduciary capacity for any person.
5        (8) Financial organization.
6            (A) The term "financial organization" means any
7        bank, bank holding company, trust company, savings
8        bank, industrial bank, land bank, safe deposit
9        company, private banker, savings and loan association,
10        building and loan association, credit union, currency
11        exchange, cooperative bank, small loan company, sales
12        finance company, investment company, or any person
13        which is owned by a bank or bank holding company. For
14        the purpose of this Section a "person" will include
15        only those persons which a bank holding company may
16        acquire and hold an interest in, directly or
17        indirectly, under the provisions of the Bank Holding
18        Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841, et seq.), except
19        where interests in any person must be disposed of
20        within certain required time limits under the Bank
21        Holding Company Act of 1956.
22            (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A) of this
23        paragraph, the term "bank" includes (i) any entity
24        that is regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency
25        under the National Bank Act, or by the Federal Reserve
26        Board, or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

 

 

SB3865- 21 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        and (ii) any federally or State chartered bank
2        operating as a credit card bank.
3            (C) For purposes of subparagraph (A) of this
4        paragraph, the term "sales finance company" has the
5        meaning provided in the following item (i) or (ii):
6                (i) A person primarily engaged in one or more
7            of the following businesses: the business of
8            purchasing customer receivables, the business of
9            making loans upon the security of customer
10            receivables, the business of making loans for the
11            express purpose of funding purchases of tangible
12            personal property or services by the borrower, or
13            the business of finance leasing. For purposes of
14            this item (i), "customer receivable" means:
15                    (a) a retail installment contract or
16                retail charge agreement within the meaning of
17                the Sales Finance Agency Act, the Retail
18                Installment Sales Act, or the Motor Vehicle
19                Retail Installment Sales Act;
20                    (b) an installment, charge, credit, or
21                similar contract or agreement arising from the
22                sale of tangible personal property or services
23                in a transaction involving a deferred payment
24                price payable in one or more installments
25                subsequent to the sale; or
26                    (c) the outstanding balance of a contract

 

 

SB3865- 22 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                or agreement described in provisions (a) or
2                (b) of this item (i).
3                A customer receivable need not provide for
4            payment of interest on deferred payments. A sales
5            finance company may purchase a customer receivable
6            from, or make a loan secured by a customer
7            receivable to, the seller in the original
8            transaction or to a person who purchased the
9            customer receivable directly or indirectly from
10            that seller.
11                (ii) A corporation meeting each of the
12            following criteria:
13                    (a) the corporation must be a member of an
14                "affiliated group" within the meaning of
15                Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code,
16                determined without regard to Section 1504(b)
17                of the Internal Revenue Code;
18                    (b) more than 50% of the gross income of
19                the corporation for the taxable year must be
20                interest income derived from qualifying loans.
21                A "qualifying loan" is a loan made to a member
22                of the corporation's affiliated group that
23                originates customer receivables (within the
24                meaning of item (i)) or to whom customer
25                receivables originated by a member of the
26                affiliated group have been transferred, to the

 

 

SB3865- 23 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                extent the average outstanding balance of
2                loans from that corporation to members of its
3                affiliated group during the taxable year do
4                not exceed the limitation amount for that
5                corporation. The "limitation amount" for a
6                corporation is the average outstanding
7                balances during the taxable year of customer
8                receivables (within the meaning of item (i))
9                originated by all members of the affiliated
10                group. If the average outstanding balances of
11                the loans made by a corporation to members of
12                its affiliated group exceed the limitation
13                amount, the interest income of that
14                corporation from qualifying loans shall be
15                equal to its interest income from loans to
16                members of its affiliated groups times a
17                fraction equal to the limitation amount
18                divided by the average outstanding balances of
19                the loans made by that corporation to members
20                of its affiliated group;
21                    (c) the total of all shareholder's equity
22                (including, without limitation, paid-in
23                capital on common and preferred stock and
24                retained earnings) of the corporation plus the
25                total of all of its loans, advances, and other
26                obligations payable or owed to members of its

 

 

SB3865- 24 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                affiliated group may not exceed 20% of the
2                total assets of the corporation at any time
3                during the tax year; and
4                    (d) more than 50% of all interest-bearing
5                obligations of the affiliated group payable to
6                persons outside the group determined in
7                accordance with generally accepted accounting
8                principles must be obligations of the
9                corporation.
10            This amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly
11        is declaratory of existing law.
12            (D) Subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this paragraph
13        are declaratory of existing law and apply
14        retroactively, for all tax years beginning on or
15        before December 31, 1996, to all original returns, to
16        all amended returns filed no later than 30 days after
17        the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1996, and
18        to all notices issued on or before the effective date
19        of this amendatory Act of 1996 under subsection (a) of
20        Section 903, subsection (a) of Section 904, subsection
21        (e) of Section 909, or Section 912. A taxpayer that is
22        a "financial organization" that engages in any
23        transaction with an affiliate shall be a "financial
24        organization" for all purposes of this Act.
25            (E) For all tax years beginning on or before
26        December 31, 1996, a taxpayer that falls within the

 

 

SB3865- 25 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        definition of a "financial organization" under
2        subparagraphs (B) or (C) of this paragraph, but who
3        does not fall within the definition of a "financial
4        organization" under the Proposed Regulations issued by
5        the Department of Revenue on July 19, 1996, may
6        irrevocably elect to apply the Proposed Regulations
7        for all of those years as though the Proposed
8        Regulations had been lawfully promulgated, adopted,
9        and in effect for all of those years. For purposes of
10        applying subparagraphs (B) or (C) of this paragraph to
11        all of those years, the election allowed by this
12        subparagraph applies only to the taxpayer making the
13        election and to those members of the taxpayer's
14        unitary business group who are ordinarily required to
15        apportion business income under the same subsection of
16        Section 304 of this Act as the taxpayer making the
17        election. No election allowed by this subparagraph
18        shall be made under a claim filed under subsection (d)
19        of Section 909 more than 30 days after the effective
20        date of this amendatory Act of 1996.
21            (F) Finance Leases. For purposes of this
22        subsection, a finance lease shall be treated as a loan
23        or other extension of credit, rather than as a lease,
24        regardless of how the transaction is characterized for
25        any other purpose, including the purposes of any
26        regulatory agency to which the lessor is subject. A

 

 

SB3865- 26 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        finance lease is any transaction in the form of a lease
2        in which the lessee is treated as the owner of the
3        leased asset entitled to any deduction for
4        depreciation allowed under Section 167 of the Internal
5        Revenue Code.
6        (9) Fiscal year. The term "fiscal year" means an
7    accounting period of 12 months ending on the last day of
8    any month other than December.
9        (9.5) Fixed place of business. The term "fixed place
10    of business" has the same meaning as that term is given in
11    Section 864 of the Internal Revenue Code and the related
12    Treasury regulations.
13        (10) Includes and including. The terms "includes" and
14    "including" when used in a definition contained in this
15    Act shall not be deemed to exclude other things otherwise
16    within the meaning of the term defined.
17        (11) Internal Revenue Code. The term "Internal Revenue
18    Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of
19    1954 or any successor law or laws relating to federal
20    income taxes in effect for the taxable year.
21        (11.5) Investment partnership.
22            (A) The term "investment partnership" means any
23        entity that is treated as a partnership for federal
24        income tax purposes that meets the following
25        requirements:
26                (i) no less than 90% of the partnership's cost

 

 

SB3865- 27 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            of its total assets consists of qualifying
2            investment securities, deposits at banks or other
3            financial institutions, and office space and
4            equipment reasonably necessary to carry on its
5            activities as an investment partnership;
6                (ii) no less than 90% of its gross income
7            consists of interest, dividends, and gains from
8            the sale or exchange of qualifying investment
9            securities; and
10                (iii) the partnership is not a dealer in
11            qualifying investment securities.
12            (B) For purposes of this paragraph (11.5), the
13        term "qualifying investment securities" includes all
14        of the following:
15                (i) common stock, including preferred or debt
16            securities convertible into common stock, and
17            preferred stock;
18                (ii) bonds, debentures, and other debt
19            securities;
20                (iii) foreign and domestic currency deposits
21            secured by federal, state, or local governmental
22            agencies;
23                (iv) mortgage or asset-backed securities
24            secured by federal, state, or local governmental
25            agencies;
26                (v) repurchase agreements and loan

 

 

SB3865- 28 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            participations;
2                (vi) foreign currency exchange contracts and
3            forward and futures contracts on foreign
4            currencies;
5                (vii) stock and bond index securities and
6            futures contracts and other similar financial
7            securities and futures contracts on those
8            securities;
9                (viii) options for the purchase or sale of any
10            of the securities, currencies, contracts, or
11            financial instruments described in items (i) to
12            (vii), inclusive;
13                (ix) regulated futures contracts;
14                (x) commodities (not described in Section
15            1221(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) or
16            futures, forwards, and options with respect to
17            such commodities, provided, however, that any item
18            of a physical commodity to which title is actually
19            acquired in the partnership's capacity as a dealer
20            in such commodity shall not be a qualifying
21            investment security;
22                (xi) derivatives; and
23                (xii) a partnership interest in another
24            partnership that is an investment partnership.
25        (12) Mathematical error. The term "mathematical error"
26    includes the following types of errors, omissions, or

 

 

SB3865- 29 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    defects in a return filed by a taxpayer which prevents
2    acceptance of the return as filed for processing:
3            (A) arithmetic errors or incorrect computations on
4        the return or supporting schedules;
5            (B) entries on the wrong lines;
6            (C) omission of required supporting forms or
7        schedules or the omission of the information in whole
8        or in part called for thereon; and
9            (D) an attempt to claim, exclude, deduct, or
10        improperly report, in a manner directly contrary to
11        the provisions of the Act and regulations thereunder
12        any item of income, exemption, deduction, or credit.
13        (13) Nonbusiness income. The term "nonbusiness income"
14    means all income other than business income or
15    compensation.
16        (14) Nonresident. The term "nonresident" means a
17    person who is not a resident.
18        (15) Paid, incurred and accrued. The terms "paid",
19    "incurred" and "accrued" shall be construed according to
20    the method of accounting upon the basis of which the
21    person's base income is computed under this Act.
22        (16) Partnership and partner. The term "partnership"
23    includes a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture or other
24    unincorporated organization, through or by means of which
25    any business, financial operation, or venture is carried
26    on, and which is not, within the meaning of this Act, a

 

 

SB3865- 30 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    trust or estate or a corporation; and the term "partner"
2    includes a member in such syndicate, group, pool, joint
3    venture or organization.
4        The term "partnership" includes any entity, including
5    a limited liability company formed under the Illinois
6    Limited Liability Company Act, classified as a partnership
7    for federal income tax purposes.
8        The term "partnership" does not include a syndicate,
9    group, pool, joint venture, or other unincorporated
10    organization established for the sole purpose of playing
11    the Illinois State Lottery.
12        (17) Part-year resident. The term "part-year resident"
13    means an individual who became a resident during the
14    taxable year or ceased to be a resident during the taxable
15    year. Under Section 1501(a)(20)(A)(i) residence commences
16    with presence in this State for other than a temporary or
17    transitory purpose and ceases with absence from this State
18    for other than a temporary or transitory purpose. Under
19    Section 1501(a)(20)(A)(ii) residence commences with the
20    establishment of domicile in this State and ceases with
21    the establishment of domicile in another State.
22        (18) Person. The term "person" shall be construed to
23    mean and include an individual, a trust, estate,
24    partnership, association, firm, company, corporation,
25    limited liability company, or fiduciary. For purposes of
26    Section 1301 and 1302 of this Act, a "person" means (i) an

 

 

SB3865- 31 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    individual, (ii) a corporation, (iii) an officer, agent,
2    or employee of a corporation, (iv) a member, agent or
3    employee of a partnership, or (v) a member, manager,
4    employee, officer, director, or agent of a limited
5    liability company who in such capacity commits an offense
6    specified in Section 1301 and 1302.
7        (18A) Records. The term "records" includes all data
8    maintained by the taxpayer, whether on paper, microfilm,
9    microfiche, or any type of machine-sensible data
10    compilation.
11        (19) Regulations. The term "regulations" includes
12    rules promulgated and forms prescribed by the Department.
13        (20) Resident. The term "resident" means:
14            (A) an individual (i) who is in this State for
15        other than a temporary or transitory purpose during
16        the taxable year; or (ii) who is domiciled in this
17        State but is absent from the State for a temporary or
18        transitory purpose during the taxable year;
19            (B) The estate of a decedent who at his or her
20        death was domiciled in this State;
21            (C) A trust created by a will of a decedent who at
22        his death was domiciled in this State; and
23            (D) An irrevocable trust, the grantor of which was
24        domiciled in this State at the time such trust became
25        irrevocable. For purpose of this subparagraph, a trust
26        shall be considered irrevocable to the extent that the

 

 

SB3865- 32 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        grantor is not treated as the owner thereof under
2        Sections 671 through 678 of the Internal Revenue Code.
3        (21) Sales. The term "sales" means all gross receipts
4    of the taxpayer not allocated under Sections 301, 302 and
5    303.
6        (22) State. The term "state" when applied to a
7    jurisdiction other than this State means any state of the
8    United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth
9    of Puerto Rico, any Territory or Possession of the United
10    States, and any foreign country, or any political
11    subdivision of any of the foregoing. For purposes of the
12    foreign tax credit under Section 601, the term "state"
13    means any state of the United States, the District of
14    Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and any
15    territory or possession of the United States, or any
16    political subdivision of any of the foregoing, effective
17    for tax years ending on or after December 31, 1989.
18        (23) Taxable year. The term "taxable year" means the
19    calendar year, or the fiscal year ending during such
20    calendar year, upon the basis of which the base income is
21    computed under this Act. "Taxable year" means, in the case
22    of a return made for a fractional part of a year under the
23    provisions of this Act, the period for which such return
24    is made.
25        (24) Taxpayer. The term "taxpayer" means any person
26    subject to the tax imposed by this Act.

 

 

SB3865- 33 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (25) International banking facility. The term
2    international banking facility shall have the same meaning
3    as is set forth in the Illinois Banking Act or as is set
4    forth in the laws of the United States or regulations of
5    the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
6        (26) Income Tax Return Preparer.
7            (A) The term "income tax return preparer" means
8        any person who prepares for compensation, or who
9        employs one or more persons to prepare for
10        compensation, any return of tax imposed by this Act or
11        any claim for refund of tax imposed by this Act. The
12        preparation of a substantial portion of a return or
13        claim for refund shall be treated as the preparation
14        of that return or claim for refund.
15            (B) A person is not an income tax return preparer
16        if all he or she does is
17                (i) furnish typing, reproducing, or other
18            mechanical assistance;
19                (ii) prepare returns or claims for refunds for
20            the employer by whom he or she is regularly and
21            continuously employed;
22                (iii) prepare as a fiduciary returns or claims
23            for refunds for any person; or
24                (iv) prepare claims for refunds for a taxpayer
25            in response to any notice of deficiency issued to
26            that taxpayer or in response to any waiver of

 

 

SB3865- 34 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            restriction after the commencement of an audit of
2            that taxpayer or of another taxpayer if a
3            determination in the audit of the other taxpayer
4            directly or indirectly affects the tax liability
5            of the taxpayer whose claims he or she is
6            preparing.
7        (27) Unitary business group.
8            (A) The term "unitary business group" means a
9        group of persons related through common ownership
10        whose business activities are integrated with,
11        dependent upon and contribute to each other. The group
12        will not include those members whose business activity
13        outside the United States is 80% or more of any such
14        member's total business activity; for purposes of this
15        paragraph and clause (a)(3)(B)(ii) of Section 304,
16        business activity within the United States shall be
17        measured by means of the factors ordinarily applicable
18        under subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), or (h) of
19        Section 304 except that, in the case of members
20        ordinarily required to apportion business income by
21        means of the 3 factor formula of property, payroll and
22        sales specified in subsection (a) of Section 304,
23        including the formula as weighted in subsection (h) of
24        Section 304, such members shall not use the sales
25        factor in the computation and the results of the
26        property and payroll factor computations of subsection

 

 

SB3865- 35 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (a) of Section 304 shall be divided by 2 (by one if
2        either the property or payroll factor has a
3        denominator of zero). The computation required by the
4        preceding sentence shall, in each case, involve the
5        division of the member's property, payroll, or revenue
6        miles in the United States, insurance premiums on
7        property or risk in the United States, or financial
8        organization business income from sources within the
9        United States, as the case may be, by the respective
10        worldwide figures for such items. Common ownership in
11        the case of corporations is the direct or indirect
12        control or ownership of more than 50% of the
13        outstanding voting stock of the persons carrying on
14        unitary business activity. Unitary business activity
15        can ordinarily be illustrated where the activities of
16        the members are: (1) in the same general line (such as
17        manufacturing, wholesaling, retailing of tangible
18        personal property, insurance, transportation or
19        finance); or (2) are steps in a vertically structured
20        enterprise or process (such as the steps involved in
21        the production of natural resources, which might
22        include exploration, mining, refining, and marketing);
23        and, in either instance, the members are functionally
24        integrated through the exercise of strong centralized
25        management (where, for example, authority over such
26        matters as purchasing, financing, tax compliance,

 

 

SB3865- 36 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        product line, personnel, marketing and capital
2        investment is not left to each member).
3            (B) In no event, for taxable years ending prior to
4        December 31, 2017, shall any unitary business group
5        include members which are ordinarily required to
6        apportion business income under different subsections
7        of Section 304 except that for tax years ending on or
8        after December 31, 1987 this prohibition shall not
9        apply to a holding company that would otherwise be a
10        member of a unitary business group with taxpayers that
11        apportion business income under any of subsections
12        (b), (c), (c-1), or (d) of Section 304. If a unitary
13        business group would, but for the preceding sentence,
14        include members that are ordinarily required to
15        apportion business income under different subsections
16        of Section 304, then for each subsection of Section
17        304 for which there are two or more members, there
18        shall be a separate unitary business group composed of
19        such members. For purposes of the preceding two
20        sentences, a member is "ordinarily required to
21        apportion business income" under a particular
22        subsection of Section 304 if it would be required to
23        use the apportionment method prescribed by such
24        subsection except for the fact that it derives
25        business income solely from Illinois. As used in this
26        paragraph, for taxable years ending before December

 

 

SB3865- 37 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        31, 2017, the phrase "United States" means only the 50
2        states and the District of Columbia, but does not
3        include any territory or possession of the United
4        States or any area over which the United States has
5        asserted jurisdiction or claimed exclusive rights with
6        respect to the exploration for or exploitation of
7        natural resources. For taxable years ending on or
8        after December 31, 2017, the phrase "United States",
9        as used in this paragraph, means only the 50 states,
10        the District of Columbia, and any area over which the
11        United States has asserted jurisdiction or claimed
12        exclusive rights with respect to the exploration for
13        or exploitation of natural resources, but does not
14        include any territory or possession of the United
15        States.
16            (C) Holding companies.
17                (i) For purposes of this subparagraph, a
18            "holding company" is a corporation (other than a
19            corporation that is a financial organization under
20            paragraph (8) of this subsection (a) of Section
21            1501 because it is a bank holding company under
22            the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of
23            1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841, et seq.) or because it is
24            owned by a bank or a bank holding company) that
25            owns a controlling interest in one or more other
26            taxpayers ("controlled taxpayers"); that, during

 

 

SB3865- 38 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            the period that includes the taxable year and the
2            2 immediately preceding taxable years or, if the
3            corporation was formed during the current or
4            immediately preceding taxable year, the taxable
5            years in which the corporation has been in
6            existence, derived substantially all its gross
7            income from dividends, interest, rents, royalties,
8            fees or other charges received from controlled
9            taxpayers for the provision of services, and gains
10            on the sale or other disposition of interests in
11            controlled taxpayers or in property leased or
12            licensed to controlled taxpayers or used by the
13            taxpayer in providing services to controlled
14            taxpayers; and that incurs no substantial expenses
15            other than expenses (including interest and other
16            costs of borrowing) incurred in connection with
17            the acquisition and holding of interests in
18            controlled taxpayers and in the provision of
19            services to controlled taxpayers or in the leasing
20            or licensing of property to controlled taxpayers.
21                (ii) The income of a holding company which is
22            a member of more than one unitary business group
23            shall be included in each unitary business group
24            of which it is a member on a pro rata basis, by
25            including in each unitary business group that
26            portion of the base income of the holding company

 

 

SB3865- 39 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            that bears the same proportion to the total base
2            income of the holding company as the gross
3            receipts of the unitary business group bears to
4            the combined gross receipts of all unitary
5            business groups (in both cases without regard to
6            the holding company) or on any other reasonable
7            basis, consistently applied.
8                (iii) A holding company shall apportion its
9            business income under the subsection of Section
10            304 used by the other members of its unitary
11            business group. The apportionment factors of a
12            holding company which would be a member of more
13            than one unitary business group shall be included
14            with the apportionment factors of each unitary
15            business group of which it is a member on a pro
16            rata basis using the same method used in clause
17            (ii).
18                (iv) The provisions of this subparagraph (C)
19            are intended to clarify existing law.
20            (D) If including the base income and factors of a
21        holding company in more than one unitary business
22        group under subparagraph (C) does not fairly reflect
23        the degree of integration between the holding company
24        and one or more of the unitary business groups, the
25        dependence of the holding company and one or more of
26        the unitary business groups upon each other, or the

 

 

SB3865- 40 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        contributions between the holding company and one or
2        more of the unitary business groups, the holding
3        company may petition the Director, under the
4        procedures provided under Section 304(f), for
5        permission to include all base income and factors of
6        the holding company only with members of a unitary
7        business group apportioning their business income
8        under one subsection of subsections (a), (b), (c), or
9        (d) of Section 304. If the petition is granted, the
10        holding company shall be included in a unitary
11        business group only with persons apportioning their
12        business income under the selected subsection of
13        Section 304 until the Director grants a petition of
14        the holding company either to be included in more than
15        one unitary business group under subparagraph (C) or
16        to include its base income and factors only with
17        members of a unitary business group apportioning their
18        business income under a different subsection of
19        Section 304.
20            (E) If the unitary business group members'
21        accounting periods differ, the common parent's
22        accounting period or, if there is no common parent,
23        the accounting period of the member that is expected
24        to have, on a recurring basis, the greatest Illinois
25        income tax liability must be used to determine whether
26        to use the apportionment method provided in subsection

 

 

SB3865- 41 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (a) or subsection (h) of Section 304. The prohibition
2        against membership in a unitary business group for
3        taxpayers ordinarily required to apportion income
4        under different subsections of Section 304 does not
5        apply to taxpayers required to apportion income under
6        subsection (a) and subsection (h) of Section 304. The
7        provisions of this amendatory Act of 1998 apply to tax
8        years ending on or after December 31, 1998.
9        (28) Subchapter S corporation. The term "Subchapter S
10    corporation" means a corporation for which there is in
11    effect an election under Section 1362 of the Internal
12    Revenue Code, or for which there is a federal election to
13    opt out of the provisions of the Subchapter S Revision Act
14    of 1982 and have applied instead the prior federal
15    Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982.
16        (30) Foreign person. The term "foreign person" means
17    any person who is a nonresident noncitizen alien
18    individual and any nonindividual entity, regardless of
19    where created or organized, whose business activity
20    outside the United States is 80% or more of the entity's
21    total business activity.
 
22    (b) Other definitions.
23        (1) Words denoting number, gender, and so forth, when
24    used in this Act, where not otherwise distinctly expressed
25    or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof:

 

 

SB3865- 42 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (A) Words importing the singular include and apply
2        to several persons, parties or things;
3            (B) Words importing the plural include the
4        singular; and
5            (C) Words importing the masculine gender include
6        the feminine as well.
7        (2) "Company" or "association" as including successors
8    and assigns. The word "company" or "association", when
9    used in reference to a corporation, shall be deemed to
10    embrace the words "successors and assigns of such company
11    or association", and in like manner as if these last-named
12    words, or words of similar import, were expressed.
13        (3) Other terms. Any term used in any Section of this
14    Act with respect to the application of, or in connection
15    with, the provisions of any other Section of this Act
16    shall have the same meaning as in such other Section.
17(Source: P.A. 99-213, eff. 7-31-15; 100-22, eff. 7-6-17.)
 
18    Section 30. The Interstate Insurance Receivership Compact
19Act is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
 
20    (45 ILCS 160/5)
21    Sec. 5. Ratification of Compact. The State of Illinois
22ratifies and approves the Interstate Insurance Receivership
23Compact and enters into that Compact with all other
24jurisdictions legally joining in it in substantially the

 

 

SB3865- 43 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1following form:
 
2
ARTICLE I. PURPOSES
3    The purposes of this Compact are, through means of joint
4and cooperative action among the compacting states:
5    (1) to promote, develop and facilitate orderly, efficient,
6cost-effective, and uniform insurer receivership laws and
7operations;
8    (2) to coordinate interaction between insurer receivership
9and Guaranty Association operations;
10    (3) to create the Interstate Insurance Receivership
11Commission; and
12    (4) to perform these and such other related functions as
13may be consistent with the state regulation of the business of
14insurance pursuant to the McCarran-Ferguson Act.
 
15
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
16    For the purposes of this Compact:
17    (1) "By-laws" means those by-laws prescribed by the
18Commission for its governance or for directing or controlling
19the Commission's actions or conduct.
20    (2) "Compacting state" means any state which has enacted
21enabling legislation for this Compact.
22    (3) "Commission" means the Interstate Insurance
23Receivership Commission established by this Compact.
24    (4) "Commissioner" means the chief insurance regulatory

 

 

SB3865- 44 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1official of a state.
2    (5) "Deputy Receiver" means a person appointed or retained
3by a Receiver and who is the Receiver's duly authorized
4representative for administering one or more estates.
5    (6) "Domiciliary state" means the state in which an
6insurer is incorporated or organized; or, in the case of a
7non-domestic an alien insurer, its state of entry; or in the
8case of an unauthorized insurer not incorporated, organized,
9or entered in any state, a state where the insurer is engaged
10in or doing business.
11    (7) "Estate" means the assets and liabilities of any
12insurer in receivership.
13    (8) "Guaranty Association" means an insurance guaranty
14fund or association or any similar entity now or hereafter
15created by statute in a compacting state, other than a
16receivership, to pay or assume, in whole or in part, the
17contractual claim obligations of insolvent insurers.
18    (9) "Insurer" means any person or entity that has done,
19purports to do, is doing, or is licensed to do any insurance or
20reinsurance business, or is or has been subject to the
21authority of, or to liquidation, rehabilitation, supervision,
22conservation, or ancillary receivership by, any Commissioner.
23    (10) "Member" means the Commissioner of a compacting state
24or his or her designee, who shall be a person officially
25connected with the Commissioner and who is wholly or
26principally employed by the Commissioner.

 

 

SB3865- 45 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (11) "Non-compacting state" means a state which has not
2enacted enabling legislation for this Compact.
3    (12) "Operating procedures" means procedures promulgated
4by the Commission implementing a rule, an existing law in a
5compacting state, or a provision of this Compact.
6    (13) "Publication" means the act of publishing in the
7official state publication in a compacting state or in such
8other publication as may be established by the Commission.
9    (14) "Receiver" means receiver, liquidator, rehabilitator,
10conservator, or ancillary receiver as the context requires.
11    (15) "Receivership" means any liquidation, rehabilitation,
12conservation, or ancillary receivership proceeding as the
13context requires.
14    (16) "Rules" means acts of the Commission, duly
15promulgated pursuant to Article VII of this Compact,
16substantially affecting interested parties in addition to the
17Commission, which shall have the force and effect of law in the
18compacting states.
19    (17) "State" means any state, district or territory of the
20United States of America.
 
21
ARTICLE III. ESTABLISHMENT OF THE COMMISSION AND VENUE
22    (1) The compacting states hereby create and establish an
23entity known as the Interstate Insurance Receivership
24Commission.
25    (2) The Commission is a body corporate of each compacting

 

 

SB3865- 46 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1state.
2    (3) The Commission is a not-for-profit entity, separate
3and distinct from the compacting states.
4    (4) The Commission is solely responsible for its
5liabilities except as otherwise provided in this Compact.
6    (5) Except as otherwise specifically provided in state or
7federal law in the jurisdiction where the Commission's
8principal office is located or where the Commission is acting
9as Receiver, venue is proper and judicial proceedings by or
10against the Commission shall be brought in a court of
11competent jurisdiction where the Commission's principal office
12is located.
 
13
ARTICLE IV. POWERS OF THE COMMISSION
14    The Commission shall have all of the following powers:
15    (1) To promulgate rules which shall have the force and
16effect of statutory law and shall be binding in the compacting
17states to the extent and in the manner provided in this
18Compact.
19    (2) To promulgate operating procedures which shall be
20binding in the compacting states to the extent and in the
21manner provided in this Compact.
22    (3) To oversee, supervise, and coordinate the activities
23of receivers in compacting states.
24    (4) To act as Receiver of insurers organized under the
25laws of, engaged in, or doing the business of insurance in a

 

 

SB3865- 47 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1compacting state upon the request of the Commissioner of such
2state or when grounds for receivership by the Commission exist
3under Article IX of this Compact.
4    (5) To act as Deputy Receiver of insurers organized under
5the laws of, engaged in, or doing the business of insurance in
6a non-compacting state in accordance with Article IX of this
7Compact.
8    (6) To act as ancillary Receiver in a compacting state of
9an insurer domiciled in a non-compacting state.
10    (7) To monitor the activities and functions of Guaranty
11Associations in the compacting states.
12    (8) To delegate its operating authority or functions;
13provided, that its rulemaking authority under Article VII of
14this Compact shall not be delegated.
15    (9) To bring or prosecute legal proceedings or actions in
16its name as the Commission, or in the name of the Commission
17acting as Receiver.
18    (10) To bring or prosecute legal proceedings or actions as
19Receiver on behalf of an estate or its policyholders and
20creditors; provided, that any Guaranty Association's standing
21to sue or be sued under applicable law shall not be affected.
22    (11) To issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and
23testimony of witnesses and the production of evidence.
24    (12) To establish and maintain offices.
25    (13) To purchase and maintain insurance and bonds.
26    (14) To borrow, accept, or contract for services of

 

 

SB3865- 48 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1personnel including, but not limited to, members and their
2staff.
3    (15) To elect or appoint such officers, attorneys,
4employees, or agents, and to fix their compensation, define
5their duties, and determine their qualifications; and to
6establish the Commission's personnel policies and programs
7relating to, among other things, conflicts of interest, rates
8of compensation, and qualifications of personnel.
9    (16) To accept any and all donations and grants of money,
10equipment, supplies, materials, and services, and to receive,
11utilize, and dispose of the same.
12    (17) To lease, purchase, accept gifts or donations of, or
13otherwise to own, hold, improve or use, any property, real,
14personal, or mixed.
15    (18) To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange,
16abandon, or otherwise dispose of any property, real, personal,
17or mixed.
18    (19) To enforce compliance with Commission rules,
19operating procedures, and by-laws.
20    (20) To provide for dispute resolution among compacting
21states and Receivers.
22    (21) To represent and advise compacting states on issues
23relating to insurers domiciled or doing business in
24non-compacting jurisdictions, consistent with the purposes of
25this compact.
26    (22) To provide advice and training to receivership

 

 

SB3865- 49 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1personnel of compacting states, and to be a resource for
2compacting states by maintaining a reference library of
3relevant materials.
4    (23) To establish a budget and make expenditures.
5    (24) To borrow money.
6    (25) To appoint committees including, but not limited to,
7an industry advisory committee and an executive committee of
8members.
9    (26) To provide and receive information relating to
10receiverships and Guaranty Associations and to cooperate with
11law enforcement agencies.
12    (27) To adopt and use a corporate seal.
13    (28) To perform such other functions as may be necessary
14or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Compact as may
15be consistent with the state regulation of the business of
16insurance pursuant to the McCarran-Ferguson Act.
 
17
ARTICLE V. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMMISSION
18    Section A. Membership, voting, and by-laws.
19    (1) A compacting state shall have and be limited to one
20member. A member shall be qualified to serve in such capacity
21under or pursuant to the applicable law of the compacting
22state. A compacting state retains the discretionary right to
23determine the due election or appointment and qualification of
24its own Commissioner, and to fill all vacancies of its member.
25    (2) A member shall be entitled to one vote.

 

 

SB3865- 50 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (3) The Commission shall, by a majority of the members,
2prescribe by-laws to govern its conduct as may be necessary or
3appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Compact,
4including, but not limited to:
5        (a) establishing the fiscal year of the Commission;
6        (b) providing reasonable standards and procedures:
7    (i) for the establishment of committees, and (ii)
8governing any general or specific delegation of any authority
9or function of the Commission;
10        (c) providing reasonable procedures for calling and
11    conducting meetings of the Commission and for ensuring
12    reasonable notice of each such meeting;
13        (d) establishing the titles and responsibilities of
14    the officers of the Commission;
15        (e) providing reasonable standards and procedures for
16    the establishment of the personnel policies and programs
17    of the Commission. Notwithstanding any civil service or
18    other similar laws of any compacting state, the by-laws
19    shall exclusively govern the personnel policies and
20    programs of the Commission; and
21        (f) providing a mechanism for winding up the
22    operations of the Commission and the equitable return of
23    any surplus funds that may exist after the dissolution of
24    the Compact after the payment or reserving of all of its
25    debts and obligations, or both.
 

 

 

SB3865- 51 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section B. Officers and personnel.
2    (1) The Commission shall, by a majority of the members,
3elect annually from among its members a chairperson and a vice
4chairperson, each of whom shall have such authorities and
5duties as may be specified in the by-laws. The chairperson or,
6in his or her absence or disability, a member designated in
7accordance with the by-laws, shall preside at all meetings of
8the Commission. The officers so elected shall serve without
9compensation or remuneration from the Commission; provided,
10that subject to the availability of budgeted funds, the
11officers shall be reimbursed for any actual and necessary
12costs and expenses incurred by them in the performance of
13their duties and responsibilities as officers of the
14Commission.
15    (2) The Commission may, by a majority of the members,
16appoint or retain an executive director for such period, upon
17such terms and conditions and for such compensation as the
18Commission may deem appropriate. The executive director shall
19serve as secretary to the Commission, but shall not be a member
20of the Commission. The executive director shall hire and
21supervise such other staff as may be authorized by the
22Commission.
 
23    Section C. Corporate records of the Commission. The
24Commission shall maintain its corporate books and records in
25accordance with the by-laws.
 

 

 

SB3865- 52 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section D. Qualified immunity, defense, and
2indemnification.
3    (1) The members, officers, executive director, and
4employees of the Commission shall be immune from suit and
5liability, either personally or in their official capacity,
6for any claim for damage to or loss of property or personal
7injury or other civil liability caused or arising out of or
8relating to any actual or alleged act, error, or omission that
9occurred, or that such person had a reasonable basis for
10believing occurred within the scope of Commission employment,
11duties, or responsibilities; provided, that nothing in this
12paragraph shall be construed to protect any such person from
13suit or liability, or both, for any damage, loss, injury, or
14liability caused by the intentional or willful and wanton
15misconduct of any such person, or to protect the Commission
16acting as Receiver under Article IX of this Compact.
17    (2) The Commission shall defend any Commissioner of a
18compacting state, his or her representatives or employees, or
19the Commission's representatives or employees in any civil
20action seeking to impose liability against such person arising
21out of or relating to any actual or alleged act, error, or
22omission that occurred within the scope of Commission
23employment, duties, or responsibilities or that such person
24had a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope
25of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities;

 

 

SB3865- 53 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1provided, that the actual or alleged act, error, or omission
2did not result from gross negligence or intentional wrongdoing
3on the part of such person.
4    (3) The Commission shall indemnify and hold the
5Commissioner of a compacting state, his or her representatives
6or employees, or the Commission's representatives or employees
7harmless in the amount of any settlement or judgment obtained
8against such person arising out of or relating to any actual or
9alleged act, error, or omission that occurred within the scope
10of Commission employment, duties, or responsibilities or that
11such person had a reasonable basis for believing occurred
12within the scope of Commission employment, duties, or
13responsibilities; provided, that the actual or alleged act,
14error, or omission did not result from gross negligence or
15intentional wrongdoing on the part of such person.
16    (4) The costs and expenses of defense and indemnification
17of the Commission acting as Receiver of an estate shall be paid
18as administrative expenses from the assets of that estate
19unless such costs and expenses are covered by insurance
20maintained by the Commission.
 
21
ARTICLE VI. MEETINGS AND ACTS OF THE COMMISSION
22    (1) The Commission shall meet and take such actions as are
23consistent with the provisions of this Compact.
24    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this Compact and
25unless a greater percentage is required by the by-laws, in

 

 

SB3865- 54 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1order to constitute an act of the Commission, such act shall
2have been taken at a meeting of the Commission and shall have
3received an affirmative vote of a majority of the members.
4    (3) Each member of the Commission shall have the right and
5power to cast a vote to which that compacting state is entitled
6and to participate in the business and affairs of the
7Commission. A member shall vote in person and shall not
8delegate his or her vote to another member. The by-laws may
9provide for members' participation in meetings by telephone or
10other means of telecommunication.
11    (4) The Commission shall meet at least once during each
12calendar year. The chairperson of the Commission may call
13additional meetings at any time and, upon the request of a
14majority of the members, shall call additional meetings.
15    (5) The Commission's rules shall establish conditions and
16procedures under which the Commission shall make its
17information and official records available to the public for
18inspection or copying. The Commission may exempt from
19disclosure any information or official records to the extent
20disclosure would adversely affect personal privacy rights or
21proprietary interests. In promulgating such rules, the
22Commission may consider any special circumstances pertaining
23to insurer insolvencies, but shall be guided by the principles
24embodied in state and federal freedom of information laws. The
25Commission may promulgate additional rules under which it may
26make available to law enforcement agencies records and

 

 

SB3865- 55 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1information otherwise exempt from disclosure and may enter
2into agreements with law enforcement agencies to receive or
3exchange information or records subject to nondisclosure and
4confidentiality provisions.
5    (6) Public notice shall be given of all meetings, and all
6meetings shall be open to the public, except as set forth in
7the rules or as otherwise provided in this Compact. The
8Commission shall promulgate rules consistent with the
9principles contained in the federal Government in Sunshine
10Act, 5 U.S.C. Section 552b, as may be amended. The Commission
11and any of its committees may close a meeting to the public
12where it determines by two-thirds vote that an open meeting
13would be likely to:
14        (a) relate solely to the Commission's internal
15    personnel practices and procedures;
16        (b) disclose matters specifically exempted from
17    disclosure by statute;
18        (c) disclose trade secrets or commercial or financial
19    information which is privileged or confidential;
20        (d) involve accusing any person of a crime or formally
21    censuring any person;
22        (e) disclose information of a personal nature where
23    disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion
24    of personal privacy;
25        (f) disclose investigatory records compiled for law
26    enforcement purposes;

 

 

SB3865- 56 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (g) disclose information contained in or related to
2    examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by,
3    on behalf of, or for the use of the Commission with respect
4    to a regulated entity for the purpose of regulation or
5    supervision of such entity;
6        (h) disclose information, the premature disclosure of
7    which would significantly endanger the stability of a
8    regulated entity;
9        (i) specifically relate to the Commission's issuance
10    of a subpoena or its participation in a civil action or
11    proceeding.
12    (7) For every meeting closed pursuant to paragraph (6),
13the Commission's chief legal officer shall publicly certify
14that, in his or her opinion, the meeting may be closed to the
15public and shall reference each relevant exemptive provision.
16The Commission shall keep minutes which shall fully and
17clearly describe all matters discussed in any meeting and
18shall provide a full and accurate summary of any actions taken
19and the reasons therefor, including a description of each of
20the views expressed on any item and the record of any roll call
21vote (reflected in the vote of each member on the question).
22All documents considered in connection with any action shall
23be identified in such minutes.
 
24
ARTICLE VII. RULEMAKING FUNCTIONS OF THE COMMISSION
25    (1) The Commission shall promulgate rules and operating

 

 

SB3865- 57 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1procedures in order to effectively and efficiently achieve the
2purposes of this Compact; provided, that the Commission shall
3not promulgate any rules: (i) directly relating to Guaranty
4Associations including, but not limited to, rules governing
5coverage, funding, or assessment mechanisms, or (ii) (except
6pursuant to rules promulgated under Article VII(3) of this
7Compact) altering the statutory priorities for distributing
8assets out of an estate.
9    (2) Rulemaking shall occur pursuant to the criteria set
10forth in this Article and the rules and operating procedures
11promulgated pursuant thereto. Such rulemaking shall
12substantially conform to the principles of the federal
13Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C.S. Section 551 et seq.
14and the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C.S. app. 2,
15Section 1 et seq., as may be amended.
16    (3) Other than the promulgation of such rules as are
17necessary for the orderly operation of the Commission, the
18first rule to be considered by the Commission shall be uniform
19provisions governing insurer receiverships including, but not
20limited to, provisions requiring compacting states to
21implement, execute, and administer in a fair, just, effective,
22and efficient manner rules and operating procedures relating
23to receiverships. The Commission shall within 3 years of the
24adoption of this Compact by 2 or more states, promulgate such
25uniform provisions through the rulemaking process. Such
26uniform provisions shall become law in all of the compacting

 

 

SB3865- 58 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1states upon legislative enactment in a majority of the
2compacting states.
3    (4) All rules and amendments shall become binding as of
4the date specified in each rule or amendment; provided, that
5if a compacting state expressly rejects such rule or amendment
6through legislative enactment as of the expiration of the
7second full calendar year after such rule is promulgated, such
8rule or amendment shall have no further force or effect in the
9rejecting compacting state. If a majority of compacting states
10reject a rule, then such rule shall have no further force or
11effect in any compacting state.
12    (5) When promulgating a rule or operating procedure, the
13Commission shall:
14        (a) effect publication of the proposed rulemaking,
15    stating with particularity the text of the rule or
16    operating procedure which is proposed and the reason for
17    the proposed rule or operating procedure;
18        (b) allow persons to submit written data, facts,
19    opinions and arguments, which information the Commission
20    shall make publicly available;
21        (c) provide an opportunity for an informal hearing;
22    and
23        (d) promulgate a final rule or operating procedure and
24    its effective date, if appropriate, based on the
25    rulemaking record.
26    (6) Not later than 60 days after a rule or operating

 

 

SB3865- 59 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1procedure is promulgated, any interested person may file a
2petition in a court of competent jurisdiction where the
3Commission's principal office is located for judicial review
4of such rule or operating procedure. If the court finds that
5the Commission's action is not supported by substantial
6evidence in the rulemaking record, the court shall hold the
7rule unlawful and set it aside.
 
8
ARTICLE VIII. OVERSIGHT AND
9
DISPUTE RESOLUTION BY THE COMMISSION

 
10    Section A. Oversight.
11    (1) The Commission shall oversee the administration and
12operations of receiverships in compacting states and shall
13monitor receiverships being administered in non-compacting
14states which may significantly affect compacting states.
15    (2) To aid its monitoring, oversight, and coordination
16responsibilities, the Commission shall establish operating
17procedures requiring each member to submit written reports to
18the Commission as follows:
19        (a) An initial report to the Commission upon a finding
20    or other official action by the compacting state that
21    grounds exist for receivership of an insurer doing
22    business in more than one state. Thereafter, reports shall
23    be submitted periodically and as otherwise required
24    pursuant to the Commission's operating procedures. The

 

 

SB3865- 60 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Commission shall be entitled to receive notice of, and
2    shall have standing to appear in, compacting states'
3    receiverships.
4        (b) An initial report of the status of an insurer
5    within a reasonable time after the initiation of a
6    receivership.
7    (3) The Commission shall promulgate operating procedures
8requiring Receivers to submit to the Commission periodic
9written reports and such additional information and
10documentation as the Commission may reasonably request. Each
11compacting state's Receivers shall establish the capability to
12obtain and provide all such records, data, and information
13required by the Commission in accordance with the Commission's
14operating procedures.
15    (4) Except as to privileged records, data, and
16information, the laws of any compacting state pertaining to
17confidentiality or nondisclosure shall not relieve any
18compacting state Commissioner of the responsibility to
19disclose any relevant records, data, or information to the
20Commission; provided, that disclosure to the Commission shall
21not be deemed to waive or otherwise affect any confidentiality
22requirement; and further provided, that the Commission shall
23be subject to the compacting state's laws pertaining to
24confidentiality and nondisclosure with respect to all such
25records, data, and information in its possession.
26    (5) The courts and executive agencies in each compacting

 

 

SB3865- 61 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1state shall enforce this Compact and shall take all actions
2necessary and appropriate to effectuate the Compact's purposes
3and intent. In any receivership or other judicial or
4administrative proceeding in a compacting state pertaining to
5the subject matter of this Compact which may affect the
6powers, responsibilities, or actions of the Commission, the
7Commission shall be entitled to receive all service of process
8in any such proceeding and shall have standing to intervene in
9the receivership or proceeding for all purposes.
10    (6) The Commission shall analyze and correlate records,
11data, information, and reports received from Receivers and
12Guaranty Associations and shall make recommendations for
13improving their performance to the compacting states. The
14Commission shall include summary information and data
15regarding its oversight functions in its annual report.
 
16    Section B. Dispute resolution.
17    (1) The Commission shall attempt, upon the request of a
18member, to resolve any disputes or other issues which are
19subject to this Compact and which may arise among compacting
20states and non-compacting states.
21    (2) The compacting states shall report to the Commission
22on issues or activities of concern to them and cooperate with
23and support the Commission in the discharge of its duties and
24responsibilities.
25    (3) The Commission shall promulgate an operating procedure

 

 

SB3865- 62 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1providing for binding dispute resolution for disputes among
2Receivers.
3    (4) The Commission shall facilitate voluntary dispute
4resolution for disputes among Guaranty Associations and
5Receivers.
 
6
ARTICLE IX. RECEIVERSHIP FUNCTIONS OF THE COMMISSION
7    (1) The Commission has authority to act as Receiver of any
8insurer domiciled, engaged in, or doing business in a
9compacting state upon the request of the Commissioner of such
10compacting state or as otherwise provided in this Compact.
11        (a) The Commission as Receiver shall have all powers
12    and duties pursuant to the receivership laws of the
13    domiciliary state.
14        (b) The Commission shall maintain accounts of receipts
15    and disbursements of the estates for which it is acting as
16    Receiver, consistent with the accounting practices and
17    procedures set forth in the by-laws.
18        (c) The Commission shall cause an annual audit of each
19    estate for which it is acting as Receiver, to be conducted
20    by an independent certified public accountant. The costs
21    and expenses of such audit shall be paid as administrative
22    expenses from the assets of the estate. The Commission
23    shall not cause an audit to be conducted of any estate that
24    lacks sufficient assets to conduct such audit.
25        (d) The Commission as Receiver is authorized to

 

 

SB3865- 63 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    delegate its receivership duties and functions and to
2    effectuate such delegation through contracts with others.
3    (2) The Commission shall act as Receiver of any insurer
4domiciled or doing business in a compacting state in the event
5that the member acting as Receiver in that compacting state
6fails to comply with duly promulgated Commission rules or
7operating procedures. The Commission shall notify such member
8in writing of noncompliance with Commission rules or operating
9procedures. If the member acting as Receiver fails to remedy
10such noncompliance within 10 days after receipt of such
11notification, the Commission may petition the supervising
12court before which such receivership is pending for an order
13substituting and appointing the Commission as Receiver of the
14estate.
15    (3) The Commission shall not act as Receiver of an estate
16which appears to lack sufficient assets to fund such
17receivership unless the compacting state makes provisions for
18the payment of the estate's administrative expenses
19satisfactory to the Commission.
20    (4) The Commission may act as Deputy Receiver for any
21insurer domiciled or doing business in a non-compacting state
22in accordance with such state's laws upon request of that
23non-compacting state's Commissioner and approval of the
24Commission.
25    (5) With respect to receiverships pending in a compacting
26state on the effective date of the enactment of this Compact by

 

 

SB3865- 64 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the compacting state:
2        (a) the Commission may act as Receiver of an insurer
3    upon the request of that compacting state's member and
4    approval of the Commission; and
5        (b) the Commission shall oversee, monitor, and
6    coordinate the activities of all receiverships pending in
7    that compacting state regardless whether the Commission is
8    acting as Receiver of estates in such state.
 
9
ARTICLE X. FINANCE
10    (1) The Commission shall pay or provide for the payment of
11the reasonable expenses of its establishment and organization.
12    (2) Except as otherwise provided in this Compact or by act
13of the Commission, the costs and expenses of each compacting
14state shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the
15respective compacting state. The Commission may pay or provide
16for actual and necessary costs and expenses for attendance of
17its members at official meetings of the Commission or its
18designated committees.
19    (3) The Commission shall levy on and collect an annual
20assessment from each compacting state and each insurer
21authorized to do business in a compacting state, and writing
22direct insurance, to cover the cost of the internal operations
23and activities of the Commission and its staff in a total
24amount sufficient to cover the Commission's annual budget.
25        (a) The aggregate annual assessment amount shall be

 

 

SB3865- 65 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    allocated 75% to insurers, hereinafter referred to as the
2    "insurers' portion", and 25% to compacting states,
3    hereinafter referred to as the "compacting states'
4    portion". The insurer portion shall be allocated to each
5    insurer by the percentage derived from a fraction, the
6    numerator of which shall be the gross direct written
7    premium received on that insurer's business in all
8    compacting states and the denominator of which shall be
9    the gross direct written premium received by all insurers
10    on business in all compacting states. The compacting
11    states' portion shall be allocated to each compacting
12    state by the percentage derived from a fraction, the
13    numerator of which shall be the gross direct written
14    premium received by all insurers on business in that
15    compacting state and the denominator shall be the gross
16    direct written premium received on all insurers on
17    business in all compacting states. A compacting state's
18    portion shall be funded as designated by that state's
19    legislature. In no event shall an insurer's assessment be
20    less than $50 or more than $25,000; provided, that
21    affiliated insurers' combined assessments shall not exceed
22    $50,000. Upon the request of an insurer, the Commission
23    may exempt or defer the assessment of any insurer if such
24    assessment would cause the insurer's financial impairment.
25        (b) These assessments shall not be used to pay any
26    costs or expenses incurred by the Commission and its staff

 

 

SB3865- 66 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    acting as Receiver of estates. Such costs and expenses
2    shall be paid as administrative expenses from the assets
3    of the estates as provided by law, except as otherwise
4    provided in this Compact.
5        (c) An insurer authorized to do business in a
6    compacting state shall timely pay assessments to the
7    Commission. Failure to pay such assessments shall not be
8    grounds for the revocation, suspension, or denial of an
9    insurer's authority to do business, but shall subject the
10    insurer to suit by the Commission for recovery of any
11    assessment due, attorneys' fees, and costs, together with
12    interest from the date the assessment is due at a rate of
13    10% per annum, and to civil forfeiture in an amount to be
14    determined by the Commissioner of that compacting state in
15    which the insurer received the greatest premium in the
16    year next preceding the first year for which the insurer
17    shall be delinquent in payment of assessments.
18    (4) The Commission shall be reimbursed in the following
19manner for the costs and expenses incurred by the Commission
20and its staff acting as Receiver of estates to the extent that
21an insurer's assets may be insufficient for the effective
22administration of its estate:
23        (a) if the insurer is domiciled in a compacting state,
24    the estate shall be closed unless that compacting state
25    makes provisions for reimbursing the Commission; and
26        (b) if the insurer is unauthorized to do business in a

 

 

SB3865- 67 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    compacting state or if the insurer is domiciled in a
2    non-compacting state and subject to ancillary
3    receivership, then the Commission and such state shall
4    make provisions for reimbursing the Commission prior to
5    the Commission becoming Receiver of such insurer.
6    (5) To fund the cost of the initial operations of the
7Commission until its first annual budget is adopted and
8related assessments have been made, contributions from
9compacting states and others may be accepted and a one time
10assessment on insurers doing a direct insurance business in
11the compacting states may be made not to exceed $450 per
12insurer.
13    (6) The Commission's adopted budget for a fiscal year
14shall not be approved until it has been subject to notice and
15comment as set forth in Article VII of this Compact. The budget
16shall determine the amount of the annual assessment. The
17Commission may accumulate a net worth not to exceed 30% of its
18then annual cost of operation to provide for contingencies and
19events not contemplated. These accumulated funds shall be held
20separately and shall not be used for any other purpose. The
21Commission's budget may include a provision for a contribution
22to the Commission's net worth.
23    (7) The Commission shall be exempt from all taxation in
24and by the compacting states.
25    (8) The Commission shall not pledge the credit of any
26compacting state, except by and with the appropriate legal

 

 

SB3865- 68 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1authority of that compacting state.
2    (9) The Commission shall keep complete and accurate
3accounts of all its internal receipts (including grants and
4donations) and disbursements of all funds, other than
5receivership assets, under its control. The internal financial
6accounts of the Commission shall be subject to the accounting
7procedures established under its by-laws. The financial
8accounts and reports including the system of internal controls
9and procedures of the Commission shall be audited annually by
10an independent certified public accountant. Upon the
11determination of the Commission, but no less frequently than
12every 3 years, the review of such independent auditor shall
13include a management and performance audit of the Commission.
14The report of such independent audit shall be made available
15to the public and shall be included in and become part of the
16annual report of the Commission to the Governors and
17legislatures of the compacting states. The Commission's
18internal accounts, any workpapers related to any internal
19audit, and any workpapers related to the independent audit,
20shall be confidential; provided, that such materials shall be
21made available: (i) in compliance with the order of any court
22of competent jurisdiction; (ii) pursuant to such reasonable
23rules as the Commission shall promulgate; and (iii) to any
24Commissioner, Governor of a compacting state, or their duly
25authorized representatives.
26    (10) No compacting state shall have any claim to or

 

 

SB3865- 69 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1ownership of any property held by or vested in the Commission
2or the Commission acting as Receiver or to any other
3Commission funds held pursuant to the provisions of this
4Compact.
 
5
ARTICLE XI. COMPACTING STATES, EFFECTIVE DATE, AND AMENDMENT
6    (1) Any state is eligible to become a compacting state.
7    (2) The Compact shall become effective and binding upon
8legislative enactment of the Compact into law by 2 compacting
9states. Thereafter, it shall become effective and binding as
10to any other compacting state upon enactment of the Compact
11into law by that state.
12    (3) Amendments to the Compact may be proposed by the
13Commission for enactment by the compacting states. No
14amendment shall become effective and binding upon the
15Commission and the compacting states unless and until it is
16enacted into law by unanimous consent of the compacting
17states.
 
18
ARTICLE XII. WITHDRAWAL, DEFAULT, AND TERMINATION

 
19    Section A. Withdrawal.
20    (1) Once effective, the Compact shall continue in force
21and remain binding upon each and every compacting state;
22provided, that a compacting state may withdraw from the
23Compact ("withdrawing state") by enacting a statute

 

 

SB3865- 70 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1specifically repealing the statute which enacted the Compact
2into law.
3    (2) The effective date of withdrawal is the effective date
4of the repeal; provided, that the repeal shall not apply to any
5receiverships, for which the Commission is acting as Receiver,
6pending on the date of the repeal except by mutual agreement of
7the Commission and the withdrawing state.
8    (3) The withdrawing state shall immediately notify the
9Chairperson of the Commission in writing upon the introduction
10of legislation repealing this Compact in the withdrawing
11state.
12    (4) The Commission shall notify the other compacting
13states of the withdrawing state's intent to withdraw within 60
14days of its receipt thereof.
15    (5) The withdrawing state is responsible for all
16assessments, obligations, and liabilities incurred through the
17effective date of withdrawal, including any obligations, the
18performance of which extend beyond the effective date of
19withdrawal, except to the extent those obligations may have
20been released or relinquished by mutual agreement of the
21Commission and the withdrawing state. Notwithstanding the
22foregoing, the withdrawing state is responsible for the costs
23and expenses of its estates subject to this Compact pending on
24the date of repeal; the Commission and the other estates
25subject to this Compact shall not bear any costs and expenses
26related to the withdrawing state's estates unless otherwise

 

 

SB3865- 71 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1mutually agreed upon between the Commission and the
2withdrawing state.
3    (6) Reinstatement following withdrawal of any compacting
4state shall occur upon the withdrawing state reenacting the
5Compact or upon such later date as determined by the
6Commission.
 
7    Section B. Default.
8    (1) If the Commission determines that any compacting state
9has at any time defaulted ("defaulting state") in the
10performance of any of its obligations or responsibilities
11under this Compact, the by-laws, or duly promulgated rules,
12all rights, privileges, and benefits conferred by this Compact
13and any agreements entered into pursuant to this Compact shall
14be suspended from the effective date of default as fixed by the
15Commission. The grounds for default include, but are not
16limited to, failure of a compacting state to perform such
17obligations or responsibilities and any other grounds
18designated in Commission rules. The Commission shall
19immediately notify the defaulting state in writing of the
20defaulting state's suspension pending a cure of the default.
21The Commission shall stipulate the conditions and the time
22period within which the defaulting state must cure its
23default. If the defaulting state fails to cure the default
24within the time period specified by the Commission, the
25defaulting state shall be terminated from the Compact upon an

 

 

SB3865- 72 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1affirmative vote of a majority of the compacting states and
2all rights, privileges, and benefits conferred by this Compact
3shall be terminated from the effective date of termination.
4    (2) Within 60 days of the effective date of termination of
5a defaulting state, the Commission shall notify the Governor
6and the Majority and Minority Leaders of the defaulting
7state's legislature of such termination.
8    (3) The termination of a defaulting state shall apply to
9all receiverships, for which the Commission is acting as
10Receiver, pending on the effective date of termination except
11by mutual agreement of the Commission and the defaulting
12state.
13    (4) The defaulting state is responsible for all
14assessments, obligations, and liabilities incurred through the
15effective date of termination and is responsible for the costs
16and expenses relating to its estates subject to this Compact
17pending on the date of the termination. The Commission and the
18other estates subject to this Compact shall not bear any costs
19or expenses relating the defaulting state's estates unless
20otherwise mutually agreed upon between the Commission and the
21defaulting state.
22    (5) Reinstatement following termination of any compacting
23state requires both a reenactment of the Compact by the
24defaulting state and the approval of the Commission pursuant
25to the rules.
 

 

 

SB3865- 73 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section C. Dissolution of Compact.
2    (1) The Compact dissolves effective upon the date of the
3withdrawal or the termination by default of the compacting
4state which reduces membership in the Compact to one
5compacting state.
6    (2) Upon the dissolution of this Compact, the Compact
7becomes null and void and shall be of no further force or
8effect, and the business and affairs of the Commission shall
9be wound up and any surplus funds shall be distributed in
10accordance with the by-laws.
 
11
ARTICLE XIII. SEVERABILITY AND CONSTRUCTION
12    (1) The provisions of this Compact shall be severable, and
13if any phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is deemed
14unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Compact shall
15be enforceable.
16    (2) The provisions of this Compact shall be liberally
17construed to effectuate its purposes.
 
18
ARTICLE XIV. BINDING EFFECT OF COMPACT AND OTHER LAWS

 
19    Section A. Other laws.
20    (1) Nothing herein prevents the enforcement of any other
21law of a compacting state that is not inconsistent with this
22Compact.
23    (2) All compacting states' laws conflicting with this

 

 

SB3865- 74 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Compact are superseded to the extent of the conflict.
 
2    Section B. Binding effect of this Compact.
3    (1) All lawful actions of the Commission, including all
4rules and operating procedures promulgated by the Commission,
5are binding upon the compacting states.
6    (2) All agreements between the Commission and the
7compacting states are binding in accordance with their terms.
8    (3) Upon the request of a party to a conflict over meaning
9or interpretation of Commission actions, and upon a majority
10vote of the compacting states, the Commission may issue
11advisory opinions regarding such meaning or interpretation.
12    (4) In the event any provision of this Compact exceeds the
13constitutional limits imposed on the legislature of any
14compacting state, the obligations, duties, powers, or
15jurisdiction sought to be conferred by such provision upon the
16Commission shall be ineffective and such obligations, duties,
17powers or jurisdiction shall remain in the compacting state
18and shall be exercised by the agency thereof to which such
19obligations, duties, powers, or jurisdiction are delegated by
20law in effect at the time this Compact becomes effective.
21(Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07.)
 
22    Section 35. The Interstate Insurance Product Regulation
23Compact is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
 

 

 

SB3865- 75 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (45 ILCS 162/10)
2    Sec. 10. Ratification. The State of Illinois ratifies,
3approves, and adopts the following interstate compact:
 
4
Article I. PURPOSES
5    The purposes of this Compact are, through means of joint
6and cooperative action among the Compacting States:
7        1. To promote and protect the interest of consumers of
8    individual and group annuity, life insurance, disability
9    income and long-term care insurance products;
10        2. To develop uniform standards for insurance products
11    covered under the Compact;
12        3. To establish a central clearinghouse to receive and
13    provide prompt review of insurance products covered under
14    the Compact and, in certain cases, advertisements related
15    thereto, submitted by insurers authorized to do business
16    in one or more Compacting States;
17        4. To give appropriate regulatory approval to those
18    product filings and advertisements satisfying the
19    applicable uniform standard;
20        5. To improve coordination of regulatory resources and
21    expertise between state insurance departments regarding
22    the setting of uniform standards and review of insurance
23    products covered under the Compact;
24        6. To create the Interstate Insurance Product
25    Regulation Commission; and

 

 

SB3865- 76 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        7. To perform these and such other related functions
2    as may be consistent with the state regulation of the
3    business of insurance.
 
4
Article II. DEFINITIONS
5    For purposes of this Compact:
6        1. "Advertisement" means any material designed to
7    create public interest in a Product, or induce the public
8    to purchase, increase, modify, reinstate, borrow on,
9    surrender, replace or retain a policy, as more
10    specifically defined in the Rules and Operating Procedures
11    of the Commission.
12        2. "Bylaws" mean those bylaws established by the
13    Commission for its governance, or for directing or
14    controlling the Commission's actions or conduct.
15        3. "Compacting State" means any State which has
16    enacted this Compact legislation and which has not
17    withdrawn pursuant to Article XIV, Section 1, or been
18    terminated pursuant to Article XIV, Section 2.
19        4. "Commission" means the "Interstate Insurance
20    Product Regulation Commission" established by this
21    Compact.
22        5. "Commissioner" means the chief insurance regulatory
23    official of a State including, but not limited to
24    commissioner, superintendent, director or administrator.
25        6. "Domiciliary State" means the state in which an

 

 

SB3865- 77 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Insurer is incorporated or organized; or, in the case of a
2    non-domestic an alien Insurer, its state of entry.
3        7. "Insurer" means any entity licensed by a State to
4    issue contracts of insurance for any of the lines of
5    insurance covered by this Act.
6        8. "Member" means the person chosen by a Compacting
7    State as its representative to the Commission, or his or
8    her designee.
9        9. "Non-compacting State" means any State which is not
10    at the time a Compacting State.
11        10. "Operating Procedures" mean procedures promulgated
12    by the Commission implementing a Rule, Uniform Standard or
13    a provision of this Compact.
14        11. "Product" means the form of a policy or contract,
15    including any application, endorsement, or related form
16    which is attached to and made a part of the policy or
17    contract, and any evidence of coverage or certificate, for
18    an individual or group annuity, life insurance, disability
19    income or long-term care insurance product that an Insurer
20    is authorized to issue.
21        12. "Rule" means a statement of general or particular
22    applicability and future effect promulgated by the
23    Commission, including a Uniform Standard developed
24    pursuant to Article VII of this Compact, designed to
25    implement, interpret, or prescribe law or policy or
26    describing the organization, procedure, or practice

 

 

SB3865- 78 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    requirements of the Commission, which shall have the force
2    and effect of law in the Compacting States.
3        13. "State" means any state, district or territory of
4    the United States of America.
5        14. "Third-Party Filer" means an entity that submits a
6    Product filing to the Commission on behalf of an Insurer.
7        15. "Uniform Standard" means a standard adopted by the
8    Commission for a Product line, pursuant to Article VII of
9    this Compact, and shall include all of the Product
10    requirements in aggregate; provided, that each Uniform
11    Standard shall be construed, whether express or implied,
12    to prohibit the use of any inconsistent, misleading or
13    ambiguous provisions in a Product and the form of the
14    Product made available to the public shall not be unfair,
15    inequitable or against public policy as determined by the
16    Commission.
 
17
Article III. ESTABLISHMENT OF THE COMMISSION AND VENUE
18    1. The Compacting States hereby create and establish a
19joint public agency known as the "Interstate Insurance Product
20Regulation Commission." Pursuant to Article IV, the Commission
21will have the power to develop Uniform Standards for Product
22lines, receive and provide prompt review of Products filed
23therewith, and give approval to those Product filings
24satisfying applicable Uniform Standards; provided, it is not
25intended for the Commission to be the exclusive entity for

 

 

SB3865- 79 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1receipt and review of insurance product filings. Nothing
2herein shall prohibit any Insurer from filing its product in
3any State wherein the Insurer is licensed to conduct the
4business of insurance; and any such filing shall be subject to
5the laws of the State where filed.
6    2. The Commission is a body corporate and politic, and an
7instrumentality of the Compacting States.
8    3. The Commission is solely responsible for its
9liabilities except as otherwise specifically provided in this
10Compact.
11    4. Venue is proper and judicial proceedings by or against
12the Commission shall be brought solely and exclusively in a
13Court of competent jurisdiction where the principal office of
14the Commission is located.
 
15
Article IV. POWERS OF THE COMMISSION
16    The Commission shall have the following powers:
17        1. To promulgate Rules, pursuant to Article VII of
18    this Compact, which shall have the force and effect of law
19    and shall be binding in the Compacting States to the
20    extent and in the manner provided in this Compact;
21        2. To exercise its rule-making authority and establish
22    reasonable Uniform Standards for Products covered under
23    the Compact, and Advertisement related thereto, which
24    shall have the force and effect of law and shall be binding
25    in the Compacting States, but only for those Products

 

 

SB3865- 80 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    filed with the Commission, provided, that a Compacting
2    State shall have the right to opt out of such Uniform
3    Standard pursuant to Article VII, to the extent and in the
4    manner provided in this Compact, and, provided further,
5    that any Uniform Standard established by the Commission
6    for long-term care insurance products may provide the same
7    or greater protections for consumers as, but shall not
8    provide less than, those protections set forth in the
9    National Association of Insurance Commissioners' Long-Term
10    Care Insurance Model Act and Long-Term Care Insurance
11    Model Regulation, respectively, adopted as of 2001. The
12    Commission shall consider whether any subsequent
13    amendments to the NAIC Long-Term Care Insurance Model Act
14    or Long-Term Care Insurance Model Regulation adopted by
15    the NAIC require amending of the Uniform Standards
16    established by the Commission for long-term care insurance
17    products;
18        3. To receive and review in an expeditious manner
19    Products filed with the Commission, and rate filings for
20    disability income and long-term care insurance Products,
21    and give approval of those Products and rate filings that
22    satisfy the applicable Uniform Standard, where such
23    approval shall have the force and effect of law and be
24    binding on the Compacting States to the extent and in the
25    manner provided in the Compact;
26        4. To receive and review in an expeditious manner

 

 

SB3865- 81 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Advertisement relating to long-term care insurance
2    products for which Uniform Standards have been adopted by
3    the Commission, and give approval to all Advertisement
4    that satisfies the applicable Uniform Standard. For any
5    product covered under this Compact, other than long-term
6    care insurance products, the Commission shall have the
7    authority to require an insurer to submit all or any part
8    of its Advertisement with respect to that product for
9    review or approval prior to use, if the Commission
10    determines that the nature of the product is such that an
11    Advertisement of the product could have the capacity or
12    tendency to mislead the public. The actions of Commission
13    as provided in this section shall have the force and
14    effect of law and shall be binding in the Compacting
15    States to the extent and in the manner provided in the
16    Compact;
17        5. To exercise its rule-making authority and designate
18    Products and Advertisement that may be subject to a
19    self-certification process without the need for prior
20    approval by the Commission.
21        6. To promulgate Operating Procedures, pursuant to
22    Article VII of this Compact, which shall be binding in the
23    Compacting States to the extent and in the manner provided
24    in this Compact;
25        7. To bring and prosecute legal proceedings or actions
26    in its name as the Commission; provided, that the standing

 

 

SB3865- 82 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    of any state insurance department to sue or be sued under
2    applicable law shall not be affected;
3        8. To issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and
4    testimony of witnesses and the production of evidence;
5        9. To establish and maintain offices;
6        10. To purchase and maintain insurance and bonds;
7        11. To borrow, accept or contract for services of
8    personnel, including, but not limited to, employees of a
9    Compacting State;
10        12. To hire employees, professionals or specialists,
11    and elect or appoint officers, and to fix their
12    compensation, define their duties and give them
13    appropriate authority to carry out the purposes of the
14    Compact, and determine their qualifications; and to
15    establish the Commission's personnel policies and programs
16    relating to, among other things, conflicts of interest,
17    rates of compensation and qualifications of personnel;
18        13. To accept any and all appropriate donations and
19    grants of money, equipment, supplies, materials and
20    services, and to receive, utilize and dispose of the same;
21    provided that at all times the Commission shall strive to
22    avoid any appearance of impropriety;
23        14. To lease, purchase, accept appropriate gifts or
24    donations of, or otherwise to own, hold, improve or use,
25    any property, real, personal or mixed; provided that at
26    all times the Commission shall strive to avoid any

 

 

SB3865- 83 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    appearance of impropriety;
2        15. To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease,
3    exchange, abandon or otherwise dispose of any property,
4    real, personal or mixed;
5        16. To remit filing fees to Compacting States as may
6    be set forth in the Bylaws, Rules or Operating Procedures;
7        17. To enforce compliance by Compacting States with
8    Rules, Uniform Standards, Operating Procedures and Bylaws;
9        18. To provide for dispute resolution among Compacting
10    States;
11        19. To advise Compacting States on issues relating to
12    Insurers domiciled or doing business in Non-compacting
13    jurisdictions, consistent with the purposes of this
14    Compact;
15        20. To provide advice and training to those personnel
16    in state insurance departments responsible for product
17    review, and to be a resource for state insurance
18    departments;
19        21. To establish a budget and make expenditures;
20        22. To borrow money;
21        23. To appoint committees, including advisory
22    committees comprising Members, state insurance regulators,
23    state legislators or their representatives, insurance
24    industry and consumer representatives, and such other
25    interested persons as may be designated in the Bylaws;
26        24. To provide and receive information from, and to

 

 

SB3865- 84 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    cooperate with law enforcement agencies;
2        25. To adopt and use a corporate seal; and
3        26. To perform such other functions as may be
4    necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this
5    Compact consistent with the state regulation of the
6    business of insurance.
 
7
Article V. ORGANIZATION OF THE COMMISSION
8    1. Membership, Voting and Bylaws.
9    a. Each Compacting State shall have and be limited to one
10Member. Each Member shall be qualified to serve in that
11capacity pursuant to applicable law of the Compacting State.
12Any Member may be removed or suspended from office as provided
13by the law of the State from which he or she shall be
14appointed. Any vacancy occurring in the Commission shall be
15filled in accordance with the laws of the Compacting State
16wherein the vacancy exists. Nothing herein shall be construed
17to affect the manner in which a Compacting State determines
18the election or appointment and qualification of its own
19Commissioner.
20    b. Each Member shall be entitled to one vote and shall have
21an opportunity to participate in the governance of the
22Commission in accordance with the Bylaws. Notwithstanding any
23provision herein to the contrary, no action of the Commission
24with respect to the promulgation of a Uniform Standard shall
25be effective unless two-thirds (2/3) of the Members vote in

 

 

SB3865- 85 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1favor thereof.
2    c. The Commission shall, by a majority of the Members,
3prescribe Bylaws to govern its conduct as may be necessary or
4appropriate to carry out the purposes, and exercise the
5powers, of the Compact, including, but not limited to:
6            i. establishing the fiscal year of the Commission;
7            ii. providing reasonable procedures for appointing
8        and electing members, as well as holding meetings, of
9        the Management Committee;
10            iii. providing reasonable standards and
11        procedures: (i) for the establishment and meetings of
12        other committees, and (ii) governing any general or
13        specific delegation of any authority or function of
14        the Commission;
15            iv. providing reasonable procedures for calling
16        and conducting meetings of the Commission that
17        consists of a majority of Commission members, ensuring
18        reasonable advance notice of each such meeting, and
19        providing for the right of citizens to attend each
20        such meeting with enumerated exceptions designed to
21        protect the public's interest, the privacy of
22        individuals, and insurers' proprietary information,
23        including trade secrets. The Commission may meet in
24        camera only after a majority of the entire membership
25        votes to close a meeting en toto or in part. As soon as
26        practicable, the Commission must make public (i) a

 

 

SB3865- 86 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        copy of the vote to close the meeting revealing the
2        vote of each Member with no proxy votes allowed, and
3        (ii) votes taken during such meeting;
4            v. establishing the titles, duties and authority
5        and reasonable procedures for the election of the
6        officers of the Commission;
7            vi. providing reasonable standards and procedures
8        for the establishment of the personnel policies and
9        programs of the Commission. Notwithstanding any civil
10        service or other similar laws of any Compacting State,
11        the Bylaws shall exclusively govern the personnel
12        policies and programs of the Commission;
13             vii. promulgating a code of ethics to address
14        permissible and prohibited activities of commission
15        members and employees; and
16            viii. providing a mechanism for winding up the
17        operations of the Commission and the equitable
18        disposition of any surplus funds that may exist after
19        the termination of the Compact after the payment
20        and/or reserving of all of its debts and obligations.
21    d. The Commission shall publish its bylaws in a convenient
22form and file a copy thereof and a copy of any amendment
23thereto, with the appropriate agency or officer in each of the
24Compacting States.
25    2. Management Committee, Officers and Personnel.
26    a. A Management Committee comprising no more than fourteen

 

 

SB3865- 87 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(14) members shall be established as follows:
2            (i) One (1) member from each of the six (6)
3        Compacting States with the largest premium volume for
4        individual and group annuities, life, disability
5        income and long-term care insurance products,
6        determined from the records of the NAIC for the prior
7        year;
8            (ii) Four (4) members from those Compacting States
9        with at least two percent (2%) of the market based on
10        the premium volume described above, other than the six
11        (6) Compacting States with the largest premium volume,
12        selected on a rotating basis as provided in the
13        Bylaws, and;
14            (iii) Four (4) members from those Compacting
15        States with less than two percent (2%) of the market,
16        based on the premium volume described above, with one
17        (1) selected from each of the four (4) zone regions of
18        the NAIC as provided in the Bylaws.
19    b. The Management Committee shall have such authority and
20duties as may be set forth in the Bylaws, including but not
21limited to:
22            i. managing the affairs of the Commission in a
23        manner consistent with the Bylaws and purposes of the
24        Commission;
25            ii. establishing and overseeing an organizational
26        structure within, and appropriate procedures for, the

 

 

SB3865- 88 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        Commission to provide for the creation of Uniform
2        Standards and other Rules, receipt and review of
3        product filings, administrative and technical support
4        functions, review of decisions regarding the
5        disapproval of a product filing, and the review of
6        elections made by a Compacting State to opt out of a
7        Uniform Standard; provided that a Uniform Standard
8        shall not be submitted to the Compacting States for
9        adoption unless approved by two-thirds (2/3) of the
10        members of the Management Committee;
11            iii. overseeing the offices of the Commission; and
12            iv. planning, implementing, and coordinating
13        communications and activities with other state,
14        federal and local government organizations in order to
15        advance the goals of the Commission.
16    c. The Commission shall elect annually officers from the
17Management Committee, with each having such authority and
18duties, as may be specified in the Bylaws.
19    d. The Management Committee may, subject to the approval
20of the Commission, appoint or retain an executive director for
21such period, upon such terms and conditions and for such
22compensation as the Commission may deem appropriate. The
23executive director shall serve as secretary to the Commission,
24but shall not be a Member of the Commission. The executive
25director shall hire and supervise such other staff as may be
26authorized by the Commission.

 

 

SB3865- 89 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    3. Legislative and Advisory Committees.
2    a. A legislative committee comprising state legislators or
3their designees shall be established to monitor the operations
4of, and make recommendations to, the Commission, including the
5Management Committee; provided that the manner of selection
6and term of any legislative committee member shall be as set
7forth in the Bylaws. Prior to the adoption by the Commission of
8any Uniform Standard, revision to the Bylaws, annual budget or
9other significant matter as may be provided in the Bylaws, the
10Management Committee shall consult with and report to the
11legislative committee.
12    b. The Commission shall establish two (2) advisory
13committees, one of which shall comprise consumer
14representatives independent of the insurance industry, and the
15other comprising insurance industry representatives.
16    c. The Commission may establish additional advisory
17committees as its Bylaws may provide for the carrying out of
18its functions.
19    4. Corporate Records of the Commission. The Commission
20shall maintain its corporate books and records in accordance
21with the Bylaws.
22    5. Qualified Immunity, Defense and Indemnification.
23    a. The Members, officers, executive director, employees
24and representatives of the Commission shall be immune from
25suit and liability, either personally or in their official
26capacity, for any claim for damage to or loss of property or

 

 

SB3865- 90 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1personal injury or other civil liability caused by or arising
2out of any actual or alleged act, error or omission that
3occurred, or that the person against whom the claim is made had
4a reasonable basis for believing occurred within the scope of
5Commission employment, duties or responsibilities; provided,
6that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to protect
7any such person from suit and/or liability for any damage,
8loss, injury or liability caused by the intentional or willful
9and wanton misconduct of that person.
10    b. The Commission shall defend any Member, officer,
11executive director, employee or representative of the
12Commission in any civil action seeking to impose liability
13arising out of any actual or alleged act, error or omission
14that occurred within the scope of Commission employment,
15duties or responsibilities, or that the person against whom
16the claim is made had a reasonable basis for believing
17occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties or
18responsibilities; provided, that nothing herein shall be
19construed to prohibit that person from retaining his or her
20own counsel; and provided further, that the actual or alleged
21act, error or omission did not result from that person's
22intentional or willful and wanton misconduct.
23    c. The Commission shall indemnify and hold harmless any
24Member, officer, executive director, employee or
25representative of the Commission for the amount of any
26settlement or judgment obtained against that person arising

 

 

SB3865- 91 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1out of any actual or alleged act, error or omission that
2occurred within the scope of Commission employment, duties or
3responsibilities, or that such person had a reasonable basis
4for believing occurred within the scope of Commission
5employment, duties or responsibilities, provided, that the
6actual or alleged act, error or omission did not result from
7the intentional or willful and wanton misconduct of that
8person.
 
9
Article VI. MEETINGS AND ACTS OF THE COMMISSION
10    1. The Commission shall meet and take such actions as are
11consistent with the provisions of this Compact and the Bylaws.
12    2. Each Member of the Commission shall have the right and
13power to cast a vote to which that Compacting State is entitled
14and to participate in the business and affairs of the
15Commission. A Member shall vote in person or by such other
16means as provided in the Bylaws. The Bylaws may provide for
17Members' participation in meetings by telephone or other means
18of communication.
19    3. The Commission shall meet at least once during each
20calendar year. Additional meetings shall be held as set forth
21in the Bylaws.
 
22
Article VII. RULES & OPERATING PROCEDURES: RULEMAKING
23
FUNCTIONS OF THE COMMISSION AND OPTING OUT OF UNIFORM
24
STANDARDS

 

 

SB3865- 92 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    1. Rulemaking Authority. The Commission shall promulgate
2reasonable Rules, including Uniform Standards, and Operating
3Procedures in order to effectively and efficiently achieve the
4purposes of this Compact. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
5the event the Commission exercises its rulemaking authority in
6a manner that is beyond the scope of the purposes of this Act,
7or the powers granted hereunder, then such an action by the
8Commission shall be invalid and have no force and effect.
9    2. Rulemaking Procedure. Rules and Operating Procedures
10shall be made pursuant to a rulemaking process that conforms
11to the Model State Administrative Procedure Act of 1981 as
12amended, as may be appropriate to the operations of the
13Commission. Before the Commission adopts a Uniform Standard,
14the Commission shall give written notice to the relevant state
15legislative committee(s) in each Compacting State responsible
16for insurance issues of its intention to adopt the Uniform
17Standard. The Commission in adopting a Uniform Standard shall
18consider fully all submitted materials and issue a concise
19explanation of its decision.
20    3. Effective Date and Opt Out of a Uniform Standard. A
21Uniform Standard shall become effective ninety (90) days after
22its promulgation by the Commission or such later date as the
23Commission may determine; provided, however, that a Compacting
24State may opt out of a Uniform Standard as provided in this
25Article. "Opt out" shall be defined as any action by a
26Compacting State to decline to adopt or participate in a

 

 

SB3865- 93 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1promulgated Uniform Standard. All other Rules and Operating
2Procedures, and amendments thereto, shall become effective as
3of the date specified in each Rule, Operating Procedure or
4amendment.
5    4. Opt Out Procedure. A Compacting State may opt out of a
6Uniform Standard, either by legislation or regulation duly
7promulgated by the Insurance Department under the Compacting
8State's Administrative Procedure Act. If a Compacting State
9elects to opt out of a Uniform Standard by regulation, it must
10(a) give written notice to the Commission no later than ten
11(10) business days after the Uniform Standard is promulgated,
12or at the time the State becomes a Compacting State and (b)
13find that the Uniform Standard does not provide reasonable
14protections to the citizens of the State, given the conditions
15in the State. The Commissioner shall make specific findings of
16fact and conclusions of law, based on a preponderance of the
17evidence, detailing the conditions in the State which warrant
18a departure from the Uniform Standard and determining that the
19Uniform Standard would not reasonably protect the citizens of
20the State. The Commissioner must consider and balance the
21following factors and find that the conditions in the State
22and needs of the citizens of the State outweigh: (i) the intent
23of the legislature to participate in, and the benefits of, an
24interstate agreement to establish national uniform consumer
25protections for the Products subject to this Act; and (ii) the
26presumption that a Uniform Standard adopted by the Commission

 

 

SB3865- 94 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1provides reasonable protections to consumers of the relevant
2Product.
3    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Compacting State may, at
4the time of its enactment of this Compact, prospectively opt
5out of all Uniform Standards involving long-term care
6insurance products by expressly providing for such opt out in
7the enacted Compact, and such an opt out shall not be treated
8as a material variance in the offer or acceptance of any State
9to participate in this Compact. Such an opt out shall be
10effective at the time of enactment of this Compact by the
11Compacting State and shall apply to all existing Uniform
12Standards involving long-term care insurance products and
13those subsequently promulgated.
14    5. Effect of Opt Out. If a Compacting State elects to opt
15out of a Uniform Standard, the Uniform Standard shall remain
16applicable in the Compacting State electing to opt out until
17such time the opt out legislation is enacted into law or the
18regulation opting out becomes effective.
19    Once the opt out of a Uniform Standard by a Compacting
20State becomes effective as provided under the laws of that
21State, the Uniform Standard shall have no further force and
22effect in that State unless and until the legislation or
23regulation implementing the opt out is repealed or otherwise
24becomes ineffective under the laws of the State. If a
25Compacting State opts out of a Uniform Standard after the
26Uniform Standard has been made effective in that State, the

 

 

SB3865- 95 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1opt out shall have the same prospective effect as provided
2under Article XIV for withdrawals.
3    6. Stay of Uniform Standard. If a Compacting State has
4formally initiated the process of opting out of a Uniform
5Standard by regulation, and while the regulatory opt out is
6pending, the Compacting State may petition the Commission, at
7least fifteen (15) days before the effective date of the
8Uniform Standard, to stay the effectiveness of the Uniform
9Standard in that State. The Commission may grant a stay if it
10determines the regulatory opt out is being pursued in a
11reasonable manner and there is a likelihood of success. If a
12stay is granted or extended by the Commission, the stay or
13extension thereof may postpone the effective date by up to
14ninety (90) days, unless affirmatively extended by the
15Commission; provided, a stay may not be permitted to remain in
16effect for more than one (1) year unless the Compacting State
17can show extraordinary circumstances which warrant a
18continuance of the stay, including, but not limited to, the
19existence of a legal challenge which prevents the Compacting
20State from opting out. A stay may be terminated by the
21Commission upon notice that the rulemaking process has been
22terminated.
23    7. Not later than thirty (30) days after a Rule or
24Operating Procedure is promulgated, any person may file a
25petition for judicial review of the Rule or Operating
26Procedure; provided, that the filing of such a petition shall

 

 

SB3865- 96 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1not stay or otherwise prevent the Rule or Operating Procedure
2from becoming effective unless the court finds that the
3petitioner has a substantial likelihood of success. The court
4shall give deference to the actions of the Commission
5consistent with applicable law and shall not find the Rule or
6Operating Procedure to be unlawful if the Rule or Operating
7Procedure represents a reasonable exercise of the Commission's
8authority.
 
9
Article VIII. COMMISSION RECORDS AND ENFORCEMENT
10    1. The Commission shall promulgate Rules establishing
11conditions and procedures for public inspection and copying of
12its information and official records, except such information
13and records involving the privacy of individuals and insurers'
14trade secrets. The Commission may promulgate additional Rules
15under which it may make available to federal and state
16agencies, including law enforcement agencies, records and
17information otherwise exempt from disclosure, and may enter
18into agreements with such agencies to receive or exchange
19information or records subject to nondisclosure and
20confidentiality provisions.
21    2. Except as to privileged records, data and information,
22the laws of any Compacting State pertaining to confidentiality
23or nondisclosure shall not relieve any Compacting State
24Commissioner of the duty to disclose any relevant records,
25data or information to the Commission; provided, that

 

 

SB3865- 97 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1disclosure to the Commission shall not be deemed to waive or
2otherwise affect any confidentiality requirement; and further
3provided, that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this
4Act, the Commission shall not be subject to the Compacting
5State's laws pertaining to confidentiality and nondisclosure
6with respect to records, data and information in its
7possession. Confidential information of the Commission shall
8remain confidential after such information is provided to any
9Commissioner.
10    3. The Commission shall monitor Compacting States for
11compliance with duly adopted Bylaws, Rules, including Uniform
12Standards, and Operating Procedures. The Commission shall
13notify any non-complying Compacting State in writing of its
14noncompliance with Commission Bylaws, Rules or Operating
15Procedures. If a non-complying Compacting State fails to
16remedy its noncompliance within the time specified in the
17notice of noncompliance, the Compacting State shall be deemed
18to be in default as set forth in Article XIV.
19    4. The Commissioner of any State in which an Insurer is
20authorized to do business, or is conducting the business of
21insurance, shall continue to exercise his or her authority to
22oversee the market regulation of the activities of the Insurer
23in accordance with the provisions of the State's law. The
24Commissioner's enforcement of compliance with the Compact is
25governed by the following provisions:
26    a. With respect to the Commissioner's market regulation of

 

 

SB3865- 98 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1a Product or Advertisement that is approved or certified to
2the Commission, the content of the Product or Advertisement
3shall not constitute a violation of the provisions, standards
4or requirements of the Compact except upon a final order of the
5Commission, issued at the request of a Commissioner after
6prior notice to the Insurer and an opportunity for hearing
7before the Commission.
8    b. Before a Commissioner may bring an action for violation
9of any provision, standard or requirement of the Compact
10relating to the content of an Advertisement not approved or
11certified to the Commission, the Commission, or an authorized
12Commission officer or employee, must authorize the action.
13However, authorization pursuant to this Paragraph does not
14require notice to the Insurer, opportunity for hearing or
15disclosure of requests for authorization or records of the
16Commission's action on such requests.
 
17
Article IX. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
18    The Commission shall attempt, upon the request of a
19Member, to resolve any disputes or other issues that are
20subject to this Compact and which may arise between two or more
21Compacting States, or between Compacting States and
22Non-compacting States, and the Commission shall promulgate an
23Operating Procedure providing for resolution of such disputes.
 
24
Article X. PRODUCT FILING AND APPROVAL

 

 

SB3865- 99 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    1. Insurers and Third-Party Filers seeking to have a
2Product approved by the Commission shall file the Product
3with, and pay applicable filing fees to, the Commission.
4Nothing in this Act shall be construed to restrict or
5otherwise prevent an insurer from filing its Product with the
6insurance department in any State wherein the insurer is
7licensed to conduct the business of insurance, and such filing
8shall be subject to the laws of the States where filed.
9    2. The Commission shall establish appropriate filing and
10review processes and procedures pursuant to Commission Rules
11and Operating Procedures. Notwithstanding any provision herein
12to the contrary, the Commission shall promulgate Rules to
13establish conditions and procedures under which the Commission
14will provide public access to Product filing information. In
15establishing such Rules, the Commission shall consider the
16interests of the public in having access to such information,
17as well as protection of personal medical and financial
18information and trade secrets, that may be contained in a
19Product filing or supporting information.
20    3. Any Product approved by the Commission may be sold or
21otherwise issued in those Compacting States for which the
22Insurer is legally authorized to do business.
 
23
Article XI. REVIEW OF COMMISSION DECISIONS REGARDING FILINGS
24    1. Not later than thirty (30) days after the Commission
25has given notice of a disapproved Product or Advertisement

 

 

SB3865- 100 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1filed with the Commission, the Insurer or Third Party Filer
2whose filing was disapproved may appeal the determination to a
3review panel appointed by the Commission. The Commission shall
4promulgate Rules to establish procedures for appointing such
5review panels and provide for notice and hearing. An
6allegation that the Commission, in disapproving a Product or
7Advertisement filed with the Commission, acted arbitrarily,
8capriciously, or in a manner that is an abuse of discretion or
9otherwise not in accordance with the law, is subject to
10judicial review in accordance with Article III, section 5.
11    2. The Commission shall have authority to monitor, review
12and reconsider Products and Advertisement subsequent to their
13filing or approval upon a finding that the product does not
14meet the relevant Uniform Standard. Where appropriate, the
15Commission may withdraw or modify its approval after proper
16notice and hearing, subject to the appeal process in section 1
17above.
 
18
Article XII. FINANCE
19    1. The Commission shall pay or provide for the payment of
20the reasonable expenses of its establishment and organization.
21To fund the cost of its initial operations, the Commission may
22accept contributions and other forms of funding from the
23National Association of Insurance Commissioners, Compacting
24States and other sources. Contributions and other forms of
25funding from other sources shall be of such a nature that the

 

 

SB3865- 101 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1independence of the Commission concerning the performance of
2its duties shall not be compromised.
3    2. The Commission shall collect a filing fee from each
4Insurer and Third Party Filer filing a product with the
5Commission to cover the cost of the operations and activities
6of the Commission and its staff in a total amount sufficient to
7cover the Commission's annual budget.
8    3. The Commission's budget for a fiscal year shall not be
9approved until it has been subject to notice and comment as set
10forth in Article VII of this Compact.
11    4. The Commission shall be exempt from all taxation in and
12by the Compacting States.
13    5. The Commission shall not pledge the credit of any
14Compacting State, except by and with the appropriate legal
15authority of that Compacting State.
16    6. The Commission shall keep complete and accurate
17accounts of all its internal receipts, including grants and
18donations, and disbursements of all funds under its control.
19The internal financial accounts of the Commission shall be
20subject to the accounting procedures established under its
21Bylaws. The financial accounts and reports including the
22system of internal controls and procedures of the Commission
23shall be audited annually by an independent certified public
24accountant. Upon the determination of the Commission, but no
25less frequently than every three (3) years, the review of the
26independent auditor shall include a management and performance

 

 

SB3865- 102 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1audit of the Commission. The Commission shall make an Annual
2Report to the Governor and legislature of the Compacting
3States, which shall include a report of the independent audit.
4The Commission's internal accounts shall not be confidential
5and such materials may be shared with the Commissioner of any
6Compacting State upon request, provided, however, that any
7work papers related to any internal or independent audit and
8any information regarding the privacy of individuals and
9insurers' proprietary information, including trade secrets,
10shall remain confidential.
11    7. No Compacting State shall have any claim to or
12ownership of any property held by or vested in the Commission
13or to any Commission funds held pursuant to the provisions of
14this Compact.
 
15
Article XIII. COMPACTING STATES, EFFECTIVE DATE AND AMENDMENT
16    1. Any State is eligible to become a Compacting State.
17    2. The Compact shall become effective and binding upon
18legislative enactment of the Compact into law by two
19Compacting States; provided, the Commission shall become
20effective for purposes of adopting Uniform Standards for,
21reviewing, and giving approval or disapproval of, Products
22filed with the Commission that satisfy applicable Uniform
23Standards only after twenty-six (26) States are Compacting
24States or, alternatively, by States representing greater than
25forty percent (40%) of the premium volume for life insurance,

 

 

SB3865- 103 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1annuity, disability income and long-term care insurance
2products, based on records of the NAIC for the prior year.
3Thereafter, it shall become effective and binding as to any
4other Compacting State upon enactment of the Compact into law
5by that State.
6    3. Amendments to the Compact may be proposed by the
7Commission for enactment by the Compacting States. No
8amendment shall become effective and binding upon the
9Commission and the Compacting States unless and until all
10Compacting States enact the amendment into law.
 
11
Article XIV. WITHDRAWAL, DEFAULT AND TERMINATION
12    1. Withdrawal.
13    a. Once effective, the Compact shall continue in force and
14remain binding upon each and every Compacting State; provided,
15that a Compacting State may withdraw from the Compact
16("Withdrawing State") by enacting a statute specifically
17repealing the statute which enacted the Compact into law.
18    b. The effective date of withdrawal is the effective date
19of the repealing statute. However, the withdrawal shall not
20apply to any product filings approved or self-certified, or
21any Advertisement of such products, on the date the repealing
22statute becomes effective, except by mutual agreement of the
23Commission and the Withdrawing State unless the approval is
24rescinded by the Withdrawing State as provided in subsection
25e. of this section.

 

 

SB3865- 104 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    c. The Commissioner of the Withdrawing State shall
2immediately notify the Management Committee in writing upon
3the introduction of legislation repealing this Compact in the
4Withdrawing State.
5    d. The Commission shall notify the other Compacting States
6of the introduction of such legislation within ten (10) days
7after its receipt of notice thereof.
8    e. The Withdrawing State is responsible for all
9obligations, duties and liabilities incurred through the
10effective date of withdrawal, including any obligations, the
11performance of which extend beyond the effective date of
12withdrawal, except to the extent those obligations may have
13been released or relinquished by mutual agreement of the
14Commission and the Withdrawing State. The Commission's
15approval of Products and Advertisement prior to the effective
16date of withdrawal shall continue to be effective and be given
17full force and effect in the Withdrawing State, unless
18formally rescinded by the Withdrawing State in the same manner
19as provided by the laws of the Withdrawing State for the
20prospective disapproval of products or advertisement
21previously approved under state law.
22    f. Reinstatement following withdrawal of any Compacting
23State shall occur upon the effective date of the Withdrawing
24State reenacting the Compact.
25    2. Default.
26    a. If the Commission determines that any Compacting State

 

 

SB3865- 105 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1has at any time defaulted ("Defaulting State") in the
2performance of any of its obligations or responsibilities
3under this Compact, the Bylaws or duly promulgated Rules or
4Operating Procedures, then, after notice and hearing as set
5forth in the Bylaws, all rights, privileges and benefits
6conferred by this Compact on the Defaulting State shall be
7suspended from the effective date of default as fixed by the
8Commission. The grounds for default include, but are not
9limited to, failure of a Compacting State to perform its
10obligations or responsibilities, and any other grounds
11designated in Commission Rules. The Commission shall
12immediately notify the Defaulting State in writing of the
13Defaulting State's suspension pending a cure of the default.
14The Commission shall stipulate the conditions and the time
15period within which the Defaulting State must cure its
16default. If the Defaulting State fails to cure the default
17within the time period specified by the Commission, the
18Defaulting State shall be terminated from the Compact and all
19rights, privileges and benefits conferred by this Compact
20shall be terminated from the effective date of termination.
21    b. Product approvals by the Commission or product
22self-certifications, or any Advertisement in connection with
23such product, that are in force on the effective date of
24termination shall remain in force in the Defaulting State in
25the same manner as if the Defaulting State had withdrawn
26voluntarily pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Article.

 

 

SB3865- 106 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    c. Reinstatement following termination of any Compacting
2State requires a reenactment of the Compact.
3    3. Dissolution of Compact.
4    a. The Compact dissolves effective upon the date of the
5withdrawal or default of the Compacting State which reduces
6membership in the Compact to one Compacting State.
7    b. Upon the dissolution of this Compact, the Compact
8becomes null and void and shall be of no further force or
9effect, and the business and affairs of the Commission shall
10be wound up and any surplus funds shall be distributed in
11accordance with the Bylaws.
 
12
Article XV. SEVERABILITY AND CONSTRUCTION
13    1. The provisions of this Compact shall be severable; and
14if any phrase, clause, sentence or provision is deemed
15unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Compact shall
16be enforceable.
17    2. The provisions of this Compact shall be liberally
18construed to effectuate its purposes.
 
19
Article XVI. BINDING EFFECT OF COMPACT AND OTHER LAWS
20    1. Other Laws.
21    a. Nothing herein prevents the enforcement of any other
22law of a Compacting State, except as provided in paragraph b of
23this Article.
24    b. For any Product approved or certified to the

 

 

SB3865- 107 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Commission, the Rules, Uniform Standards and any other
2requirements of the Commission shall constitute the exclusive
3provisions applicable to the content, approval and
4certification of such Products. For Advertisement that is
5subject to the Commission's authority, any Rule, Uniform
6Standard or other requirement of the Commission which governs
7the content of the Advertisement shall constitute the
8exclusive provision that a Commissioner may apply to the
9content of the Advertisement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
10no action taken by the Commission shall abrogate or restrict:
11(i) the access of any person to state courts; (ii) remedies
12available under state law related to breach of contract, tort,
13or other laws not specifically directed to the content of the
14Product; (iii) state law relating to the construction of
15insurance contracts; or (iv) the authority of the attorney
16general of the state, including but not limited to maintaining
17any actions or proceedings, as authorized by law.
18    c. All insurance products filed with individual States
19shall be subject to the laws of those States.
20    2. Binding Effect of this Compact.
21    a. All lawful actions of the Commission, including all
22Rules and Operating Procedures promulgated by the Commission,
23are binding upon the Compacting States.
24    b. All agreements between the Commission and the
25Compacting States are binding in accordance with their terms.
26    c. Upon the request of a party to a conflict over the

 

 

SB3865- 108 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1meaning or interpretation of Commission actions, and upon a
2majority vote of the Compacting States, the Commission may
3issue advisory opinions regarding the meaning or
4interpretation in dispute.
5    d. In the event any provision of this Compact exceeds the
6constitutional limits imposed on the legislature of any
7Compacting State, the obligations, duties, powers or
8jurisdiction sought to be conferred by that provision upon the
9Commission shall be ineffective as to that Compacting State,
10and those obligations, duties, powers or jurisdiction shall
11remain in the Compacting State and shall be exercised by the
12agency thereof to which those obligations, duties, powers or
13jurisdiction are delegated by law in effect at the time this
14Compact becomes effective.
15(Source: P.A. 96-1481, eff. 11-29-10.)
 
16    Section 40. The Counties Code is amended by changing
17Section 3-12007 as follows:
 
18    (55 ILCS 5/3-12007)  (from Ch. 34, par. 3-12007)
19    Sec. 3-12007. Proposed rules for classified service. (a)
20The Director of Personnel shall prepare and submit to the
21commission proposed rules for the classified service. The
22director shall give at least 10 days' notice to the heads of
23all departments or agencies affected and they shall be given
24an opportunity, upon their request, to appear before the

 

 

SB3865- 109 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1commission to express their views thereon before action is
2taken by the commission.
3    (b) The rules, as adopted pursuant to subsection (a) of
4Section 3-12005 shall provide for:
5    (1) preparation, maintenance and revision of a position
6classification plan for all positions in the classified
7service, based upon the similarity of duties performed and
8responsibilities assumed, so that the same qualifications may
9reasonably be required and the same schedule of pay may be
10applied to all positions in the same class. Each position
11authorized by the Board shall be allocated by the director to
12the proper class and assigned to the appropriate pay range for
13that class.
14    (2) promotion which shall give appropriate consideration
15to the applicant's qualifications, record of performance,
16seniority, and conduct. Vacancies shall be filled by promotion
17whenever practicable and in the best interest of the county
18service, and preference may be given to employees within the
19department in which the vacancy occurs.
20    (3) open competitive examinations to determine the
21relative fitness of applicants for the respective competitive
22positions.
23    (4) competitive selection of employees for all classes in
24the classified service.
25    (5) establishment of lists of eligibles for appointment
26and promotion, upon which lists shall be placed the names of

 

 

SB3865- 110 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1successful candidates in the order of their relative
2excellence in the respective examinations. The duration of
3eligible lists for initial appointment shall be for no more
4than one year unless extended by the director for not more than
5one additional year; lists of eligibles for promotion shall be
6maintained for as long as the tests on which they are based are
7considered valid by the director.
8    (6) certification by the director to the appointing
9authorities of not more than the top 5 names from the list of
10eligibles for a single vacancy.
11    (7) rejection of candidates who do not comply with
12reasonable job requirements in regard to such factors as age,
13physical condition, training and experience, or who are
14addicted to alcohol or narcotics or have been guilty of
15infamous or disgraceful conduct or are illegal noncitizens
16aliens.
17    (8) periods of probationary employment. During the initial
18probation period following appointment any employee may be
19discharged or demoted without charges or hearing except that
20any applicant or employee, regardless of status, who has
21reason to believe that he/she has been discriminated against
22because of religious opinions or affiliation, or race, sex, or
23national origin in any personnel action may appeal to the
24commission in accordance with the provisions of this Division
25or in appropriate rules established by the commission pursuant
26to subsection (a) of Section 3-12005.

 

 

SB3865- 111 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (9) provisional employment without competitive
2examinations when there is no appropriate eligible list
3available. No person hired as a provisional employee shall
4continue on the county payroll longer than 6 months per
5calendar year nor shall successive provisional appointments be
6allowed.
7    (10) transfer from a position in one department to a
8position in another department involving similar
9qualifications, duties, responsibilities and salary.
10    (11) procedures for authorized reinstatement within one
11year of persons who resign in good standing.
12    (12) layoff by reason of lack of funds or work or abolition
13of the position, or material changes in duties or
14organization, and for the layoff of nontenured employees
15first, and for the reemployment of permanent employees so laid
16off, giving consideration in both layoff and reemployment to
17performance record and seniority in service.
18    (13) keeping records of performance of all employees in
19the classified service.
20    (14) suspension, demotion or dismissal of an employee for
21misconduct, inefficiency, incompetence, insubordination,
22malfeasance or other unfitness to render effective service and
23for the investigation and hearing of appeals of any employee
24recommended for suspension, demotion or dismissal by a
25department head for any of the foregoing reasons.
26    (15) establishment of a plan for resolving employee

 

 

SB3865- 112 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1grievances and complaints, including an appeals procedure.
2    (16) hours of work, holidays and attendance regulations,
3and for annual, sick and special leaves of absence, with or
4without pay, or at reduced pay.
5    (17) development of employee morale, safety and training
6programs.
7    (18) establishment of a period of probation, the length of
8which shall be determined by the complexity of the work
9involved, but which shall not exceed one year without special
10written approval from the commission.
11    (19) such other rules, not inconsistent with this
12Division, as may be proper and necessary for its enforcement.
13(Source: P.A. 86-962.)
 
14    Section 45. The Illinois Municipal Code is amended by
15changing Section 11-74.2-14 as follows:
 
16    (65 ILCS 5/11-74.2-14)  (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.2-14)
17    Sec. 11-74.2-14. The corporate authorities may at any time
18transfer and sell the fee simple title, or any lesser estate
19that they acquired to all or any part of the real property
20within the redevelopment area. No such sale shall be
21inconsistent with the provisions of paragraph (e) of Section
2211-74.2-8.
23    Such sales and transfers may be made to:
24    (1) Any individual, association or corporation, organized

 

 

SB3865- 113 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1under the laws of this State or of any other State or country,
2which may legally make such investments in this State,
3including foreign and non-domestic alien insurance companies,
4as defined in Section 2 of the "Illinois Insurance Code"; or
5    (2) Any body politic and corporate, public corporation or
6private individual, corporation, association or interest
7empowered by law to acquire, develop and use such real
8property for such uses, public or private, as are in
9accordance with the final redevelopment plan.
10    To provide that the real property sold by the corporate
11authorities is used in accordance with the final redevelopment
12plan, the corporate authorities shall inquire into and satisfy
13themselves concerning the financial ability of the purchaser
14to complete the redevelopment in accordance with the
15redevelopment plan and shall require the purchaser to execute
16in writing such undertakings as the corporate authorities may
17deem necessary to obligate the purchaser to:
18    (1) Use the land for the purposes designated in the
19approved plan;
20    (2) Commence and complete the building of the improvements
21or the renovation of the property within the periods of time
22which the corporate authorities fix as reasonable; and
23    (3) Comply with such other conditions as are necessary to
24carry out the purposes of the final redevelopment plan.
25    Any redevelopment area may be sold either as an entirety
26or in such parcels as the corporate authorities may select. It

 

 

SB3865- 114 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1is not necessary that title be acquired to all real property
2within the redevelopment area before the sale of a part
3thereof may be made as provided in this Section. All real
4property sold shall be sold at its use value which may be less
5than its acquisition cost. For purposes of this Division, use
6value represents the value at which the corporate authorities
7determine that such land should be made available in order
8that it may be developed or redeveloped for the purposes
9specified in the final redevelopment plan.
10(Source: P.A. 81-3.)
 
11    Section 50. The Metropolitan Water Reclamation District
12Act is amended by changing Section 11.15 as follows:
 
13    (70 ILCS 2605/11.15)  (from Ch. 42, par. 331.15)
14    Sec. 11.15. No person shall be employed upon contracts for
15work to be done by any such sanitary district unless he or she
16is a citizen of the United States, a national of the United
17States under Section 1401 of Title 8 of the United States Code,
18a person an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence
19under Section 1101 of Title 8 of the United States Code, an
20individual who has been granted asylum under Section 1158 of
21Title 8 of the United States Code, or an individual who is
22otherwise legally authorized to work in the United States.
23(Source: P.A. 98-280, eff. 8-9-13; 99-231, eff. 8-3-15.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 115 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 55. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended
2by changing Section 9.16 as follows:
 
3    (110 ILCS 205/9.16)  (from Ch. 144, par. 189.16)
4    Sec. 9.16. Underrepresentation of certain groups in higher
5education. To require public institutions of higher education
6to develop and implement methods and strategies to increase
7the participation of minorities, women and individuals with
8disabilities who are traditionally underrepresented in
9education programs and activities. For the purpose of this
10Section, minorities shall mean persons who are citizens of the
11United States or lawful permanent resident noncitizens aliens
12of the United States and who are any of the following:
13        (1) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having
14    origins in any of the original peoples of North and South
15    America, including Central America, and who maintains
16    tribal affiliation or community attachment).
17        (2) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
18    original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the
19    Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to,
20    Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan,
21    the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam).
22        (3) Black or African American (a person having origins
23    in any of the black racial groups of Africa).
24        (4) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
25    Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish

 

 

SB3865- 116 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    culture or origin, regardless of race).
2        (5) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a
3    person having origins in any of the original peoples of
4    Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
5    The Board shall adopt any rules necessary to administer
6this Section. The Board shall also do the following:
7    (a) require all public institutions of higher education to
8develop and submit plans for the implementation of this
9Section;
10    (b) conduct periodic review of public institutions of
11higher education to determine compliance with this Section;
12and if the Board finds that a public institution of higher
13education is not in compliance with this Section, it shall
14notify the institution of steps to take to attain compliance;
15    (c) provide advice and counsel pursuant to this Section;
16    (d) conduct studies of the effectiveness of methods and
17strategies designed to increase participation of students in
18education programs and activities in which minorities, women
19and individuals with disabilities are traditionally
20underrepresented, and monitor the success of students in such
21education programs and activities;
22    (e) encourage minority student recruitment and retention
23in colleges and universities. In implementing this paragraph,
24the Board shall undertake but need not be limited to the
25following: the establishment of guidelines and plans for
26public institutions of higher education for minority student

 

 

SB3865- 117 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1recruitment and retention, the review and monitoring of
2minority student programs implemented at public institutions
3of higher education to determine their compliance with any
4guidelines and plans so established, the determination of the
5effectiveness and funding requirements of minority student
6programs at public institutions of higher education, the
7dissemination of successful programs as models, and the
8encouragement of cooperative partnerships between community
9colleges and local school attendance centers which are
10experiencing difficulties in enrolling minority students in
11four-year colleges and universities;
12    (f) mandate all public institutions of higher education to
13submit data and information essential to determine compliance
14with this Section. The Board shall prescribe the format and
15the date for submission of this data and any other education
16equity data; and
17    (g) report to the General Assembly and the Governor
18annually with a description of the plans submitted by each
19public institution of higher education for implementation of
20this Section, including financial data relating to the most
21recent fiscal year expenditures for specific minority
22programs, the effectiveness of such plans and programs and the
23effectiveness of the methods and strategies developed by the
24Board in meeting the purposes of this Section, the degree of
25compliance with this Section by each public institution of
26higher education as determined by the Board pursuant to its

 

 

SB3865- 118 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1periodic review responsibilities, and the findings made by the
2Board in conducting its studies and monitoring student success
3as required by paragraph d) of this Section. With respect to
4each public institution of higher education such report also
5shall include, but need not be limited to, information with
6respect to each institution's minority program budget
7allocations; minority student admission, retention and
8graduation statistics; admission, retention, and graduation
9statistics of all students who are the first in their
10immediate family to attend an institution of higher education;
11number of financial assistance awards to undergraduate and
12graduate minority students; and minority faculty
13representation. This paragraph shall not be construed to
14prohibit the Board from making, preparing or issuing
15additional surveys or studies with respect to minority
16education in Illinois.
17(Source: P.A. 102-465, eff. 1-1-22.)
 
18    Section 60. The Dental Student Grant Act is amended by
19changing Section 3.06 as follows:
 
20    (110 ILCS 925/3.06)  (from Ch. 144, par. 1503.06)
21    Sec. 3.06. "Eligible dental student" means a person who
22meets all of the following qualifications:
23    (a) That the individual is a resident of this State and a
24citizen or lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien of the

 

 

SB3865- 119 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1United States;
2    (b) That the individual has been accepted in a dental
3school located in Illinois;
4    (c) That the individual exhibits financial need as
5determined by the Department;
6    (d) That the individual has earned an educational diploma
7at an institution of education located in this State or has
8been a resident of the State for no less than 3 years prior to
9applying for the grant;
10    (e) That the individual is a member of a racial minority as
11defined in Section 3.07; and
12    (f) That the individual meets other qualifications which
13shall be established by the Department.
14(Source: P.A. 87-665.)
 
15    Section 65. The Diversifying Higher Education Faculty in
16Illinois Act is amended by changing Sections 2 and 7 as
17follows:
 
18    (110 ILCS 930/2)  (from Ch. 144, par. 2302)
19    Sec. 2. Definitions. As used in this Act, unless the
20context otherwise requires:
21    "Board" means the Board of Higher Education.
22    "DFI" means the Diversifying Higher Education Faculty in
23Illinois Program of financial assistance to minorities who are
24traditionally underrepresented as participants in

 

 

SB3865- 120 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1postsecondary education. The program shall assist them in
2pursuing a graduate or professional degree and shall also
3assist program graduates to find employment at an Illinois
4institution of higher education, including a community
5college, in a faculty or staff position.
6    "Program Board" means the entity created to administer the
7grant program authorized by this Act.
8    "Qualified institution of higher education" means a
9qualifying publicly or privately operated educational
10institution located within Illinois (i) that offers
11instruction leading toward or prerequisite to an academic or
12professional degree beyond the baccalaureate degree, excluding
13theological schools, and (ii) that is authorized to operate in
14the State of Illinois.
15    "Racial minority" means a person who is a citizen of the
16United States or a lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien
17of the United States and who is any of the following:
18        (1) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having
19    origins in any of the original peoples of North and South
20    America, including Central America, and who maintains
21    tribal affiliation or community attachment).
22        (2) Asian (a person having origins in any of the
23    original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the
24    Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to,
25    Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan,
26    the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam).

 

 

SB3865- 121 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (3) Black or African American (a person having origins
2    in any of the black racial groups of Africa).
3        (4) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican,
4    Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish
5    culture or origin, regardless of race).
6        (5) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a
7    person having origins in any of the original peoples of
8    Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
9(Source: P.A. 102-465, eff. 1-1-22.)
 
10    (110 ILCS 930/7)  (from Ch. 144, par. 2307)
11    Sec. 7. Eligibility for DFI grants. An individual is
12eligible for an award under the provisions of this Act when the
13Program Board finds:
14        (a) That the individual is a resident of this State
15    and a citizen or lawful permanent resident noncitizen
16    alien of the United States;
17        (b) That the individual is a member of a racial
18    minority as defined under the terms of this Act;
19        (c) That the individual has earned any educational
20    diploma at an institution of education located in this
21    State, or is a resident of the State for no less than three
22    years prior to applying for the grant, and the individual
23    must hold a baccalaureate degree from an institution of
24    higher learning;
25        (d) That the individual's financial resources are such

 

 

SB3865- 122 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    that, in the absence of a DFI grant, the individual will be
2    prevented from pursuing a graduate or professional degree
3    at a qualified institution of higher education of his or
4    her choice;
5        (e) That the individual has above average academic
6    ability to pursue a graduate or professional degree; and
7        (f) That the individual meets other qualifications
8    which shall be established by the Program Board.
9    Grant funds shall be awarded only to those persons
10pursuing a graduate or professional degree program at a
11qualified institution of higher education.
12    The Board shall by rule promulgate, pursuant to the
13Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, precise standards to be
14used by the Program Board to determine whether a program
15applicant has above average academic ability to pursue a
16graduate or professional degree.
17(Source: P.A. 93-862, eff. 8-4-04.)
 
18    Section 70. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act is
19amended by changing Sections 65.50 and 65.110 as follows:
 
20    (110 ILCS 947/65.50)
21    Sec. 65.50. Teacher training full-time undergraduate
22scholarships.
23    (a) Five hundred new scholarships shall be provided each
24year for qualified high school students or high school

 

 

SB3865- 123 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1graduates who desire to pursue full-time undergraduate studies
2in teacher education at public or private universities or
3colleges and community colleges in this State. The Commission,
4in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated for this
5program, shall provide funding and shall designate each year's
6new recipients from among those applicants who qualify for
7consideration by showing:
8        (1) that he or she is a resident of this State and a
9    citizen or a lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien of
10    the United States;
11        (2) that he or she has successfully completed the
12    program of instruction at an approved high school or is a
13    student in good standing at such a school and is engaged in
14    a program that will be completed by the end of the academic
15    year, and in either event that his or her cumulative grade
16    average was or is in the upper 1/4 of the high school
17    class;
18        (3) that he or she has superior capacity to profit by a
19    higher education; and
20        (4) that he or she agrees to teach in Illinois schools
21    in accordance with subsection (b).
22    No rule or regulation promulgated by the State Board of
23Education prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act
24of 1993 pursuant to the exercise of any right, power, duty,
25responsibility or matter of pending business transferred from
26the State Board of Education to the Commission under this

 

 

SB3865- 124 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Section shall be affected thereby, and all such rules and
2regulations shall become the rules and regulations of the
3Commission until modified or changed by the Commission in
4accordance with law.
5    If in any year the number of qualified applicants exceeds
6the number of scholarships to be awarded, the Commission shall
7give priority in awarding scholarships to students in
8financial need. The Commission shall consider factors such as
9the applicant's family income, the size of the applicant's
10family and the number of other children in the applicant's
11family attending college in determining the financial need of
12the individual.
13    Unless otherwise indicated, these scholarships shall be
14good for a period of up to 4 years while the recipient is
15enrolled for residence credit at a public or private
16university or college or at a community college. The
17scholarship shall cover tuition, fees and a stipend of $1,500
18per year. For purposes of calculating scholarship awards for
19recipients attending private universities or colleges, tuition
20and fees for students at private colleges and universities
21shall not exceed the average tuition and fees for students at
224-year public colleges and universities for the academic year
23in which the scholarship is made.
24    (b) Upon graduation from or termination of enrollment in a
25teacher education program, any person who accepted a
26scholarship under the undergraduate scholarship program

 

 

SB3865- 125 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1continued by this Section, including persons whose graduation
2or termination of enrollment occurred prior to the effective
3date of this amendatory Act of 1993, shall teach in any school
4in this State for at least 4 of the 7 years immediately
5following his or her graduation or termination. If the
6recipient spends up to 4 years in military service before or
7after he or she graduates, the period of military service
8shall be excluded from the computation of that 7 year period. A
9recipient who is enrolled full-time in an academic program
10leading to a graduate degree in education shall have the
11period of graduate study excluded from the computation of that
127 year period.
13    Any person who fails to fulfill the teaching requirement
14shall pay to the Commission an amount equal to one-fourth of
15the scholarship received for each unfulfilled year of the
164-year teaching requirement, together with interest at 8% per
17year on that amount. However, this obligation to repay does
18not apply when the failure to fulfill the teaching requirement
19results from involuntarily leaving the profession due to a
20decrease in the number of teachers employed by the school
21board or a discontinuation of a type of teaching service under
22Section 24-12 of the School Code or from the death or
23adjudication as incompetent of the person holding the
24scholarship. No claim for repayment may be filed against the
25estate of such a decedent or incompetent.
26    Each person applying for such a scholarship shall be

 

 

SB3865- 126 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1provided with a copy of this subsection at the time he or she
2applies for the benefits of such scholarship.
3    (c) This Section is substantially the same as Sections
430-14.5 and 30-14.6 of the School Code, which are repealed by
5this amendatory Act of 1993, and shall be construed as a
6continuation of the teacher training undergraduate scholarship
7program established by that prior law, and not as a new or
8different teacher training undergraduate scholarship program.
9The State Board of Education shall transfer to the Commission,
10as the successor to the State Board of Education for all
11purposes of administering and implementing the provisions of
12this Section, all books, accounts, records, papers, documents,
13contracts, agreements, and pending business in any way
14relating to the teacher training undergraduate scholarship
15program continued under this Section, and all scholarships at
16any time awarded under that program by, and all applications
17for any such scholarship at any time made to, the State Board
18of Education shall be unaffected by the transfer to the
19Commission of all responsibility for the administration and
20implementation of the teacher training undergraduate
21scholarship program continued under this Section. The State
22Board of Education shall furnish to the Commission such other
23information as the Commission may request to assist it in
24administering this Section.
25(Source: P.A. 88-228.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 127 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (110 ILCS 947/65.110)
2    Sec. 65.110. Post-Master of Social Work School Social Work
3Professional Educator License scholarship.
4    (a) Subject to appropriation, beginning with awards for
5the 2022-2023 academic year, the Commission shall award
6annually up to 250 Post-Master of Social Work School Social
7Work Professional Educator License scholarships to a person
8who:
9        (1) holds a valid Illinois-licensed clinical social
10    work license or social work license;
11        (2) has obtained a master's degree in social work from
12    an approved program;
13        (3) is a United States citizen or eligible noncitizen;
14    and
15        (4) submits an application to the Commission for such
16    scholarship and agrees to take courses to obtain an
17    Illinois Professional Educator License with an endorsement
18    in School Social Work.
19    (b) If an appropriation for this Section for a given
20fiscal year is insufficient to provide scholarships to all
21qualified applicants, the Commission shall allocate the
22appropriation in accordance with this subsection (b). If funds
23are insufficient to provide all qualified applicants with a
24scholarship as authorized by this Section, the Commission
25shall allocate the available scholarship funds for that fiscal
26year to qualified applicants who submit a complete application

 

 

SB3865- 128 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1on or before a date specified by the Commission, based on the
2following order of priority:
3        (1) firstly, to students who received a scholarship
4    under this Section in the prior academic year and who
5    remain eligible for a scholarship under this Section;
6        (2) secondly, to new, qualified applicants who are
7    members of a racial minority, as defined in subsection
8    (c); and
9        (3) finally, to other new, qualified applicants in
10    accordance with this Section.
11    (c) Scholarships awarded under this Section shall be
12issued pursuant to rules adopted by the Commission. In
13awarding scholarships, the Commission shall give priority to
14those applicants who are members of a racial minority. Racial
15minorities are underrepresented as school social workers in
16elementary and secondary schools in this State, and the
17General Assembly finds that it is in the interest of this State
18to provide them with priority consideration for programs that
19encourage their participation in this field and thereby foster
20a profession that is more reflective of the diversity of
21Illinois students and the parents they will serve. A more
22reflective workforce in school social work allows improved
23outcomes for students and a better utilization of services.
24Therefore, the Commission shall give priority to those
25applicants who are members of a racial minority. In this
26subsection (c), "racial minority" means a person who is a

 

 

SB3865- 129 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1citizen of the United States or a lawful permanent resident
2noncitizen alien of the United States and who is:
3        (1) Black (a person having origins in any of the black
4    racial groups in Africa);
5        (2) Hispanic (a person of Spanish or Portuguese
6    culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America,
7    or the Caribbean Islands, regardless of race);
8        (3) Asian American (a person having origins in any of
9    the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the
10    Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); or
11        (4) American Indian or Alaskan Native (a person having
12    origins in any of the original peoples of North America).
13    (d) Each scholarship shall be applied to the payment of
14tuition and mandatory fees at the University of Illinois,
15Southern Illinois University, Chicago State University,
16Eastern Illinois University, Governors State University,
17Illinois State University, Northeastern Illinois University,
18Northern Illinois University, and Western Illinois University.
19Each scholarship may be applied to pay tuition and mandatory
20fees required to obtain an Illinois Professional Educator
21License with an endorsement in School Social Work.
22    (e) The Commission shall make tuition and fee payments
23directly to the qualified institution of higher learning that
24the applicant attends.
25    (f) Any person who has accepted a scholarship under this
26Section must, within one year after graduation or termination

 

 

SB3865- 130 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of enrollment in a Post-Master of Social Work Professional
2Education License with an endorsement in School Social Work
3program, begin working as a school social worker at a public or
4nonpublic not-for-profit preschool, elementary school, or
5secondary school located in this State for at least 2 of the 5
6years immediately following that graduation or termination,
7excluding, however, from the computation of that 5-year
8period: (i) any time up to 3 years spent in the military
9service, whether such service occurs before or after the
10person graduates; (ii) the time that person is a person with a
11temporary total disability for a period of time not to exceed 3
12years, as established by the sworn affidavit of a qualified
13physician; and (iii) the time that person is seeking and
14unable to find full-time employment as a school social worker
15at a State public or nonpublic not-for-profit preschool,
16elementary school, or secondary school.
17    (g) If a recipient of a scholarship under this Section
18fails to fulfill the work obligation set forth in subsection
19(f), the Commission shall require the recipient to repay the
20amount of the scholarships received, prorated according to the
21fraction of the obligation not completed, at a rate of
22interest equal to 5%, and, if applicable, reasonable
23collection fees. The Commission is authorized to establish
24rules relating to its collection activities for repayment of
25scholarships under this Section. All repayments collected
26under this Section shall be forwarded to the State Comptroller

 

 

SB3865- 131 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1for deposit into this State's General Revenue Fund.
2    A recipient of a scholarship under this Section is not
3considered to be in violation of the failure to fulfill the
4work obligation under subsection (f) if the recipient (i)
5enrolls on a full-time basis as a graduate student in a course
6of study related to the field of social work at a qualified
7Illinois institution of higher learning; (ii) is serving, not
8in excess of 3 years, as a member of the armed services of the
9United States; (iii) is a person with a temporary total
10disability for a period of time not to exceed 3 years, as
11established by the sworn affidavit of a qualified physician;
12(iv) is seeking and unable to find full-time employment as a
13school social worker at an Illinois public or nonpublic
14not-for-profit preschool, elementary school, or secondary
15school that satisfies the criteria set forth in subsection (f)
16and is able to provide evidence of that fact; or (v) becomes a
17person with a permanent total disability, as established by
18the sworn affidavit of a qualified physician.
19(Source: P.A. 102-621, eff. 1-1-22.)
 
20    Section 75. The Mental Health Graduate Education
21Scholarship Act is amended by changing Section 20 as follows:
 
22    (110 ILCS 952/20)
23    Sec. 20. Scholarships.
24    (a) Beginning with the fall term of the 2009-2010 academic

 

 

SB3865- 132 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1year, the Department, in accordance with rules adopted by it
2for this program, shall provide scholarships to individuals
3selected from among those applicants who qualify for
4consideration by showing all of the following:
5        (1) That the individual has been a resident of this
6    State for at least one year prior to application and is a
7    citizen or a lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien of
8    the United States.
9        (2) That the individual enrolled in or accepted into a
10    mental health graduate program at an approved institution.
11        (3) That the individual agrees to meet the mental
12    health employment obligation.
13    (b) If in any year the number of qualified applicants
14exceeds the number of scholarships to be awarded, the
15Department shall, in consultation with the Advisory Council,
16consider the following factors in granting priority in
17awarding scholarships:
18        (1) Financial need, as shown on a standardized
19    financial needs assessment form used by an approved
20    institution.
21        (2) A student's merit, as shown through his or her
22    grade point average, class rank, and other academic and
23    extracurricular activities.
24The Department may add to and further define these merit
25criteria by rule.
26    (c) Unless otherwise indicated, scholarships shall be

 

 

SB3865- 133 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1awarded to recipients at approved institutions for a period of
2up to 2 years if the recipient is enrolled in a master's degree
3program and up to 4 years if the recipient is enrolled in a
4doctoral degree program.
5(Source: P.A. 96-672, eff. 8-25-09.)
 
6    Section 80. The Nursing Education Scholarship Law is
7amended by changing Sections 5 and 6.5 as follows:
 
8    (110 ILCS 975/5)  (from Ch. 144, par. 2755)
9    Sec. 5. Nursing education scholarships. Beginning with the
10fall term of the 2004-2005 academic year, the Department, in
11accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by it for
12this program, shall provide scholarships to individuals
13selected from among those applicants who qualify for
14consideration by showing:
15        (1) that he or she has been a resident of this State
16    for at least one year prior to application, and is a
17    citizen or a lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien of
18    the United States;
19        (2) that he or she is enrolled in or accepted for
20    admission to an associate degree in nursing program,
21    hospital-based diploma in nursing program, baccalaureate
22    degree in nursing program, graduate degree in nursing
23    program, or practical nursing program at an approved
24    institution; and

 

 

SB3865- 134 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (3) that he or she agrees to meet the nursing
2    employment obligation.
3    If in any year the number of qualified applicants exceeds
4the number of scholarships to be awarded, the Department
5shall, in consultation with the Illinois Nursing Workforce
6Center Advisory Board, consider the following factors in
7granting priority in awarding scholarships:
8            (A) Financial need, as shown on a standardized
9        financial needs assessment form used by an approved
10        institution, of students who will pursue their
11        education on a full-time or close to full-time basis
12        and who already have a certificate in practical
13        nursing, a diploma in nursing, or an associate degree
14        in nursing and are pursuing a higher degree.
15            (B) A student's status as a registered nurse who
16        is pursuing a graduate degree in nursing to pursue
17        employment in an approved institution that educates
18        licensed practical nurses and that educates registered
19        nurses in undergraduate and graduate nursing programs.
20            (C) A student's merit, as shown through his or her
21        grade point average, class rank, and other academic
22        and extracurricular activities. The Department may add
23        to and further define these merit criteria by rule.
24    Unless otherwise indicated, scholarships shall be awarded
25to recipients at approved institutions for a period of up to 2
26years if the recipient is enrolled in an associate degree in

 

 

SB3865- 135 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1nursing program, up to 3 years if the recipient is enrolled in
2a hospital-based diploma in nursing program, up to 4 years if
3the recipient is enrolled in a baccalaureate degree in nursing
4program, up to 5 years if the recipient is enrolled in a
5graduate degree in nursing program, and up to one year if the
6recipient is enrolled in a certificate in practical nursing
7program. At least 40% of the scholarships awarded shall be for
8recipients who are pursuing baccalaureate degrees in nursing,
930% of the scholarships awarded shall be for recipients who
10are pursuing associate degrees in nursing or a diploma in
11nursing, 10% of the scholarships awarded shall be for
12recipients who are pursuing a certificate in practical
13nursing, and 20% of the scholarships awarded shall be for
14recipients who are pursuing a graduate degree in nursing.
15    Beginning with the fall term of the 2021-2022 academic
16year and continuing through the 2024-2025 academic year,
17subject to appropriation from the Hospital Licensure Fund, in
18addition to any other funds available to the Department for
19such scholarships, the Department may award a total of
20$500,000 annually in scholarships under this Section.
21(Source: P.A. 102-641, eff. 8-27-21.)
 
22    (110 ILCS 975/6.5)
23    Sec. 6.5. Nurse educator scholarships.
24    (a) Beginning with the fall term of the 2009-2010 academic
25year, the Department shall provide scholarships to individuals

 

 

SB3865- 136 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1selected from among those applicants who qualify for
2consideration by showing the following:
3        (1) that he or she has been a resident of this State
4    for at least one year prior to application and is a citizen
5    or a lawful permanent resident noncitizen alien of the
6    United States;
7        (2) that he or she is enrolled in or accepted for
8    admission to a graduate degree in nursing program at an
9    approved institution; and
10        (3) that he or she agrees to meet the nurse educator
11    employment obligation.
12    (b) If in any year the number of qualified applicants
13exceeds the number of scholarships to be awarded under this
14Section, the Department shall, in consultation with the
15Illinois Nursing Workforce Center Advisory Board, consider the
16following factors in granting priority in awarding
17scholarships:
18        (1) Financial need, as shown on a standardized
19    financial needs assessment form used by an approved
20    institution, of students who will pursue their education
21    on a full-time or close to full-time basis and who already
22    have a diploma in nursing and are pursuing a higher
23    degree.
24        (2) A student's status as a registered nurse who is
25    pursuing a graduate degree in nursing to pursue employment
26    in an approved institution that educates licensed

 

 

SB3865- 137 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    practical nurses and that educates registered nurses in
2    undergraduate and graduate nursing programs.
3        (3) A student's merit, as shown through his or her
4    grade point average, class rank, experience as a nurse,
5    including supervisory experience, experience as a nurse in
6    the United States military, and other academic and
7    extracurricular activities.
8    (c) Unless otherwise indicated, scholarships under this
9Section shall be awarded to recipients at approved
10institutions for a period of up to 3 years.
11    (d) Within 12 months after graduation from a graduate
12degree in nursing program for nurse educators, any recipient
13who accepted a scholarship under this Section shall begin
14meeting the required nurse educator employment obligation. In
15order to defer his or her continuous employment obligation, a
16recipient must request the deferment in writing from the
17Department. A recipient shall receive a deferment if he or she
18notifies the Department, within 30 days after enlisting, that
19he or she is spending up to 4 years in military service. A
20recipient shall receive a deferment if he or she notifies the
21Department, within 30 days after enrolling, that he or she is
22enrolled in an academic program leading to a graduate degree
23in nursing. The recipient must begin meeting the required
24nurse educator employment obligation no later than 6 months
25after the end of the deferment or deferments.
26    Any person who fails to fulfill the nurse educator

 

 

SB3865- 138 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1employment obligation shall pay to the Department an amount
2equal to the amount of scholarship funds received per year for
3each unfulfilled year of the nurse educator employment
4obligation, together with interest at 7% per year on the
5unpaid balance. Payment must begin within 6 months following
6the date of the occurrence initiating the repayment. All
7repayments must be completed within 6 years from the date of
8the occurrence initiating the repayment. However, this
9repayment obligation may be deferred and re-evaluated every 6
10months when the failure to fulfill the nurse educator
11employment obligation results from involuntarily leaving the
12profession due to a decrease in the number of nurses employed
13in this State or when the failure to fulfill the nurse educator
14employment obligation results from total and permanent
15disability. The repayment obligation shall be excused if the
16failure to fulfill the nurse educator employment obligation
17results from the death or adjudication as incompetent of the
18person holding the scholarship. No claim for repayment may be
19filed against the estate of such a decedent or incompetent.
20    The Department may allow a nurse educator employment
21obligation fulfillment alternative if the nurse educator
22scholarship recipient is unsuccessful in finding work as a
23nurse educator. The Department shall maintain a database of
24all available nurse educator positions in this State.
25    (e) Each person applying for a scholarship under this
26Section must be provided with a copy of this Section at the

 

 

SB3865- 139 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1time of application for the benefits of this scholarship.
2    (f) Rulemaking authority to implement this amendatory Act
3of the 96th General Assembly, if any, is conditioned on the
4rules being adopted in accordance with all provisions of the
5Illinois Administrative Procedure Act and all rules and
6procedures of the Joint Committee on Administrative Rules; any
7purported rule not so adopted, for whatever reason, is
8unauthorized.
9(Source: P.A. 100-513, eff. 1-1-18.)
 
10    Section 85. The Residential Mortgage License Act of 1987
11is amended by changing Section 1-4 as follows:
 
12    (205 ILCS 635/1-4)
13    Sec. 1-4. Definitions. The following words and phrases
14have the meanings given to them in this Section:
15        (a) "Residential real property" or "residential real
16    estate" shall mean any real property located in Illinois,
17    upon which is constructed or intended to be constructed a
18    dwelling. Those terms include a manufactured home as
19    defined in subdivision (53) of Section 9-102 of the
20    Uniform Commercial Code which is real property as defined
21    in Section 5-35 of the Conveyance and Encumbrance of
22    Manufactured Homes as Real Property and Severance Act.
23        (b) "Making a residential mortgage loan" or "funding a
24    residential mortgage loan" shall mean for compensation or

 

 

SB3865- 140 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    gain, either directly or indirectly, advancing funds or
2    making a commitment to advance funds to a loan applicant
3    for a residential mortgage loan.
4        (c) "Soliciting, processing, placing, or negotiating a
5    residential mortgage loan" shall mean for compensation or
6    gain, either directly or indirectly, accepting or offering
7    to accept an application for a residential mortgage loan,
8    assisting or offering to assist in the processing of an
9    application for a residential mortgage loan on behalf of a
10    borrower, or negotiating or offering to negotiate the
11    terms or conditions of a residential mortgage loan with a
12    lender on behalf of a borrower including, but not limited
13    to, the submission of credit packages for the approval of
14    lenders, the preparation of residential mortgage loan
15    closing documents, including a closing in the name of a
16    broker.
17        (d) "Exempt person or entity" shall mean the
18    following:
19            (1) (i) Any banking organization or foreign
20        banking corporation licensed by the Illinois
21        Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate or the United
22        States Comptroller of the Currency to transact
23        business in this State; (ii) any national bank,
24        federally chartered savings and loan association,
25        federal savings bank, federal credit union; (iii)
26        (blank); (iv) any bank, savings and loan association,

 

 

SB3865- 141 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        savings bank, or credit union organized under the laws
2        of this or any other state; (v) any Illinois Consumer
3        Installment Loan Act licensee; (vi) any insurance
4        company authorized to transact business in this State;
5        (vii) any entity engaged solely in commercial mortgage
6        lending; (viii) any service corporation of a savings
7        and loan association or savings bank organized under
8        the laws of this State or the service corporation of a
9        federally chartered savings and loan association or
10        savings bank having its principal place of business in
11        this State, other than a service corporation licensed
12        or entitled to reciprocity under the Real Estate
13        License Act of 2000; or (ix) any first tier subsidiary
14        of a bank, the charter of which is issued under the
15        Illinois Banking Act by the Illinois Commissioner of
16        Banks and Real Estate, or the first tier subsidiary of
17        a bank chartered by the United States Comptroller of
18        the Currency and that has its principal place of
19        business in this State, provided that the first tier
20        subsidiary is regularly examined by the Illinois
21        Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate or the
22        Comptroller of the Currency, or a consumer compliance
23        examination is regularly conducted by the Federal
24        Reserve Board.
25            (1.5) Any employee of a person or entity mentioned
26        in item (1) of this subsection, when acting for such

 

 

SB3865- 142 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        person or entity, or any registered mortgage loan
2        originator when acting for an entity described in
3        subsection (tt) of this Section.
4            (1.8) Any person or entity that does not originate
5        mortgage loans in the ordinary course of business, but
6        makes or acquires residential mortgage loans with his
7        or her own funds for his or her or its own investment
8        without intent to make, acquire, or resell more than 3
9        residential mortgage loans in any one calendar year.
10            (2) (Blank).
11            (2.1) A bona fide nonprofit organization.
12            (2.2) An employee of a bona fide nonprofit
13        organization when acting on behalf of that
14        organization.
15            (3) Any person employed by a licensee to assist in
16        the performance of the residential mortgage licensee's
17        activities regulated by this Act who is compensated in
18        any manner by only one licensee.
19            (4) (Blank).
20            (5) Any individual, corporation, partnership, or
21        other entity that originates, services, or brokers
22        residential mortgage loans, as these activities are
23        defined in this Act, and who or which receives no
24        compensation for those activities, subject to the
25        Commissioner's regulations and the federal Secure and
26        Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008

 

 

SB3865- 143 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        and the rules promulgated under that Act with regard
2        to the nature and amount of compensation.
3            (6) (Blank).
4            (7) Any entity engaged solely in providing loan
5        processing services through the sponsoring of
6        individuals acting pursuant to subsection (d) of
7        Section 7-1A of this Act.
8        (e) "Licensee" or "residential mortgage licensee"
9    shall mean a person, partnership, association,
10    corporation, or any other entity who or which is licensed
11    pursuant to this Act to engage in the activities regulated
12    by this Act.
13        (f) "Mortgage loan" "residential mortgage loan" or
14    "home mortgage loan" shall mean any loan primarily for
15    personal, family, or household use that is secured by a
16    mortgage, deed of trust, or other equivalent consensual
17    security interest on a dwelling as defined in Section
18    103(v) of the federal Truth in Lending Act, or residential
19    real estate upon which is constructed or intended to be
20    constructed a dwelling.
21        (g) "Lender" shall mean any person, partnership,
22    association, corporation, or any other entity who either
23    lends or invests money in residential mortgage loans.
24        (h) "Ultimate equitable owner" shall mean a person
25    who, directly or indirectly, owns or controls an ownership
26    interest in a corporation, foreign corporation,

 

 

SB3865- 144 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    non-domestic alien business organization, trust, or any
2    other form of business organization regardless of whether
3    the person owns or controls the ownership interest through
4    one or more persons or one or more proxies, powers of
5    attorney, nominees, corporations, associations,
6    partnerships, trusts, joint stock companies, or other
7    entities or devices, or any combination thereof.
8        (i) "Residential mortgage financing transaction" shall
9    mean the negotiation, acquisition, sale, or arrangement
10    for or the offer to negotiate, acquire, sell, or arrange
11    for, a residential mortgage loan or residential mortgage
12    loan commitment.
13        (j) "Personal residence address" shall mean a street
14    address and shall not include a post office box number.
15        (k) "Residential mortgage loan commitment" shall mean
16    a contract for residential mortgage loan financing.
17        (l) "Party to a residential mortgage financing
18    transaction" shall mean a borrower, lender, or loan broker
19    in a residential mortgage financing transaction.
20        (m) "Payments" shall mean payment of all or any of the
21    following: principal, interest and escrow reserves for
22    taxes, insurance and other related reserves, and
23    reimbursement for lender advances.
24        (n) "Commissioner" shall mean the Commissioner of
25    Banks and Real Estate, except that, beginning on April 6,
26    2009 (the effective date of Public Act 95-1047), all

 

 

SB3865- 145 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    references in this Act to the Commissioner of Banks and
2    Real Estate are deemed, in appropriate contexts, to be
3    references to the Secretary of Financial and Professional
4    Regulation, or his or her designee, including the Director
5    of the Division of Banking of the Department of Financial
6    and Professional Regulation.
7        (n-1) "Director" shall mean the Director of the
8    Division of Banking of the Department of Financial and
9    Professional Regulation, except that, beginning on July
10    31, 2009 (the effective date of Public Act 96-112), all
11    references in this Act to the Director are deemed, in
12    appropriate contexts, to be the Secretary of Financial and
13    Professional Regulation, or his or her designee, including
14    the Director of the Division of Banking of the Department
15    of Financial and Professional Regulation.
16        (o) "Loan brokering", "brokering", or "brokerage
17    service" shall mean the act of helping to obtain from
18    another entity, for a borrower, a loan secured by
19    residential real estate situated in Illinois or assisting
20    a borrower in obtaining a loan secured by residential real
21    estate situated in Illinois in return for consideration to
22    be paid by either the borrower or the lender including,
23    but not limited to, contracting for the delivery of
24    residential mortgage loans to a third party lender and
25    soliciting, processing, placing, or negotiating
26    residential mortgage loans.

 

 

SB3865- 146 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (p) "Loan broker" or "broker" shall mean a person,
2    partnership, association, corporation, or limited
3    liability company, other than those persons, partnerships,
4    associations, corporations, or limited liability companies
5    exempted from licensing pursuant to Section 1-4,
6    subsection (d), of this Act, who performs the activities
7    described in subsections (c), (o), and (yy) of this
8    Section.
9        (q) "Servicing" shall mean the collection or
10    remittance for or the right or obligation to collect or
11    remit for any lender, noteowner, noteholder, or for a
12    licensee's own account, of payments, interests, principal,
13    and trust items such as hazard insurance and taxes on a
14    residential mortgage loan in accordance with the terms of
15    the residential mortgage loan; and includes loan payment
16    follow-up, delinquency loan follow-up, loan analysis and
17    any notifications to the borrower that are necessary to
18    enable the borrower to keep the loan current and in good
19    standing. "Servicing" includes management of third-party
20    entities acting on behalf of a residential mortgage
21    licensee for the collection of delinquent payments and the
22    use by such third-party entities of said licensee's
23    servicing records or information, including their use in
24    foreclosure.
25        (r) "Full service office" shall mean an office,
26    provided by the licensee and not subleased from the

 

 

SB3865- 147 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    licensee's employees, and staff in Illinois reasonably
2    adequate to handle efficiently communications, questions,
3    and other matters relating to any application for, or an
4    existing home mortgage secured by residential real estate
5    situated in Illinois with respect to which the licensee is
6    brokering, funding originating, purchasing, or servicing.
7    The management and operation of each full service office
8    must include observance of good business practices such as
9    proper signage; adequate, organized, and accurate books
10    and records; ample phone lines, hours of business, staff
11    training and supervision, and provision for a mechanism to
12    resolve consumer inquiries, complaints, and problems. The
13    Commissioner shall issue regulations with regard to these
14    requirements and shall include an evaluation of compliance
15    with this Section in his or her periodic examination of
16    each licensee.
17        (s) "Purchasing" shall mean the purchase of
18    conventional or government-insured mortgage loans secured
19    by residential real estate situated in Illinois from
20    either the lender or from the secondary market.
21        (t) "Borrower" shall mean the person or persons who
22    seek the services of a loan broker, originator, or lender.
23        (u) "Originating" shall mean the issuing of
24    commitments for and funding of residential mortgage loans.
25        (v) "Loan brokerage agreement" shall mean a written
26    agreement in which a broker or loan broker agrees to do

 

 

SB3865- 148 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    either of the following:
2            (1) obtain a residential mortgage loan for the
3        borrower or assist the borrower in obtaining a
4        residential mortgage loan; or
5            (2) consider making a residential mortgage loan to
6        the borrower.
7        (w) "Advertisement" shall mean the attempt by
8    publication, dissemination, or circulation to induce,
9    directly or indirectly, any person to enter into a
10    residential mortgage loan agreement or residential
11    mortgage loan brokerage agreement relative to a mortgage
12    secured by residential real estate situated in Illinois.
13        (x) (Blank).
14        (y) "Government-insured mortgage loan" shall mean any
15    mortgage loan made on the security of residential real
16    estate insured by the Department of Housing and Urban
17    Development or Farmers Home Loan Administration, or
18    guaranteed by the Veterans Administration.
19        (z) "Annual audit" shall mean a certified audit of the
20    licensee's books and records and systems of internal
21    control performed by a certified public accountant in
22    accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
23    and generally accepted auditing standards.
24        (aa) "Financial institution" shall mean a savings and
25    loan association, savings bank, credit union, or a bank
26    organized under the laws of Illinois or a savings and loan

 

 

SB3865- 149 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    association, savings bank, credit union or a bank
2    organized under the laws of the United States and
3    headquartered in Illinois.
4        (bb) "Escrow agent" shall mean a third party,
5    individual or entity charged with the fiduciary obligation
6    for holding escrow funds on a residential mortgage loan
7    pending final payout of those funds in accordance with the
8    terms of the residential mortgage loan.
9        (cc) "Net worth" shall have the meaning ascribed
10    thereto in Section 3-5 of this Act.
11        (dd) "Affiliate" shall mean:
12            (1) any entity that directly controls or is
13        controlled by the licensee and any other company that
14        is directly affecting activities regulated by this Act
15        that is controlled by the company that controls the
16        licensee;
17            (2) any entity:
18                (A) that is controlled, directly or
19            indirectly, by a trust or otherwise, by or for the
20            benefit of shareholders who beneficially or
21            otherwise control, directly or indirectly, by
22            trust or otherwise, the licensee or any company
23            that controls the licensee; or
24                (B) a majority of the directors or trustees of
25            which constitute a majority of the persons holding
26            any such office with the licensee or any company

 

 

SB3865- 150 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            that controls the licensee;
2            (3) any company, including a real estate
3        investment trust, that is sponsored and advised on a
4        contractual basis by the licensee or any subsidiary or
5        affiliate of the licensee.
6        (ee) "First tier subsidiary" shall be defined by
7    regulation incorporating the comparable definitions used
8    by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the
9    Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate.
10        (ff) "Gross delinquency rate" means the quotient
11    determined by dividing (1) the sum of (i) the number of
12    government-insured residential mortgage loans funded or
13    purchased by a licensee in the preceding calendar year
14    that are delinquent and (ii) the number of conventional
15    residential mortgage loans funded or purchased by the
16    licensee in the preceding calendar year that are
17    delinquent by (2) the sum of (i) the number of
18    government-insured residential mortgage loans funded or
19    purchased by the licensee in the preceding calendar year
20    and (ii) the number of conventional residential mortgage
21    loans funded or purchased by the licensee in the preceding
22    calendar year.
23        (gg) "Delinquency rate factor" means the factor set by
24    rule of the Commissioner that is multiplied by the average
25    gross delinquency rate of licensees, determined annually
26    for the immediately preceding calendar year, for the

 

 

SB3865- 151 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    purpose of determining which licensees shall be examined
2    by the Commissioner pursuant to subsection (b) of Section
3    4-8 of this Act.
4        (hh) (Blank).
5        (ii) "Confidential supervisory information" means any
6    report of examination, visitation, or investigation
7    prepared by the Commissioner under this Act, any report of
8    examination visitation, or investigation prepared by the
9    state regulatory authority of another state that examines
10    a licensee, any document or record prepared or obtained in
11    connection with or relating to any examination,
12    visitation, or investigation, and any record prepared or
13    obtained by the Commissioner to the extent that the record
14    summarizes or contains information derived from any
15    report, document, or record described in this subsection.
16    "Confidential supervisory information" does not include
17    any information or record routinely prepared by a licensee
18    and maintained in the ordinary course of business or any
19    information or record that is required to be made publicly
20    available pursuant to State or federal law or rule.
21        (jj) "Mortgage loan originator" means an individual
22    who for compensation or gain or in the expectation of
23    compensation or gain:
24            (i) takes a residential mortgage loan application;
25        or
26            (ii) offers or negotiates terms of a residential

 

 

SB3865- 152 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        mortgage loan.
2        "Mortgage loan originator" includes an individual
3    engaged in loan modification activities as defined in
4    subsection (yy) of this Section. A mortgage loan
5    originator engaged in loan modification activities shall
6    report those activities to the Department of Financial and
7    Professional Regulation in the manner provided by the
8    Department; however, the Department shall not impose a fee
9    for reporting, nor require any additional qualifications
10    to engage in those activities beyond those provided
11    pursuant to this Act for mortgage loan originators.
12        "Mortgage loan originator" does not include an
13    individual engaged solely as a loan processor or
14    underwriter except as otherwise provided in subsection (d)
15    of Section 7-1A of this Act.
16        "Mortgage loan originator" does not include a person
17    or entity that only performs real estate brokerage
18    activities and is licensed in accordance with the Real
19    Estate License Act of 2000, unless the person or entity is
20    compensated by a lender, a mortgage broker, or other
21    mortgage loan originator, or by any agent of that lender,
22    mortgage broker, or other mortgage loan originator.
23        "Mortgage loan originator" does not include a person
24    or entity solely involved in extensions of credit relating
25    to timeshare plans, as that term is defined in Section
26    101(53D) of Title 11, United States Code.

 

 

SB3865- 153 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (kk) "Depository institution" has the same meaning as
2    in Section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and
3    includes any credit union.
4        (ll) "Dwelling" means a residential structure or
5    mobile home which contains one to 4 family housing units,
6    or individual units of condominiums or cooperatives.
7        (mm) "Immediate family member" means a spouse, child,
8    sibling, parent, grandparent, or grandchild, and includes
9    step-parents, step-children, step-siblings, or adoptive
10    relationships.
11        (nn) "Individual" means a natural person.
12        (oo) "Loan processor or underwriter" means an
13    individual who performs clerical or support duties as an
14    employee at the direction of and subject to the
15    supervision and instruction of a person licensed, or
16    exempt from licensing, under this Act. "Clerical or
17    support duties" includes subsequent to the receipt of an
18    application:
19            (i) the receipt, collection, distribution, and
20        analysis of information common for the processing or
21        underwriting of a residential mortgage loan; and
22            (ii) communicating with a consumer to obtain the
23        information necessary for the processing or
24        underwriting of a loan, to the extent that the
25        communication does not include offering or negotiating
26        loan rates or terms, or counseling consumers about

 

 

SB3865- 154 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        residential mortgage loan rates or terms. An
2        individual engaging solely in loan processor or
3        underwriter activities shall not represent to the
4        public, through advertising or other means of
5        communicating or providing information, including the
6        use of business cards, stationery, brochures, signs,
7        rate lists, or other promotional items, that the
8        individual can or will perform any of the activities
9        of a mortgage loan originator.
10        (pp) "Nationwide Multistate Licensing System and
11    Registry" means a mortgage licensing system developed and
12    maintained by the Conference of State Bank Supervisors and
13    the American Association of Residential Mortgage
14    Regulators for the licensing and registration of licensed
15    mortgage loan originators.
16        (qq) "Nontraditional mortgage product" means any
17    mortgage product other than a 30-year fixed rate mortgage.
18        (rr) "Person" means a natural person, corporation,
19    company, limited liability company, partnership, or
20    association.
21        (ss) "Real estate brokerage activity" means any
22    activity that involves offering or providing real estate
23    brokerage services to the public, including:
24            (1) acting as a real estate agent or real estate
25        broker for a buyer, seller, lessor, or lessee of real
26        property;

 

 

SB3865- 155 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (2) bringing together parties interested in the
2        sale, purchase, lease, rental, or exchange of real
3        property;
4            (3) negotiating, on behalf of any party, any
5        portion of a contract relating to the sale, purchase,
6        lease, rental, or exchange of real property, other
7        than in connection with providing financing with
8        respect to any such transaction;
9            (4) engaging in any activity for which a person
10        engaged in the activity is required to be registered
11        or licensed as a real estate agent or real estate
12        broker under any applicable law; or
13            (5) offering to engage in any activity, or act in
14        any capacity, described in this subsection (ss).
15        (tt) "Registered mortgage loan originator" means any
16    individual that:
17            (1) meets the definition of mortgage loan
18        originator and is an employee of:
19                (A) a depository institution;
20                (B) a subsidiary that is:
21                    (i) owned and controlled by a depository
22                institution; and
23                    (ii) regulated by a federal banking
24                agency; or
25                (C) an institution regulated by the Farm
26            Credit Administration; and

 

 

SB3865- 156 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (2) is registered with, and maintains a unique
2        identifier through, the Nationwide Multistate
3        Licensing System and Registry.
4        (uu) "Unique identifier" means a number or other
5    identifier assigned by protocols established by the
6    Nationwide Multistate Licensing System and Registry.
7        (vv) "Residential mortgage license" means a license
8    issued pursuant to Section 1-3, 2-2, or 2-6 of this Act.
9        (ww) "Mortgage loan originator license" means a
10    license issued pursuant to Section 7-1A, 7-3, or 7-6 of
11    this Act.
12        (xx) "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Department
13    of Financial and Professional Regulation, or a person
14    authorized by the Secretary or by this Act to act in the
15    Secretary's stead.
16        (yy) "Loan modification" means, for compensation or
17    gain, either directly or indirectly offering or
18    negotiating on behalf of a borrower or homeowner to adjust
19    the terms of a residential mortgage loan in a manner not
20    provided for in the original or previously modified
21    mortgage loan.
22        (zz) "Short sale facilitation" means, for compensation
23    or gain, either directly or indirectly offering or
24    negotiating on behalf of a borrower or homeowner to
25    facilitate the sale of residential real estate subject to
26    one or more residential mortgage loans or debts

 

 

SB3865- 157 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    constituting liens on the property in which the proceeds
2    from selling the residential real estate will fall short
3    of the amount owed and the lien holders are contacted to
4    agree to release their lien on the residential real estate
5    and accept less than the full amount owed on the debt.
6        (aaa) "Bona fide nonprofit organization" means an
7    organization that is described in Section 501(c)(3) of the
8    Internal Revenue Code, is exempt from federal income tax
9    under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, does
10    not operate in a commercial context, and does all of the
11    following:
12            (1) Promotes affordable housing or provides home
13        ownership education or similar services.
14            (2) Conducts its activities in a manner that
15        serves public or charitable purposes.
16            (3) Receives funding and revenue and charges fees
17        in a manner that does not create an incentive for
18        itself or its employees to act other than in the best
19        interests of its clients.
20            (4) Compensates its employees in a manner that
21        does not create an incentive for its employees to act
22        other than in the best interests of its clients.
23            (5) Provides to, or identifies for, the borrower
24        residential mortgage loans with terms favorable to the
25        borrower and comparable to residential mortgage loans
26        and housing assistance provided under government

 

 

SB3865- 158 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        housing assistance programs.
2    The Commissioner may define by rule and regulation any
3terms used in this Act for the efficient and clear
4administration of this Act.
5(Source: P.A. 100-783, eff. 8-10-18; 100-851, eff. 8-14-18;
6100-1153, eff. 12-19-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19.)
 
7    Section 90. The Illinois Insurance Code is amended by
8changing Sections 2, 35A-5, 37, and 58 and the heading of
9Article III.5 and Sections 60a, 60b, 60c, 60d, 60e, 60f, 60g,
1060h, 60i, 60j, 63, 86, 87, 88, 103, 104, and 105 and the
11heading of Article VI and Sections 108, 109, 110, 111, 112,
12113, 113.1, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 123.1,
13123.3, 123C-8, 126.1, 126.12, 126.25, 131.13, 132.3, 133, 136,
14141a, 144, 144.1, 146, 148, 154.5, 156, 156.1, 157, 161, 162,
15163, 164, 166, 169, 170, 173.1, 179A-5, and 179E-5 and the
16heading of Article XII and Sections 180, 185.1, 188, 188.1,
17197, 201, 223, 241, 292.1, 302.1, 308.1, 309.1, 310.1, 357.29,
18370, 404, 408, 412, 413, 415, 444, 444.1, 445, 448, 451,
19531.09, 531.11, 534.5, 543.1, and 1103 as follows:
 
20    (215 ILCS 5/2)  (from Ch. 73, par. 614)
21    Sec. 2. General definitions.
22    In this Code, unless the context otherwise requires,
23    (a) "Director" means the Director of Insurance.
24    (b) "Department" means the Department of Insurance.

 

 

SB3865- 159 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (c) "State" or "State of the United States" includes the
2District of Columbia and a territory or possession of the
3United States.
4    (d) "Country" or "Foreign Country" includes a state,
5province or political subdivision thereof.
6    (e) "Company" means an insurance or surety company and
7shall be deemed to include a corporation, company,
8partnership, association, society, order, individual or
9aggregation of individuals engaging in or proposing or
10attempting to engage in any kind of insurance or surety
11business, including the exchanging of reciprocal or
12inter-insurance contracts between individuals, partnerships
13and corporations.
14    (f) "Domestic Company" means a company incorporated or
15organized under the laws of this State.
16    (g) "Foreign Company" means a company incorporated or
17organized under the laws of any state of the United States
18other than this State.
19    (h) "Non-domestic Alien Company" means a company
20incorporated or organized under the laws of any country other
21than the United States.
22    (i) "Mutual Legal Reserve Life Company" means a mutual
23life company issuing contracts without contingent liability on
24the policyholder.
25    (j) "Assessment Legal Reserve Life Company" means a life
26company issuing contracts providing for contingent liability

 

 

SB3865- 160 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1on the policyholder.
2    (k) "Reciprocal" includes Inter-Insurance Exchange.
3    (l) "Person" includes an individual, aggregation of
4individuals, corporation, association and partnership.
5    (m) Personal pronouns include all genders, the singular
6includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.
7    (n) "Policy" means an insurance policy or contract and
8includes certificates of fraternal benefit societies,
9assessment companies, mutual benefit associations, and burial
10societies.
11    (o) "Policyholder" means a holder of an insurance policy
12or contract and includes holders of certificates of fraternal
13benefit societies, assessment companies, mutual benefit
14associations, and burial societies.
15    (p) "Articles of Incorporation" means the basic instrument
16of an incorporated company and all amendments thereto and
17includes "Charter," "Articles of Organization," "Articles of
18Reorganization," "Articles of Association," and "Deed of
19Settlement."
20    (q) "Officer" when used to refer to an officer of a company
21includes an attorney-in-fact for a reciprocal or Lloyds.
22(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
23    (215 ILCS 5/35A-5)
24    Sec. 35A-5. Definitions. As used in this Article, the
25terms listed in this Section have the meaning given herein.

 

 

SB3865- 161 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Adjusted RBC Report" means an RBC Report that has been
2adjusted by the Director in accordance with subsection (f) of
3Section 35A-10.
4    "Authorized control level RBC" means the number determined
5under the risk-based capital formula in accordance with the
6RBC Instructions.
7    "Company action level RBC" means the product of 2.0 and
8the insurer's authorized control level RBC.
9    "Corrective Order" means an order issued by the Director
10in accordance with Article XII 1/2 specifying corrective
11actions that the Director determines are required.
12    "Domestic insurer" means any insurance company domiciled
13in this State under Article II, Article III, Article III 1/2,
14or Article IV or a health organization as defined by this
15Article, except this shall include only those health
16maintenance organizations that are "domestic companies" in
17accordance with Section 5-3 of the Health Maintenance
18Organization Act and only those limited health service
19organizations that are "domestic companies" in accordance with
20Section 4003 of the Limited Health Service Organization Act.
21    "Fraternal benefit society" means any insurance company
22licensed under Article XVII of this Code.
23    "Foreign insurer" means any foreign or non-domestic alien
24insurance company licensed under Article VI that is not
25domiciled in this State and any health maintenance
26organization that is not a "domestic company" in accordance

 

 

SB3865- 162 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1with Section 5-3 of the Health Maintenance Organization Act
2and any limited health service organization that is not a
3"domestic company" in accordance with Section 4003 of the
4Limited Health Service Organization Act.
5    "Health organization" means an entity operating under a
6certificate of authority issued pursuant to the Health
7Maintenance Organization Act, the Dental Service Plan Act, the
8Limited Health Service Organization Act, or the Voluntary
9Health Services Plans Act, unless the entity is otherwise
10defined as a "life, health, or life and health insurer"
11pursuant to this Act.
12    "Life, health, or life and health insurer" means an
13insurance company that has authority to transact the kinds of
14insurance described in either or both clause (a) or clause (b)
15of Class 1 of Section 4 or a licensed property and casualty
16insurer writing only accident and health insurance.
17    "Mandatory control level RBC" means the product of 0.70
18and the insurer's authorized control level RBC.
19    "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance
20Commissioners.
21    "Negative trend" means, with respect to a life, health, or
22life and health insurer or a fraternal benefit society, a
23negative trend over a period of time, as determined in
24accordance with the trend test calculation included in the
25Life or Fraternal RBC Instructions.
26    "Property and casualty insurer" means an insurance company

 

 

SB3865- 163 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1that has authority to transact the kinds of insurance in
2either or both Class 2 or Class 3 of Section 4 or a licensed
3insurer writing only insurance authorized under clause (c) of
4Class 1, but does not include monoline mortgage guaranty
5insurers, financial guaranty insurers, and title insurers.
6    "RBC" means risk-based capital.
7    "RBC Instructions" means the RBC Report including
8risk-based capital instructions adopted by the NAIC as those
9instructions may be amended by the NAIC from time to time in
10accordance with the procedures adopted by the NAIC.
11    "RBC level" means an insurer's company action level RBC,
12regulatory action level RBC, authorized control level RBC, or
13mandatory control level RBC.
14    "RBC Plan" means a comprehensive financial plan containing
15the elements specified in subsection (b) of Section 35A-15.
16    "RBC Report" means the risk-based capital report required
17under Section 35A-10.
18    "Receivership" means conservation, rehabilitation, or
19liquidation under Article XIII.
20    "Regulatory action level RBC" means the product of 1.5 and
21the insurer's authorized control level RBC.
22    "Revised RBC Plan" means an RBC Plan rejected by the
23Director and revised by the insurer with or without the
24Director's recommendations.
25    "Total adjusted capital" means the sum of (1) an insurer's
26statutory capital and surplus and (2) any other items that the

 

 

SB3865- 164 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1RBC Instructions may provide.
2(Source: P.A. 98-157, eff. 8-2-13.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/37)  (from Ch. 73, par. 649)
4    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
5    Sec. 37. Name. The corporate name of any company organized
6under this Article shall contain the word "Mutual" and shall
7not be the same as, or deceptively similar to, the name of any
8domestic company, or of any foreign or non-domestic alien
9company authorized to transact business in this State.
10(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
11    (215 ILCS 5/58)  (from Ch. 73, par. 670)
12    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
13    Sec. 58. Governmental agencies and corporations may be
14members. Any government or governmental agency, state or
15political subdivision thereof, public or private corporation,
16board, association, estate, trustee or fiduciary in this State
17or elsewhere, may make application, enter into agreements for
18and hold policies or contracts in or with, and be a member of,
19any domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien mutual company
20subject to the provisions of this Code. Any officer,
21representative, trustee, receiver or legal representative of
22any such member or policyholder, shall be recognized as acting
23for or on its behalf for the purpose of such contract or
24membership, but shall not be personally liable upon such

 

 

SB3865- 165 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1contract by reason of acting in such representative capacity.
2(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/Art. III.5 heading)
4
ARTICLE III 1/2. NON-DOMESTIC ALIEN COMPANIES

 
5    (215 ILCS 5/60a)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672a)
6    Sec. 60a. Non-domestic Alien companies; Illinois State of
7entry.
8    (1) A non-domestic An alien company may use Illinois as a
9state of entry to transact insurance in the United States by
10obtaining a certificate of authority pursuant to Section 111
11and maintaining in this State a deposit of assets in trust in
12accordance with the provisions of Section 60b.
13    (2) A United States branch of a non-domestic an alien
14company that uses Illinois as a state of entry to transact
15insurance in the United States shall be considered a domestic
16company, and as such shall be subject to all applicable
17provisions of this Code. Transactions between the United
18States branch and the home office of a non-domestic an alien
19company shall not be subject to the provisions of Section
20131.20 and subsection (1) of Section 131.20a, but remittances
21of profits of the United States branch to the home office of a
22non-domestic an alien company shall be considered dividends
23subject to the requirements of subsection (2) of Section
24131.20a.

 

 

SB3865- 166 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/60b)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672b)
3    Sec. 60b. Non-domestic Alien companies; Illinois trusteed
4assets.
5    (1) A non-domestic An alien company may not use Illinois
6as a state of entry to transact insurance in the United States
7unless it maintains in this State a deposit of assets in trust
8for the benefit of policyholders in the United States, which
9assets shall be its "Trusteed Assets". The United States
10branch of a non-domestic an alien company shall maintain
11Trusteed Assets at least equal to (a) the sum of (i) its
12minimum capital and surplus, and (ii) the amount of its
13liabilities to policyholders, net of reinsurance for which
14credit is allowed pursuant to Article XI, as reflected in its
15most recent financial statement on file with the Director,
16minus (b) the sum of (i) the amount of all of its general state
17deposits (including all interest accrued and due and payable
18to the holder of the deposit), (ii) the amount of its special
19state deposits (including all interest accrued and due and
20payable to the holder of the deposit), (iii) the amount of its
21reinsurance recoverable on paid losses (where such reinsurance
22is the type for which credit would be allowed pursuant to
23Article XI), (iv) the amounts of its notes and bills
24receivable, taken for premiums; (v) with respect to a company
25authorized to write the kinds of insurance specified in

 

 

SB3865- 167 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Classes 2 and 3 of Section 4 of this Code, the amount of its
2agents' balances and uncollected premiums; and (vi) the amount
3of its funds held by or deposited with reinsureds.
4    (2) Only those assets that qualify as authorized
5investments as provided in Article VIII (and in Sections 131.2
6and 131.3) shall be included in a non-domestic an alien
7company's Trusteed Assets.
8(Source: P.A. 88-45; 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/60c)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672c)
10    Sec. 60c. Requirements and contents of trust agreement.
11Trust agreements governing Trusteed Assets required by Section
1260b shall satisfy the following conditions:
13    (1) Legal title to the Trusteed Assets shall be vested in
14the trustee or trustees, and their successors lawfully
15appointed, in trust for the benefit and security of
16policyholders of the non-domestic alien company in the United
17States.
18    (2) The agreement shall provide for substitution of a new
19trustee or trustees, subject to the Director's approval.
20    (3) All Trusteed Assets shall at all times be maintained
21as a trust fund separate and distinct from all other assets.
22    (4) The trustee or trustees shall maintain a record at all
23times sufficient to identify the assets of the trust.
24    (5) Withdrawal of or from the Trusteed Assets shall be
25made only as provided in Section 60d.

 

 

SB3865- 168 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/60d)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672d)
3    Sec. 60d. Withdrawal of Trusteed Assets. (1) The trust
4agreement shall provide that no withdrawals of Trusteed Assets
5shall be made by the non-domestic alien company or permitted
6by the trustee or trustees without the prior approval of the
7Director, except as follows:
8    (a) Any or all income, earnings, dividends, or interest
9accumulations of the Trusteed Assets may be paid over to the
10United States branch of the non-domestic alien company upon
11request of the company or its manager, provided that no
12withdrawal shall be made that reduces the Trusteed Assets
13below the amount required by Section 60b.
14    (b) For the purpose of substituting other assets
15authorized for investment by Article VIII and at least equal
16in value (as reflected in the most recent financial statement
17on file with the Director) to those being withdrawn, if such
18withdrawal is requested in writing by the non-domestic alien
19company's (i) United States manager or (ii) other United
20States representative pursuant to general or specific written
21authority previously given or delegated by the non-domestic
22alien company's board of directors or other similar governing
23body, and a copy of such authority has been filed with the
24trustee or trustees.
25    (c) For the purpose of making deposits required by law in

 

 

SB3865- 169 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1any state for the protection of the non-domestic alien
2company's policyholders in the United States. The trustee or
3trustees shall transfer any assets so withdrawn, and in the
4amount so required to be deposited in the other state,
5directly to the depository required to receive such deposit in
6such other state.
7    (d) For the payment of obligations due from the United
8States branch of the non-domestic alien company to
9policyholders in the United States, provided that no
10withdrawal shall be made that reduces the Trusteed Assets
11below the amount required by Section 60b.
12    (e) For the purpose of withdrawing any amount of the
13Trusteed Assets in excess of the amount required by Section
1460b, as determined by the non-domestic alien company's then
15most current annual statement on file with the Director.
16    (f) For the purpose of transferring the Trusteed Assets to
17an appointed liquidator, conservator, or rehabilitator
18pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
19    (2) If at any time the non-domestic alien company becomes
20insolvent, or if its Trusteed Assets are less than required
21under Section 60b, the Director shall in writing order the
22trustee to suspend the right of the non-domestic alien company
23or any other person to withdraw assets as otherwise authorized
24under paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of subsection (1);
25and the trustee shall comply with such order until otherwise
26ordered by the Director.

 

 

SB3865- 170 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/60e)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672e)
3    Sec. 60e. Domestication of Non-domestic Alien Company;
4definitions. As used in Sections 60e through 60i:
5    (1) "Domestication" means the reorganization of the United
6States branch of a non-domestic an alien company as the result
7of which a domestic company shall succeed to all the business
8and assets and assume all the liabilities of the United States
9branch of the non-domestic alien company.
10    (2) "United States branch" means the business unit through
11which business is transacted within the United States by a
12non-domestic an alien company and the assets and liabilities
13of such insurer within the United States pertaining to such
14business.
15    (3) "Domestic Company" means a stock or mutual insurer
16incorporated under the laws of this State.
17(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
18    (215 ILCS 5/60f)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672f)
19    Sec. 60f. Domestication procedure. (1) Upon compliance
20with Sections 60e through 60i, any non-domestic alien company
21authorized to do business in this State may, with the prior
22written approval of the Director, domesticate its United
23States branch by entering into an agreement in writing with a
24domestic company providing for the acquisition by the domestic

 

 

SB3865- 171 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1company of all of the assets and the assumption of all of the
2liabilities of the United States branch.
3    (2) The acquisition of assets and assumption of
4liabilities of the United States branch by the domestic
5company shall be effected by filing with the Director an
6instrument of transfer and assumption in form satisfactory to
7the Director and executed by the non-domestic alien company
8and the domestic company.
9(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
10    (215 ILCS 5/60g)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672g)
11    Sec. 60g. Domestication agreement; authorization;
12execution. (1) The domestication agreement referred to in
13Section 60f shall be authorized, adopted, approved, signed,
14and acknowledged by the non-domestic alien company in
15accordance with the laws of the country under which it is
16organized.
17    (2) In the case of a domestic company, the domestication
18agreement shall be approved, adopted, and authorized by its
19board of directors and executed by its president or any vice
20president and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary
21under its corporate seal.
22(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
23    (215 ILCS 5/60h)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672h)
24    Sec. 60h. Director's approval of domestication agreement.

 

 

SB3865- 172 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1An executed counterpart of the domestication agreement,
2together with certified copies of the corporate proceedings of
3the domestic company and the non-domestic alien company,
4approving, adopting and authorizing the execution of the
5domestication agreement, shall be submitted to the Director
6for approval. The Director shall thereupon consider the
7agreement, and, if the Director finds that the same is in
8accordance with the provisions hereof and that the interests
9of policyholders of the United States branch of the
10non-domestic alien insurer and of the domestic company are not
11materially adversely affected, the Director shall approve the
12domestication agreement and authorize the consummation thereof
13in compliance with the provisions of Section 60i. The Director
14shall approve or disapprove the domestication agreement within
1560 days after it is submitted to the Director.
16(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
17    (215 ILCS 5/60i)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672i)
18    Sec. 60i. Consummation of domestication; transfer of
19assets and deposits. (1) Upon the filing with the Director of a
20certified copy of the instrument of transfer and assumption
21pursuant to which a domestic company succeeds to the business
22and assets of the United States branch of a non-domestic an
23alien company and assumes all its liabilities, the
24domestication of the United States branch shall be deemed to
25be effective; and thereupon all the rights, franchises, and

 

 

SB3865- 173 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1interests of the United States branch in and to every species
2of property, real, personal, and mixed, and things in actions
3thereunder belonging shall be deemed as transferred to and
4vested in the domestic company, and simultaneously therewith
5the domestic company shall be deemed to have assumed all of the
6liabilities of the United States branch. The domestic company
7shall be considered as having the age as the oldest of the 2
8parties to the domestication agreement for purposes of
9complying with the requirements of laws relating to age of
10company.
11    (2) All deposits of the United States branch held by the
12Director, or by state officers or other state regulatory
13agencies pursuant to requirements of state laws, shall be
14deemed to be held as security for the satisfaction by the
15domestic company of all liabilities to policyholders within
16the United States assumed from the United States branch; and
17such deposits shall be deemed to be assets of the domestic
18company and shall be reported as such in the annual financial
19statements and other reports which the domestic company may be
20required to file. Upon the ultimate release by any such state
21officer or agency of any such deposits, the securities and
22cash constituting such released deposit shall be delivered and
23paid over to the domestic company as the lawful successor in
24interest to the United States branch.
25    (3) Contemporaneously with the consummation of the
26domestication of the United States branch, the Director shall

 

 

SB3865- 174 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1direct the trustee, if any, of the U. S. branch's Trusteed
2Assets to transfer and deliver to the domestic company all
3assets, if any, held by such trustee.
4(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/60j)  (from Ch. 73, par. 672j)
6    Sec. 60j. Trustees of non-domestic alien companies. (1)
7The directors of a non-domestic an alien company may appoint
8citizens or corporations of the United States as its trustees
9to hold funds and assets in trust for the benefit of the
10policyholders and creditors of the company in the United
11States. A certified copy of the record of such appointment and
12of the deed of trust, approved by the Director, shall be filed
13with him.
14    (2) The Director may examine such trustee and any officers
15and agents, books and papers thereof, with respect to the
16affairs of such non-domestic alien company in the same manner
17as he may examine officers, agents, books, papers and affairs
18of companies.
19    (3) The funds and assets so held by such trustees shall,
20with the deposits otherwise made by the United States branch
21of the non-domestic alien company in the United States
22together with loans in connection with its policies to
23policyholders, and all other funds and assets held by the
24United States branch of the non-domestic alien company in the
25United States, constitute the assets of the company for the

 

 

SB3865- 175 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1purpose of making its financial statements required by this
2Code. For purposes of making financial statements required by
3this Code, the liabilities of a non-domestic an alien company
4shall be limited to only those liabilities incurred in
5connection with its United States business.
6    (4) In applying the risk limitations as provided in
7Section 144 or any limit on premium volume, the Director shall
8calculate such limitations based solely on the non-domestic
9alien company's assets in the United States that, pursuant to
10subsection (3) of this Section, constitute the assets of the
11company for purposes of making its financial statements
12required by this Code and its surplus as regards policyholders
13as reflected in the most recent financial statement on file
14with the Director.
15(Source: P.A. 85-1373.)
 
16    (215 ILCS 5/63)  (from Ch. 73, par. 675)
17    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
18    Sec. 63. Name. The name or designation under which
19contracts are to be exchanged shall include the words
20"Reciprocal" or "Inter-Insurance Exchange" or be supplemented
21by the following words immediately below the name or
22designation under which such contracts are exchanged: "A
23Reciprocal" or "An Inter-Insurance Exchange." Such name or
24designation shall not be the same as or deceptively similar to
25the name or designation adopted by any other domestic company

 

 

SB3865- 176 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or any foreign or non-domestic alien company authorized to
2transact business in this State.
3(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
4    (215 ILCS 5/86)  (from Ch. 73, par. 698)
5    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
6    Sec. 86. Scope of Article.
7    (1) This Article applies to all groups including
8incorporated and individual unincorporated underwriters
9transacting an insurance business in this State through an
10attorney-in-fact under the name Lloyds or under a Lloyds plan
11of operation. Groups that meet the requirements of subsection
12(3) are referred to in this Code as "Lloyds", and incorporated
13and individual unincorporated underwriters are referred to as
14"underwriters".
15    (2) As used in this Code:
16    "Domestic Lloyds" means a Lloyds having its home office in
17this State.
18    "Foreign Lloyds" means a Lloyds having its home office in
19any state of the United States other than this State.
20    "Non-domestic Alien Lloyds" means a Lloyds having its home
21office or principal place of business in any country other
22than the United States.
23    (3) A domestic Lloyds must: (i) be established pursuant to
24a statute or written charter; (ii) provide for governance by a
25board of directors or similar body; and (iii) establish and

 

 

SB3865- 177 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1monitor standards of solvency of its underwriters. A foreign
2or non-domestic alien Lloyds must be subject to requirements
3of its state or country of domicile. Those requirements must
4be substantially similar to those required of domestic Lloyds.
5Domestic, foreign, and non-domestic alien Lloyds shall not be
6subject to Section 144 of this Code.
7    (4) All foreign and non-domestic alien entities and
8individuals transacting an insurance business as domestic,
9foreign, or non-domestic alien Lloyds shall notify the
10Director and the Secretary of State under the provisions of
11this Article, shall be regulated exclusively by the Director,
12and shall not be required to obtain a certificate of authority
13from the Secretary of State pursuant to any other law of this
14State so long as they solely transact business as a domestic,
15foreign, or non-domestic alien Lloyds. Upon notification, the
16Secretary of State may require submission of additional
17information to determine whether a foreign or non-domestic
18alien individual or entity is transacting business solely as a
19domestic, foreign, or non-domestic alien Lloyds.
20(Source: P.A. 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
 
21    (215 ILCS 5/87)  (from Ch. 73, par. 699)
22    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
23    Sec. 87. Certificate of authority. It shall be unlawful
24for any domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien Lloyds to
25transact business in this State unless it has first obtained

 

 

SB3865- 178 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and has in force a certificate of authority issued by the
2Director. All certificates of authority issued under the
3provisions of this Article shall terminate on the thirtieth
4day of June next following the date of issuance and may be
5renewed upon compliance with this Code.
6(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
7    (215 ILCS 5/88)  (from Ch. 73, par. 700)
8    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
9    Sec. 88. Name. The name of any Lloyds authorized to
10transact business under this Article shall not be the same as,
11or deceptively similar to, the name of any domestic company or
12of any foreign or non-domestic alien company authorized to
13transact business in this State.
14(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
15    (215 ILCS 5/103)  (from Ch. 73, par. 715)
16    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
17    Sec. 103. Non-domestic Alien Lloyds.
18    (1) Each non-domestic alien Lloyds authorized to transact
19business in this State shall
20        (a) maintain in this State or any other state of the
21    United States in which they are authorized to transact
22    business, cash or securities of a character conformable to
23    the requirements of Article VIII of this Code for domestic
24    companies at least equal at all times to the minimum of

 

 

SB3865- 179 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    admitted assets required by this Article for a domestic
2    Lloyds doing the same kind or kinds of business;
3        (b) make deposits of underwriters in this State in
4    accordance with the requirements imposed upon domestic
5    Lloyds;
6        (c) file with the Director an authenticated copy of
7    its power of attorney and an authenticated copy of the
8    trust agreement or other agreement under which deposits
9    made by underwriters in this State are held;
10        (d) notify the Director forthwith of any amendment to
11    its power of attorney, deposit agreement or other
12    documents by filing with the Director an authenticated
13    copy of such document as amended; and
14        (e) notify the Director forthwith of any change in its
15    name or change of attorney-in-fact or change of address of
16    its attorney-in-fact.
17    (2) A non-domestic An alien Lloyds shall not establish
18branches under other or different names or titles.
19    (3) There shall be filed with the Director by the
20attorney-in-fact for such Lloyds, who or which shall be a
21resident person or corporation of this State, at the time of
22filing the annual statement, or more often if required by the
23Director, a verified statement setting forth
24        (a) the names and addresses of all underwriters of
25    such Lloyds; and
26        (b) a description of the cash and securities deposited

 

 

SB3865- 180 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    in trust by each underwriter.
2    (4) Additional underwriters may join and be included in
3any such Lloyds subject to such conditions and requirements as
4may from time to time be imposed by such Lloyds and upon
5meeting the requirements of this Section, such additional
6underwriters who may so join such Lloyds shall be bound by the
7documents on file with the Director in the same manner as
8though they had personally executed the same and shall have
9the same rights, powers and duties as all other underwriters
10of such Lloyds. The attorney-in-fact authorized by the
11underwriters to act for them shall thereafter be the
12attorney-in-fact for such additional underwriters to the
13extent of the power of attorney or other document or
14authorization by such underwriters to the attorney-in-fact.
15(Source: P.A. 90-794, eff. 8-14-98.)
 
16    (215 ILCS 5/104)  (from Ch. 73, par. 716)
17    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
18    Sec. 104. Policy forms. Every policy issued in this State
19by any domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien Lloyds shall
20have printed upon its face and back the name of such Lloyds,
21the name and address of its attorney-in-fact in this State or
22agent for service of process in this State, and in type not
23smaller than ten point the words "Not Incorporated."
24(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 181 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/105)  (from Ch. 73, par. 717)
2    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
3    Sec. 105. Director as agent; service of process.
4    (1) The attorney-in-fact of every Lloyds transacting
5business in this State shall file with the Director a duly
6executed instrument whereby such Lloyds shall appoint and
7constitute the Director, his successor or successors in
8office, the true and lawful agent of such Lloyds upon whom all
9lawful process in any action or legal proceeding against such
10Lloyds may be served, and shall agree that any lawful process
11against such Lloyds which may be served upon said agent shall
12be of the same force and validity as if served upon the
13attorney-in-fact, and that the authority thereof shall
14continue in force irrevocably so long as any liability of such
15Lloyds in this State shall remain outstanding.
16    (2) In any suit instituted against any domestic, foreign
17or non-domestic alien Lloyds transacting business in this
18State, it shall not be necessary to name the underwriters as
19parties defendant, but such Lloyds may be named as the party
20defendant in any such suit and service may be had upon all the
21underwriters by service upon the last appointed
22attorney-in-fact or by service upon the Director, and not
23otherwise. Any such suit may be brought in the county in which
24the cause of action arises or in which the claimant resides.
25When such process is served upon the Director as agent to
26accept service, duplicate copies of such process shall be

 

 

SB3865- 182 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1delivered to him and he shall immediately forward one copy of
2each such process to the last appointed attorney-in-fact by
3certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, giving the day
4and hour of such service.
5(Source: P.A. 88-535.)
 
6    (215 ILCS 5/Art. VI heading)
7
ARTICLE VI. FOREIGN OR NON-DOMESTIC ALIEN COMPANIES
8
(Article scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)

 
9    (215 ILCS 5/108)  (from Ch. 73, par. 720)
10    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
11    Sec. 108. Companies that may be admitted to do business.
12    (1) Upon complying with the provisions of this Article, a
13foreign or non-domestic alien company organized as a stock
14company, mutual company, reciprocal, Lloyds or fraternal
15benefit society may be admitted to transact in this State the
16kind or kinds of business which a domestic company similarly
17organized may be authorized to transact under this Code. Any
18certificate of authority issued to a non-domestic an alien
19Lloyds shall be subject to all of the provisions of Section
20103.
21    (2) No foreign or non-domestic alien mutual benefit
22society or burial society shall hereafter be admitted to
23transact business in this State.
24    (3) No foreign or non-domestic alien company shall

 

 

SB3865- 183 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1transact in this State any insurance business not classified
2under Section 4.
3(Source: P.A. 82-498.)
 
4    (215 ILCS 5/109)  (from Ch. 73, par. 721)
5    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
6    Sec. 109. Application for certificate of authority.
7    (1) A foreign or non-domestic alien company in order to
8procure a certificate of authority to transact business in
9this State shall make application therefor to the Director.
10The application shall set forth:
11        (a) the name of the company, and the state or country
12    under the laws of which it is organized or authorized;
13        (b) the title of the Act under or by which it was
14    incorporated or organized, the date of its incorporation
15    or organization and, if a corporation, the period of its
16    duration;
17        (c) the class or classes of insurance business, as
18    provided in Section 4, in which it proposes to engage in
19    this State, and the kinds of insurances in each class it
20    proposes to write in this State;
21        (d) if a life company, that it is not engaged in any
22    state in practices which, if engaged in in this State,
23    would constitute a violation of Section 237;
24        (e) whether or not it was authorized to transact
25    business in this State during any part of the 3-year

 

 

SB3865- 184 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    period prior to its application and, if so, for what
2    period;
3        (f) whether or not it survives or was formed by a
4    merger, consolidation, reorganization, or reincorporation
5    effected within 3 years prior to its application and, if
6    so, whether and for what period or periods any of the
7    companies that are parties to the merger, consolidation,
8    reorganization, or reincorporation were authorized to
9    transact business in this State within the 3-year period
10    prior to its application; and
11        (g) such additional information as the Director may
12    require to enable the Director to determine whether the
13    company is entitled to a certificate of authority to
14    transact business in this State and to determine and
15    assess the taxes, fees and charges payable as in this Code
16    prescribed.
17    (2) Such application shall be made on forms prescribed and
18furnished by the Director and shall be executed by the company
19by its president or a vice-president or executive officer
20corresponding thereto, and verified by such officer, and if a
21corporation, the corporate seal shall be thereto affixed,
22attested by its secretary or other proper officer.
23(Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)
 
24    (215 ILCS 5/110)  (from Ch. 73, par. 722)
25    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)

 

 

SB3865- 185 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Sec. 110. Delivery to director of application and
2documents. There shall be delivered to the Director
3        (a) the application of the company for a certificate
4    of authority;
5        (b) a copy of its articles of incorporation or
6    articles of association as amended, duly certified by the
7    proper officer of the state or country under whose laws
8    the company is organized or incorporated, or if a
9    reciprocal or Lloyds the power of attorney of the
10    attorney-in-fact;
11        (c) if a non-domestic an alien company, a copy of the
12    appointment and authority of its United States manager,
13    certified by a proper officer of the company;
14        (d) a copy of its by-laws or regulations, and if a
15    fraternal benefit society, a copy of its constitution,
16    certified by its secretary or officer corresponding
17    thereto;
18        (e) the instrument authorizing service of process on
19    the Director required by section 112;
20        (f) a statement of its financial condition and
21    business as of the end of the preceding calendar year
22    complying as to form, content and verification with the
23    requirements of this Code for annual statements, or a
24    financial statement as of such later date as the Director
25    may require;
26        (g) a copy of the last report of examination certified

 

 

SB3865- 186 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    to by an insurance commissioner or other proper
2    supervisory official; and
3        (h) a certificate from the proper official of the
4    state or country wherein it is incorporated or organized
5    that it is duly incorporated or organized and is
6    authorized to write the kind or kinds of insurance which
7    it proposes to write in this State.
8(Source: Laws 1965, p. 422.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/111)  (from Ch. 73, par. 723)
10    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
11    Sec. 111. Conditions of issuance of certificate of
12authority.
13    (1) Before a certificate of authority to transact business
14in this State is issued to a foreign or non-domestic alien
15company, such company shall satisfy the Director that:
16        (a) the company is duly organized under the laws of
17    the state or country under whose laws it professes to be
18    organized and authorized to do the business it is
19    transacting or proposes to transact;
20        (b) its name is not the same as, or deceptively
21    similar to, the name of any domestic company, or of any
22    foreign or non-domestic alien company authorized to
23    transact business in this State;
24        (c) if a company transacting business of the kind or
25    kinds enumerated in Class 1 of Section 4, it is not

 

 

SB3865- 187 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    engaging in practices in any state which if engaged in
2    this State, would constitute a violation of Section 237;
3    and it is not transacting any kinds of business other than
4    those enumerated in Class 1 of Section 4;
5        (d) if a stock company, it has a paid up capital and
6    surplus at least equal to the capital and original surplus
7    required by this Code for a domestic company doing the
8    same kind or kinds of business or, if a mutual company or
9    reciprocal, it has a surplus and provision for contingent
10    liability of policyholders, at least equal to the original
11    surplus and provision for contingent liability of
12    policyholders required for a similar domestic company
13    doing the same kind or kinds of business, or, if a
14    fraternal benefit society, it meets the requirements
15    prescribed in this Code for the organization of a domestic
16    company or society, or if a Lloyds it meets the
17    requirements of Article V;
18        (e) its funds are invested in accordance with the laws
19    of its domicile; and
20        (f) in the case of a stock company its minimum capital
21    and surplus and required reserves, or in the case of a
22    mutual company or a reciprocal proposing to issue policies
23    without contingent liability, its minimum surplus and
24    required reserves, or in the case of any other company,
25    all its funds, are invested in securities or property
26    which afford a degree of financial security equal to that

 

 

SB3865- 188 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    required for similar domestic companies, provided that
2    this clause shall not be construed as requiring the
3    application of limitations relating either to the kind or
4    amount of securities prescribed by this Code for the
5    investments of domestic companies.
6    (2) In determining whether a non-domestic an alien company
7complies with the provisions of subsection (1) of this section
8the Director shall consider only business transacted in the
9United States, only the assets described in Section 60j and
10only liabilities in connection with its United States
11business.
12    (3) Before a certificate of authority is issued to a
13foreign or non-domestic alien company, other than a Lloyds, it
14shall deposit with the Director securities which are
15authorized investments for similar domestic companies under
16Section 126.11A(1), 126.11A(2), 126.24A(1), or 126.24A(2) of
17the amount, if any, required of a domestic company similarly
18organized and doing the same kind or kinds of business; or in
19lieu of such deposit such foreign or non-domestic alien
20company shall satisfy the Director that it has on deposit with
21an official of a state of the United States or a depositary
22designated or authorized for such purpose by such official,
23authorized by the law of such state to accept such deposit,
24securities of at least a like amount, for the benefit and
25security of all creditors, policyholders and policy
26obligations of such company.

 

 

SB3865- 189 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (4) Before issuing a certificate of authority to a foreign
2or non-domestic alien company, the Director may cause an
3examination to be made of the condition and affairs of such
4company.
5(Source: P.A. 90-418, eff. 8-15-97; 90-794, eff. 8-14-98.)
 
6    (215 ILCS 5/112)  (from Ch. 73, par. 724)
7    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
8    Sec. 112. Service of process - Director as attorney.
9    (1) Every foreign or non-domestic alien company desiring
10to transact business in this State shall file with the
11Director a duly executed instrument whereby the company shall
12appoint and constitute the Director and his successor or
13successors in office the true and lawful attorney of such
14company upon whom all lawful process in any action or legal
15proceeding against it may be served and shall agree that any
16such lawful process against it which may be served upon its
17said attorney as provided in this section shall be of the same
18force and validity as if served upon the company and that the
19authority thereof shall continue in force irrevocably so long
20as any liability of the company in the State shall remain
21outstanding.
22    (2) Process authorized by such instrument or by any
23similar instrument heretofore executed shall be served by
24delivering to and leaving with the Director duplicate copies
25of such process with payment of the fee prescribed by this

 

 

SB3865- 190 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Code, and the service thereof upon such attorney shall be
2deemed service upon the company. The Director shall forthwith
3forward one copy of each such process by certified or
4registered mail prepaid to the company, or in the case of a
5non-domestic an alien company, to the United States Manager or
6last appointed United States general agent of the company,
7giving the day and the hour of such service. Service of such
8process shall not be complete until the copy thereof has been
9so mailed and received by the company, and the certified
10receipt or registry receipt shall be prima facie evidence of
11the completion of such service. Service of process on a
12reciprocal or Lloyds shall be governed by sections 77 and 105
13respectively.
14(Source: P.A. 83-598.)
 
15    (215 ILCS 5/113)  (from Ch. 73, par. 725)
16    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
17    Sec. 113. When certificate of authority to issue. When a
18foreign or non-domestic alien company has complied with the
19requirements of this Article and all other requirements
20imposed on such company by existing laws and has paid the
21taxes, fees and charges imposed by law, and the operational
22history of the company when reviewed in conjunction with its
23loss experience, the kinds and nature of risks insured, the
24financial condition of the company and its ownership and the
25ratio of annual premium volume to incurred acquisition

 

 

SB3865- 191 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1expenses and to its policyholders' surplus indicates a
2condition such that the expanded operation of the company in
3this State will not create a condition which might be
4hazardous to its policyholders, creditors or the general
5public, the Director must file in his office the documents
6delivered to him and must issue to the company a certificate of
7authority to transact in this State the kind or kinds of
8business specified therein. Such certificate shall expire on
9the 30th day of June of the calendar year succeeding the
10calendar year in which such certificate is issued.
11(Source: P.A. 77-1513.)
 
12    (215 ILCS 5/113.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 725.1)
13    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
14    Sec. 113.1. Effect of acceptance of certificate of
15authority.
16    (1) No foreign or non-domestic alien company which accepts
17a certificate of authority or renewal certificate of authority
18to transact in this State any insurance business as described
19in Section 4 of this Code shall transfer by sale,
20contribution, merger, consolidation, reinsurance or otherwise,
21its direct policy obligations under insurance contracts with
22Illinois policyholders unless:
23        a. the transfer is made to a company authorized to
24    transact in this State the type of insurance business
25    transferred; or

 

 

SB3865- 192 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        b. the transferring company gives 30 days prior
2    written notice to each policyholder to be transferred
3    stating that the insurance contract and the company's
4    liabilities thereunder are to be transferred to a
5    specified insurer which is not subject to regulation by
6    the Illinois Insurance Department or the administrative
7    requirements of the Illinois Insurance Code; and
8        c. the unauthorized company to which the insurance
9    business is to be transferred makes and maintains a
10    special deposit with the Director for the protection and
11    benefit of all Illinois policyholders of such unauthorized
12    company, in assets acceptable to the Director and having a
13    fair market value not less than the required statutory
14    reserves for the Illinois insurance business to be
15    transferred.
16    (2) Any and all transfers resulting in the violation of
17this Section shall be construed as a violation of all
18applicable provisions of Article VII of this Code; including,
19but not limited to, Section 121-4 providing for liability to
20insureds for claims or insured losses not honored by the
21unauthorized insurer.
22    (3) Unless permitted by and obtained in compliance with
23this Section, or specifically authorized by another provision
24of this Code, it shall be unlawful for any unauthorized
25company to obtain as direct insurer any insurance contracts
26written in this State.

 

 

SB3865- 193 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 86-753.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/114)  (from Ch. 73, par. 726)
3    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
4    Sec. 114. Renewal of certificate of authority.
5    (1) The Director shall renew for one year the certificate
6of authority of a foreign or non-domestic alien company on the
7first day of July of the calendar year following the calendar
8year in which it is admitted to transact business in this State
9and annually thereafter, without application by the company,
10upon payment of the annual privilege tax imposed by this Code,
11if any, provided the Director is satisfied that
12        (a) none of the facts specified in this article as
13    grounds for revoking a certificate of authority exists;
14    and
15        (b) the company is complying with the conditions for
16    admission in respect to capital, contingent liability, the
17    investment of its assets or the maintenance of deposits in
18    this or another state and maintains the surplus which
19    similar domestic companies transacting the same kind or
20    kinds of business are required to maintain.
21    (2) Except in case of nonpayment of taxes, the Director
22shall give notice of his intention to refuse to renew the
23certificate of authority of a foreign or non-domestic alien
24company and the grounds therefor at least twenty days before
25the end of the term for which the existing certificate was

 

 

SB3865- 194 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1issued, and, the company shall be given an opportunity for a
2hearing before the end of such term.
3    (3) In the event that a company admitted to transact
4business in this State prior to the effective date of this Code
5has been and is transacting in this State or in any other state
6or country the kind or kinds of business enumerated in Class 1
7of Section 4 and in addition thereto any of the kinds of
8business not enumerated in such class, the Director may for a
9period of three years renew annually its certificate of
10authority to transact such kinds of business. At the end of
11such three year period or at the end of any extended period as
12herein provided for, the Director may extend the period during
13which the certificate of authority of such company may be
14renewed annually, upon a showing by the company at a hearing
15before the Director that
16        (a) it has made reasonable progress in the
17    discontinuance of kinds of business other than those
18    enumerated in Class 1 of Section 4; and
19        (b) complete and immediate discontinuance of such
20    kinds of business would result in undue loss to the
21    company and the policyholders would suffer materially
22    thereby; or
23        (c) there are other reasons for such extension deemed
24    by the Director to be good and sufficient. The extension
25    herein provided for shall be for such period as the
26    Director may deem proper on the showing made, but the

 

 

SB3865- 195 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    total of such extended periods shall not exceed three
2    years.
3(Source: P.A. 82-498.)
 
4    (215 ILCS 5/115)  (from Ch. 73, par. 727)
5    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
6    Sec. 115. Amended certificate of authority.
7    (1) In the event that a foreign or non-domestic alien
8company authorized to transact business in this State changes
9its name or desires to transact in this State a kind or kinds
10of business other than those it is then authorized to
11transact, it shall file with the Director an application for
12an amended certificate of authority.
13    (2) Such application shall comply as to form and manner of
14execution with the requirements of this Article for an
15original application and shall set forth the name of the
16company, the respects in which the company desires its
17certificate of authority amended, and such other information
18as is necessary or appropriate to enable the Director to
19determine whether such an amended certificate of authority
20should be issued.
21    (3) The Director shall issue such amended certificate if
22he is satisfied that
23        (a) the company might lawfully be authorized to
24    transact the kind or kinds of business it desires to
25    transact if application for such authority were made in an

 

 

SB3865- 196 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    original application; and
2        (b) the conditions provided for in Section 111 are
3    complied with.
4(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/116)  (from Ch. 73, par. 728)
6    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
7    Sec. 116. Amendments to articles of incorporation.
8Whenever the articles of incorporation or articles of
9association of a foreign or non-domestic alien company
10authorized to transact business in this State shall be
11amended, such company shall, within thirty days after the
12effective date of such amendment, file with the Director a
13copy thereof duly authenticated by the proper officer of the
14state or country under the laws of which such company is
15organized. The filing of such copy shall not of itself enlarge
16the authority of the company in the transaction of business in
17this State, nor authorize such company to transact business in
18this State under any other name than the name set forth in its
19certificate of authority.
20(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
21    (215 ILCS 5/117)  (from Ch. 73, par. 729)
22    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
23    Sec. 117. Merger or consolidation.
24    (1) Whenever a foreign or non-domestic alien company

 

 

SB3865- 197 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1authorized to transact business in this State shall be the
2surviving company of a statutory merger permitted by the laws
3of the state or country under which it is organized, and such
4merger is not subject to the provisions of Article X; it shall
5forthwith file with the Director
6        (a) copies of the agreement and certificate of merger
7    duly authenticated by the proper officer of the state or
8    country under the laws of which such statutory merger was
9    effected; and
10        (b) if any of the companies party to such merger were
11    not admitted to transact business in this State, a
12    statement of the financial condition and business of each
13    of such companies, as of the end of the preceding calendar
14    year complying as to form, content and verification with
15    the requirements of this Code for annual statements, or a
16    financial statement as of such later date as the Director
17    may require.
18    (2) It shall not be necessary for such surviving company
19to procure a new certificate of authority to transact business
20in this State nor an amended certificate unless the name of
21such company be changed thereby or unless the company desires
22to transact in this State a kind or kinds of business other
23than those which it is then authorized to transact.
24    (3) Whenever a foreign or non-domestic alien company
25authorized to transact business in this State shall be a party
26to a statutory merger and such company shall not be the

 

 

SB3865- 198 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1surviving company, or if such foreign or non-domestic alien
2company shall be a party to a consolidation, then the
3certificate of authority of such foreign or non-domestic alien
4company shall terminate upon such merger or consolidation, and
5the surviving company, if not previously authorized to
6transact business in this State, or the new company, in the
7case of consolidation, shall be subject to the same
8requirements for admission to transact business in this State
9as any other foreign or non-domestic alien company.
10(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
11    (215 ILCS 5/118)  (from Ch. 73, par. 730)
12    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
13    Sec. 118. Withdrawal from the State.
14    (1) Any foreign or non-domestic alien company admitted to
15do business in this State may withdraw from this State by
16filing with the Director a statement of withdrawal, signed and
17verified by a president, vice-president or an executive
18officer corresponding thereto, or in the case of a reciprocal
19or Lloyds, by the attorney-in-fact, and setting forth
20        (a) that the company surrenders its authority to
21    transact business in this State and returns for
22    cancellation its certificate of authority;
23        (b) except in the case of a reciprocal or Lloyds, that
24    the withdrawal of the company from this State has been
25    duly authorized by the board of directors, trustees or

 

 

SB3865- 199 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    other governing body of such company; and
2        (c) a postoffice address to which the Director may
3    mail a copy of any process against the withdrawing company
4    that may be served upon him.
5    (2) Upon the filing of such statement together with its
6certificate of authority with the Director and payment of any
7taxes or charges that may be due, the Director shall cancel the
8certificate of authority and return the cancelled certificate
9to the company. The authority of the company to transact
10business in this State shall thereupon cease.
11(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
12    (215 ILCS 5/119)  (from Ch. 73, par. 731)
13    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
14    Sec. 119. Revocation and suspension of certificate of
15authority.
16    (1) The Director may revoke or suspend the certificate of
17authority of a foreign or non-domestic alien company or may by
18order require such insurance company to pay to the people of
19the State of Illinois a penalty in a sum not exceeding $500,
20and upon the failure of such insurance company to pay such
21penalty within 20 days after the mailing of such order,
22postage prepaid, certified or registered, and addressed to the
23last known place of business of such insurance company, unless
24such order is stayed by an order of a court of competent
25jurisdiction, the Director of Insurance may revoke or suspend

 

 

SB3865- 200 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the license of such insurance company for any period of time up
2to, but not exceeding a period of, 2 years whenever he finds
3that such company
4        (a) is insolvent;
5        (b) fails to comply with the requirements for
6    admission in respect to capital, contingent liability, the
7    investment of its assets or the maintenance of deposits in
8    this or another state or fails to maintain the surplus
9    which similar domestic companies transacting the same kind
10    or kinds of business are required to maintain;
11        (c) is in such a financial condition that its further
12    transaction of business in this State would be hazardous
13    to policyholders and creditors in this State and to the
14    public;
15        (d) has refused or neglected to pay a valid final
16    judgment against such company within 30 days after the
17    rendition of such judgment;
18        (e) has violated any law of this State or has in this
19    State violated its charter or exceeded its corporate
20    powers;
21        (f) has refused to submit its books, papers, accounts,
22    records, or affairs to the reasonable inspection or
23    examination of the Director, his actuaries, deputies or
24    examiners;
25        (g) has an officer who has refused upon reasonable
26    demand to be examined under oath touching its affairs;

 

 

SB3865- 201 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (h) fails to file its annual statement within 30 days
2    after the date when it is required by law to file such
3    statement;
4        (i) fails to file with the Director a copy of an
5    amendment to its charter or articles of association within
6    30 days after the effective date of such amendment;
7        (j) fails to file with the Director copies of the
8    agreement and certificate of merger and the financial
9    statements of the merged companies, if required, within 30
10    days after the effective date of the merger;
11        (k) fails to pay any fees, taxes or charges prescribed
12    by this Code within 30 days after they are due and payable;
13    provided, however, that in case of objection or legal
14    contest the company shall not be required to pay the tax
15    until 30 days after final disposition of the objection or
16    legal contest.
17        (l) fails to file any report or reports for the
18    purpose of enabling the Director to compute the taxes to
19    be paid by such company within 30 days after the date when
20    it is required by law to file such report or reports;
21        (m) has had its corporate existence dissolved or its
22    certificate of authority revoked in the state in which it
23    was organized; or
24        (n) has had all its risks reinsured in their entirety
25    in another company.
26    (2) Except for the grounds stated in clauses (a), (c) or

 

 

SB3865- 202 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(k) of subsection (1) of this section the Director shall not
2revoke or suspend the certificate of authority of a foreign or
3non-domestic alien company until he has given the company at
4least twenty days' notice of the revocation or suspension and
5of the grounds therefor and has afforded the company an
6opportunity for a hearing.
7(Source: P.A. 83-598.)
 
8    (215 ILCS 5/120)  (from Ch. 73, par. 732)
9    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
10    Sec. 120. Withdrawal of deposits. When a foreign or
11non-domestic alien company has withdrawn from this State or
12has had its certificate of authority to transact business in
13this State revoked and such company desires to withdraw any
14deposit made in this State pursuant to this Code, the Director
15shall upon the application of the company and at its expense,
16give notice of such intention to the insurance commissioner or
17other proper supervisory official of each state or country
18where it appears from information on file with the Director,
19the company is authorized to transact business, and shall
20publish notice of such intention in a newspaper of general
21circulation in this State once a week for four consecutive
22weeks. After such notice and publication the Director shall
23deliver to such company or its assigns the securities so
24deposited when he is satisfied upon examination and
25investigation made by him, or under his authority, and upon

 

 

SB3865- 203 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the oaths of the president and secretary or other chief
2officers of the company that all debts and liabilities of
3every kind due and to become due which the deposit was made to
4secure have been paid or otherwise extinguished.
5(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
6    (215 ILCS 5/123)  (from Ch. 73, par. 735)
7    Sec. 123. Service of process upon an unauthorized foreign
8or non-domestic alien company.
9    (1) The purpose of this Section is to subject unauthorized
10foreign and non-domestic alien companies to the jurisdiction
11of courts of this State in actions by or on behalf of insureds,
12reinsureds, or beneficiaries under insurance or reinsurance
13contracts. The Legislature declares that it is a subject of
14concern that many residents of this State or corporations
15authorized to do business in this State hold policies of
16insurance or reinsurance issued by companies not authorized to
17do business in this State, thus presenting to such residents
18or corporations authorized to do business in this State the
19often insuperable obstacle of resorting to distant forums for
20the purpose of asserting legal rights under such policies. In
21furtherance of such State interest, the Legislature herein
22provides a method of substituted service of process upon such
23companies and declares that in so doing it exercises its power
24to protect its residents and corporations authorized to do
25business in this State and to define, for the purpose of this

 

 

SB3865- 204 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1statute, what constitutes doing business in this State, and
2also exercises powers and privileges available to the State by
3virtue of Public Law 15, 79th Congress of the United States,
4Chapter 20, 1st. Sess., S. 340, as amended, which declares
5that the business of insurance and every person engaged
6therein shall be subject to the laws of the several states.
7    (2) Any of the following acts in this State, effected by
8mail or otherwise, by an unauthorized foreign or non-domestic
9alien company: (a) the issuance or delivery of contracts of
10insurance or reinsurance to residents of this State or to
11corporations authorized to do business therein, (b) the
12solicitation of applications for such contracts, (c) the
13collection of premiums, membership fees, assessments or other
14considerations for such contracts, or (d) any other
15transaction of business, is equivalent to and shall constitute
16an appointment by such company, of the Director and his or her
17successor or successors in office, to be its true and lawful
18attorney upon whom may be served all lawful process in any
19action or proceeding against it, arising out of such policy or
20contract of insurance or reinsurance, and the acts shall be a
21signification of its agreement that any such process against
22it which is so served shall be of the same legal force and
23validity as if served upon the company.
24    (3) Service of such process shall be made by delivering
25and leaving with the Director a copy thereof and the payment to
26the Director of the fee prescribed by this Code. The Director

 

 

SB3865- 205 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1shall keep a record of all process so served upon him or her.
2Such process shall be sufficient service upon such foreign or
3non-domestic alien company provided notice of such service and
4a copy of the process are, within 10 days thereafter, sent by
5certified or registered mail by the plaintiff's attorney of
6record to the defendant at the last known principal place of
7business of the defendant, and the defendant's receipt and the
8plaintiff's attorney's affidavit of compliance herewith are
9filed with the Clerk of the Court in which such action is
10pending on or before the return date of the process or within
11such further time as the court may allow.
12    (4) Service of process in any such action against any such
13company shall in addition to the mode hereinabove described be
14valid and legal if served upon any person within this State
15who, in this State on behalf of such company, is
16        (a) soliciting insurance or reinsurance, or
17        (b) making, issuing, or delivering any policies or
18    contracts of insurance or reinsurance, or
19        (c) collecting or receiving any premium, membership
20    fee, assessment or other consideration for insurance or
21    reinsurance, or
22        (d) in any manner aiding or assisting in doing any of
23    the things enumerated in clauses (a), (b), or (c) of this
24    subsection; and a copy of such process is within 10 days
25    thereafter sent by certified or registered mail by the
26    plaintiff's attorney of record to the defendant at the

 

 

SB3865- 206 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    last known principal place of business of the defendant
2    and the defendant's receipt and the plaintiff's attorney's
3    affidavit of compliance herewith are filed with the clerk
4    of the court in which such action is pending on or before
5    the return date of the process or within such further time
6    as the court may allow.
7    (5) Before any unauthorized foreign or non-domestic alien
8company shall file or cause to be filed any pleading in any
9action or proceeding, including any arbitration, instituted
10against it, such unauthorized company shall either (1) deposit
11with the clerk of the court in which such action or proceeding
12is pending or with the clerk of the court in the jurisdiction
13in which the arbitration is pending cash or securities or file
14with such clerk a bond with good and sufficient sureties, to be
15approved by the court, in an amount to be fixed by the court
16sufficient to secure the payment of any final judgment which
17may be rendered in such action, proceeding, or arbitration; or
18(2) where the unauthorized company continues to transact the
19business of insurance by issuing new contracts of insurance or
20reinsurance, procure a certificate of authority to transact
21the business of insurance in this State.
22    The court in any action or proceeding, in which service is
23made in the manner provided in subsections (3) or (4) may, in
24its discretion, order such postponement as may be necessary to
25afford the defendant reasonable opportunity to comply with the
26provisions of this subsection and to defend such action.

 

 

SB3865- 207 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Nothing in this Section is to be construed to prevent an
2unauthorized foreign or non-domestic alien company from filing
3a motion to quash process or to set aside service thereof made
4in the manner provided in subsections (3) or (4) on the ground
5either (a) that such unauthorized company has not done any of
6the acts enumerated in subsection (2) or (b) that the person on
7whom service was made pursuant to subsection (4) was not doing
8any of the acts therein enumerated.
9    (6) In any action against an unauthorized foreign or
10non-domestic alien company upon a contract of insurance or
11reinsurance issued or delivered in this State to a resident
12thereof or to a corporation authorized to do business therein,
13if the company has failed for 30 days after demand prior to the
14commencement of the action to make payment in accordance with
15the terms of the contract, and it appears to the court that
16such refusal was vexatious and without reasonable cause, the
17court may allow to the plaintiff a reasonable attorney fee and
18include such fee in any judgment that may be rendered in such
19action. Such fee shall not exceed 12-1/2 per cent of the amount
20which the court or jury finds the plaintiff is entitled to
21recover against the insurer, but in no event shall such fee be
22less than $25. Failure of a company to defend any such action
23shall be deemed prima facie evidence that its failure to make
24payment was vexatious and without reasonable cause.
25    (7) No plaintiff shall be entitled to a judgment by
26default under this Section until the expiration of 30 days

 

 

SB3865- 208 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1from the date of the filing of the affidavit of compliance.
2    (8) The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any
3action or proceeding against any unauthorized foreign or
4non-domestic alien company arising out of any contract of
5direct insurance
6        (a) effected in accordance with Section 445, or
7        (b) covering ocean marine, aircraft, railway insurance
8    risks, or
9        (c) against legal liability arising out of the
10    ownership, operation or maintenance of any property having
11    a permanent situs outside this State, or
12        (d) against loss of or damage to any property having a
13    permanent situs outside this State,
14where such contract of insurance contains a provision
15designating the Director and his or her successor or
16successors in office or a bona fide resident of Illinois to be
17the true and lawful attorney of such non-admitted insurer upon
18whom may be served all lawful process in any action or
19proceeding arising out of any such contract of insurance or
20where the insurer enters a general appearance in any such
21action or proceeding.
22    (9) Nothing in this Section contained shall limit or
23affect the right to serve any process, notice or demand
24required or permitted by law to be served upon any company in
25any other manner now or hereafter permitted by law.
26(Source: P.A. 90-53, eff. 7-3-97.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 209 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/123.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 735.1)
2    Sec. 123.1. Service of process upon unauthorized insurers
3for false advertising.
4    (1) (a) The purpose of this Act is to subject to the
5jurisdiction of the Director of Insurance of this State and to
6the jurisdiction of the courts of this State insurers not
7authorized to transact business in this State which place in
8or send into this State any false advertising designed to
9induce residents of this State to purchase insurance from
10insurers not authorized to transact business in this State.
11The Legislature declares it is in the interest of the citizens
12of this State who purchase insurance from insurers which
13solicit insurance business in this State in the manner set
14forth in the preceding sentence that such insurers be subject
15to the provisions of this Act. In furtherance of such state
16interest, the Legislature herein provides a method of
17substituted service of process upon such insurers and declares
18that in so doing, it exercises its power to protect its
19residents and also exercises powers and privileges available
20to the State by virtue of Public Law 15, 79th Congress of the
21United States, Chapter 20, 1st Session, S. 340, which declares
22that the business of insurance and every person engaged
23therein shall be subject to the laws of the several states; the
24authority provided herein to be in addition to any existing
25powers of this State.

 

 

SB3865- 210 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (b) The provisions of this Section shall be liberally
2construed.
3    (2) No unauthorized foreign or non-domestic alien insurer
4of the kind described in subsection (1) shall make, issue,
5circulate or cause to be made, issued or circulated, to
6residents of this State any estimate, illustration, circular,
7pamphlet, or letter, or cause to be made in any newspaper,
8magazine or other publication or over any radio or television
9station, any announcement or statement to such residents
10misrepresenting its financial condition or the terms of any
11contracts issued or to be issued or the benefits or advantages
12promised thereby, or the dividends or share of the surplus to
13be received thereon in violation of Article XXVI, and whenever
14the Director shall have reason to believe that any such
15insurer is engaging in such unlawful advertising, it shall be
16his duty to give notice of such fact by certified or registered
17mail to such insurer and to the insurance supervisory official
18of the domiciliary state of such insurer. For the purpose of
19this Section the domiciliary state of a non-domestic an alien
20insurer shall be deemed to be the state of entry or the state
21of the principal office in the United States.
22    (3) If after thirty days following the giving of the
23notice mentioned in subsection (2) such insurer has failed to
24cease making, issuing, or circulating such false
25misrepresentations or causing the same to be made, issued or
26circulated in this State, and if the Director has reason to

 

 

SB3865- 211 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1believe that a proceeding by him in respect to such matters
2would be to the interest of the public, and that such insurer
3is issuing or delivering contracts of insurance to residents
4of this State or collecting premiums on such contracts or
5doing any of the acts enumerated in subsection (4), he shall
6take action against such insurer under Article XXVI.
7    (4) (a) Any of the following acts in this State, effected
8by mail or otherwise, by any such unauthorized foreign or
9non-domestic alien insurer:
10        (i) the issuance or delivery of contracts or insurance
11    to residents of this State; or
12        (ii) the solicitation of applications for such
13    contracts; or
14        (iii) the collection of premiums, membership fees,
15    assessments or other considerations for such contracts; or
16        (iv) any other transaction of insurance business;
17is equivalent to and shall constitute an appointment by such
18insurer of the Director and his successor or successors in
19office, to be its true and lawful attorney, upon whom may be
20served all statements of charges, notices and lawful process
21in any proceeding instituted in respect to the
22misrepresentations set forth in subsection (2) hereof under
23the provisions of Article XXVI, or in any action, suit or
24proceeding for the recovery of any penalty therein provided,
25and any such act shall be signification of its agreement that
26such service of statement of charges, notices or process is of

 

 

SB3865- 212 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the same legal force and validity as personal service of such
2statement of charges, notices or process in this State, upon
3such insurer.
4    (b) Service of a statement of charges and notices under
5Article XXVI shall be made by any deputy or employee of the
6Department of Insurance delivering to and leaving with the
7Director or some person in apparent charge of his office, two
8copies thereof. Service of process issued by any court in any
9action, suit or proceeding to collect any penalty under
10Article XXVI provided, shall be made by delivering and leaving
11with the Director, or some person in apparent charge of his
12office, two copies thereof. The Director shall forthwith cause
13to be mailed by certified or registered mail one of the copies
14of such statement of charges, notices or process to the
15defendant at its last known principal place of business, and
16shall keep a record of all statements of charges, notices and
17process so served. Such service of statement of charges,
18notices or process shall be sufficient provided they shall
19have been so mailed and the defendant's receipt or receipt
20issued by the post office with which the letter is certified or
21registered, showing the name of the sender of the letter and
22the name and address of the person to whom the letter is
23addressed, and the affidavit of the person mailing such letter
24showing a compliance herewith are filed with the Director in
25the case of any statement of charges or notices, or with the
26clerk of the court in which such action is pending in the case

 

 

SB3865- 213 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of any process, on or before the date the defendant is required
2to appear or within such further time as may be allowed.
3    (c) Service of statement of charges, notices and process
4in any such proceeding, action or suit shall in addition to the
5manner provided in paragraph (b) of this subsection be valid
6if served upon any person within this State who on behalf of
7such insurer is
8        (i) soliciting insurance; or
9        (ii) making, issuing or delivering any policies or
10    contracts of insurance; or
11        (iii) collecting or receiving in this State any
12    premium, membership fee, assessment or other consideration
13    for insurance; or
14        (iv) in any manner aiding or assisting in doing any of
15    the things enumerated in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of
16    this paragraph;
17and a copy of such statement of charges, notices or process is
18sent within ten days thereafter by certified or registered
19mail by or on behalf of the Director to the defendant at the
20last known principal place of business of the defendant, and
21the defendant's receipt, or the receipt issued by the post
22office with which the letter is certified or registered,
23showing the name of the sender of the letter, the name and
24address of the person to whom the letter is addressed, and the
25affidavit of the person mailing the same showing a compliance
26herewith, are filed with the Director in the case of any

 

 

SB3865- 214 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1statement of charges or notices, or with the clerk of the court
2in which such action is pending in the case of any process, on
3or before the date the defendant is required to appear or
4within such further time as the court may allow.
5    (d) No cease or desist order or judgment by default under
6this section shall be entered until the expiration of thirty
7days from the date of the filing of the affidavit of
8compliance.
9    (e) Service of process and notice under the provisions of
10this section shall be in addition to all other methods of
11service provided by law, and nothing in this section shall
12limit or prohibit the right to serve any statement of charges,
13notices or process upon any insurer in any other manner now or
14hereafter permitted by law.
15    (5) When used in this Act, "residents" shall mean and
16include person, partnership or corporation, domestic,
17non-domestic, alien or foreign.
18(Source: P.A. 83-598.)
 
19    (215 ILCS 5/123.3)  (from Ch. 73, par. 735.3)
20    Sec. 123.3. Insurance Sales by Companies in Hazardous
21Financial Condition Prohibited. Notwithstanding any other
22provision of this Code, no unauthorized foreign or
23non-domestic alien company officer, director, trustee, agent
24or employee of such company may renew, issue, or deliver or
25cause to be renewed, issued or delivered any policy, contract,

 

 

SB3865- 215 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or certificate of insurance for which a premium is charged or
2collected if the Director of Insurance has found that such
3company is in a hazardous financial condition and such
4officer, director, trustee, agent or employee is aware of such
5finding.
6    If upon request of the Director, such company officer,
7director, trustee or employee is unable or unwilling to submit
8to the Director a copy of such unauthorized company's most
9recent financial statement, such unwillingness or inability
10shall be deemed prima facie evidence of a hazardous financial
11condition.
12    However, a finding of hazardous financial condition does
13not prevent the issuance or renewal of a policy when an insured
14or owner exercises an option granted to him under an existing
15policy to obtain new, renewed or converted insurance coverage.
16    Any company officer, director, trustee, agent, or employee
17of such company violating this Section shall be guilty of a
18Class A misdemeanor.
19(Source: P.A. 85-1139.)
 
20    (215 ILCS 5/123C-8)  (from Ch. 73, par. 735C-8)
21    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
22    Sec. 123C-8. Merger, consolidation, plans of exchange and
23reorganization.
24    A. The provisions of Article X shall apply to captive
25insurance companies; provided, however, that:

 

 

SB3865- 216 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (1) if the surviving or new company is to be a domestic
2    captive insurance company,
3            (a) the Director shall, in determining whether
4        such company meets the requirements set forth in
5        paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of Section 162, refer
6        only to the provisions of this Article VIIC and the
7        other provisions of Article X;
8            (b) the Director shall, in determining whether
9        such company meets the requirements of Sections 123C-3
10        and 123C-4, take into account the capital and surplus
11        of the company to be merged into the domestic captive
12        insurance company or the companies to be consolidated
13        into the domestic captive insurance company (but any
14        approval by the Director of such merger or
15        consolidation shall be contingent upon the receipt of
16        such capital and surplus by the domestic captive
17        insurance company and satisfactory evidence thereof
18        being presented to the Director);
19            (c) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
20        (c) of subsection (1) of Section 166, such surviving
21        or new company shall have all of the rights,
22        privileges, immunities and powers and shall be subject
23        to all of the duties and liabilities granted or
24        imposed by this Article VIIC (and not by the entire
25        Code); and
26        (2) in the event that such merger or consolidation is

 

 

SB3865- 217 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    to be effected in conjunction with the formation and
2    licensing of a new domestic captive insurance company in
3    this State, the Director shall follow procedures for the
4    contemporaneous and expeditious review of the materials
5    presented to the Director for his approval of such
6    formation, licensing and merger or consolidation.
7    B. (1) Any domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien stock
8company, mutual company, or reciprocal company, authorized or
9which may be authorized to do business in this State, may
10reorganize as a domestic captive insurance company under the
11laws of this State, by complying with the provisions of
12Article XII. Domestic companies are hereby authorized to
13reorganize as domestic captive insurance companies.
14        (2) In the event that such reorganization is to be
15    effected in conjunction with the formation and licensing
16    of a new captive insurance company in this State, the
17    Director shall follow procedures for the contemporaneous
18    and expeditious review of the materials presented to the
19    Director for his approval of such formation, licensing and
20    reorganization.
21(Source: P.A. 85-131.)
 
22    (215 ILCS 5/126.1)
23    Sec. 126.1. Purpose and scope.
24    A. Purpose. The purpose of this Article is to protect the
25interests of insureds by promoting insurer solvency and

 

 

SB3865- 218 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1financial strength. This will be accomplished through the
2application of investment standards that facilitate a
3reasonable balance of the following objectives:
4        (1) To preserve principal;
5        (2) To assure reasonable diversification as to type of
6    investment, issuer and credit quality; and
7        (3) To allow insurers to allocate investments in a
8    manner consistent with principles of prudent investment
9    management to achieve an adequate return so that
10    obligations to insureds are adequately met and financial
11    strength is sufficient to cover reasonably foreseeable
12    contingencies.
13    B. Scope. This Article shall apply only to investments and
14investment practices of domestic insurers and United States
15branches of non-domestic alien insurers entered through this
16State. This Article shall not apply to separate accounts of an
17insurer except to the extent that the provisions of Article
18XIV 1/2 so provide.
19(Source: P.A. 90-418, eff. 8-15-97.)
 
20    (215 ILCS 5/126.12)
21    Sec. 126.12. Insurer investment pools.
22    A. An insurer may acquire investments in investment pools
23that:
24        (1) Invest only in:
25            (a) Obligations that are rated 1 or 2 by the SVO or

 

 

SB3865- 219 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        have an equivalent of an SVO 1 or 2 rating (or, in the
2        absence of a 1 or 2 rating or equivalent rating, the
3        issuer has outstanding obligations with an SVO 1 or 2
4        or equivalent rating) by a nationally recognized
5        statistical rating organization recognized by the SVO
6        and have:
7                (i) A remaining maturity of 397 days or less
8            or a put that entitles the holder to receive the
9            principal amount of the obligation which put may
10            be exercised through maturity at specified
11            intervals not exceeding 397 days; or
12                (ii) A remaining maturity of 3 years or less
13            and a floating interest rate that resets no less
14            frequently than quarterly on the basis of a
15            current short-term index (federal funds, prime
16            rate, treasury bills, London InterBank Offered
17            Rate (LIBOR) or commercial paper) and is subject
18            to no maximum limit, if the obligations do not
19            have an interest rate that varies inversely to
20            market interest rate changes;
21            (b) Government money market mutual funds or class
22        one money market mutual funds; or
23            (c) Securities lending, repurchase, and reverse
24        repurchase transactions that meet all the requirements
25        of Section 126.16, except the quantitative limitations
26        of Section 126.16D; or

 

 

SB3865- 220 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (2) Invest only in investments which an insurer may
2    acquire under this Article, if the insurer's proportionate
3    interest in the amount invested in these investments when
4    combined with amount of such investments made directly or
5    indirectly through an investment subsidiary or other
6    insurer investment pool permitted under this subsection
7    A(2) does not exceed the applicable limits of this Article
8    for such investments.
9    B. For an investment in an investment pool to be qualified
10under this Article, the investment pool shall not:
11        (1) Acquire securities issued, assumed, guaranteed or
12    insured by the insurer or an affiliate of the insurer;
13        (2) Borrow or incur any indebtedness for borrowed
14    money, except for securities lending and reverse
15    repurchase transactions that meet the requirements of
16    Section 126.16 except the quantitative limitations of
17    Section 126.16D; or
18        (3) Acquire an investment if, as a result of such
19    transaction, the aggregate value of securities then loaned
20    or sold to, purchased from or invested in any one business
21    entity under this Section would exceed 10% of the total
22    assets of the investment pool.
23    C. The limitations of Section 126.10A shall not apply to
24an insurer's investment in an investment pool, however an
25insurer shall not acquire an investment in an investment pool
26under this Section if, as a result of and after giving effect

 

 

SB3865- 221 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1to the investment, the aggregate amount of investments then
2held by the insurer under this Section:
3        (1) In all investment pools investing in investments
4    permitted under subsection A(2) of this Section would
5    exceed 25% of its admitted assets; or
6        (2) In all investment pools would exceed 35% of its
7    admitted assets.
8    D. For an investment in an investment pool to be qualified
9under this Article, the manager of the investment pool shall:
10        (1) Be organized under the laws of the United States
11    or a state and designated as the pool manager in a pooling
12    agreement;
13        (2) Be the insurer, an affiliated insurer or a
14    business entity affiliated with the insurer, a qualified
15    bank, a business entity registered under the Investment
16    Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.), as amended
17    or, in the case of a reciprocal insurer or interinsurance
18    exchange, its attorney-in-fact, or in the case of a United
19    States branch of a non-domestic an alien insurer, its
20    United States manager or an affiliate or subsidiary of its
21    United States manager;
22        (3) Be responsible for the compilation and maintenance
23    of detailed accounting records setting forth:
24            (a) The cash receipts and disbursements reflecting
25        each participant's proportionate investment in the
26        investment pool;

 

 

SB3865- 222 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (b) A complete description of all underlying
2        assets of the investment pool (including amount,
3        interest rate, maturity date (if any) and other
4        appropriate designations); and
5            (c) Other records which, on a daily basis, allow
6        third parties to verify each participant's investment
7        in the investment pool; and
8        (4) Maintain the assets of the investment pool in one
9    or more accounts, in the name of or on behalf of the
10    investment pool, under a custody agreement with a
11    qualified bank. The custody agreement shall:
12            (a) State and recognize the claims and rights of
13        each participant;
14            (b) Acknowledge that the underlying assets of the
15        investment pool are held solely for the benefit of
16        each participant in proportion to the aggregate amount
17        of its investments in the investment pool; and
18            (c) Contain an agreement that the underlying
19        assets of the investment pool shall not be commingled
20        with the general assets of the custodian qualified
21        bank or any other person.
22    E. The pooling agreement for each investment pool shall be
23in writing and shall provide that:
24        (1) An insurer and its affiliated insurers or, in the
25    case of an investment pool investing solely in investments
26    permitted under subsection A(1) of this Section, the

 

 

SB3865- 223 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    insurer and its subsidiaries, affiliates or any pension or
2    profit sharing plan of the insurer, its subsidiaries and
3    affiliates or, in the case of a United States branch of a
4    non-domestic an alien insurer, affiliates or subsidiaries
5    of its United States manager, shall, at all times, hold
6    100% of the interests in the investment pool;
7        (2) The underlying assets of the investment pool shall
8    not be commingled with the general assets of the pool
9    manager or any other person;
10        (3) In proportion to the aggregate amount of each pool
11    participant's interest in the investment pool:
12            (a) Each participant owns an undivided interest in
13        the underlying assets of the investment pool; and
14            (b) The underlying assets of the investment pool
15        are held solely for the benefit of each participant;
16        (4) A participant, or in the event of the
17    participant's insolvency, bankruptcy or receivership, its
18    trustee, receiver or other successor-in-interest, may
19    withdraw all or any portion of its investment from the
20    investment pool under the terms of the pooling agreement;
21        (5) Withdrawals may be made on demand without penalty
22    or other assessment on any business day, but settlement of
23    funds shall occur within a reasonable and customary period
24    thereafter not to exceed 10 business days. Distributions
25    under this paragraph shall be calculated in each case net
26    of all then applicable fees and expenses of the investment

 

 

SB3865- 224 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    pool. The pooling agreement shall provide that the pool
2    manager shall distribute to a participant, at the
3    discretion of the pool manager:
4            (a) In cash, the then fair market value of the
5        participant's pro rata share of each underlying asset
6        of the investment pool;
7            (b) In kind, a pro rata share of each underlying
8        asset; or
9            (c) In a combination of cash and in kind
10        distributions, a pro rata share in each underlying
11        asset; and
12        (6) The pool manager shall make the records of the
13    investment pool available for inspection by the Director.
14    F. Except for the formation of the investment pool,
15transactions and between a domestic insurer and an affiliated
16insurer investment pool shall not be subject to the
17requirements of Section 131.20a of this Code.
18(Source: P.A. 100-201, eff. 8-18-17.)
 
19    (215 ILCS 5/126.25)
20    Sec. 126.25. Insurer investment pools.
21    A. An insurer may acquire investments in investment pools
22that:
23        (1) Invest only in:
24            (a) Obligations that are rated 1 or 2 by the SVO or
25        have an equivalent of an SVO 1 or 2 rating (or, in the

 

 

SB3865- 225 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        absence of a 1 or 2 rating or equivalent rating, the
2        issuer has outstanding obligations with an SVO 1 or 2
3        or equivalent rating) by a nationally recognized
4        statistical rating organization recognized by the SVO
5        and have:
6                (i) A remaining maturity of 397 days or less
7            or a put that entitles the holder to receive the
8            principal amount of the obligation which put may
9            be exercised through maturity at specified
10            intervals not exceeding 397 days; or
11                (ii) A remaining maturity of 3 years or less
12            and a floating interest rate that resets no less
13            frequently than quarterly on the basis of a
14            current short-term index (federal funds, prime
15            rate, treasury bills, London InterBank Offered
16            Rate (LIBOR) or commercial paper) and is subject
17            to no maximum limit, if the obligations do not
18            have an interest rate that varies inversely to
19            market interest rate changes;
20            (b) Government money market mutual funds or class
21        one money market mutual funds; or
22            (c) Securities lending, repurchase, and reverse
23        repurchase, transactions that meet all the
24        requirements of Section 126.29, except the
25        quantitative limitations of Section 126.29D; or
26        (2) Invest only in investments which an insurer may

 

 

SB3865- 226 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    acquire under this Article, if the insurer's proportionate
2    interest in the amount invested in these investments when
3    combined with amounts of such investments made directly or
4    indirectly through an investment subsidiary or other
5    insurer investment pool permitted under this subsection
6    A(2) does not exceed the applicable limits of this Article
7    for such investments.
8    B. For an investment in an investment pool to be qualified
9under this Article, the investment pool shall not:
10        (1) Acquire securities issued, assumed, guaranteed, or
11    insured by the insurer or an affiliate of the insurer;
12        (2) Borrow or incur any indebtedness for borrowed
13    money, except for securities lending and reverse
14    repurchase transactions that meet the requirements of
15    Section 126.29 except the quantitative limitations of
16    Section 126.29D; or
17        (3) Acquire an investment if, as a result of such
18    transaction, the aggregate value of securities then loaned
19    or sold to, purchased from or invested in any one business
20    entity under this Section would exceed 10% of the total
21    assets of the investment pool.
22    C. The limitations of Section 126.23A shall not apply to
23an insurer's investment in an investment pool, however an
24insurer shall not acquire an investment in an investment pool
25under this Section if, as a result of and after giving effect
26to the investment, the aggregate amount of investments then

 

 

SB3865- 227 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1held by the insurer under this Section:
2        (1) In all investment pools investing in investments
3    permitted under subsection A(2) of this Section would
4    exceed 25% of its admitted assets; or
5        (2) In all investment pools would exceed 40% of its
6    admitted assets.
7    D. For an investment in an investment pool to be qualified
8under this Article, the manager of the investment pool shall:
9        (1) Be organized under the laws of the United States
10    or a state and designated as the pool manager in a pooling
11    agreement;
12        (2) Be the insurer, an affiliated insurer or a
13    business entity affiliated with the insurer, a qualified
14    bank, a business entity registered under the Investment
15    Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.), as amended
16    or, in the case of a reciprocal insurer or interinsurance
17    exchange, its attorney-in-fact, or in the case of a United
18    States branch of a non-domestic an alien insurer, its
19    United States manager or an affiliate or subsidiary of its
20    United States manager;
21        (3) Be responsible for the compilation and maintenance
22    of detailed accounting records setting forth:
23            (a) The cash receipts and disbursements reflecting
24        each participant's proportionate investment in the
25        investment pool;
26            (b) A complete description of all underlying

 

 

SB3865- 228 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        assets of the investment pool (including amount,
2        interest rate, maturity date (if any) and other
3        appropriate designations); and
4            (c) Other records which, on a daily basis, allow
5        third parties to verify each participant's investment
6        in the investment pool; and
7        (4) Maintain the assets of the investment pool in one
8    or more accounts, in the name of or on behalf of the
9    investment pool, under a custody agreement with a
10    qualified bank. The custody agreement shall:
11            (a) State and recognize the claims and rights of
12        each participant;
13            (b) Acknowledge that the underlying assets of the
14        investment pool are held solely for the benefit of
15        each participant in proportion to the aggregate amount
16        of its investments in the investment pool; and
17            (c) Contain an agreement that the underlying
18        assets of the investment pool shall not be commingled
19        with the general assets of the custodian qualified
20        bank or any other person.
21    E. The pooling agreement for each investment pool shall be
22in writing and shall provide that:
23        (1) An insurer and its affiliated insurers or, in the
24    case of an investment pool investing solely in investments
25    permitted under subsection A(1) of this Section, the
26    insurer and its subsidiaries, affiliates or any pension or

 

 

SB3865- 229 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    profit sharing plan of the insurer, its subsidiaries and
2    affiliates or, in the case of a United States branch of a
3    non-domestic an alien insurer, affiliates or subsidiaries
4    of its United States manager, shall, at all times, hold
5    100% of the interests in the investment pool;
6        (2) The underlying assets of the investment pool shall
7    not be commingled with the general assets of the pool
8    manager or any other person;
9        (3) In proportion to the aggregate amount of each pool
10    participant's interest in the investment pool:
11            (a) Each participant owns an undivided interest in
12        the underlying assets of the investment pool; and
13            (b) The underlying assets of the investment pool
14        are held solely for the benefit of each participant;
15        (4) A participant, or in the event of the
16    participant's insolvency, bankruptcy or receivership, its
17    trustee, receiver or other successor-in-interest, may
18    withdraw all or any portion of its investment from the
19    investment pool under the terms of the pooling agreement;
20        (5) Withdrawals may be made on demand without penalty
21    or other assessment on any business day, but settlement of
22    funds shall occur within a reasonable and customary period
23    thereafter not to exceed 10 business days. Distributions
24    under this paragraph shall be calculated in each case net
25    of all then applicable fees and expenses of the investment
26    pool. The pooling agreement shall provide that the pool

 

 

SB3865- 230 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    manager shall distribute to a participant, at the
2    discretion of the pool manager:
3            (a) In cash, the then fair market value of the
4        participant's pro rata share of each underlying asset
5        of the investment pool;
6            (b) In kind, a pro rata share of each underlying
7        asset; or
8            (c) In a combination of cash and in kind
9        distributions, a pro rata share in each underlying
10        asset; and
11        (6) The pool manager shall make the records of the
12    investment pool available for inspection by the Director.
13    F. Except for the formation of the investment pool,
14transactions between a domestic insurer and an affiliated
15insurer investment pool shall not be subject to the
16requirements of Section 131.20a of this Code.
17(Source: P.A. 100-201, eff. 8-18-17.)
 
18    (215 ILCS 5/131.13)  (from Ch. 73, par. 743.13)
19    Sec. 131.13. Registration of companies. Every company
20which is authorized to do business in this State and which is a
21member of an insurance holding company system must register
22with the Director, except a foreign or non-domestic alien
23company subject to registration requirements and standards
24adopted by statute or regulation in the jurisdiction of its
25domicile which are substantially similar to those contained in

 

 

SB3865- 231 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1this section and Sections 131.14 through 131.20a. Any company
2which is subject to registration under this section must
3register within 60 days after the effective date of this
4Article or 15 days after it becomes subject to registration,
5whichever is later, unless the Director for good cause shown
6extends the time for registration, and then within such
7extended time. The Director may require any authorized company
8which is a member of a holding company system which is not
9subject to registration under this section to furnish a copy
10of the registration statement or other information filed by
11such company with the insurance regulatory authority of its
12domiciliary jurisdiction.
13(Source: P.A. 98-609, eff. 1-1-14.)
 
14    (215 ILCS 5/132.3)  (from Ch. 73, par. 744.3)
15    Sec. 132.3. Authority, scope, and scheduling of
16examinations.
17    (a) The Director or any of his examiners may conduct an
18examination of any company as often as the Director, in his
19sole discretion, deems appropriate, but shall, at a minimum,
20conduct an examination of every insurer authorized or licensed
21in this State not less frequently than once every 5 years. In
22scheduling and determining the nature, scope, and frequency of
23the examinations, the Director shall consider the results of
24financial statement analyses and ratios, changes in management
25or ownership, actuarial opinions, reports of independent

 

 

SB3865- 232 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1certified public accountants and other criteria set forth in
2the Examiners' Handbook adopted by the National Association of
3Insurance Commissioners and in effect when the Director
4exercises discretion under this subsection.
5    (b) For purposes of completing an examination of any
6company, the Director may examine or investigate any person,
7or the business of any person, insofar as the examination or
8investigation is, in the sole discretion of the Director,
9necessary or material to the examination of the company.
10    (c) In lieu of an examination of any foreign or
11non-domestic alien insurer authorized or licensed in this
12State, the Director may accept an examination report on the
13company as prepared by the insurance department for the
14company's state of domicile or port-of-entry state until
15January 1, 1994. Thereafter, those reports may only be
16accepted if (1) the insurance department was at the time of the
17examination accredited under the National Association of
18Insurance Commissioners' Financial Regulation Standards and
19Accreditation Program, (2) the examination is performed under
20the supervision of an accredited insurance department or with
21the participation of one or more examiners who are employed by
22an accredited state insurance department, and who, after a
23review of the examination work papers and report, state under
24oath that the examination was performed in a manner consistent
25with the standards and procedures required by their insurance
26department, or (3) the Director otherwise determines that the

 

 

SB3865- 233 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1examination was performed in a manner substantially similar to
2the standards and procedures required by Sections 132.1
3through 132.6 of this Code.
4(Source: P.A. 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/133)  (from Ch. 73, par. 745)
6    Sec. 133. Books, records, accounts and vouchers.
7    (1) Every domestic company shall keep its books, records,
8documents, accounts and vouchers in such manner that its
9financial condition, affairs and operations can be ascertained
10and so that its financial statements filed with the Director
11can be readily verified and its compliance with the law
12determined and may cause any or all such books, records,
13documents, accounts and vouchers to be photographed or
14reproduced on film. Any such photographs, microphotographs,
15optical imaging, or film reproductions of any original books,
16records, documents, accounts and vouchers shall for all
17purposes be considered the same as the originals thereof and a
18transcript, exemplification or certified copy of any such
19photograph, microphotograph, optical imaging, or film
20reproduction shall for all purposes be deemed to be a
21transcript, exemplification or certified copy of the original.
22Any original so reproduced may thereafter be disposed of or
23destroyed if provision is made for preserving and examining
24such reproductions.
25    (2) All such original books, records, documents, accounts

 

 

SB3865- 234 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and vouchers, or such reproductions thereof, of the home
2office of any domestic company or of any principal United
3States office of a foreign or non-domestic alien company
4located in this State shall be preserved and kept available in
5this State for the purpose of examination and until authority
6to destroy or otherwise dispose of such records is secured
7from the Director. Such original records may, however, be kept
8and maintained outside this State if, according to a plan
9adopted by the company's board of directors and approved by
10the Director, it maintains suitable records in lieu thereof.
11Every domestic company shall keep its securities within the
12State of Illinois except where:
13        (a) on deposit with other states of the United States
14    of America, or political subdivision thereof; or
15        (b) on deposit with foreign countries where the
16    company is licensed to transact an insurance business; or
17        (c) where requisite for the normal transaction of the
18    company's business and approved by the Director.
19    (3) Any domestic company may maintain with a corporation,
20qualified to administer trusts in this State under the
21Corporate Fiduciary Act and that has an office in this State at
22which the account is maintained, for its securities, a limited
23agency, custodial or depository account, or other type of
24account for the safekeeping of those securities, collecting
25the income from those securities and providing supportive
26accounting services relating to such safekeeping and

 

 

SB3865- 235 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1collection, provided, the domestic company maintains full
2investment discretion over those securities. Such a
3corporation in safekeeping such securities shall have all the
4powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as it has for
5holding securities in its fiduciary accounts under the
6Securities in Fiduciary Accounts Act.
7    (4) Any director, officer, agent or employee of any
8company who destroys any such books, records or documents
9without the authority of the Director in violation of this
10section or who fails to keep the books, records, documents,
11accounts and vouchers required by this section shall be guilty
12of a business offense and shall be fined not more than
13$5000.00.
14(Source: P.A. 88-364; 89-437, eff. 12-15-95.)
 
15    (215 ILCS 5/136)  (from Ch. 73, par. 748)
16    Sec. 136. Annual statement.
17    (1) Every company authorized to do business in this State
18or accredited by this State shall submit to the Director by
19March 1st in each year its financial statement for the year
20ending December 31st immediately preceding in such manner and
21in such form as prescribed by the Director, which shall
22conform substantially to the form of statement adopted by the
23National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Unless the
24Director provides otherwise, the annual statement is to be
25prepared in accordance with the annual statement instructions

 

 

SB3865- 236 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual adopted by
2the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. The
3Director shall have power to make such modifications and
4additions in this form as he may deem desirable or necessary to
5ascertain the condition and affairs of the company. The
6Director shall have authority to extend the time for filing
7any statement by any company for reasons which he considers
8good and sufficient. In every statement the admitted assets
9shall be shown at the actual values as of the last day of the
10preceding year, in accordance with Section 126.7. The
11statement shall be verified by oaths of the president and
12secretary of the company or, in their absence, by 2 other
13principal officers. In addition, any company may be required
14by the Director, when he considers that action to be necessary
15and appropriate for the protection of policyholders,
16creditors, shareholders, or claimants, to file, within 60 days
17after mailing to the company a notice that such is required, a
18supplemental summary statement as of the last day of any
19calendar month occurring during the 100 days next preceding
20the mailing of such notice designated by him on forms
21prescribed and furnished by the Director. The Director may
22require supplemental summary statements to be certified by an
23independent actuary deemed competent by the Director or by an
24independent certified public accountant.
25    (2) The statement of a non-domestic an alien company shall
26embrace only its condition and transactions in the United

 

 

SB3865- 237 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1States and shall be verified by the oaths of its resident
2manager or principal representative in the United States,
3except that in the case of any life company organized under the
4laws of Canada or any province thereof, the statement may be
5verified by the oaths of any of its principal officers
6designated for that purpose by its board of directors.
7    (3) For the information of the public generally the
8Director shall cause an abstract of the information contained
9in the annual statement to be made available to the public as
10soon as practicable after filing with the Department, by
11printing those abstracts in pamphlet tabular form for free
12general distribution by the Department, or by such other
13publication in the city of Springfield or in the city of
14Chicago as may be reasonably necessary more fully to inform
15the public of the financial condition of companies transacting
16business in this State.
17    (4) Each domestic, foreign, and non-domestic alien insurer
18authorized to do business in this State or accredited by this
19State shall participate in the National Association of
20Insurance Commissioners' Insurance Regulatory Information
21System, including the payment of all fees and charges of the
22system. Each company shall, on or before March 1 of each year,
23file with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
24a copy of its annual financial statement along with any
25additional filings prescribed by the Director for the
26preceding year. The statement filed with the National

 

 

SB3865- 238 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Association of Insurance Commissioners shall be in the same
2format and scope as that required by this Code and shall
3include a signed jurat page and actuarial certification. Any
4amendments and addendums to the annual statement shall also be
5filed with the National Association of Insurance
6Commissioners. Each company shall also file with the National
7Association of Insurance Commissioners annual and quarterly
8financial statement information in computer readable format as
9required by the Insurance Regulatory Information System.
10Failure of a company to file financial statement information
11in computer readable format shall subject the company to the
12provisions of Section 139.
13    (5) All financial analysis ratios and examination synopsis
14concerning insurance companies that are submitted to the
15Director by the National Association of Insurance
16Commissioners' Insurance Regulatory Information System are
17confidential and may not be disclosed by the Director.
18    (6) Every property and casualty insurance company doing
19business in this State, unless otherwise exempted by the
20Director, shall annually submit the opinion of an appointed
21actuary entitled "Statement of Actuarial Opinion". This
22opinion shall be filed in accordance with the appropriate
23National Association of Insurance Commissioners Property and
24Casualty Annual Statement Instructions.
25        (a) Every property and casualty insurance company
26    domiciled in this State that is required to submit a

 

 

SB3865- 239 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Statement of Actuarial Opinion shall annually submit an
2    Actuarial Opinion Summary, written by the company's
3    appointed actuary. This Actuarial Opinion Summary shall be
4    filed in accordance with the appropriate National
5    Association of Insurance Commissioners Property and
6    Casualty Annual Statement Instructions and shall be
7    considered as a document supporting the Actuarial Opinion
8    required in this subsection (6). Each foreign and
9    non-domestic alien property and casualty company
10    authorized to do business in this State shall provide the
11    Actuarial Opinion Summary upon request.
12        (b) An Actuarial Report and underlying workpapers as
13    required by the appropriate National Association of
14    Insurance Commissioners Property and Casualty Annual
15    Statement Instructions shall be prepared to support each
16    Actuarial Opinion. If the insurance company fails to
17    provide a supporting Actuarial Report or workpapers at the
18    request of the Director or the Director determines that
19    the supporting Actuarial Report or workpapers provided by
20    the insurance company is otherwise unacceptable to the
21    Director, the Director may engage a qualified actuary at
22    the expense of the company to review the opinion and the
23    basis for the opinion and prepare the supporting Actuarial
24    Report or workpapers.
25        (c) The appointed actuary shall not be liable for
26    damages to any person (other than the insurance company

 

 

SB3865- 240 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    and the Director) for any act, error, omission, decision,
2    or conduct with respect to the actuary's opinion, except
3    in cases of fraud or willful misconduct on the part of the
4    appointed actuary.
5        (d) The Statement of Actuarial Opinion shall be
6    provided with the Annual Statement in accordance with the
7    appropriate National Association of Insurance
8    Commissioners Property and Casualty Annual Statement
9    Instructions and shall be treated as a public document.
10    Documents, materials, or other information in the
11    possession or control of the Director that are considered
12    an Actuarial Report, workpapers, or Actuarial Opinion
13    Summary provided in support of the opinion, and any other
14    material provided by the company to the Director in
15    connection with the Actuarial Report, workpapers or
16    Actuarial Opinion Summary, must be given confidential
17    treatment, are not subject to subpoena, and may not be
18    made public by the Director or any other persons. This
19    paragraph (d) shall not be construed to limit the
20    Director's authority to release the documents to the
21    Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline (ABCD), so
22    long as the material is required for the purpose of
23    professional disciplinary proceedings and that the ABCD
24    establishes procedures satisfactory to the Director for
25    preserving the confidentiality of the documents, nor shall
26    this paragraph (d) be construed to limit the Director's

 

 

SB3865- 241 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    authority to use the documents, materials or other
2    information in furtherance of any regulatory or legal
3    action brought as part of the Director's official duties.
4    Neither the Director nor any person who received
5    documents, materials, or other information while acting
6    under the authority of the Director shall be permitted or
7    required to testify in any private civil action concerning
8    any confidential documents, materials, or information
9    subject to this subsection (6). Except where another
10    provision of this Code expressly prohibits a disclosure of
11    confidential information to the specific officials or
12    organizations described in this subsection, the Director
13    may:
14            (i) share documents, materials, or other
15        information, including the confidential and privileged
16        documents, materials or information subject to this
17        paragraph (d) with the insurance department of any
18        other state or country or with law enforcement
19        officials of this or any other state or agency of the
20        federal government at any time, as long as the agency
21        or office receiving the document, material, or other
22        information agrees in writing to hold it confidential
23        and in a manner consistent with this Code;
24            (ii) receive documents, materials, or information,
25        including otherwise confidential and privileged
26        documents, materials, or information, from the

 

 

SB3865- 242 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        National Association of Insurance Commissioners and
2        its affiliates and subsidiaries, and from regulatory
3        and law enforcement officials of other foreign or
4        domestic jurisdictions, and shall maintain as
5        confidential or privileged any document, material, or
6        information received with notice or the understanding
7        that it is confidential or privileged under the laws
8        of the jurisdiction that is the source of the
9        document, material, or information; and
10            (iii) enter into agreements governing sharing and
11        use of information consistent with paragraph (d).
12        (e) No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of
13    confidentiality in the documents, materials or information
14    shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Director
15    under this Section or as a result of sharing as authorized
16    in subparagraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of paragraph (d) of
17    subsection (6) of this Section. All 2008 Annual
18    Statements, which are filed in 2009, and all subsequent
19    Annual Statement filings shall be done in accordance with
20    subsection (6) of this Section.
21(Source: P.A. 96-145, eff. 8-7-09; 97-486, eff. 1-1-12.)
 
22    (215 ILCS 5/141a)  (from Ch. 73, par. 753a)
23    Sec. 141a. Managing general agents and retrospective
24compensation agreements.
25    (a) As used in this Section, the following terms have the

 

 

SB3865- 243 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1following meanings:
2    "Actuary" means a person who is a member in good standing
3of the American Academy of Actuaries.
4    "Gross direct written premium" means direct premium
5including policy and membership fees, net of returns and
6cancellations, and prior to any cessions.
7    "Insurer" means any person duly licensed in this State as
8an insurance company pursuant to Articles II, III, III 1/2,
9IV, V, VI, and XVII of this Code.
10    "Managing general agent" means any person, firm,
11association, or corporation, either separately or together
12with affiliates, that:
13        (1) manages all or part of the insurance business of
14    an insurer (including the management of a separate
15    division, department, or underwriting office), and
16        (2) acts as an agent for the insurer whether known as a
17    managing general agent, manager, or other similar term,
18    and
19        (3) with or without the authority produces, directly
20    or indirectly, and underwrites:
21            (A) within any one calendar quarter, an amount of
22        gross direct written premium equal to or more than 5%
23        of the policyholders' surplus as reported in the
24        insurer's last annual statement, or
25            (B) within any one calendar year, an amount of
26        gross direct written premium equal to or more than 8%

 

 

SB3865- 244 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        of the policyholders' surplus as reported in the
2        insurer's last annual statement, and either
3        (4) has the authority to bind the company in
4    settlement of individual claims in amounts in excess of
5    $500, or
6        (5) has the authority to negotiate reinsurance on
7    behalf of the insurer.
8    Notwithstanding the provisions of items (1) through (5),
9the following persons shall not be considered to be managing
10general agents for the purposes of this Code:
11        (1) An employee of the insurer;
12        (2) A U.S. manager of the United States branch of a
13    non-domestic an alien insurer;
14        (3) An underwriting manager who, pursuant to a
15    contract meeting the standards of Section 141.1 manages
16    all or part of the insurance operations of the insurer, is
17    affiliated with the insurer, subject to Article VIII 1/2,
18    and whose compensation is not based on the volume of
19    premiums written;
20        (4) The attorney or the attorney in fact authorized
21    and acting for or on behalf of the subscriber
22    policyholders of a reciprocal or inter-insurance exchange,
23    under the terms of the subscription agreement, power of
24    attorney, or policy of insurance or the attorney in fact
25    for any Lloyds organization licensed in this State.
26    "Retrospective compensation agreement" means any

 

 

SB3865- 245 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1arrangement, agreement, or contract having as its purpose the
2actual or constructive retention by the insurer of a fixed
3proportion of the gross premiums, with the balance of the
4premiums, retained actually or constructively by the agent or
5the producer of the business, who assumes to pay therefrom all
6losses, all subordinate commission, loss adjustment expenses,
7and his profit, if any, with other provisions of the
8arrangement, agreement, or contract being auxiliary or
9incidental to that purpose.
10    "Underwrite" means to accept or reject risk on behalf of
11the insurer.
12    (b) Licensure of managing general agents.
13        (1) No person, firm, association, or corporation shall
14    act in the capacity of a managing general agent with
15    respect to risks located in this State for an insurer
16    licensed in this State unless the person is a licensed
17    producer or a registered firm in this State under Article
18    XXXI of this Code or a licensed third party administrator
19    in this State under Article XXXI 1/4 of this Code.
20        (2) No person, firm, association, or corporation shall
21    act in the capacity of a managing general agent with
22    respect to risks located outside this State for an insurer
23    domiciled in this State unless the person is a licensed
24    producer or a registered firm in this State under Article
25    XXXI of this Code or a licensed third party administrator
26    in this State under Article XXXI 1/4 of this Code.

 

 

SB3865- 246 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (3) The managing general agent must provide a surety
2    bond for the benefit of the insurer in an amount equal to
3    the greater of $100,000 or 5% of the gross direct written
4    premium underwritten by the managing general agent on
5    behalf of the insurer. The bond shall provide for a
6    discovery period and prior notification of cancellation in
7    accordance with the rules of the Department unless
8    otherwise approved in writing by the Director.
9        (4) The managing general agent must maintain an errors
10    and omissions policy for the benefit of the insurer with
11    coverage in an amount equal to the greater of $1,000,000
12    or 5% of the gross direct written premium underwritten by
13    the managing general agent on behalf of the insurer.
14        (5) Evidence of the existence of the bond and the
15    errors and omissions policy must be made available to the
16    Director upon his request.
17    (c) No person, firm, association, or corporation acting in
18the capacity of a managing general agent shall place business
19with an insurer unless there is in force a written contract
20between the parties that sets forth the responsibilities of
21each party, that, if both parties share responsibility for a
22particular function, specifies the division of responsibility,
23and that contains the following minimum provisions:
24        (1) The insurer may terminate the contract for cause
25    upon written notice to the managing general agent. The
26    insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the

 

 

SB3865- 247 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    managing general agent during the pendency of any dispute
2    regarding the cause for termination.
3        (2) The managing general agent shall render accounts
4    to the insurer detailing all transactions and remit all
5    funds due under the contract to the insurer on not less
6    than a monthly basis.
7        (3) All funds collected for the account of an insurer
8    shall be held by the managing general agent in a fiduciary
9    capacity in a bank that is a federally or State chartered
10    bank and that is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance
11    Corporation. This account shall be used for all payments
12    on behalf of the insurer; however, the managing general
13    agent shall not have authority to draw on any other
14    accounts of the insurer. The managing general agent may
15    retain no more than 3 months estimated claims payments and
16    allocated loss adjustment expenses.
17        (4) Separate records of business written by the
18    managing general agent will be maintained. The insurer
19    shall have access to and the right to copy all accounts and
20    records related to its business in a form usable by the
21    insurer, and the Director shall have access to all books,
22    bank accounts, and records of the managing general agent
23    in a form usable to the Director.
24        (5) The contract may not be assigned in whole or part
25    by the managing general agent.
26        (6) The managing general agent shall provide to the

 

 

SB3865- 248 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    company audited financial statements required under
2    paragraph (1) of subsection (d).
3        (7) That appropriate underwriting guidelines be
4    followed, which guidelines shall stipulate the following:
5            (A) the maximum annual premium volume;
6            (B) the basis of the rates to be charged;
7            (C) the types of risks that may be written;
8            (D) maximum limits of liability;
9            (E) applicable exclusions;
10            (F) territorial limitations;
11            (G) policy cancellation provisions; and
12            (H) the maximum policy period.
13        (8) The insurer shall have the right to: (i) cancel or
14    nonrenew any policy of insurance subject to applicable
15    laws and regulations concerning those actions; and (ii)
16    require cancellation of any subproducer's contract after
17    appropriate notice.
18        (9) If the contract permits the managing general agent
19    to settle claims on behalf of the insurer:
20            (A) all claims must be reported to the company in a
21        timely manner.
22            (B) a copy of the claim file must be sent to the
23        insurer at its request or as soon as it becomes known
24        that the claim:
25                (i) has the potential to exceed an amount
26            determined by the company;

 

 

SB3865- 249 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                (ii) involves a coverage dispute;
2                (iii) may exceed the managing general agent's
3            claims settlement authority;
4                (iv) is open for more than 6 months; or
5                (v) is closed by payment of an amount set by
6            the company.
7            (C) all claim files will be the joint property of
8        the insurer and the managing general agent. However,
9        upon an order of liquidation of the insurer, the files
10        shall become the sole property of the insurer or its
11        estate; the managing general agent shall have
12        reasonable access to and the right to copy the files on
13        a timely basis.
14            (D) any settlement authority granted to the
15        managing general agent may be terminated for cause
16        upon the insurer's written notice to the managing
17        general agent or upon the termination of the contract.
18        The insurer may suspend the settlement authority
19        during the pendency of any dispute regarding the cause
20        for termination.
21        (10) Where electronic claims files are in existence,
22    the contract must address the timely transmission of the
23    data.
24        (11) If the contract provides for a sharing of interim
25    profits by the managing general agent and the managing
26    general agent has the authority to determine the amount of

 

 

SB3865- 250 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    the interim profits by establishing loss reserves,
2    controlling claim payments, or by any other manner,
3    interim profits will not be paid to the managing general
4    agent until one year after they are earned for property
5    insurance business and until 5 years after they are earned
6    on casualty business and in either case, not until the
7    profits have been verified.
8        (12) The managing general agent shall not:
9            (A) Bind reinsurance or retrocessions on behalf of
10        the insurer, except that the managing general agent
11        may bind facultative reinsurance contracts under
12        obligatory facultative agreements if the contract with
13        the insurer contains reinsurance underwriting
14        guidelines including, for both reinsurance assumed and
15        ceded, a list of reinsurers with which automatic
16        agreements are in effect, the coverages and amounts or
17        percentages that may be reinsured, and commission
18        schedules.
19            (B) Appoint any producer without assuring that the
20        producer is lawfully licensed to transact the type of
21        insurance for which he is appointed.
22            (C) Without prior approval of the insurer, pay or
23        commit the insurer to pay a claim over a specified
24        amount, net of reinsurance, that shall not exceed 1%
25        of the insurer's policyholders' surplus as of December
26        31 of the last completed calendar year.

 

 

SB3865- 251 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (D) Collect any payment from a reinsurer or commit
2        the insurer to any claim settlement with a reinsurer
3        without prior approval of the insurer. If prior
4        approval is given, a report must be promptly forwarded
5        to the insurer.
6            (E) Permit its subproducer to serve on its board
7        of directors.
8            (F) Employ an individual who is also employed by
9        the insurer.
10        (13) The contract may not be written for a term of
11    greater than 5 years.
12    (d) Insurers shall have the following duties:
13        (1) The insurer shall have on file the managing
14    general agent's audited financial statements as of the end
15    of the most recent fiscal year prepared in accordance with
16    Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The insurer
17    shall notify the Director if the auditor's opinion on
18    those statements is other than an unqualified opinion.
19    That notice shall be given to the Director within 10 days
20    of receiving the audited financial statements or becoming
21    aware that such opinion has been given.
22        (2) If a managing general agent establishes loss
23    reserves, the insurer shall annually obtain the opinion of
24    an actuary attesting to the adequacy of loss reserves
25    established for losses incurred and outstanding on
26    business produced by the managing general agent, in

 

 

SB3865- 252 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    addition to any other required loss reserve certification.
2        (3) The insurer shall periodically (at least
3    semiannually) conduct an on-site review of the
4    underwriting and claims processing operations of the
5    managing general agent.
6        (4) Binding authority for all reinsurance contracts or
7    participation in insurance or reinsurance syndicates shall
8    rest with an officer of the insurer, who shall not be
9    affiliated with the managing general agent.
10        (5) Within 30 days of entering into or terminating a
11    contract with a managing general agent, the insurer shall
12    provide written notification of the appointment or
13    termination to the Director. Notices of appointment of a
14    managing general agent shall include a statement of duties
15    that the applicant is expected to perform on behalf of the
16    insurer, the lines of insurance for which the applicant is
17    to be authorized to act, and any other information the
18    Director may request.
19        (6) An insurer shall review its books and records each
20    quarter to determine if any producer has become a managing
21    general agent. If the insurer determines that a producer
22    has become a managing general agent, the insurer shall
23    promptly notify the producer and the Director of that
24    determination, and the insurer and producer must fully
25    comply with the provisions of this Section within 30 days
26    of the notification.

 

 

SB3865- 253 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (7) The insurer shall file any managing general agent
2    contract for the Director's approval within 45 days after
3    the contract becomes subject to this Section. Failure of
4    the Director to disapprove the contract within 45 days
5    shall constitute approval thereof. Upon expiration of the
6    contract, the insurer shall submit the replacement
7    contract for approval. Contracts filed under this Section
8    shall be exempt from filing under Sections 141, 141.1 and
9    131.20a.
10        (8) An insurer shall not appoint to its board of
11    directors an officer, director, employee, or controlling
12    shareholder of its managing general agents. This provision
13    shall not apply to relationships governed by Article VIII
14    1/2 of this Code.
15    (e) The acts of a managing general agent are considered to
16be the acts of the insurer on whose behalf it is acting. A
17managing general agent may be examined in the same manner as an
18insurer.
19    (f) Retrospective compensation agreements for business
20written under Section 4 of this Code in Illinois and outside of
21Illinois by an insurer domiciled in this State must be filed
22for approval. The standards for approval shall be as set forth
23under Section 141 of this Code.
24    (g) Unless specifically required by the Director, the
25provisions of this Section shall not apply to arrangements
26between a managing general agent not underwriting any risks

 

 

SB3865- 254 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1located in Illinois and a foreign insurer domiciled in an NAIC
2accredited state that has adopted legislation substantially
3similar to the NAIC Managing General Agents Model Act. "NAIC
4accredited state" means a state or territory of the United
5States having an insurance regulatory agency that maintains an
6accredited status granted by the National Association of
7Insurance Commissioners.
8    (h) If the Director determines that a managing general
9agent has not materially complied with this Section or any
10regulation or order promulgated hereunder, after notice and
11opportunity to be heard, the Director may order a penalty in an
12amount not exceeding $100,000 for each separate violation and
13may order the revocation or suspension of the producer's
14license. If it is found that because of the material
15noncompliance the insurer has suffered any loss or damage, the
16Director may maintain a civil action brought by or on behalf of
17the insurer and its policyholders and creditors for recovery
18of compensatory damages for the benefit of the insurer and its
19policyholders and creditors or other appropriate relief. This
20subsection (h) shall not be construed to prevent any other
21person from taking civil action against a managing general
22agent.
23    (i) If an Order of Rehabilitation or Liquidation is
24entered under Article XIII and the receiver appointed under
25that Order determines that the managing general agent or any
26other person has not materially complied with this Section or

 

 

SB3865- 255 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1any regulation or Order promulgated hereunder and the insurer
2suffered any loss or damage therefrom, the receiver may
3maintain a civil action for recovery of damages or other
4appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the insurer.
5    Any decision, determination, or order of the Director
6under this subsection shall be subject to judicial review
7under the Administrative Review Law.
8    Nothing contained in this subsection shall affect the
9right of the Director to impose any other penalties provided
10for in this Code.
11    Nothing contained in this subsection is intended to or
12shall in any manner limit or restrict the rights of
13policyholders, claimants, and auditors.
14    (j) A domestic company shall not during any calendar year
15write, through a managing general agent or managing general
16agents, premiums in an amount equal to or greater than its
17capital and surplus as of the preceding December 31st unless
18the domestic company requests in writing the Director's
19permission to do so and the Director has either approved the
20request or has not disapproved the request within 45 days
21after the Director received the request.
22    No domestic company with less than $5,000,000 of capital
23and surplus may write any business through a managing general
24agent unless the domestic company requests in writing the
25Director's permission to do so and the Director has either
26approved the request or has not disapproved the request within

 

 

SB3865- 256 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

145 days after the Director received the request.
2(Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 7-1-03.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/144)  (from Ch. 73, par. 756)
4    Sec. 144. Limitation of risk.
5    (1) No company authorized to transact any of the kind of
6business enumerated in Classes 2 and 3 of Section 4 in this
7State may expose itself to any loss on any one risk or hazard
8to an amount exceeding 10% of its admitted assets in excess of
9its liabilities excluding, in the case of a stock company, its
10capital stock liability. No portion of any such risk or hazard
11which has been reinsured in a domestic or an approved foreign
12or non-domestic alien company, in accordance with this Code,
13shall be included in determining the limitation of risk
14prescribed herein.
15    (2) Any company transacting the kind of business
16enumerated in clause (g) of Class 2 of Section 4 may expose
17itself to a risk or hazard in excess of the amount prescribed
18in subsection (1) if it is protected in excess of that amount
19by the following:
20        (a) The co-suretyship of such a company similarly
21    authorized; or
22        (b) By deposit with it in pledge or conveyance to it in
23    trust for its protection of property; or
24        (c) By conveyance or mortgage for its protection; or
25        (d) In case a suretyship obligation was made on behalf

 

 

SB3865- 257 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    or on account of a fiduciary holding property in a trust
2    capacity, by deposit or other disposition of a portion of
3    the property so held in trust that no future sale,
4    mortgage, pledge or other disposition can be made thereof
5    without the consent of such company except by a judgment
6    or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
7    (3) A company designated in subsection (2) may also
8execute transportation or warehouse bonds for United States
9Internal Revenue taxes to an amount equal to 50% of its capital
10and surplus. When the penalty of the suretyship obligation
11exceeds the amount of a judgment described therein as appealed
12from and thereby secured, or exceeds the amount of the subject
13matter in controversy or of the estate in the custody of the
14fiduciary for the performance of whose duties it is
15conditioned, the bond may be executed if the actual amount of
16the judgment or the subject matter in controversy or estate
17not subject to supervision or control of the surety is not in
18excess of such limitation. When the penalty of the suretyship
19obligation executed for the performance of a contract exceeds
20the contract price, the latter shall be taken as the basis for
21estimating the limit of risk within the meaning of this
22Section.
23    (4) Whenever the ratio of the annual premium volume in
24proportion to the policyholder surplus of any company
25transacting the kinds of business authorized in Class 2 and
26Class 3 of Section 4 when reviewed in conjunction with the

 

 

SB3865- 258 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1kinds and nature of risks insured, the financial condition of
2the company and its ownership including but not limited to the
3liquidity of assets, relationship of surplus to liabilities
4and adequacy of outstanding loss reserves, creates a condition
5such that the further assumption of risks might be hazardous
6to policyholders, creditors or the general public, then the
7Director may order such company to take one or more of the
8following steps:
9        (a) to reduce the loss exposure by reinsurance;
10        (b) to reduce the volume of new business being
11    accepted;
12        (c) to suspend the writing of new business for a
13    period not to exceed 3 months;
14        (d) to increase and maintain the company's surplus by
15    a contribution to surplus which will raise the surplus for
16    such a period of time and by such an amount as the Director
17    may deem necessary and essential; or
18        (e) to reduce general or acquisition expenses by
19    specified methods.
20        (f) (Blank).
21    (5) The provisions of this Section do not apply to
22domestic, foreign, and non-domestic alien Lloyds.
23    The company may, within 10 days after receipt of an Order
24of the Director under this Section, request that the Director
25hold a hearing to determine whether the Order of the Director
26should be modified in any way. A request for a hearing by a

 

 

SB3865- 259 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1company under this Section stays any Order of the Director
2entered under this Section until such time as the Director has
3entered an Order pursuant to the hearing.
4(Source: P.A. 89-97, eff. 7-7-95; 90-794, eff. 8-14-98.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/144.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 756.1)
6    Sec. 144.1. Insurance Sales by Insolvent or Impaired
7Companies Prohibited.) (1) Unless allowed by the Director, no
8foreign or non-domestic alien company officer, director,
9trustee, agent, or employee of such company may renew, issue
10or deliver or cause to be renewed, issued or delivered, any
11policy, contract or certificate of insurance in this State,
12nor may any domestic company, officer, director, trustee,
13agent or employee of such company renew, issue or deliver or
14cause to be renewed, issued or delivered, any policy, contract
15or certificate of insurance, for which a premium is charged or
16collected, when the company writing such insurance is
17insolvent or impaired and the fact of such insolvency or
18impairment is known to the company officer, director, trustee,
19agent or employee of such company. A company is impaired when
20its assets are less than its capital, minimum required surplus
21and all liabilities.
22    However, the existence of an impairment does not prevent
23the issuance or renewal of a policy when an insured or owner
24exercises an option granted to him under an existing policy to
25obtain new, renewed or converted insurance coverage.

 

 

SB3865- 260 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (2) Any company officer, director, trustee, agent, or
2employee of such company violating this Section shall be
3guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
4(Source: P.A. 82-498.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/146)  (from Ch. 73, par. 758)
6    Sec. 146. Withdrawal of deposits.
7    (1) The Director shall at any time upon request release to
8a company any portion of its deposit which is not required as a
9compliance with the conditions of this Code.
10    (2) When all of the business of a company has been
11reinsured in accordance with this Code and the assets thereof
12by contract assigned to another company, the Director may
13deliver to the reinsured company or to its assigns under the
14contract of reinsurance after one year from the effective date
15of such reinsurance contract, all the securities deposited by
16the reinsured company upon compliance with the following
17conditions:
18    (a) The reinsuring company under the reinsurance contract
19has assumed all liabilities of every kind due and to become due
20which the deposit of the reinsured company was made to secure
21or adequate provision has been made therefor;
22    (b) The said reinsuring company shall have and maintain a
23deposit in this State or with the department or official
24charged with the duty of supervising the business of insurance
25in the state where it is incorporated or, if a non-domestic an

 

 

SB3865- 261 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1alien company, where it is entered, in securities authorized
2by this Code as lawful investments of the company and in an
3amount and value not less than the deposit formerly required
4of the reinsured company by this Code; and
5    (c) The deposit of the said reinsuring company shall be
6such that it will subsist for the security of all the
7obligations of the reinsuring company.
8(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/148)  (from Ch. 73, par. 760)
10    Sec. 148. Contents of advertisements as to financial
11condition.
12    (1) No company authorized to do business in this State
13shall cause to be inserted in any newspaper, periodical,
14magazine or other publication, any advertisement purporting to
15set forth in figures its financial standing unless the figures
16exhibited in such advertisement correspond to the figures
17contained in the next preceding verified statement made to the
18Director and unless there is set forth either
19    (a) the total amount of the capital actually paid in, the
20total value of the admitted assets owned, the total amount of
21the liabilities, including therein the reserves required by
22law and the amount of the net surplus of assets over
23liabilities actually available for the payment of losses and
24claims and held for the protection of policyholders; or
25    (b) the capital paid in or the surplus, separately or

 

 

SB3865- 262 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1combined.
2    (2) No non-domestic alien company authorized to do
3business in this State shall cause to be inserted in any
4newspaper, periodical or magazine any advertisement purporting
5to set forth in figures its financial standing, unless the
6figures exhibited in such advertisement correspond to the
7figures contained in the next preceding verified statement
8made to the Director by the United States Branch of such
9company and unless there is set forth the total amount of the
10capital and assets held by its United States Branch, the total
11amount of its liabilities, including therein the reserves
12required by law and the total amount of the net surplus of
13assets over all liabilities actually available for the payment
14of losses and claims and held for the protection of its
15policyholders in the United States; provided that any life
16company organized under the laws of the Dominion of Canada or
17any province thereof may use in its advertising a statement of
18its total business and condition in all countries if such
19statement is accompanied by a statement showing the amount of
20its total assets and total liabilities in the United States,
21corresponding to the figures contained in the next preceding
22statement of such company filed with the Director.
23    (3) Any company violating any provision of this section,
24and any officer or director thereof knowingly participating in
25or abetting such violation, shall be guilty of a business
26offense and shall be required to pay a penalty of not less than

 

 

SB3865- 263 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1five hundred dollars nor more than one thousand dollars, to be
2recovered in the name of the People of the State of Illinois by
3the State's Attorney of the county in which the violation
4occurs and the penalty so recovered shall be paid into the
5county treasury.
6(Source: P.A. 77-2699.)
 
7    (215 ILCS 5/154.5)  (from Ch. 73, par. 766.5)
8    Sec. 154.5. Improper Claims Practices) It is an improper
9claims practice for any domestic, foreign or non-domestic
10alien company transacting business in this State to commit any
11of the acts contained in Section 154.6 if:
12    (a) it is committed knowingly in violation of this Act or
13any rules promulgated hereunder; or
14    (b) It has been committed with such frequency to indicate
15a persistent tendency to engage in that type of conduct.
16(Source: P.A. 80-926.)
 
17    (215 ILCS 5/156)  (from Ch. 73, par. 768)
18    Sec. 156. Merger and consolidation permitted.
19    (a) Upon complying with the provisions of this article,
20any domestic company, except a Lloyds, is hereby authorized
21and empowered to merge or consolidate with any domestic
22company or with any foreign or non-domestic alien company,
23except a Lloyds if the surviving company meets the
24requirements for authorization to engage in the insurance

 

 

SB3865- 264 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1business in this state and, if such merger or consolidation is
2authorized by the laws of the state or country under which such
3foreign or non-domestic alien company is incorporated or
4organized.
5    (b) The Director may permit the formation of a domestic
6stock company that is established for the sole purpose of
7merging or consolidating with an existing stock company
8simultaneously with the effectiveness of a division authorized
9by this Code. Upon request of the dividing company, the
10Director may waive the requirements of Section 131.8 of this
11Code. Each domestic stock company formed under this subsection
12shall be deemed to exist before a merger and division under
13this Section becomes effective, but solely for the purpose of
14being a party to such merger and division. The Director shall
15not require that such domestic stock company be licensed to
16transact insurance business in this state before such merger
17and division. All insurance policies, annuities, or
18reinsurance agreements allocated to such domestic stock
19company shall become the obligation of the domestic stock
20company that survives the merger simultaneously with the
21effectiveness of the merger and division. The plan of merger
22or consolidation shall be deemed to have been authorized and
23approved by such domestic stock company if the dividing
24company authorized and approved such plan. The certificate of
25merger shall state that it was approved by the domestic stock
26company formed under this subsection.

 

 

SB3865- 265 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 100-1118, eff. 11-27-18.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/156.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 768.1)
3    Sec. 156.1. Acquisition by exchange of stock permitted.
4Any domestic stock insurance company may adopt a plan of
5exchange of the outstanding stock of its stockholders for the
6consideration herein designated to be paid or provided by a
7corporation which acquires such stock, in the manner provided
8in this Article.
9    The plan of exchange may provide that the acquiring
10corporation, as consideration for the stock of the domestic
11corporation, (1) transfer shares of its stock, or (2) transfer
12other securities issued by it, or (3) pay cash therefor, or (4)
13pay or provide other consideration, or (5) pay or provide any
14combination of the foregoing types of consideration.
15    "Acquiring corporation", as used in this Article, means
16any stock insurance corporation incorporated under this Code
17or under prior laws of this State relating to the
18incorporation of domestic insurance corporations; any stock
19corporation incorporated under the "Business Corporation Act
20of 1983" or under prior laws of this State authorizing the
21establishment of business corporations; and any foreign or
22non-domestic alien stock corporation qualified to do business
23in Illinois and registered by the corporation department; and
24any foreign or non-domestic alien stock insurance company
25authorized to do business in Illinois.

 

 

SB3865- 266 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(Source: P.A. 83-1362.)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/157)  (from Ch. 73, par. 769)
3    Sec. 157. Powers of company not enlarged.
4    Nothing in this article contained shall be construed to
5authorize any company to engage in any kind of insurance
6business not authorized by its articles of incorporation nor
7to authorize any foreign or non-domestic alien company to
8engage in any kind of insurance business in this State not
9covered by its certificate of authority to do business in this
10State.
11(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
12    (215 ILCS 5/161)  (from Ch. 73, par. 773)
13    Sec. 161. Approval and execution of agreement or plan of
14exchange by foreign or non-domestic alien company.
15    In the event that a foreign or non-domestic alien company
16is a party to the agreement of merger or consolidation or plan
17of exchange, the agreement or plan shall be executed by the
18proper officers of such foreign or non-domestic alien company
19when they are duly authorized thereto by such action on the
20part of the directors, shareholders, members, or policyholders
21of such foreign or non-domestic alien company as may be
22required by the laws of the domiciliary state or country of
23such foreign or non-domestic alien company.
24(Source: Laws 1967, p. 2406.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 267 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/162)  (from Ch. 73, par. 774)
2    Sec. 162. Certificate of Merger or Consolidation or Plan
3of Exchange and Certificate of Approval.
4    (1) Upon the execution of an agreement of merger or
5consolidation or plan of exchange, there shall be delivered to
6the Director:
7        (a) two duplicate originals of the agreement or plan;
8        (b) affidavits of officers of each of the companies
9    setting forth the facts necessary to show that all
10    requirements of law with respect to notices to persons
11    entitled to vote have been complied with;
12        (c) certificates of the secretaries or assistant
13    secretaries or corresponding officers of each of the
14    companies, in case of a merger or consolidation, or of the
15    company to be acquired in case of a plan of exchange,
16    certifying to the number of shares, if any, outstanding,
17    the number of shares voted for and against such agreement
18    or plan, and further in the case of a merger or
19    consolidation (1) the number of policyholders represented
20    at the meeting at which the agreement was considered, and
21    (2) the number of votes cast by policyholders for and
22    against such agreement or (3) in the case of a fraternal
23    benefit society, the number of delegates of the supreme
24    legislative or governing body, and the number of votes
25    cast by the delegates for and against the agreement;

 

 

SB3865- 268 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (d) the certificates required by Section 171;
2        (e) if the surviving or new company is a domestic
3    company and any foreign or non-domestic alien company is a
4    party to the merger or consolidation and the laws of the
5    state or country under which such foreign or non-domestic
6    alien company is incorporated require approval of the
7    merger or consolidation by an official of such state or
8    country, a certificate of approval of such official; and
9        (f) in case of consolidation where the new company is
10    a foreign or non-domestic alien company, an instrument
11    appointing the Director and his or her successor or
12    successors in office, the attorney of such company for
13    service of process, containing the same provisions and
14    having the same effect as the instrument required of a
15    foreign or non-domestic alien company in order to be
16    admitted to transact business in this State.
17    In addition, the Director shall be provided, in
18substantially the same form, the information required under
19Article VIII 1/2 of this Code.
20    (2) In case the surviving or new company is a domestic
21company, if the Director finds that:
22        (a) the agreement of merger or consolidation is in
23    accordance with the provisions of this Article and not
24    inconsistent with the laws and the Constitutions of this
25    State and the United States;
26        (b) the surviving or new company has complied with all

 

 

SB3865- 269 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    applicable provisions of this Code;
2        (c) no reasonable objection exists to such merger or
3    consolidation; and
4        (d) the standards established under Article VIII 1/2
5    are satisfied;
6he or she shall approve the agreement. The provisions of any
7law with reference to age limits and medical examination shall
8be inoperative in so far as agreements of merger or
9consolidation are concerned. If the agreement of merger or
10consolidation be approved by the Director, he or she shall
11file the affidavits and certificates and one of the duplicate
12originals of the agreement in his or her office, endorse upon
13the other duplicate original his or her approval thereof, and
14deliver it, together with a certificate of merger or
15consolidation, as the case may be, to the surviving or new
16company. In the case of a consolidation, the Director shall
17also issue a certificate of authority to the new company.
18    (3) In case the surviving or new company is a foreign or
19non-domestic alien company, if the Director finds that:
20        (a) the agreement of merger or consolidation is in
21    accordance with the provisions of this Article and not
22    inconsistent with the laws and the Constitutions of this
23    State and the United States;
24        (b) the agreement of merger or consolidation provides
25    for the assumption by the new or surviving company of all
26    the liabilities and obligations of the companies parties

 

 

SB3865- 270 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    to the merger or consolidation and otherwise affords
2    proper protection for creditors and policyholders and that
3    such provisions are not inconsistent with the laws of the
4    state or country of incorporation of such new or surviving
5    company;
6        (c) the surviving or new company has complied with all
7    applicable provisions of this Code;
8        (d) no reasonable objection exists to such merger or
9    consolidation; and
10        (e) the standards established under Article VIII 1/2
11    are satisfied;
12he or she shall approve the agreement. If the agreement be
13approved by the Director, he or she shall file the affidavits
14and certificates and one of the duplicate originals of the
15agreement in his or her office, endorse upon the other
16duplicate original his or her approval thereof, and deliver
17it, together with a certificate of approval of the merger or
18consolidation, as the case may be, to the surviving or new
19company.
20    (4) In the case of a plan of exchange, if the Director
21finds that the parties to the exchange have established that:
22        (a) the plan, if effective, will not tend adversely to
23    affect the financial stability or management of any
24    domestic company which is a party thereto or the general
25    capacity or intention to continue the safe and prudent
26    transaction of the insurance business of such domestic

 

 

SB3865- 271 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    company or companies;
2        (b) the interests of the policyholders and
3    shareholders of each domestic insurance company which is a
4    party to the plan are protected;
5        (c) the competence, experience and integrity of those
6    persons who would control the operation of the domestic
7    company are such as to be in the best interests of the
8    policyholders of such company to permit such exchange;
9        (d) the terms and conditions of the plan are fair and
10    reasonable; and
11        (e) the standards established under Article VIII 1/2
12    are satisfied;
13he or she shall approve the plan of exchange. If the plan of
14exchange be approved by the Director, he or she shall file the
15affidavits and certificates and one of the duplicate originals
16of the plan of exchange in his or her office, endorse upon the
17other duplicate original his or her approval thereof, and
18deliver it, together with a certificate of approval of the
19plan of exchange to the domestic company.
20    (5) If the Director refuses to approve the agreement of
21merger or consolidation, or plan of exchange, notice of such
22refusal, assigning the reasons therefor, shall be given in
23writing by the Director to each of the companies party
24thereto, within 60 days from the date of the delivery of such
25agreements or plan to him or her, and he or she shall grant any
26of such companies a hearing upon request. The hearing shall be

 

 

SB3865- 272 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1held within 30 days of the Director's receipt of request for
2hearing. All persons to whom it is proposed to issue
3securities in such agreements or exchange shall have a right
4to appear. Within 30 days after the close of the hearing the
5Director shall approve or disapprove or place conditions
6precedent upon his or her approval of the merger or
7consolidation or plan by issuing a written order stating his
8or her determination and the reasons therefor.
9(Source: P.A. 90-381, eff. 8-14-97.)
 
10    (215 ILCS 5/163)  (from Ch. 73, par. 775)
11    Sec. 163. Date merger or consolidation or plan of exchange
12effected.
13    (1) If the surviving or new company is a domestic company,
14the merger or consolidation is effected upon the issuance of
15the certificate of merger or the certificate of consolidation,
16as the case may be.
17    (2) If the surviving or new company is a foreign or
18non-domestic alien company and the Director has issued a
19certificate of approval of the merger or consolidation, the
20date upon which the merger or consolidation is effected shall
21be determined by the laws of the state or country of
22incorporation or organization of the surviving or new company.
23However, the merger or consolidation shall in no event become
24effective in this State until a certificate of merger or
25consolidation, as the case may be, or other evidence that the

 

 

SB3865- 273 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1merger or consolidation is effected is issued by the proper
2official of the state or country of incorporation or
3organization of the surviving or new company and is filed with
4and approved by the Director.
5    (3) Notice of adoption of the plan and the approval
6thereof by the Director shall be delivered or mailed to each
7shareholder of record of the domestic insurance company to be
8acquired who was entitled to vote thereon and an affidavit of
9the secretary or assistant secretary of such company or of an
10officer of the company's transfer agent that such notice was
11given shall be filed with the Director. The plan shall become
12effective 10 days after receipt of the affidavit by the
13Director. A plan of exchange may be abandoned pursuant to any
14provisions for abandonment contained therein at any time,
15provided that notice of such abandonment shall be delivered or
16mailed to each such stockholder and filed with the Director
17prior to the termination of such 10 day period.
18(Source: Laws 1967, p. 2406.)
 
19    (215 ILCS 5/164)  (from Ch. 73, par. 776)
20    Sec. 164. Removal of property of domestic, merged or
21consolidated company from this State.
22    (1) If the surviving or new company shall be a foreign or
23non-domestic alien company, no property of the domestic merged
24or consolidated company shall be removed from this State by
25reason of such merger or consolidation, prior to, nor shall

 

 

SB3865- 274 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1title to such property vest in the surviving or new company
2until, the merger or consolidation shall become effective in
3this State as provided in section 163.
4    (2) Any director or officer of any domestic company
5removing or permitting the removal of any property of company
6from this State in violation of this section, shall be guilty
7of a Class A misdemeanor.
8(Source: P.A. 77-2699.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/166)  (from Ch. 73, par. 778)
10    Sec. 166. Effect of merger or consolidation.
11    (1) If the surviving or new company is a domestic company,
12when such merger or consolidation has been effected
13    (a) the several companies parties to the agreement of
14merger or consolidation shall be a single company, which, in
15the case of a merger, shall be that company designated in the
16agreement of merger as the surviving company, and in the case
17of a consolidation, shall be the new company provided for in
18the agreement of consolidation;
19    (b) the separate existence of all of the companies parties
20to the agreement of merger or consolidation, except the
21surviving company in the case of a merger, shall cease;
22    (c) such surviving or new company shall have all of the
23rights, privileges, immunities and powers and shall be subject
24to all of the duties and liabilities granted or imposed by this
25Code;

 

 

SB3865- 275 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (d) such surviving or new company shall thereupon and
2thereafter possess all the rights, privileges, immunities,
3powers and franchises of a public as well as of a private
4nature, of each of the companies so merged or consolidated;
5and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due
6on whatever account, including subscriptions to shares,
7assessments payable from members or policyholders, and all
8other choses in action and all and every other interest of, or
9belonging to or due to, each of the companies so merged or
10consolidated shall be deemed to be transferred to and vested
11in such surviving or new company without further act or deed;
12and the title to any real estate, or any interest therein,
13under the laws of this State vested in any of such companies
14shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of such
15merger or consolidation;
16    (e) such surviving or new company shall thenceforth be
17responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations
18of each of the companies so merged or consolidated; any claim
19existing or action or proceeding pending by or against any of
20such companies may be prosecuted to judgment as if such merger
21or consolidation had not taken place, or such surviving or new
22company may be substituted in its place; neither the rights of
23creditors nor any liens upon the property of any of such
24companies shall be impaired by such merger or consolidation,
25but such liens shall be limited to the property upon which they
26were liens immediately prior to the time of such merger or

 

 

SB3865- 276 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1consolidation, unless otherwise provided in the agreement of
2merger or consolidation; and
3    (f) in case of a merger, the articles of incorporation of
4the surviving company shall be supplanted and superseded to
5the extent, if any, that any provision or provisions of such
6articles shall be restated in the agreement of merger as
7provided in section 158, and such articles of incorporation,
8shall be deemed to be thereby and to that extent amended; in
9case of a consolidation, the statements set forth in the
10agreement of consolidation as provided in section 158 shall be
11deemed to be articles of incorporation of the new company
12formed by such consolidation.
13    (2) If the surviving or new company is a foreign or
14non-domestic alien company, when such merger or consolidation
15has become effective in this State
16    (a) the effect of the merger or consolidation shall be
17determined by the law of the state of incorporation or
18organization of such company;
19    (b) the separate existence of all domestic companies
20parties to the plan of merger or consolidation shall cease;
21    (c) all property, real, personal, and mixed, and all debts
22due on whatever account including subscriptions to shares,
23assessments payable from members or policyholders and all
24other choses in action and all and every other interest of or
25belonging to and due to each of the companies so merged or
26consolidated shall be taken and deemed to be transferred to

 

 

SB3865- 277 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and vested in such surviving or new company without further
2act or deed, and the title to any real estate, or any interest
3therein, shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason
4of such merger or consolidation.
5    (3) In the event of a merger or consolidation under this
6article, the surviving company or the consolidated company
7shall be considered as having the age of the oldest company
8which is a party to such merger or consolidation for the
9purpose of complying with requirements of the laws relating to
10age of company.
11(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
12    (215 ILCS 5/169)  (from Ch. 73, par. 781)
13    Sec. 169. Rights of dissenting shareholders and
14policyholders of foreign or non-domestic alien company.
15    The rights of any dissenting shareholder, member or
16policyholder of any foreign or non-domestic alien company
17party to a merger or consolidation, shall be those afforded to
18such shareholder, member, or policyholder by the laws of the
19domiciliary state or country of such foreign or non-domestic
20alien company.
21(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
22    (215 ILCS 5/170)  (from Ch. 73, par. 782)
23    Sec. 170. Transfer of deposits.
24    (1) If the surviving or new company shall be a foreign or

 

 

SB3865- 278 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1non-domestic alien company and the laws of the state or
2country under which such surviving or new company is
3incorporated or organized shall require the maintenance with
4any official of such State or country of a deposit of the legal
5reserve on any policies, then the Director is authorized to
6deliver to the proper custodian of such deposits of such state
7or country any deposits theretofore made with the Director
8pertaining to policies of any of the merged or consolidated
9companies. If the surviving or new company shall be a domestic
10company into which has been merged or consolidated a foreign
11or non-domestic alien company incorporated or organized in a
12state or country the laws of which require the maintenance
13with an official of a deposit of the legal reserve on any
14policies, then the Director is hereby authorized to receive
15from such official any deposit theretofore made with such
16official pertaining to the policies of any of the merged or
17consolidated companies.
18    (2) Any surviving or new company shall, within 60 days
19after the transfer of such deposit, notify the holder of every
20policy secured by such transferred deposit, that the transfer
21has been made. The president or vice-president and secretary
22or assistant secretary of such company, or the executive
23officers corresponding thereto, shall within 30 days
24thereafter, file with the Director an affidavit of the fact
25that due notice to policyholders, as provided for herein, has
26been given. If a surviving or new company shall be a foreign or

 

 

SB3865- 279 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1non-domestic alien company, the Director shall require from
2such company, before transferring any deposit to any official
3of the state or country under the laws of which such foreign or
4non-domestic alien company is incorporated or organized, a
5written agreement that notice of such transfer will be given
6to policyholders and that an affidavit with regard to such
7notice will be furnished to the Director as in this section
8provided.
9    (3) In the event any deposit is to be maintained in this
10State by reason of this section, the amount thereof from time
11to time for each such policy shall be at least equal to the
12amount which would be required in the state where such deposit
13was theretofore maintained under the provisions of the law of
14such state in effect on the date the merger or consolidation
15was effected. The deposits so maintained in this State shall
16consist of securities of the kinds authorized for investment
17by Article VIII of this Code.
18(Source: Laws 1959, p. 1431.)
 
19    (215 ILCS 5/173.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 785.1)
20    (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 102-578)
21    Sec. 173.1. Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
22    (1) Except as otherwise provided under Article VIII 1/2 of
23this Code and related provisions of the Illinois
24Administrative Code, credit for reinsurance shall be allowed a
25domestic ceding insurer as either an admitted asset or a

 

 

SB3865- 280 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1deduction from liability on account of reinsurance ceded only
2when the reinsurer meets the requirements of paragraph (A) or
3(B) or (B-5) or (C) or (C-5) or (D) of this subsection (1).
4Credit shall be allowed under paragraph (A), (B), or (B-5) of
5this subsection (1) only as respects cessions of those kinds
6or classes of business in which the assuming insurer is
7licensed or otherwise permitted to write or assume in its
8state of domicile, or in the case of a U.S. branch of a
9non-domestic an alien assuming insurer, in the state through
10which it is entered and licensed to transact insurance or
11reinsurance. Credit shall be allowed under paragraph (B-5) or
12(C) of this subsection (1) only if the applicable requirements
13of paragraph (E) of this subsection (1) have been satisfied.
14        (A) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
15    ceded to an assuming insurer that is authorized in this
16    State to transact the types of insurance ceded and has at
17    least $5,000,000 in capital and surplus.
18        (B) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
19    ceded to an assuming insurer that is accredited as a
20    reinsurer in this State. An accredited reinsurer is one
21    that:
22            (1) files with the Director evidence of its
23        submission to this State's jurisdiction;
24            (2) submits to this State's authority to examine
25        its books and records;
26            (3) is licensed to transact insurance or

 

 

SB3865- 281 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        reinsurance in at least one state, or in the case of a
2        U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien assuming
3        insurer is entered through and licensed to transact
4        insurance or reinsurance in at least one state;
5            (4) files annually with the Director a copy of its
6        annual statement filed with the insurance department
7        of its state of domicile and a copy of its most recent
8        audited financial statement; and
9            (5) maintains a surplus as regards policyholders
10        in an amount that is not less than $20,000,000 and
11        whose accreditation has been approved by the Director.
12        (B-5)(1) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance
13    is ceded to an assuming insurer that is domiciled in, or in
14    the case of a U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien
15    assuming insurer is entered through, a state that employs
16    standards regarding credit for reinsurance substantially
17    similar to those applicable under this Code and the
18    assuming insurer or U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien
19    assuming insurer:
20            (a) maintains a surplus as regards policyholders
21        in an amount not less than $20,000,000; and
22            (b) submits to the authority of this State to
23        examine its books and records.
24        (2) The requirement of item (a) of subparagraph (1) of
25    paragraph (B-5) of this subsection (1) does not apply to
26    reinsurance ceded and assumed pursuant to pooling

 

 

SB3865- 282 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    arrangements among insurers in the same holding company
2    system.
3         (C)(1) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance
4    is ceded to an assuming insurer that maintains a trust
5    fund in a qualified United States financial institution,
6    as defined in paragraph (B) of subsection (3) of this
7    Section, for the payment of the valid claims of its United
8    States policyholders and ceding insurers, their assigns
9    and successors in interest. The assuming insurer shall
10    report to the Director information substantially the same
11    as that required to be reported on the NAIC annual and
12    quarterly financial statement by authorized insurers and
13    any other financial information that the Director deems
14    necessary to determine the financial condition of the
15    assuming insurer and the sufficiency of the trust fund.
16    The assuming insurer shall provide or make the information
17    available to the ceding insurer. The assuming insurer may
18    decline to release trade secrets or commercially sensitive
19    information that would qualify as exempt from disclosure
20    under the Freedom of Information Act. The Director shall
21    also make the information publicly available, subject only
22    to such reasonable objections as might be raised to a
23    request pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, as
24    determined by the Director. The assuming insurer shall
25    submit to examination of its books and records by the
26    Director and bear the expense of examination.

 

 

SB3865- 283 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (2)(a) Credit for reinsurance shall not be granted
2    under this subsection unless the form of the trust and any
3    amendments to the trust have been approved by:
4            (i) the regulatory official of the state where the
5        trust is domiciled; or
6            (ii) the regulatory official of another state who,
7        pursuant to the terms of the trust instrument, has
8        accepted principal regulatory oversight of the trust.
9        (b) The form of the trust and any trust amendments
10    also shall be filed with the regulatory official of every
11    state in which the ceding insurer beneficiaries of the
12    trust are domiciled. The trust instrument shall provide
13    that contested claims shall be valid and enforceable upon
14    the final order of any court of competent jurisdiction in
15    the United States. The trust shall vest legal title to its
16    assets in its trustees for the benefit of the assuming
17    insurer's United States policyholders and ceding insurees
18    and their assigns and successors in interest. The trust
19    and the assuming insurer shall be subject to examination
20    as determined by the Director.
21        (c) The trust shall remain in effect for as long as the
22    assuming insurer has outstanding obligations due under the
23    reinsurance agreements subject to the trust. No later than
24    February 28 of each year the trustee of the trust shall
25    report to the Director in writing the balance of the trust
26    and a list of the trust's investments at the preceding

 

 

SB3865- 284 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    year-end and shall certify the date of termination of the
2    trust, if so planned, or certify that the trust will not
3    expire prior to the next following December 31.
4        No later than February 28 of each year, the assuming
5    insurer's chief executive officer or chief financial
6    officer shall certify to the Director that the trust fund
7    contains funds in an amount not less than the assuming
8    insurer's liabilities (as reported to the assuming insurer
9    by its cedent) attributable to reinsurance ceded by U.S.
10    ceding insurers, and in addition, a trusteed surplus of no
11    less than $20,000,000. In the event that item (a-5) of
12    subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (C) applies to the
13    trust, the assuming insurer's chief executive officer or
14    chief financial officer shall then certify to the Director
15    that the trust fund contains funds in an amount not less
16    than the assuming insurer's liabilities (as reported to
17    the assuming insurer by its cedent) attributable to
18    reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers and, in
19    addition, a reduced trusteed surplus of not less than the
20    amount that has been authorized by the regulatory
21    authority having principal regulatory oversight of the
22    trust.
23        (d) No later than February 28 of each year, an
24    assuming insurer that maintains a trust fund in accordance
25    with this paragraph (C) shall provide or make available,
26    if requested by a beneficiary under the trust fund, the

 

 

SB3865- 285 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    following information to the assuming insurer's U.S.
2    ceding insurers or their assigns and successors in
3    interest:
4            (i) a copy of the form of the trust agreement and
5        any trust amendments to the trust agreement pertaining
6        to the trust fund;
7            (ii) a copy of the annual and quarterly financial
8        information, and its most recent audited financial
9        statement provided to the Director by the assuming
10        insurer, including any exhibits and schedules thereto;
11            (iii) any financial information provided to the
12        Director by the assuming insurer that the Director has
13        deemed necessary to determine the financial condition
14        of the assuming insurer and the sufficiency of the
15        trust fund;
16            (iv) a copy of any annual and quarterly financial
17        information provided to the Director by the trustee of
18        the trust fund maintained by the assuming insurer,
19        including any exhibits and schedules thereto;
20            (v) a copy of the information required to be
21        reported by the trustee of the trust to the Director
22        under the provisions of this paragraph (C); and
23            (vi) a written certification that the trust fund
24        consists of funds in trust in an amount not less than
25        the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to
26        reinsurance liabilities (as reported to the assuming

 

 

SB3865- 286 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        insurer by its cedent) attributable to reinsurance
2        ceded by U.S. ceding insurers and, in addition, a
3        trusteed surplus of not less than $20,000,000.
4        (3) The following requirements apply to the following
5    categories of assuming insurer:
6            (a) The trust fund for a single assuming insurer
7        shall consist of funds in trust in an amount not less
8        than the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable
9        to reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers, and in
10        addition, the assuming insurer shall maintain a
11        trusteed surplus of not less than $20,000,000, except
12        as provided in item (a-5) of this subparagraph (3).
13            (a-5) At any time after the assuming insurer has
14        permanently discontinued underwriting new business
15        secured by the trust for at least 3 full years, the
16        Director with principal regulatory oversight of the
17        trust may authorize a reduction in the required
18        trusteed surplus, but only after a finding, based on
19        an assessment of the risk, that the new required
20        surplus level is adequate for the protection of U.S.
21        ceding insurers, policyholders, and claimants in light
22        of reasonably foreseeable adverse loss development.
23        The risk assessment may involve an actuarial review,
24        including an independent analysis of reserves and cash
25        flows, and shall consider all material risk factors,
26        including, when applicable, the lines of business

 

 

SB3865- 287 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        involved, the stability of the incurred loss
2        estimates, and the effect of the surplus requirements
3        on the assuming insurer's liquidity or solvency. The
4        minimum required trusteed surplus may not be reduced
5        to an amount less than 30% of the assuming insurer's
6        liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by U.S.
7        ceding insurers covered by the trust.
8            (b)(i) In the case of a group including
9        incorporated and individual unincorporated
10        underwriters:
11                (I) for reinsurance ceded under reinsurance
12            agreements with an inception, amendment, or
13            renewal date on or after January 1, 1993, the
14            trust shall consist of a trusteed account in an
15            amount not less than the respective underwriters'
16            several liabilities attributable to business ceded
17            by U.S. domiciled ceding insurers to any member of
18            the group;
19                (II) for reinsurance ceded under reinsurance
20            agreements with an inception date on or before
21            December 31, 1992 and not amended or renewed after
22            that date, notwithstanding the other provisions of
23            this Act, the trust shall consist of a trusteed
24            account in an amount not less than the group's
25            several insurance and reinsurance liabilities
26            attributable to business written in the United

 

 

SB3865- 288 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            States; and
2                (III) in addition to these trusts, the group
3            shall maintain in trust a trusteed surplus of
4            which not less than $100,000,000 shall be held
5            jointly for the benefit of the U.S. domiciled
6            ceding insurers of any member of the group for all
7            years of account.
8            (ii) The incorporated members of the group shall
9        not be engaged in any business other than underwriting
10        as a member of the group and shall be subject to the
11        same level of solvency regulation and control by the
12        group's domiciliary regulator as are the
13        unincorporated members.
14            (iii) Within 90 days after its financial
15        statements are due to be filed with the group's
16        domiciliary regulator, the group shall provide to the
17        Director an annual certification by the group's
18        domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each
19        underwriter member, or if a certification is
20        unavailable, financial statements prepared by
21        independent public accountants of each underwriter
22        member of the group.
23            (c) In the case of a group of incorporated
24        insurers under common administration, the group shall:
25                (i) have continuously transacted an insurance
26            business outside the United States for at least 3

 

 

SB3865- 289 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            years immediately before making application for
2            accreditation;
3                (ii) maintain aggregate policyholders' surplus
4            of not less than $10,000,000,000;
5                (iii) maintain a trust in an amount not less
6            than the group's several liabilities attributable
7            to business ceded by United States domiciled
8            ceding insurers to any member of the group
9            pursuant to reinsurance contracts issued in the
10            name of the group;
11                (iv) in addition, maintain a joint trusteed
12            surplus of which not less than $100,000,000 shall
13            be held jointly for the benefit of the United
14            States ceding insurers of any member of the group
15            as additional security for these liabilities; and
16                (v) within 90 days after its financial
17            statements are due to be filed with the group's
18            domiciliary regulator, make available to the
19            Director an annual certification of each
20            underwriter member's solvency by the member's
21            domiciliary regulator and financial statements of
22            each underwriter member of the group prepared by
23            its independent public accountant.
24        (C-5) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
25    ceded to an assuming insurer that has been certified by
26    the Director as a reinsurer in this State and secures its

 

 

SB3865- 290 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    obligations in accordance with the requirements of this
2    paragraph (C-5).
3            (1) In order to be eligible for certification, the
4        assuming insurer shall meet the following
5        requirements:
6                (a) the assuming insurer must be domiciled and
7            licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in a
8            qualified jurisdiction, as determined by the
9            Director pursuant to subparagraph (3) of this
10            paragraph (C-5);
11                (b) the assuming insurer must maintain minimum
12            capital and surplus, or its equivalent, in an
13            amount not less than $250,000,000 or such greater
14            amount as determined by the Director pursuant to
15            regulation; this requirement may also be satisfied
16            by an association, including incorporated and
17            individual unincorporated underwriters, having
18            minimum capital and surplus equivalents (net of
19            liabilities) of at least $250,000,000 and a
20            central fund containing a balance of at least
21            $250,000,000;
22                (c) the assuming insurer must maintain
23            financial strength ratings from 2 or more rating
24            agencies deemed acceptable by the Director; these
25            ratings shall be based on interactive
26            communication between the rating agency and the

 

 

SB3865- 291 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            assuming insurer and shall not be based solely on
2            publicly available information; each certified
3            reinsurer shall be rated on a legal entity basis,
4            with due consideration being given to the group
5            rating where appropriate, except that an
6            association, including incorporated and individual
7            unincorporated underwriters, that has been
8            approved to do business as a single certified
9            reinsurer may be evaluated on the basis of its
10            group rating; these financial strength ratings
11            shall be one factor used by the Director in
12            determining the rating that is assigned to the
13            assuming insurer; acceptable rating agencies
14            include the following:
15                    (i) Standard & Poor's;
16                    (ii) Moody's Investors Service;
17                    (iii) Fitch Ratings;
18                    (iv) A.M. Best Company; or
19                    (v) any other nationally recognized
20                statistical rating organization;
21                (d) the assuming insurer must agree to submit
22            to the jurisdiction of this State, appoint the
23            Director as its agent for service of process in
24            this State, and agree to provide security for 100%
25            of the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable
26            to reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers if it

 

 

SB3865- 292 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            resists enforcement of a final U.S. judgment; and
2                (e) the assuming insurer must agree to meet
3            applicable information filing requirements as
4            determined by the Director, both with respect to
5            an initial application for certification and on an
6            ongoing basis.
7            (2) An association, including incorporated and
8        individual unincorporated underwriters, may be a
9        certified reinsurer. In order to be eligible for
10        certification, in addition to satisfying the
11        requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph
12        (C-5):
13                (a) the association shall satisfy its minimum
14            capital and surplus requirements through the
15            capital and surplus equivalents (net of
16            liabilities) of the association and its members,
17            which shall include a joint central fund that may
18            be applied to any unsatisfied obligation of the
19            association or any of its members, in the amounts
20            specified in item (b) of subparagraph (1) of this
21            paragraph (C-5);
22                (b) the incorporated members of the
23            association shall not be engaged in any business
24            other than underwriting as a member of the
25            association and shall be subject to the same level
26            of regulation and solvency control by the

 

 

SB3865- 293 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            association's domiciliary regulator as are the
2            unincorporated members; and
3                (c) within 90 days after its financial
4            statements are due to be filed with the
5            association's domiciliary regulator, the
6            association shall provide to the Director an
7            annual certification by the association's
8            domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each
9            underwriter member; or if a certification is
10            unavailable, financial statements, prepared by
11            independent public accountants, of each
12            underwriter member of the association.
13            (3) The Director shall create and publish a list
14        of qualified jurisdictions, under which an assuming
15        insurer licensed and domiciled in such jurisdiction is
16        eligible to be considered for certification by the
17        Director as a certified reinsurer.
18                (a) In order to determine whether the
19            domiciliary jurisdiction of a non-U.S. assuming
20            insurer is eligible to be recognized as a
21            qualified jurisdiction, the Director shall
22            evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of
23            the reinsurance supervisory system of the
24            jurisdiction, both initially and on an ongoing
25            basis, and consider the rights, benefits, and
26            extent of reciprocal recognition afforded by the

 

 

SB3865- 294 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            non-U.S. jurisdiction to reinsurers licensed and
2            domiciled in the U.S. A qualified jurisdiction
3            must agree in writing to share information and
4            cooperate with the Director with respect to all
5            certified reinsurers domiciled within that
6            jurisdiction. A jurisdiction may not be recognized
7            as a qualified jurisdiction if the Director has
8            determined that the jurisdiction does not
9            adequately and promptly enforce final U.S.
10            judgments and arbitration awards. The costs and
11            expenses associated with the Director's review and
12            evaluation of the domiciliary jurisdictions of
13            non-U.S. assuming insurers shall be borne by the
14            certified reinsurer or reinsurers domiciled in
15            such jurisdiction.
16                (b) Additional factors to be considered in
17            determining whether to recognize a qualified
18            jurisdiction include, but are not limited to, the
19            following:
20                    (i) the framework under which the assuming
21                insurer is regulated;
22                    (ii) the structure and authority of the
23                domiciliary regulator with regard to solvency
24                regulation requirements and financial
25                surveillance;
26                    (iii) the substance of financial and

 

 

SB3865- 295 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                operating standards for assuming insurers in
2                the domiciliary jurisdiction;
3                    (iv) the form and substance of financial
4                reports required to be filed or made publicly
5                available by reinsurers in the domiciliary
6                jurisdiction and the accounting principles
7                used;
8                    (v) the domiciliary regulator's
9                willingness to cooperate with U.S. regulators
10                in general and the Director in particular;
11                    (vi) the history of performance by
12                assuming insurers in the domiciliary
13                jurisdiction;
14                    (vii) any documented evidence of
15                substantial problems with the enforcement of
16                final U.S. judgments in the domiciliary
17                jurisdiction; and
18                    (viii) any relevant international
19                standards or guidance with respect to mutual
20                recognition of reinsurance supervision adopted
21                by the International Association of Insurance
22                Supervisors or its successor organization.
23                (c) If, upon conducting an evaluation under
24            this paragraph with respect to the reinsurance
25            supervisory system of any non-U.S. assuming
26            insurer, the Director determines that the

 

 

SB3865- 296 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            jurisdiction qualifies to be recognized as a
2            qualified jurisdiction, the Director shall publish
3            notice and evidence of such recognition in an
4            appropriate manner. The Director may establish a
5            procedure to withdraw recognition of those
6            jurisdictions that are no longer qualified.
7                (d) The Director shall consider the list of
8            qualified jurisdictions through the NAIC committee
9            process in determining qualified jurisdictions. If
10            the Director approves a jurisdiction as qualified
11            that does not appear on the list of qualified
12            jurisdictions, then the Director shall provide
13            thoroughly documented justification in accordance
14            with criteria to be developed under regulations.
15                (e) U.S. jurisdictions that meet the
16            requirement for accreditation under the NAIC
17            financial standards and accreditation program
18            shall be recognized as qualified jurisdictions.
19                (f) If a certified reinsurer's domiciliary
20            jurisdiction ceases to be a qualified
21            jurisdiction, then the Director may suspend the
22            reinsurer's certification indefinitely, in lieu of
23            revocation.
24            (4) If an applicant for certification has been
25        certified as a reinsurer in an NAIC accredited
26        jurisdiction, then the Director may defer to that

 

 

SB3865- 297 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        jurisdiction's certification and to the rating
2        assigned by that jurisdiction if the assuming insurer
3        submits a properly executed Form CR-1 and such
4        additional information as the Director requires. Such
5        assuming insurer shall be considered to be a certified
6        reinsurer in this State but only upon the Director's
7        assignment of an Illinois rating, which shall be made
8        based on the requirements of subparagraph (5) of this
9        paragraph (C-5). The following shall apply:
10                (a) Any change in the certified reinsurer's
11            status or rating in the other jurisdiction shall
12            apply automatically in Illinois as of the date it
13            takes effect in the other jurisdiction. The
14            certified reinsurer shall notify the Director of
15            any change in its status or rating within 10 days
16            after receiving notice of the change.
17                (b) The Director may withdraw recognition of
18            the other jurisdiction's rating at any time and
19            assign a new rating in accordance with
20            subparagraph (5) of this paragraph (C-5).
21                (c) The Director may withdraw recognition of
22            the other jurisdiction's certification at any time
23            with written notice to the certified reinsurer.
24            Unless the Director suspends or revokes the
25            certified reinsurer's certification in accordance
26            with item (c) of subparagraph (9) of this

 

 

SB3865- 298 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            paragraph (C-5), the certified reinsurer's
2            certification shall remain in good standing in
3            Illinois for a period of 3 months, which shall be
4            extended if additional time is necessary to
5            consider the assuming insurer's application for
6            certification in Illinois.
7            (5) The Director shall assign a rating to each
8        certified reinsurer pursuant to rules adopted by the
9        Department. Factors that shall be considered as part
10        of the evaluation process include the following:
11                (a) The certified reinsurer's financial
12            strength rating from an acceptable rating agency.
13            Financial strength ratings shall be classified
14            according to the following ratings categories:
15                    (i) Ratings Category "Secure - 1"
16                corresponds to the highest level of rating
17                given by a rating agency, including, but not
18                limited to, A.M. Best Company rating A++;
19                Standard & Poor's rating AAA; Moody's
20                Investors Service rating Aaa; and Fitch
21                Ratings rating AAA.
22                    (ii) Ratings Category "Secure - 2"
23                corresponds to the second-highest level of
24                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
25                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
26                Best Company rating A+; Standard & Poor's

 

 

SB3865- 299 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                rating AA+, AA, or AA-; Moody's Investors
2                Service ratings Aa1, Aa2, or Aa3; and Fitch
3                Ratings ratings AA+, AA, or AA-.
4                    (iii) Ratings Category "Secure - 3"
5                corresponds to the third-highest level of
6                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
7                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
8                Best Company rating A; Standard & Poor's
9                ratings A+ or A; Moody's Investors Service
10                ratings A1 or A2; and Fitch Ratings ratings A+
11                or A.
12                    (iv) Ratings Category "Secure - 4"
13                corresponds to the fourth-highest level of
14                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
15                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
16                Best Company rating A-; Standard & Poor's
17                rating A-; Moody's Investors Service rating
18                A3; and Fitch Ratings rating A-.
19                    (v) Ratings Category "Secure - 5"
20                corresponds to the fifth-highest level of
21                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
22                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
23                Best Company ratings B++ or B+; Standard &
24                Poor's ratings BBB+, BBB, or BBB-; Moody's
25                Investors Service ratings Baa1, Baa2, or Baa3;
26                and Fitch Ratings ratings BBB+, BBB, or BBB-.

 

 

SB3865- 300 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                    (vi) Ratings Category "Vulnerable - 6"
2                corresponds to a level of rating given by a
3                rating agency, other than those described in
4                subitems (i) through (v) of this item (a),
5                including, but not limited to, A.M. Best
6                Company rating B, B-, C++, C+, C, C-, D, E, or
7                F; Standard & Poor's ratings BB+, BB, BB-, B+,
8                B, B-, CCC, CC, C, D, or R; Moody's Investors
9                Service ratings Ba1, Ba2, Ba3, B1, B2, B3,
10                Caa, Ca, or C; and Fitch Ratings ratings BB+,
11                BB, BB-, B+, B, B-, CCC+, CCC, CCC-, or D.
12                A failure to obtain or maintain at least 2
13            financial strength ratings from acceptable rating
14            agencies shall result in loss of eligibility for
15            certification.
16                (b) The business practices of the certified
17            reinsurer in dealing with its ceding insurers,
18            including its record of compliance with
19            reinsurance contractual terms and obligations.
20                (c) For certified reinsurers domiciled in the
21            U.S., a review of the most recent applicable NAIC
22            Annual Statement Blank, either Schedule F (for
23            property and casualty reinsurers) or Schedule S
24            (for life and health reinsurers).
25                (d) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in
26            the U.S., a review annually of Form CR-F (for

 

 

SB3865- 301 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            property and casualty reinsurers) or Form CR-S
2            (for life and health reinsurers).
3                (e) The reputation of the certified reinsurer
4            for prompt payment of claims under reinsurance
5            agreements, based on an analysis of ceding
6            insurers' Schedule F reporting of overdue
7            reinsurance recoverables, including the proportion
8            of obligations that are more than 90 days past due
9            or are in dispute, with specific attention given
10            to obligations payable to companies that are in
11            administrative supervision or receivership.
12                (f) Regulatory actions against the certified
13            reinsurer.
14                (g) The report of the independent auditor on
15            the financial statements of the insurance
16            enterprise, on the basis described in item (h) of
17            this subparagraph (5).
18                (h) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in
19            the U.S., audited financial statements (audited
20            Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S.
21            GAAP) basis statement if available, audited
22            International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
23            basis statements are allowed but must include an
24            audited footnote reconciling equity and net income
25            to U.S. GAAP basis or, with the permission of the
26            Director, audited IFRS basis statements with

 

 

SB3865- 302 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            reconciliation to U.S. GAAP basis certified by an
2            officer of the company), regulatory filings, and
3            actuarial opinion (as filed with the non-U.S.
4            jurisdiction supervisor). Upon the initial
5            application for certification, the Director shall
6            consider the audited financial statements filed
7            with its non-U.S. jurisdiction supervisor for the
8            3 years immediately preceding the date of the
9            initial application for certification.
10                (i) The liquidation priority of obligations to
11            a ceding insurer in the certified reinsurer's
12            domiciliary jurisdiction in the context of an
13            insolvency proceeding.
14                (j) A certified reinsurer's participation in
15            any solvent scheme of arrangement, or similar
16            procedure, that involves U.S. ceding insurers. The
17            Director shall receive prior notice from a
18            certified reinsurer that proposes participation by
19            the certified reinsurer in a solvent scheme of
20            arrangement.
21            The maximum rating that a certified reinsurer may
22        be assigned shall correspond to its financial strength
23        rating, which shall be determined according to
24        subitems (i) through (vi) of item (a) of this
25        subparagraph (5). The Director shall use the lowest
26        financial strength rating received from an acceptable

 

 

SB3865- 303 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        rating agency in establishing the maximum rating of a
2        certified reinsurer.
3            (6) Based on the analysis conducted under item (e)
4        of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph (C-5) of a
5        certified reinsurer's reputation for prompt payment of
6        claims, the Director may make appropriate adjustments
7        in the security the certified reinsurer is required to
8        post to protect its liabilities to U.S. ceding
9        insurers, provided that the Director shall, at a
10        minimum, increase the security the certified reinsurer
11        is required to post by one rating level under item (a)
12        of subparagraph (8) of this paragraph (C-5) if the
13        Director finds that:
14                (a) more than 15% of the certified reinsurer's
15            ceding insurance clients have overdue reinsurance
16            recoverables on paid losses of 90 days or more
17            that are not in dispute and that exceed $100,000
18            for each cedent; or
19                (b) the aggregate amount of reinsurance
20            recoverables on paid losses that are not in
21            dispute that are overdue by 90 days or more
22            exceeds $50,000,000.
23            (7) The Director shall post notice on the
24        Department's website promptly upon receipt of any
25        application for certification, including instructions
26        on how members of the public may respond to the

 

 

SB3865- 304 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        application. The Director may not take final action on
2        the application until at least 30 days after posting
3        the notice required by this subparagraph. The Director
4        shall publish a list of all certified reinsurers and
5        their ratings.
6            (8) A certified reinsurer shall secure obligations
7        assumed from U.S. ceding insurers under this
8        subsection (1) at a level consistent with its rating.
9                (a) The amount of security required in order
10            for full credit to be allowed shall correspond
11            with the applicable ratings category:
12                    Secure - 1: 0%.
13                    Secure - 2: 10%.
14                    Secure - 3: 20%.
15                    Secure - 4: 50%.
16                    Secure - 5: 75%.
17                    Vulnerable - 6: 100%.
18                (b) Nothing in this subparagraph (8) shall
19            prohibit the parties to a reinsurance agreement
20            from agreeing to provisions establishing security
21            requirements that exceed the minimum security
22            requirements established for certified reinsurers
23            under this Section.
24                (c) In order for a domestic ceding insurer to
25            qualify for full financial statement credit for
26            reinsurance ceded to a certified reinsurer, the

 

 

SB3865- 305 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            certified reinsurer shall maintain security in a
2            form acceptable to the Director and consistent
3            with the provisions of subsection (2) of this
4            Section, or in a multibeneficiary trust in
5            accordance with paragraph (C) of this subsection
6            (1), except as otherwise provided in this
7            subparagraph (8).
8                (d) If a certified reinsurer maintains a trust
9            to fully secure its obligations subject to
10            paragraph (C) of this subsection (1), and chooses
11            to secure its obligations incurred as a certified
12            reinsurer in the form of a multibeneficiary trust,
13            then the certified reinsurer shall maintain
14            separate trust accounts for its obligations
15            incurred under reinsurance agreements issued or
16            renewed as a certified reinsurer with reduced
17            security as permitted by this subsection or
18            comparable laws of other U.S. jurisdictions and
19            for its obligations subject to paragraph (C) of
20            this subsection (1). It shall be a condition to
21            the grant of certification under this paragraph
22            (C-5) that the certified reinsurer shall have
23            bound itself, by the language of the trust and
24            agreement with the Director with principal
25            regulatory oversight of each such trust account,
26            to fund, upon termination of any such trust

 

 

SB3865- 306 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            account, out of the remaining surplus of such
2            trust any deficiency of any other such trust
3            account. The certified reinsurer shall also
4            provide or make available, if requested by a
5            beneficiary under a trust, all the information
6            that is required to be provided under the
7            requirements of item (d) of subparagraph (2) of
8            paragraph (C) of this subsection (1) to the
9            certified reinsurer's U.S. ceding insurers or
10            their assigns and successors in interest. The
11            assuming insurer may decline to release trade
12            secrets or commercially sensitive information that
13            would qualify as exempt from disclosure under the
14            Freedom of Information Act.
15                (e) The minimum trusteed surplus requirements
16            provided in paragraph (C) of this subsection (1)
17            are not applicable with respect to a
18            multibeneficiary trust maintained by a certified
19            reinsurer for the purpose of securing obligations
20            incurred under this subsection, except that such
21            trust shall maintain a minimum trusteed surplus of
22            $10,000,000.
23                (f) With respect to obligations incurred by a
24            certified reinsurer under this subsection (1), if
25            the security is insufficient, then the Director
26            may reduce the allowable credit by an amount

 

 

SB3865- 307 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            proportionate to the deficiency and may impose
2            further reductions in allowable credit upon
3            finding that there is a material risk that the
4            certified reinsurer's obligations will not be paid
5            in full when due.
6            (9)(a) In the case of a downgrade by a rating
7        agency or other disqualifying circumstance, the
8        Director shall by written notice assign a new rating
9        to the certified reinsurer in accordance with the
10        requirements of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph
11        (C-5).
12            (b) If the rating of a certified reinsurer is
13        upgraded by the Director, then the certified reinsurer
14        may meet the security requirements applicable to its
15        new rating on a prospective basis, but the Director
16        shall require the certified reinsurer to post security
17        under the previously applicable security requirements
18        as to all contracts in force on or before the effective
19        date of the upgraded rating. If the rating of a
20        certified reinsurer is downgraded by the Director,
21        then the Director shall require the certified
22        reinsurer to meet the security requirements applicable
23        to its new rating for all business it has assumed as a
24        certified reinsurer.
25            (c) The Director may suspend, revoke, or otherwise
26        modify a certified reinsurer's certification at any

 

 

SB3865- 308 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        time if the certified reinsurer fails to meet its
2        obligations or security requirements under this
3        Section or if other financial or operating results of
4        the certified reinsurer, or documented significant
5        delays in payment by the certified reinsurer, lead the
6        Director to reconsider the certified reinsurer's
7        ability or willingness to meet its contractual
8        obligations. In seeking to suspend, revoke, or
9        otherwise modify a certified reinsurer's
10        certification, the Director shall follow the
11        procedures provided in paragraph (G) of this
12        subsection (1).
13            (d) For purposes of this subsection (1), a
14        certified reinsurer whose certification has been
15        terminated for any reason shall be treated as a
16        certified reinsurer required to secure 100% of its
17        obligations.
18                (i) As used in this item (d), the term
19            "terminated" refers to revocation, suspension,
20            voluntary surrender and inactive status.
21                (ii) If the Director continues to assign a
22            higher rating as permitted by other provisions of
23            this Section, then this requirement does not apply
24            to a certified reinsurer in inactive status or to
25            a reinsurer whose certification has been
26            suspended.

 

 

SB3865- 309 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (e) Upon revocation of the certification of a
2        certified reinsurer by the Director, the assuming
3        insurer shall be required to post security in
4        accordance with subsection (2) of this Section in
5        order for the ceding insurer to continue to take
6        credit for reinsurance ceded to the assuming insurer.
7        If funds continue to be held in trust, then the
8        Director may allow additional credit equal to the
9        ceding insurer's pro rata share of the funds,
10        discounted to reflect the risk of uncollectibility and
11        anticipated expenses of trust administration.
12            (f) Notwithstanding the change of a certified
13        reinsurer's rating or revocation of its certification,
14        a domestic insurer that has ceded reinsurance to that
15        certified reinsurer may not be denied credit for
16        reinsurance for a period of 3 months for all
17        reinsurance ceded to that certified reinsurer, unless
18        the reinsurance is found by the Director to be at high
19        risk of uncollectibility.
20            (10) A certified reinsurer that ceases to assume
21        new business in this State may request to maintain its
22        certification in inactive status in order to continue
23        to qualify for a reduction in security for its
24        in-force business. An inactive certified reinsurer
25        shall continue to comply with all applicable
26        requirements of this subsection (1), and the Director

 

 

SB3865- 310 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        shall assign a rating that takes into account, if
2        relevant, the reasons why the reinsurer is not
3        assuming new business.
4            (11) Credit for reinsurance under this paragraph
5        (C-5) shall apply only to reinsurance contracts
6        entered into or renewed on or after the effective date
7        of the certification of the assuming insurer.
8            (12) The Director shall comply with all reporting
9        and notification requirements that may be established
10        by the NAIC with respect to certified reinsurers and
11        qualified jurisdictions.
12        (D) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
13    ceded to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements
14    of paragraph (A), (B), or (C) of this subsection (1) but
15    only with respect to the insurance of risks located in
16    jurisdictions where that reinsurance is required by
17    applicable law or regulation of that jurisdiction.
18        (E) If the assuming insurer is not licensed to
19    transact insurance in this State or an accredited or
20    certified reinsurer in this State, the credit permitted by
21    paragraphs (B-5) and (C) of this subsection (1) shall not
22    be allowed unless the assuming insurer agrees in the
23    reinsurance agreements:
24            (1) that in the event of the failure of the
25        assuming insurer to perform its obligations under the
26        terms of the reinsurance agreement, the assuming

 

 

SB3865- 311 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        insurer, at the request of the ceding insurer, shall
2        submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent
3        jurisdiction in any state of the United States, will
4        comply with all requirements necessary to give the
5        court jurisdiction, and will abide by the final
6        decision of the court or of any appellate court in the
7        event of an appeal; and
8            (2) to designate the Director or a designated
9        attorney as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may
10        be served any lawful process in any action, suit, or
11        proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the ceding
12        company.
13        This provision is not intended to conflict with or
14    override the obligation of the parties to a reinsurance
15    agreement to arbitrate their disputes, if an obligation to
16    arbitrate is created in the agreement.
17        (F) If the assuming insurer does not meet the
18    requirements of paragraph (A) or (B) of this subsection
19    (1), the credit permitted by paragraph (C) of this
20    subsection (1) shall not be allowed unless the assuming
21    insurer agrees in the trust agreements to the following
22    conditions:
23            (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in the
24        trust instrument, if the trust fund is inadequate
25        because it contains an amount less than the amount
26        required by subparagraph (3) of paragraph (C) of this

 

 

SB3865- 312 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        subsection (1) or if the grantor of the trust has been
2        declared insolvent or placed into receivership,
3        rehabilitation, liquidation, or similar proceedings
4        under the laws of its state or country of domicile, the
5        trustee shall comply with an order of the state
6        official with regulatory oversight over the trust or
7        with an order of a court of competent jurisdiction
8        directing the trustee to transfer to the state
9        official with regulatory oversight all of the assets
10        of the trust fund.
11            (2) The assets shall be distributed by and claims
12        shall be filed with and valued by the state official
13        with regulatory oversight in accordance with the laws
14        of the state in which the trust is domiciled that are
15        applicable to the liquidation of domestic insurance
16        companies.
17            (3) If the state official with regulatory
18        oversight determines that the assets of the trust fund
19        or any part thereof are not necessary to satisfy the
20        claims of the U.S. ceding insurers of the grantor of
21        the trust, the assets or part thereof shall be
22        returned by the state official with regulatory
23        oversight to the trustee for distribution in
24        accordance with the trust agreement.
25            (4) The grantor shall waive any rights otherwise
26        available to it under U.S. law that are inconsistent

 

 

SB3865- 313 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        with the provision.
2        (G) If an accredited or certified reinsurer ceases to
3    meet the requirements for accreditation or certification,
4    then the Director may suspend or revoke the reinsurer's
5    accreditation or certification.
6            (1) The Director must give the reinsurer notice
7        and opportunity for hearing. The suspension or
8        revocation may not take effect until after the
9        Director's order on hearing, unless:
10                (a) the reinsurer waives its right to hearing;
11                (b) the Director's order is based on
12            regulatory action by the reinsurer's domiciliary
13            jurisdiction or the voluntary surrender or
14            termination of the reinsurer's eligibility to
15            transact insurance or reinsurance business in its
16            domiciliary jurisdiction or in the primary
17            certifying state of the reinsurer under
18            subparagraph (4) of paragraph (C-5) of this
19            subsection (1); or
20                (c) the Director finds that an emergency
21            requires immediate action and a court of competent
22            jurisdiction has not stayed the Director's action.
23            (2) While a reinsurer's accreditation or
24        certification is suspended, no reinsurance contract
25        issued or renewed after the effective date of the
26        suspension qualifies for credit except to the extent

 

 

SB3865- 314 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        that the reinsurer's obligations under the contract
2        are secured in accordance with subsection (2) of this
3        Section. If a reinsurer's accreditation or
4        certification is revoked, no credit for reinsurance
5        may be granted after the effective date of the
6        revocation, except to the extent that the reinsurer's
7        obligations under the contract are secured in
8        accordance with subsection (2) of this Section.
9        (H) The following provisions shall apply concerning
10    concentration of risk:
11            (1) A ceding insurer shall take steps to manage
12        its reinsurance recoverable proportionate to its own
13        book of business. A domestic ceding insurer shall
14        notify the Director within 30 days after reinsurance
15        recoverables from any single assuming insurer, or
16        group of affiliated assuming insurers, exceeds 50% of
17        the domestic ceding insurer's last reported surplus to
18        policyholders, or after it is determined that
19        reinsurance recoverables from any single assuming
20        insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, is
21        likely to exceed this limit. The notification shall
22        demonstrate that the exposure is safely managed by the
23        domestic ceding insurer.
24            (2) A ceding insurer shall take steps to diversify
25        its reinsurance program. A domestic ceding insurer
26        shall notify the Director within 30 days after ceding

 

 

SB3865- 315 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        to any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated
2        assuming insurers, more than 20% of the ceding
3        insurer's gross written premium in the prior calendar
4        year, or after it has determined that the reinsurance
5        ceded to any single assuming insurer, or group of
6        affiliated assuming insurers, is likely to exceed this
7        limit. The notification shall demonstrate that the
8        exposure is safely managed by the domestic ceding
9        insurer.
10    (2) Credit for the reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer
11to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of
12subsection (1) of this Section shall be allowed in an amount
13not exceeding the assets or liabilities carried by the ceding
14insurer. The credit shall not exceed the amount of funds held
15by or held in trust for the ceding insurer under a reinsurance
16contract with the assuming insurer as security for the payment
17of obligations thereunder, if the security is held in the
18United States subject to withdrawal solely by, and under the
19exclusive control of, the ceding insurer; or, in the case of a
20trust, held in a qualified United States financial
21institution, as defined in paragraph (B) of subsection (3) of
22this Section. This security may be in the form of:
23        (A) Cash.
24        (B) Securities listed by the Securities Valuation
25    Office of the National Association of Insurance
26    Commissioners, including those deemed exempt from filing

 

 

SB3865- 316 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    as defined by the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the
2    Securities Valuation Office that conform to the
3    requirements of Article VIII of this Code that are not
4    issued by an affiliate of either the assuming or ceding
5    company.
6        (C) Clean, irrevocable, unconditional, letters of
7    credit issued or confirmed by a qualified United States
8    financial institution, as defined in paragraph (A) of
9    subsection (3) of this Section. The letters of credit
10    shall be effective no later than December 31 of the year
11    for which filing is being made, and in the possession of,
12    or in trust for, the ceding company on or before the filing
13    date of its annual statement. Letters of credit meeting
14    applicable standards of issuer acceptability as of the
15    dates of their issuance (or confirmation) shall,
16    notwithstanding the issuing (or confirming) institution's
17    subsequent failure to meet applicable standards of issuer
18    acceptability, continue to be acceptable as security until
19    their expiration, extension, renewal, modification, or
20    amendment, whichever first occurs.
21        (D) Any other form of security acceptable to the
22    Director.
23    (3)(A) For purposes of paragraph (C) of subsection (2) of
24this Section, a "qualified United States financial
25institution" means an institution that:
26        (1) is organized or, in the case of a U.S. office of a

 

 

SB3865- 317 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    foreign banking organization, licensed under the laws of
2    the United States or any state thereof;
3        (2) is regulated, supervised, and examined by U.S.
4    federal or state authorities having regulatory authority
5    over banks and trust companies;
6        (3) has been designated by either the Director or the
7    Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of
8    Insurance Commissioners as meeting such standards of
9    financial condition and standing as are considered
10    necessary and appropriate to regulate the quality of
11    financial institutions whose letters of credit will be
12    acceptable to the Director; and
13        (4) is not affiliated with the assuming company.
14    (B) A "qualified United States financial institution"
15means, for purposes of those provisions of this law specifying
16those institutions that are eligible to act as a fiduciary of a
17trust, an institution that:
18        (1) is organized or, in the case of the U.S. branch or
19    agency office of a foreign banking organization, licensed
20    under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
21    and has been granted authority to operate with fiduciary
22    powers;
23        (2) is regulated, supervised, and examined by federal
24    or state authorities having regulatory authority over
25    banks and trust companies; and
26        (3) is not affiliated with the assuming company,

 

 

SB3865- 318 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    however, if the subject of the reinsurance contract is
2    insurance written pursuant to Section 155.51 of this Code,
3    the financial institution may be affiliated with the
4    assuming company with the prior approval of the Director.
5    (C) Except as set forth in subparagraph (11) of paragraph
6(C-5) of subsection (1) of this Section as to cessions by
7certified reinsurers, this amendatory Act of the 100th General
8Assembly shall apply to all cessions after the effective date
9of this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly under
10reinsurance agreements that have an inception, anniversary, or
11renewal date not less than 6 months after the effective date of
12this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly.
13    (D) The Department shall adopt rules implementing the
14provisions of this Article.
15(Source: P.A. 100-1118, eff. 11-27-18.)
 
16    (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 102-578)
17    Sec. 173.1. Credit allowed a domestic ceding insurer.
18    (1) Except as otherwise provided under Article VIII 1/2 of
19this Code and related provisions of the Illinois
20Administrative Code, credit for reinsurance shall be allowed a
21domestic ceding insurer as either an admitted asset or a
22deduction from liability on account of reinsurance ceded only
23when the reinsurer meets the requirements of paragraph (A),
24(B), (B-5), (C), (C-5), (C-10), or (D) of this subsection (1).
25Credit shall be allowed under paragraph (A), (B), or (B-5) of

 

 

SB3865- 319 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1this subsection (1) only as respects cessions of those kinds
2or classes of business in which the assuming insurer is
3licensed or otherwise permitted to write or assume in its
4state of domicile, or in the case of a U.S. branch of a
5non-domestic an alien assuming insurer, in the state through
6which it is entered and licensed to transact insurance or
7reinsurance. Credit shall be allowed under paragraph (B-5) or
8(C) of this subsection (1) only if the applicable requirements
9of paragraph (E) of this subsection (1) have been satisfied.
10        (A) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
11    ceded to an assuming insurer that is authorized in this
12    State to transact the types of insurance ceded and has at
13    least $5,000,000 in capital and surplus.
14        (B) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
15    ceded to an assuming insurer that is accredited as a
16    reinsurer in this State. An accredited reinsurer is one
17    that:
18            (1) files with the Director evidence of its
19        submission to this State's jurisdiction;
20            (2) submits to this State's authority to examine
21        its books and records;
22            (3) is licensed to transact insurance or
23        reinsurance in at least one state, or in the case of a
24        U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien assuming
25        insurer is entered through and licensed to transact
26        insurance or reinsurance in at least one state;

 

 

SB3865- 320 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (4) files annually with the Director a copy of its
2        annual statement filed with the insurance department
3        of its state of domicile and a copy of its most recent
4        audited financial statement; and
5            (5) maintains a surplus as regards policyholders
6        in an amount that is not less than $20,000,000 and
7        whose accreditation has been approved by the Director.
8        (B-5)(1) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance
9    is ceded to an assuming insurer that is domiciled in, or in
10    the case of a U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien
11    assuming insurer is entered through, a state that employs
12    standards regarding credit for reinsurance substantially
13    similar to those applicable under this Code and the
14    assuming insurer or U.S. branch of a non-domestic an alien
15    assuming insurer:
16            (a) maintains a surplus as regards policyholders
17        in an amount not less than $20,000,000; and
18            (b) submits to the authority of this State to
19        examine its books and records.
20        (2) The requirement of item (a) of subparagraph (1) of
21    paragraph (B-5) of this subsection (1) does not apply to
22    reinsurance ceded and assumed pursuant to pooling
23    arrangements among insurers in the same holding company
24    system.
25         (C)(1) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance
26    is ceded to an assuming insurer that maintains a trust

 

 

SB3865- 321 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    fund in a qualified United States financial institution,
2    as defined in paragraph (B) of subsection (3) of this
3    Section, for the payment of the valid claims of its United
4    States policyholders and ceding insurers, their assigns
5    and successors in interest. The assuming insurer shall
6    report to the Director information substantially the same
7    as that required to be reported on the NAIC annual and
8    quarterly financial statement by authorized insurers and
9    any other financial information that the Director deems
10    necessary to determine the financial condition of the
11    assuming insurer and the sufficiency of the trust fund.
12    The assuming insurer shall provide or make the information
13    available to the ceding insurer. The assuming insurer may
14    decline to release trade secrets or commercially sensitive
15    information that would qualify as exempt from disclosure
16    under the Freedom of Information Act. The Director shall
17    also make the information publicly available, subject only
18    to such reasonable objections as might be raised to a
19    request pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act, as
20    determined by the Director. The assuming insurer shall
21    submit to examination of its books and records by the
22    Director and bear the expense of examination.
23        (2)(a) Credit for reinsurance shall not be granted
24    under this subsection unless the form of the trust and any
25    amendments to the trust have been approved by:
26            (i) the regulatory official of the state where the

 

 

SB3865- 322 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        trust is domiciled; or
2            (ii) the regulatory official of another state who,
3        pursuant to the terms of the trust instrument, has
4        accepted principal regulatory oversight of the trust.
5        (b) The form of the trust and any trust amendments
6    also shall be filed with the regulatory official of every
7    state in which the ceding insurer beneficiaries of the
8    trust are domiciled. The trust instrument shall provide
9    that contested claims shall be valid and enforceable upon
10    the final order of any court of competent jurisdiction in
11    the United States. The trust shall vest legal title to its
12    assets in its trustees for the benefit of the assuming
13    insurer's United States policyholders and ceding insurees
14    and their assigns and successors in interest. The trust
15    and the assuming insurer shall be subject to examination
16    as determined by the Director.
17        (c) The trust shall remain in effect for as long as the
18    assuming insurer has outstanding obligations due under the
19    reinsurance agreements subject to the trust. No later than
20    February 28 of each year the trustee of the trust shall
21    report to the Director in writing the balance of the trust
22    and a list of the trust's investments at the preceding
23    year-end and shall certify the date of termination of the
24    trust, if so planned, or certify that the trust will not
25    expire prior to the next following December 31.
26        No later than February 28 of each year, the assuming

 

 

SB3865- 323 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    insurer's chief executive officer or chief financial
2    officer shall certify to the Director that the trust fund
3    contains funds in an amount not less than the assuming
4    insurer's liabilities (as reported to the assuming insurer
5    by its cedent) attributable to reinsurance ceded by U.S.
6    ceding insurers, and in addition, a trusteed surplus of no
7    less than $20,000,000. In the event that item (a-5) of
8    subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (C) applies to the
9    trust, the assuming insurer's chief executive officer or
10    chief financial officer shall then certify to the Director
11    that the trust fund contains funds in an amount not less
12    than the assuming insurer's liabilities (as reported to
13    the assuming insurer by its cedent) attributable to
14    reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers and, in
15    addition, a reduced trusteed surplus of not less than the
16    amount that has been authorized by the regulatory
17    authority having principal regulatory oversight of the
18    trust.
19        (d) No later than February 28 of each year, an
20    assuming insurer that maintains a trust fund in accordance
21    with this paragraph (C) shall provide or make available,
22    if requested by a beneficiary under the trust fund, the
23    following information to the assuming insurer's U.S.
24    ceding insurers or their assigns and successors in
25    interest:
26            (i) a copy of the form of the trust agreement and

 

 

SB3865- 324 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        any trust amendments to the trust agreement pertaining
2        to the trust fund;
3            (ii) a copy of the annual and quarterly financial
4        information, and its most recent audited financial
5        statement provided to the Director by the assuming
6        insurer, including any exhibits and schedules thereto;
7            (iii) any financial information provided to the
8        Director by the assuming insurer that the Director has
9        deemed necessary to determine the financial condition
10        of the assuming insurer and the sufficiency of the
11        trust fund;
12            (iv) a copy of any annual and quarterly financial
13        information provided to the Director by the trustee of
14        the trust fund maintained by the assuming insurer,
15        including any exhibits and schedules thereto;
16            (v) a copy of the information required to be
17        reported by the trustee of the trust to the Director
18        under the provisions of this paragraph (C); and
19            (vi) a written certification that the trust fund
20        consists of funds in trust in an amount not less than
21        the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to
22        reinsurance liabilities (as reported to the assuming
23        insurer by its cedent) attributable to reinsurance
24        ceded by U.S. ceding insurers and, in addition, a
25        trusteed surplus of not less than $20,000,000.
26        (3) The following requirements apply to the following

 

 

SB3865- 325 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    categories of assuming insurer:
2            (a) The trust fund for a single assuming insurer
3        shall consist of funds in trust in an amount not less
4        than the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable
5        to reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers, and in
6        addition, the assuming insurer shall maintain a
7        trusteed surplus of not less than $20,000,000, except
8        as provided in item (a-5) of this subparagraph (3).
9            (a-5) At any time after the assuming insurer has
10        permanently discontinued underwriting new business
11        secured by the trust for at least 3 full years, the
12        Director with principal regulatory oversight of the
13        trust may authorize a reduction in the required
14        trusteed surplus, but only after a finding, based on
15        an assessment of the risk, that the new required
16        surplus level is adequate for the protection of U.S.
17        ceding insurers, policyholders, and claimants in light
18        of reasonably foreseeable adverse loss development.
19        The risk assessment may involve an actuarial review,
20        including an independent analysis of reserves and cash
21        flows, and shall consider all material risk factors,
22        including, when applicable, the lines of business
23        involved, the stability of the incurred loss
24        estimates, and the effect of the surplus requirements
25        on the assuming insurer's liquidity or solvency. The
26        minimum required trusteed surplus may not be reduced

 

 

SB3865- 326 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        to an amount less than 30% of the assuming insurer's
2        liabilities attributable to reinsurance ceded by U.S.
3        ceding insurers covered by the trust.
4            (b)(i) In the case of a group including
5        incorporated and individual unincorporated
6        underwriters:
7                (I) for reinsurance ceded under reinsurance
8            agreements with an inception, amendment, or
9            renewal date on or after January 1, 1993, the
10            trust shall consist of a trusteed account in an
11            amount not less than the respective underwriters'
12            several liabilities attributable to business ceded
13            by U.S. domiciled ceding insurers to any member of
14            the group;
15                (II) for reinsurance ceded under reinsurance
16            agreements with an inception date on or before
17            December 31, 1992 and not amended or renewed after
18            that date, notwithstanding the other provisions of
19            this Act, the trust shall consist of a trusteed
20            account in an amount not less than the group's
21            several insurance and reinsurance liabilities
22            attributable to business written in the United
23            States; and
24                (III) in addition to these trusts, the group
25            shall maintain in trust a trusteed surplus of
26            which not less than $100,000,000 shall be held

 

 

SB3865- 327 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            jointly for the benefit of the U.S. domiciled
2            ceding insurers of any member of the group for all
3            years of account.
4            (ii) The incorporated members of the group shall
5        not be engaged in any business other than underwriting
6        as a member of the group and shall be subject to the
7        same level of solvency regulation and control by the
8        group's domiciliary regulator as are the
9        unincorporated members.
10            (iii) Within 90 days after its financial
11        statements are due to be filed with the group's
12        domiciliary regulator, the group shall provide to the
13        Director an annual certification by the group's
14        domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each
15        underwriter member, or if a certification is
16        unavailable, financial statements prepared by
17        independent public accountants of each underwriter
18        member of the group.
19            (c) In the case of a group of incorporated
20        insurers under common administration, the group shall:
21                (i) have continuously transacted an insurance
22            business outside the United States for at least 3
23            years immediately before making application for
24            accreditation;
25                (ii) maintain aggregate policyholders' surplus
26            of not less than $10,000,000,000;

 

 

SB3865- 328 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                (iii) maintain a trust in an amount not less
2            than the group's several liabilities attributable
3            to business ceded by United States domiciled
4            ceding insurers to any member of the group
5            pursuant to reinsurance contracts issued in the
6            name of the group;
7                (iv) in addition, maintain a joint trusteed
8            surplus of which not less than $100,000,000 shall
9            be held jointly for the benefit of the United
10            States ceding insurers of any member of the group
11            as additional security for these liabilities; and
12                (v) within 90 days after its financial
13            statements are due to be filed with the group's
14            domiciliary regulator, make available to the
15            Director an annual certification of each
16            underwriter member's solvency by the member's
17            domiciliary regulator and financial statements of
18            each underwriter member of the group prepared by
19            its independent public accountant.
20        (C-5) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
21    ceded to an assuming insurer that has been certified by
22    the Director as a reinsurer in this State and secures its
23    obligations in accordance with the requirements of this
24    paragraph (C-5).
25            (1) In order to be eligible for certification, the
26        assuming insurer shall meet the following

 

 

SB3865- 329 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        requirements:
2                (a) the assuming insurer must be domiciled and
3            licensed to transact insurance or reinsurance in a
4            qualified jurisdiction, as determined by the
5            Director pursuant to subparagraph (3) of this
6            paragraph (C-5);
7                (b) the assuming insurer must maintain minimum
8            capital and surplus, or its equivalent, in an
9            amount not less than $250,000,000 or such greater
10            amount as determined by the Director pursuant to
11            regulation; this requirement may also be satisfied
12            by an association, including incorporated and
13            individual unincorporated underwriters, having
14            minimum capital and surplus equivalents (net of
15            liabilities) of at least $250,000,000 and a
16            central fund containing a balance of at least
17            $250,000,000;
18                (c) the assuming insurer must maintain
19            financial strength ratings from 2 or more rating
20            agencies deemed acceptable by the Director; these
21            ratings shall be based on interactive
22            communication between the rating agency and the
23            assuming insurer and shall not be based solely on
24            publicly available information; each certified
25            reinsurer shall be rated on a legal entity basis,
26            with due consideration being given to the group

 

 

SB3865- 330 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            rating where appropriate, except that an
2            association, including incorporated and individual
3            unincorporated underwriters, that has been
4            approved to do business as a single certified
5            reinsurer may be evaluated on the basis of its
6            group rating; these financial strength ratings
7            shall be one factor used by the Director in
8            determining the rating that is assigned to the
9            assuming insurer; acceptable rating agencies
10            include the following:
11                    (i) Standard & Poor's;
12                    (ii) Moody's Investors Service;
13                    (iii) Fitch Ratings;
14                    (iv) A.M. Best Company; or
15                    (v) any other nationally recognized
16                statistical rating organization;
17                (d) the assuming insurer must agree to submit
18            to the jurisdiction of this State, appoint the
19            Director as its agent for service of process in
20            this State, and agree to provide security for 100%
21            of the assuming insurer's liabilities attributable
22            to reinsurance ceded by U.S. ceding insurers if it
23            resists enforcement of a final U.S. judgment; and
24                (e) the assuming insurer must agree to meet
25            applicable information filing requirements as
26            determined by the Director, both with respect to

 

 

SB3865- 331 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            an initial application for certification and on an
2            ongoing basis.
3            (2) An association, including incorporated and
4        individual unincorporated underwriters, may be a
5        certified reinsurer. In order to be eligible for
6        certification, in addition to satisfying the
7        requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph
8        (C-5):
9                (a) the association shall satisfy its minimum
10            capital and surplus requirements through the
11            capital and surplus equivalents (net of
12            liabilities) of the association and its members,
13            which shall include a joint central fund that may
14            be applied to any unsatisfied obligation of the
15            association or any of its members, in the amounts
16            specified in item (b) of subparagraph (1) of this
17            paragraph (C-5);
18                (b) the incorporated members of the
19            association shall not be engaged in any business
20            other than underwriting as a member of the
21            association and shall be subject to the same level
22            of regulation and solvency control by the
23            association's domiciliary regulator as are the
24            unincorporated members; and
25                (c) within 90 days after its financial
26            statements are due to be filed with the

 

 

SB3865- 332 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            association's domiciliary regulator, the
2            association shall provide to the Director an
3            annual certification by the association's
4            domiciliary regulator of the solvency of each
5            underwriter member; or if a certification is
6            unavailable, financial statements, prepared by
7            independent public accountants, of each
8            underwriter member of the association.
9            (3) The Director shall create and publish a list
10        of qualified jurisdictions, under which an assuming
11        insurer licensed and domiciled in such jurisdiction is
12        eligible to be considered for certification by the
13        Director as a certified reinsurer.
14                (a) In order to determine whether the
15            domiciliary jurisdiction of a non-U.S. assuming
16            insurer is eligible to be recognized as a
17            qualified jurisdiction, the Director shall
18            evaluate the appropriateness and effectiveness of
19            the reinsurance supervisory system of the
20            jurisdiction, both initially and on an ongoing
21            basis, and consider the rights, benefits, and
22            extent of reciprocal recognition afforded by the
23            non-U.S. jurisdiction to reinsurers licensed and
24            domiciled in the U.S. A qualified jurisdiction
25            must agree in writing to share information and
26            cooperate with the Director with respect to all

 

 

SB3865- 333 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            certified reinsurers domiciled within that
2            jurisdiction. A jurisdiction may not be recognized
3            as a qualified jurisdiction if the Director has
4            determined that the jurisdiction does not
5            adequately and promptly enforce final U.S.
6            judgments and arbitration awards. The costs and
7            expenses associated with the Director's review and
8            evaluation of the domiciliary jurisdictions of
9            non-U.S. assuming insurers shall be borne by the
10            certified reinsurer or reinsurers domiciled in
11            such jurisdiction.
12                (b) Additional factors to be considered in
13            determining whether to recognize a qualified
14            jurisdiction include, but are not limited to, the
15            following:
16                    (i) the framework under which the assuming
17                insurer is regulated;
18                    (ii) the structure and authority of the
19                domiciliary regulator with regard to solvency
20                regulation requirements and financial
21                surveillance;
22                    (iii) the substance of financial and
23                operating standards for assuming insurers in
24                the domiciliary jurisdiction;
25                    (iv) the form and substance of financial
26                reports required to be filed or made publicly

 

 

SB3865- 334 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                available by reinsurers in the domiciliary
2                jurisdiction and the accounting principles
3                used;
4                    (v) the domiciliary regulator's
5                willingness to cooperate with U.S. regulators
6                in general and the Director in particular;
7                    (vi) the history of performance by
8                assuming insurers in the domiciliary
9                jurisdiction;
10                    (vii) any documented evidence of
11                substantial problems with the enforcement of
12                final U.S. judgments in the domiciliary
13                jurisdiction; and
14                    (viii) any relevant international
15                standards or guidance with respect to mutual
16                recognition of reinsurance supervision adopted
17                by the International Association of Insurance
18                Supervisors or its successor organization.
19                (c) If, upon conducting an evaluation under
20            this paragraph with respect to the reinsurance
21            supervisory system of any non-U.S. assuming
22            insurer, the Director determines that the
23            jurisdiction qualifies to be recognized as a
24            qualified jurisdiction, the Director shall publish
25            notice and evidence of such recognition in an
26            appropriate manner. The Director may establish a

 

 

SB3865- 335 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            procedure to withdraw recognition of those
2            jurisdictions that are no longer qualified.
3                (d) The Director shall consider the list of
4            qualified jurisdictions through the NAIC committee
5            process in determining qualified jurisdictions. If
6            the Director approves a jurisdiction as qualified
7            that does not appear on the list of qualified
8            jurisdictions, then the Director shall provide
9            thoroughly documented justification in accordance
10            with criteria to be developed under regulations.
11                (e) U.S. jurisdictions that meet the
12            requirement for accreditation under the NAIC
13            financial standards and accreditation program
14            shall be recognized as qualified jurisdictions.
15                (f) If a certified reinsurer's domiciliary
16            jurisdiction ceases to be a qualified
17            jurisdiction, then the Director may suspend the
18            reinsurer's certification indefinitely, in lieu of
19            revocation.
20            (4) If an applicant for certification has been
21        certified as a reinsurer in an NAIC accredited
22        jurisdiction, then the Director may defer to that
23        jurisdiction's certification and to the rating
24        assigned by that jurisdiction if the assuming insurer
25        submits a properly executed Form CR-1 and such
26        additional information as the Director requires. Such

 

 

SB3865- 336 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        assuming insurer shall be considered to be a certified
2        reinsurer in this State but only upon the Director's
3        assignment of an Illinois rating, which shall be made
4        based on the requirements of subparagraph (5) of this
5        paragraph (C-5). The following shall apply:
6                (a) Any change in the certified reinsurer's
7            status or rating in the other jurisdiction shall
8            apply automatically in Illinois as of the date it
9            takes effect in the other jurisdiction. The
10            certified reinsurer shall notify the Director of
11            any change in its status or rating within 10 days
12            after receiving notice of the change.
13                (b) The Director may withdraw recognition of
14            the other jurisdiction's rating at any time and
15            assign a new rating in accordance with
16            subparagraph (5) of this paragraph (C-5).
17                (c) The Director may withdraw recognition of
18            the other jurisdiction's certification at any time
19            with written notice to the certified reinsurer.
20            Unless the Director suspends or revokes the
21            certified reinsurer's certification in accordance
22            with item (c) of subparagraph (9) of this
23            paragraph (C-5), the certified reinsurer's
24            certification shall remain in good standing in
25            Illinois for a period of 3 months, which shall be
26            extended if additional time is necessary to

 

 

SB3865- 337 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            consider the assuming insurer's application for
2            certification in Illinois.
3            (5) The Director shall assign a rating to each
4        certified reinsurer pursuant to rules adopted by the
5        Department. Factors that shall be considered as part
6        of the evaluation process include the following:
7                (a) The certified reinsurer's financial
8            strength rating from an acceptable rating agency.
9            Financial strength ratings shall be classified
10            according to the following ratings categories:
11                    (i) Ratings Category "Secure - 1"
12                corresponds to the highest level of rating
13                given by a rating agency, including, but not
14                limited to, A.M. Best Company rating A++;
15                Standard & Poor's rating AAA; Moody's
16                Investors Service rating Aaa; and Fitch
17                Ratings rating AAA.
18                    (ii) Ratings Category "Secure - 2"
19                corresponds to the second-highest level of
20                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
21                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
22                Best Company rating A+; Standard & Poor's
23                rating AA+, AA, or AA-; Moody's Investors
24                Service ratings Aa1, Aa2, or Aa3; and Fitch
25                Ratings ratings AA+, AA, or AA-.
26                    (iii) Ratings Category "Secure - 3"

 

 

SB3865- 338 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                corresponds to the third-highest level of
2                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
3                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
4                Best Company rating A; Standard & Poor's
5                ratings A+ or A; Moody's Investors Service
6                ratings A1 or A2; and Fitch Ratings ratings A+
7                or A.
8                    (iv) Ratings Category "Secure - 4"
9                corresponds to the fourth-highest level of
10                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
11                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
12                Best Company rating A-; Standard & Poor's
13                rating A-; Moody's Investors Service rating
14                A3; and Fitch Ratings rating A-.
15                    (v) Ratings Category "Secure - 5"
16                corresponds to the fifth-highest level of
17                rating or group of ratings given by a rating
18                agency, including, but not limited to, A.M.
19                Best Company ratings B++ or B+; Standard &
20                Poor's ratings BBB+, BBB, or BBB-; Moody's
21                Investors Service ratings Baa1, Baa2, or Baa3;
22                and Fitch Ratings ratings BBB+, BBB, or BBB-.
23                    (vi) Ratings Category "Vulnerable - 6"
24                corresponds to a level of rating given by a
25                rating agency, other than those described in
26                subitems (i) through (v) of this item (a),

 

 

SB3865- 339 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                including, but not limited to, A.M. Best
2                Company rating B, B-, C++, C+, C, C-, D, E, or
3                F; Standard & Poor's ratings BB+, BB, BB-, B+,
4                B, B-, CCC, CC, C, D, or R; Moody's Investors
5                Service ratings Ba1, Ba2, Ba3, B1, B2, B3,
6                Caa, Ca, or C; and Fitch Ratings ratings BB+,
7                BB, BB-, B+, B, B-, CCC+, CCC, CCC-, or D.
8                A failure to obtain or maintain at least 2
9            financial strength ratings from acceptable rating
10            agencies shall result in loss of eligibility for
11            certification.
12                (b) The business practices of the certified
13            reinsurer in dealing with its ceding insurers,
14            including its record of compliance with
15            reinsurance contractual terms and obligations.
16                (c) For certified reinsurers domiciled in the
17            U.S., a review of the most recent applicable NAIC
18            Annual Statement Blank, either Schedule F (for
19            property and casualty reinsurers) or Schedule S
20            (for life and health reinsurers).
21                (d) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in
22            the U.S., a review annually of Form CR-F (for
23            property and casualty reinsurers) or Form CR-S
24            (for life and health reinsurers).
25                (e) The reputation of the certified reinsurer
26            for prompt payment of claims under reinsurance

 

 

SB3865- 340 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            agreements, based on an analysis of ceding
2            insurers' Schedule F reporting of overdue
3            reinsurance recoverables, including the proportion
4            of obligations that are more than 90 days past due
5            or are in dispute, with specific attention given
6            to obligations payable to companies that are in
7            administrative supervision or receivership.
8                (f) Regulatory actions against the certified
9            reinsurer.
10                (g) The report of the independent auditor on
11            the financial statements of the insurance
12            enterprise, on the basis described in item (h) of
13            this subparagraph (5).
14                (h) For certified reinsurers not domiciled in
15            the U.S., audited financial statements (audited
16            Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S.
17            GAAP) basis statement if available, audited
18            International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
19            basis statements are allowed but must include an
20            audited footnote reconciling equity and net income
21            to U.S. GAAP basis or, with the permission of the
22            Director, audited IFRS basis statements with
23            reconciliation to U.S. GAAP basis certified by an
24            officer of the company), regulatory filings, and
25            actuarial opinion (as filed with the non-U.S.
26            jurisdiction supervisor). Upon the initial

 

 

SB3865- 341 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            application for certification, the Director shall
2            consider the audited financial statements filed
3            with its non-U.S. jurisdiction supervisor for the
4            3 years immediately preceding the date of the
5            initial application for certification.
6                (i) The liquidation priority of obligations to
7            a ceding insurer in the certified reinsurer's
8            domiciliary jurisdiction in the context of an
9            insolvency proceeding.
10                (j) A certified reinsurer's participation in
11            any solvent scheme of arrangement, or similar
12            procedure, that involves U.S. ceding insurers. The
13            Director shall receive prior notice from a
14            certified reinsurer that proposes participation by
15            the certified reinsurer in a solvent scheme of
16            arrangement.
17            The maximum rating that a certified reinsurer may
18        be assigned shall correspond to its financial strength
19        rating, which shall be determined according to
20        subitems (i) through (vi) of item (a) of this
21        subparagraph (5). The Director shall use the lowest
22        financial strength rating received from an acceptable
23        rating agency in establishing the maximum rating of a
24        certified reinsurer.
25            (6) Based on the analysis conducted under item (e)
26        of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph (C-5) of a

 

 

SB3865- 342 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        certified reinsurer's reputation for prompt payment of
2        claims, the Director may make appropriate adjustments
3        in the security the certified reinsurer is required to
4        post to protect its liabilities to U.S. ceding
5        insurers, provided that the Director shall, at a
6        minimum, increase the security the certified reinsurer
7        is required to post by one rating level under item (a)
8        of subparagraph (8) of this paragraph (C-5) if the
9        Director finds that:
10                (a) more than 15% of the certified reinsurer's
11            ceding insurance clients have overdue reinsurance
12            recoverables on paid losses of 90 days or more
13            that are not in dispute and that exceed $100,000
14            for each cedent; or
15                (b) the aggregate amount of reinsurance
16            recoverables on paid losses that are not in
17            dispute that are overdue by 90 days or more
18            exceeds $50,000,000.
19            (7) The Director shall post notice on the
20        Department's website promptly upon receipt of any
21        application for certification, including instructions
22        on how members of the public may respond to the
23        application. The Director may not take final action on
24        the application until at least 30 days after posting
25        the notice required by this subparagraph. The Director
26        shall publish a list of all certified reinsurers and

 

 

SB3865- 343 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        their ratings.
2            (8) A certified reinsurer shall secure obligations
3        assumed from U.S. ceding insurers under this
4        subsection (1) at a level consistent with its rating.
5                (a) The amount of security required in order
6            for full credit to be allowed shall correspond
7            with the applicable ratings category:
8                    Secure - 1: 0%.
9                    Secure - 2: 10%.
10                    Secure - 3: 20%.
11                    Secure - 4: 50%.
12                    Secure - 5: 75%.
13                    Vulnerable - 6: 100%.
14                (b) Nothing in this subparagraph (8) shall
15            prohibit the parties to a reinsurance agreement
16            from agreeing to provisions establishing security
17            requirements that exceed the minimum security
18            requirements established for certified reinsurers
19            under this Section.
20                (c) In order for a domestic ceding insurer to
21            qualify for full financial statement credit for
22            reinsurance ceded to a certified reinsurer, the
23            certified reinsurer shall maintain security in a
24            form acceptable to the Director and consistent
25            with the provisions of subsection (2) of this
26            Section, or in a multibeneficiary trust in

 

 

SB3865- 344 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            accordance with paragraph (C) of this subsection
2            (1), except as otherwise provided in this
3            subparagraph (8).
4                (d) If a certified reinsurer maintains a trust
5            to fully secure its obligations subject to
6            paragraph (C) of this subsection (1), and chooses
7            to secure its obligations incurred as a certified
8            reinsurer in the form of a multibeneficiary trust,
9            then the certified reinsurer shall maintain
10            separate trust accounts for its obligations
11            incurred under reinsurance agreements issued or
12            renewed as a certified reinsurer with reduced
13            security as permitted by this subsection or
14            comparable laws of other U.S. jurisdictions and
15            for its obligations subject to paragraph (C) of
16            this subsection (1). It shall be a condition to
17            the grant of certification under this paragraph
18            (C-5) that the certified reinsurer shall have
19            bound itself, by the language of the trust and
20            agreement with the Director with principal
21            regulatory oversight of each such trust account,
22            to fund, upon termination of any such trust
23            account, out of the remaining surplus of such
24            trust any deficiency of any other such trust
25            account. The certified reinsurer shall also
26            provide or make available, if requested by a

 

 

SB3865- 345 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            beneficiary under a trust, all the information
2            that is required to be provided under the
3            requirements of item (d) of subparagraph (2) of
4            paragraph (C) of this subsection (1) to the
5            certified reinsurer's U.S. ceding insurers or
6            their assigns and successors in interest. The
7            assuming insurer may decline to release trade
8            secrets or commercially sensitive information that
9            would qualify as exempt from disclosure under the
10            Freedom of Information Act.
11                (e) The minimum trusteed surplus requirements
12            provided in paragraph (C) of this subsection (1)
13            are not applicable with respect to a
14            multibeneficiary trust maintained by a certified
15            reinsurer for the purpose of securing obligations
16            incurred under this subsection, except that such
17            trust shall maintain a minimum trusteed surplus of
18            $10,000,000.
19                (f) With respect to obligations incurred by a
20            certified reinsurer under this subsection (1), if
21            the security is insufficient, then the Director
22            may reduce the allowable credit by an amount
23            proportionate to the deficiency and may impose
24            further reductions in allowable credit upon
25            finding that there is a material risk that the
26            certified reinsurer's obligations will not be paid

 

 

SB3865- 346 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            in full when due.
2            (9)(a) In the case of a downgrade by a rating
3        agency or other disqualifying circumstance, the
4        Director shall by written notice assign a new rating
5        to the certified reinsurer in accordance with the
6        requirements of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph
7        (C-5).
8            (b) If the rating of a certified reinsurer is
9        upgraded by the Director, then the certified reinsurer
10        may meet the security requirements applicable to its
11        new rating on a prospective basis, but the Director
12        shall require the certified reinsurer to post security
13        under the previously applicable security requirements
14        as to all contracts in force on or before the effective
15        date of the upgraded rating. If the rating of a
16        certified reinsurer is downgraded by the Director,
17        then the Director shall require the certified
18        reinsurer to meet the security requirements applicable
19        to its new rating for all business it has assumed as a
20        certified reinsurer.
21            (c) The Director may suspend, revoke, or otherwise
22        modify a certified reinsurer's certification at any
23        time if the certified reinsurer fails to meet its
24        obligations or security requirements under this
25        Section or if other financial or operating results of
26        the certified reinsurer, or documented significant

 

 

SB3865- 347 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        delays in payment by the certified reinsurer, lead the
2        Director to reconsider the certified reinsurer's
3        ability or willingness to meet its contractual
4        obligations. In seeking to suspend, revoke, or
5        otherwise modify a certified reinsurer's
6        certification, the Director shall follow the
7        procedures provided in paragraph (G) of this
8        subsection (1).
9            (d) For purposes of this subsection (1), a
10        certified reinsurer whose certification has been
11        terminated for any reason shall be treated as a
12        certified reinsurer required to secure 100% of its
13        obligations.
14                (i) As used in this item (d), the term
15            "terminated" refers to revocation, suspension,
16            voluntary surrender and inactive status.
17                (ii) If the Director continues to assign a
18            higher rating as permitted by other provisions of
19            this Section, then this requirement does not apply
20            to a certified reinsurer in inactive status or to
21            a reinsurer whose certification has been
22            suspended.
23            (e) Upon revocation of the certification of a
24        certified reinsurer by the Director, the assuming
25        insurer shall be required to post security in
26        accordance with subsection (2) of this Section in

 

 

SB3865- 348 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        order for the ceding insurer to continue to take
2        credit for reinsurance ceded to the assuming insurer.
3        If funds continue to be held in trust, then the
4        Director may allow additional credit equal to the
5        ceding insurer's pro rata share of the funds,
6        discounted to reflect the risk of uncollectibility and
7        anticipated expenses of trust administration.
8            (f) Notwithstanding the change of a certified
9        reinsurer's rating or revocation of its certification,
10        a domestic insurer that has ceded reinsurance to that
11        certified reinsurer may not be denied credit for
12        reinsurance for a period of 3 months for all
13        reinsurance ceded to that certified reinsurer, unless
14        the reinsurance is found by the Director to be at high
15        risk of uncollectibility.
16            (10) A certified reinsurer that ceases to assume
17        new business in this State may request to maintain its
18        certification in inactive status in order to continue
19        to qualify for a reduction in security for its
20        in-force business. An inactive certified reinsurer
21        shall continue to comply with all applicable
22        requirements of this subsection (1), and the Director
23        shall assign a rating that takes into account, if
24        relevant, the reasons why the reinsurer is not
25        assuming new business.
26            (11) Credit for reinsurance under this paragraph

 

 

SB3865- 349 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (C-5) shall apply only to reinsurance contracts
2        entered into or renewed on or after the effective date
3        of the certification of the assuming insurer.
4            (12) The Director shall comply with all reporting
5        and notification requirements that may be established
6        by the NAIC with respect to certified reinsurers and
7        qualified jurisdictions.
8        (C-10)(1) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance
9    is ceded to an assuming insurer meeting each of the
10    conditions set forth in this subparagraph.
11            (a) The assuming insurer must have its head office
12        in or be domiciled in, as applicable, and be licensed
13        in a reciprocal jurisdiction. As used in this
14        paragraph (C-10), "reciprocal jurisdiction" means a
15        jurisdiction that meets one of the following:
16                (i) a non-U.S. jurisdiction that is subject to
17            an in-force covered agreement with the United
18            States, each within its legal authority, or, in
19            the case of a covered agreement between the United
20            States and European Union, is a member state of
21            the European Union; as used in this subitem,
22            "covered agreement" means an agreement entered
23            into pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform
24            and Consumer Protection Act (31 U.S.C. 313 and
25            314) that is currently in effect or in a period of
26            provisional application and addresses the

 

 

SB3865- 350 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            elimination, under specified conditions, of
2            collateral requirements as a condition for
3            entering into any reinsurance agreement with a
4            ceding insurer domiciled in this State or for
5            allowing the ceding insurer to recognize credit
6            for reinsurance;
7                (ii) a U.S. jurisdiction that meets the
8            requirements for accreditation under the NAIC
9            financial standards and accreditation program; or
10                (iii) a qualified jurisdiction, as determined
11            by the Director pursuant to subparagraph (3) of
12            paragraph (C-5) of subsection (1) of this Section,
13            that is not otherwise described in subitem (i) or
14            (ii) of this item and that meets certain
15            additional requirements, consistent with the terms
16            and conditions of in-force covered agreements, as
17            specified by the Department by rule.
18            (b) The assuming insurer must have and maintain,
19        on an ongoing basis, minimum capital and surplus, or
20        its equivalent, calculated according to the
21        methodology of its domiciliary jurisdiction, in an
22        amount to be set forth by rule. If the assuming insurer
23        is an association, including incorporated and
24        individual unincorporated underwriters, it must have
25        and maintain, on an ongoing basis, minimum capital and
26        surplus equivalents (net of liabilities) calculated

 

 

SB3865- 351 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        according to the methodology applicable in its
2        domiciliary jurisdiction and a central fund containing
3        a balance in amounts to be set forth by rule.
4            (c) The assuming insurer must have and maintain,
5        on an ongoing basis, a minimum solvency or capital
6        ratio, as applicable, that will be set forth by rule.
7        If the assuming insurer is an association, including
8        incorporated and individual unincorporated
9        underwriters, it must have and maintain, on an ongoing
10        basis, a minimum solvency or capital ratio in the
11        reciprocal jurisdiction where the assuming insurer has
12        its head office or is domiciled, as applicable, and is
13        also licensed.
14            (d) The assuming insurer must provide adequate
15        assurance to the Director, in a form specified by the
16        Department by rule, as follows:
17                (i) the assuming insurer must provide prompt
18            written notice and explanation to the Director if
19            it falls below the minimum requirements set forth
20            in items (b) or (c) of this subparagraph or if any
21            regulatory action is taken against it for serious
22            noncompliance with applicable law;
23                (ii) the assuming insurer must consent in
24            writing to the jurisdiction of the courts of this
25            State and to the appointment of the Director as
26            agent for service of process; the Director may

 

 

SB3865- 352 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            require that consent for service of process be
2            provided to the Director and included in each
3            reinsurance agreement; nothing in this subitem
4            (ii) shall limit or in any way alter the capacity
5            of parties to a reinsurance agreement to agree to
6            alternative dispute resolution mechanisms, except
7            to the extent such agreements are unenforceable
8            under applicable insolvency or delinquency laws;
9                (iii) the assuming insurer must consent in
10            writing to pay all final judgments obtained by a
11            ceding insurer or its legal successor, whenever
12            enforcement is sought, that have been declared
13            enforceable in the jurisdiction where the judgment
14            was obtained;
15                (iv) each reinsurance agreement must include a
16            provision requiring the assuming insurer to
17            provide security in an amount equal to 100% of the
18            assuming insurer's liabilities attributable to
19            reinsurance ceded pursuant to that agreement if
20            the assuming insurer resists enforcement of a
21            final judgment that is enforceable under the law
22            of the jurisdiction in which it was obtained or a
23            properly enforceable arbitration award, whether
24            obtained by the ceding insurer or by its legal
25            successor on behalf of its resolution estate; and
26                (v) the assuming insurer must confirm that it

 

 

SB3865- 353 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            is not presently participating in any solvent
2            scheme of arrangement which involves this State's
3            ceding insurers and agree to notify the ceding
4            insurer and the Director and to provide security
5            in an amount equal to 100% of the assuming
6            insurer's liabilities to the ceding insurer if the
7            assuming insurer enters into such a solvent scheme
8            of arrangement; the security shall be in a form
9            consistent with the provisions of paragraph (C-5)
10            of subsection (1) and subsection (2) and as
11            specified by the Department by rule.
12            (e) If requested by the Director, the assuming
13        insurer or its legal successor must provide, on behalf
14        of itself and any legal predecessors, certain
15        documentation to the Director, as specified by the
16        Department by rule.
17            (f) The assuming insurer must maintain a practice
18        of prompt payment of claims under reinsurance
19        agreements pursuant to criteria set forth by rule.
20            (g) The assuming insurer's supervisory authority
21        must confirm to the Director on an annual basis, as of
22        the preceding December 31 or at the annual date
23        otherwise statutorily reported to the reciprocal
24        jurisdiction, that the assuming insurer complied with
25        the requirements set forth in items (b) and (c) of this
26        subparagraph.

 

 

SB3865- 354 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (h) Nothing in this subparagraph precludes an
2        assuming insurer from providing the Director with
3        information on a voluntary basis.
4        (2) The Director shall timely create and publish a
5    list of reciprocal jurisdictions.
6            (a) The Director's list shall include any
7        reciprocal jurisdiction as defined under subitems (i)
8        and (ii) of item (a) of subparagraph (1) of this
9        paragraph, and shall consider any other reciprocal
10        jurisdiction included on the list of reciprocal
11        jurisdictions published through the NAIC committee
12        process. The Director may approve a jurisdiction that
13        does not appear on the NAIC list of reciprocal
14        jurisdictions in accordance with criteria to be
15        developed by rules adopted by the Department.
16            (b) The Director may remove a jurisdiction from
17        the list of reciprocal jurisdictions upon a
18        determination that the jurisdiction no longer meets
19        the requirements of a reciprocal jurisdiction in
20        accordance with a process set forth in rules adopted
21        by the Department, except that the Director shall not
22        remove from the list a reciprocal jurisdiction as
23        defined under subitems (i) and (ii) of item (a) of
24        subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. If otherwise
25        allowed pursuant to this Section, credit for
26        reinsurance ceded to an assuming insurer that has its

 

 

SB3865- 355 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        home office or is domiciled in that jurisdiction shall
2        be allowed upon removal of a reciprocal jurisdiction
3        from this list.
4        (3) The Director shall timely create and publish a
5    list of assuming insurers that have satisfied the
6    conditions set forth in this paragraph and to which
7    cessions shall be granted credit in accordance with this
8    paragraph. The Director may add an assuming insurer to the
9    list if a NAIC-accredited jurisdiction has added the
10    assuming insurer to a list of assuming insurers or if,
11    upon initial eligibility, the assuming insurer submits the
12    information to the Director as required under item (d) of
13    subparagraph (1) of this paragraph and complies with any
14    additional requirements that the Department may impose by
15    rule except to the extent that they conflict with an
16    applicable covered agreement.
17        (4) If the Director determines that an assuming
18    insurer no longer meets one or more of the requirements
19    under this paragraph, the Director may revoke or suspend
20    the eligibility of the assuming insurer for recognition
21    under this paragraph in accordance with procedures set
22    forth by rule.
23            (a) While an assuming insurer's eligibility is
24        suspended, no reinsurance agreement issued, amended,
25        or renewed after the effective date of the suspension
26        qualifies for credit except to the extent that the

 

 

SB3865- 356 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        assuming insurer's obligations under the contract are
2        secured in accordance with subsection (2).
3            (b) If an assuming insurer's eligibility is
4        revoked, no credit for reinsurance may be granted
5        after the effective date of the revocation with
6        respect to any reinsurance agreements entered into by
7        the assuming insurer, including reinsurance agreements
8        entered into before the date of revocation, except to
9        the extent that the assuming insurer's obligations
10        under the contract are secured in a form acceptable to
11        the Director and consistent with the provisions of
12        subsection (2).
13        (5) If subject to a legal process of rehabilitation,
14    liquidation, or conservation, as applicable, the ceding
15    insurer or its representative may seek and, if determined
16    appropriate by the court in which the proceedings are
17    pending, may obtain an order requiring that the assuming
18    insurer post security for all outstanding ceded
19    liabilities.
20        (6) Nothing in this paragraph shall limit or in any
21    way alter the capacity of parties to a reinsurance
22    agreement to agree on requirements for security or other
23    terms in that reinsurance agreement except as expressly
24    prohibited by this Section or other applicable law or
25    regulation.
26        (7) Credit may be taken under this paragraph only for

 

 

SB3865- 357 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    reinsurance agreements entered into, amended, or renewed
2    on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
3    the 102nd General Assembly and only with respect to losses
4    incurred and reserves reported on or after the later of:
5            (i) the date on which the assuming insurer has met
6        all eligibility requirements pursuant to subparagraph
7        (1) of this paragraph; and
8            (ii) the effective date of the new reinsurance
9        agreement, amendment, or renewal.
10        This subparagraph does not alter or impair a ceding
11    insurer's right to take credit for reinsurance, to the
12    extent that credit is not available under this paragraph,
13    as long as the reinsurance qualifies for credit under any
14    other applicable provision of this Section.
15        (8) Nothing in this paragraph shall authorize an
16    assuming insurer to withdraw or reduce the security
17    provided under any reinsurance agreement except as
18    permitted by the terms of the agreement.
19        (9) Nothing in this paragraph shall limit or in any
20    way alter the capacity of parties to any reinsurance
21    agreement to renegotiate the agreement.
22        (D) Credit shall be allowed when the reinsurance is
23    ceded to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements
24    of paragraph (A), (B), (B-5), (C), (C-5), or (C-10) of
25    this subsection (1) but only with respect to the insurance
26    of risks located in jurisdictions where that reinsurance

 

 

SB3865- 358 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    is required by applicable law or regulation of that
2    jurisdiction.
3        (E) If the assuming insurer is not licensed to
4    transact insurance in this State or an accredited or
5    certified reinsurer in this State, the credit permitted by
6    paragraphs (B-5) and (C) of this subsection (1) shall not
7    be allowed unless the assuming insurer agrees in the
8    reinsurance agreements:
9            (1) that in the event of the failure of the
10        assuming insurer to perform its obligations under the
11        terms of the reinsurance agreement, the assuming
12        insurer, at the request of the ceding insurer, shall
13        submit to the jurisdiction of any court of competent
14        jurisdiction in any state of the United States, will
15        comply with all requirements necessary to give the
16        court jurisdiction, and will abide by the final
17        decision of the court or of any appellate court in the
18        event of an appeal; and
19            (2) to designate the Director or a designated
20        attorney as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may
21        be served any lawful process in any action, suit, or
22        proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the ceding
23        company.
24        This provision is not intended to conflict with or
25    override the obligation of the parties to a reinsurance
26    agreement to arbitrate their disputes, if an obligation to

 

 

SB3865- 359 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    arbitrate is created in the agreement.
2        (F) If the assuming insurer does not meet the
3    requirements of paragraph (A), (B), (B-5), or (C-10) of
4    this subsection (1), the credit permitted by paragraph (C)
5    or (C-5) of this subsection (1) shall not be allowed
6    unless the assuming insurer agrees in the trust agreements
7    to the following conditions:
8            (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions in the
9        trust instrument, if the trust fund is inadequate
10        because it contains an amount less than the amount
11        required by subparagraph (3) of paragraph (C) of this
12        subsection (1) or if the grantor of the trust has been
13        declared insolvent or placed into receivership,
14        rehabilitation, liquidation, or similar proceedings
15        under the laws of its state or country of domicile, the
16        trustee shall comply with an order of the state
17        official with regulatory oversight over the trust or
18        with an order of a court of competent jurisdiction
19        directing the trustee to transfer to the state
20        official with regulatory oversight all of the assets
21        of the trust fund.
22            (2) The assets shall be distributed by and claims
23        shall be filed with and valued by the state official
24        with regulatory oversight in accordance with the laws
25        of the state in which the trust is domiciled that are
26        applicable to the liquidation of domestic insurance

 

 

SB3865- 360 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        companies.
2            (3) If the state official with regulatory
3        oversight determines that the assets of the trust fund
4        or any part thereof are not necessary to satisfy the
5        claims of the U.S. ceding insurers of the grantor of
6        the trust, the assets or part thereof shall be
7        returned by the state official with regulatory
8        oversight to the trustee for distribution in
9        accordance with the trust agreement.
10            (4) The grantor shall waive any rights otherwise
11        available to it under U.S. law that are inconsistent
12        with the provision.
13        (G) If an accredited or certified reinsurer ceases to
14    meet the requirements for accreditation or certification,
15    then the Director may suspend or revoke the reinsurer's
16    accreditation or certification.
17            (1) The Director must give the reinsurer notice
18        and opportunity for hearing. The suspension or
19        revocation may not take effect until after the
20        Director's order on hearing, unless:
21                (a) the reinsurer waives its right to hearing;
22                (b) the Director's order is based on
23            regulatory action by the reinsurer's domiciliary
24            jurisdiction or the voluntary surrender or
25            termination of the reinsurer's eligibility to
26            transact insurance or reinsurance business in its

 

 

SB3865- 361 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            domiciliary jurisdiction or in the primary
2            certifying state of the reinsurer under
3            subparagraph (4) of paragraph (C-5) of this
4            subsection (1); or
5                (c) the Director finds that an emergency
6            requires immediate action and a court of competent
7            jurisdiction has not stayed the Director's action.
8            (2) While a reinsurer's accreditation or
9        certification is suspended, no reinsurance contract
10        issued or renewed after the effective date of the
11        suspension qualifies for credit except to the extent
12        that the reinsurer's obligations under the contract
13        are secured in accordance with subsection (2) of this
14        Section. If a reinsurer's accreditation or
15        certification is revoked, no credit for reinsurance
16        may be granted after the effective date of the
17        revocation, except to the extent that the reinsurer's
18        obligations under the contract are secured in
19        accordance with subsection (2) of this Section.
20        (H) The following provisions shall apply concerning
21    concentration of risk:
22            (1) A ceding insurer shall take steps to manage
23        its reinsurance recoverable proportionate to its own
24        book of business. A domestic ceding insurer shall
25        notify the Director within 30 days after reinsurance
26        recoverables from any single assuming insurer, or

 

 

SB3865- 362 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        group of affiliated assuming insurers, exceeds 50% of
2        the domestic ceding insurer's last reported surplus to
3        policyholders, or after it is determined that
4        reinsurance recoverables from any single assuming
5        insurer, or group of affiliated assuming insurers, is
6        likely to exceed this limit. The notification shall
7        demonstrate that the exposure is safely managed by the
8        domestic ceding insurer.
9            (2) A ceding insurer shall take steps to diversify
10        its reinsurance program. A domestic ceding insurer
11        shall notify the Director within 30 days after ceding
12        to any single assuming insurer, or group of affiliated
13        assuming insurers, more than 20% of the ceding
14        insurer's gross written premium in the prior calendar
15        year, or after it has determined that the reinsurance
16        ceded to any single assuming insurer, or group of
17        affiliated assuming insurers, is likely to exceed this
18        limit. The notification shall demonstrate that the
19        exposure is safely managed by the domestic ceding
20        insurer.
21    (2) Credit for the reinsurance ceded by a domestic insurer
22to an assuming insurer not meeting the requirements of
23subsection (1) of this Section shall be allowed in an amount
24not exceeding the assets or liabilities carried by the ceding
25insurer. The credit shall not exceed the amount of funds held
26by or held in trust for the ceding insurer under a reinsurance

 

 

SB3865- 363 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1contract with the assuming insurer as security for the payment
2of obligations thereunder, if the security is held in the
3United States subject to withdrawal solely by, and under the
4exclusive control of, the ceding insurer; or, in the case of a
5trust, held in a qualified United States financial
6institution, as defined in paragraph (B) of subsection (3) of
7this Section. This security may be in the form of:
8        (A) Cash.
9        (B) Securities listed by the Securities Valuation
10    Office of the National Association of Insurance
11    Commissioners, including those deemed exempt from filing
12    as defined by the Purposes and Procedures Manual of the
13    Securities Valuation Office that conform to the
14    requirements of Article VIII of this Code that are not
15    issued by an affiliate of either the assuming or ceding
16    company.
17        (C) Clean, irrevocable, unconditional, letters of
18    credit issued or confirmed by a qualified United States
19    financial institution, as defined in paragraph (A) of
20    subsection (3) of this Section. The letters of credit
21    shall be effective no later than December 31 of the year
22    for which filing is being made, and in the possession of,
23    or in trust for, the ceding company on or before the filing
24    date of its annual statement. Letters of credit meeting
25    applicable standards of issuer acceptability as of the
26    dates of their issuance (or confirmation) shall,

 

 

SB3865- 364 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    notwithstanding the issuing (or confirming) institution's
2    subsequent failure to meet applicable standards of issuer
3    acceptability, continue to be acceptable as security until
4    their expiration, extension, renewal, modification, or
5    amendment, whichever first occurs.
6        (D) Any other form of security acceptable to the
7    Director.
8    (3)(A) For purposes of paragraph (C) of subsection (2) of
9this Section, a "qualified United States financial
10institution" means an institution that:
11        (1) is organized or, in the case of a U.S. office of a
12    foreign banking organization, licensed under the laws of
13    the United States or any state thereof;
14        (2) is regulated, supervised, and examined by U.S.
15    federal or state authorities having regulatory authority
16    over banks and trust companies;
17        (3) has been designated by either the Director or the
18    Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of
19    Insurance Commissioners as meeting such standards of
20    financial condition and standing as are considered
21    necessary and appropriate to regulate the quality of
22    financial institutions whose letters of credit will be
23    acceptable to the Director; and
24        (4) is not affiliated with the assuming company.
25    (B) A "qualified United States financial institution"
26means, for purposes of those provisions of this law specifying

 

 

SB3865- 365 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1those institutions that are eligible to act as a fiduciary of a
2trust, an institution that:
3        (1) is organized or, in the case of the U.S. branch or
4    agency office of a foreign banking organization, licensed
5    under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
6    and has been granted authority to operate with fiduciary
7    powers;
8        (2) is regulated, supervised, and examined by federal
9    or state authorities having regulatory authority over
10    banks and trust companies; and
11        (3) is not affiliated with the assuming company,
12    however, if the subject of the reinsurance contract is
13    insurance written pursuant to Section 155.51 of this Code,
14    the financial institution may be affiliated with the
15    assuming company with the prior approval of the Director.
16    (C) Except as set forth in subparagraph (11) of paragraph
17(C-5) of subsection (1) of this Section as to cessions by
18certified reinsurers, this amendatory Act of the 100th General
19Assembly shall apply to all cessions after the effective date
20of this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly under
21reinsurance agreements that have an inception, anniversary, or
22renewal date not less than 6 months after the effective date of
23this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly.
24    (D) The Department shall adopt rules implementing the
25provisions of this Article.
26(Source: P.A. 102-578, eff. 7-1-22 (See Section 5 of P.A.

 

 

SB3865- 366 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1102-672 for effective date of P.A. 102-578).)
 
2    (215 ILCS 5/179A-5)
3    Sec. 179A-5. Purpose. This Article is adopted to provide a
4basis for the creation of protected cells by a domestic
5insurer as one means of accessing alternative sources of
6capital and achieving the benefits of insurance
7securitization. Investors in fully funded insurance
8securitization transactions provide funds that are available
9to pay the insurer's insurance obligations or to repay the
10investors or both. The creation of protected cells is intended
11to be a means to achieve more efficiencies in conducting
12insurance securitizations.
13    Under the terms of the typical debt instrument underlying
14an insurance securitization transaction, prepaid principal is
15repaid to the investor on a specified maturity date with
16interest, unless a trigger event occurs. The insurance
17securitization proceeds secure both the protected cell
18company's insurance obligations if a trigger event occurs, as
19well as the protected cell company's obligation to repay the
20insurance securitization investors if a trigger event does not
21occur. Insurance securitization transactions have been
22performed through non-domestic alien companies in order to
23utilize efficiencies available to non-domestic alien companies
24that are not currently available to domestic companies. This
25Article is adopted in order to create more efficiency in

 

 

SB3865- 367 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1conducting insurance securitization, to allow domestic
2companies easier access to alternative sources of capital, and
3to promote the benefits of insurance securitization generally.
4(Source: P.A. 91-278, eff. 7-23-99; 92-74, eff. 7-12-01.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/179E-5)
6    Sec. 179E-5. Purpose. This Article is adopted to provide
7for the creation of Special Purpose Reinsurance Vehicles
8("SPRV") exclusively to facilitate the securitization of one
9or more ceding insurers' risk as a means of accessing
10alternative sources of capital and achieving the benefits of
11securitization. Investors in fully funded insurance
12securitization transactions provide funds that are available
13to the SPRV to secure the aggregate limit under an SPRV
14contract that provides coverage against the occurrence of a
15triggering event. The creation of SPRVs is intended to achieve
16greater efficiencies in conducting insurance securitizations,
17to diversify and broaden insurers' access to sources of risk
18bearing capital, and to make insurance securitization
19generally available on reasonable terms to as many U.S.
20insurers as possible.
21    Under the terms of the typical securities underlying an
22insurance securitization transaction, proceeds from the
23issuance of securities are repaid to the investor on a
24specified maturity date with interest or dividends unless a
25triggering event occurs. The insurance securitization proceeds

 

 

SB3865- 368 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1are available to pay the SPRV's obligations to the ceding
2insurer if the triggering event occurs, as well as being
3available to satisfy the SPRV's obligation to repay the
4insurance securitization investors if a triggering event does
5not occur. Insurance securitization transactions have been
6performed by non-domestic alien companies to utilize
7efficiencies available to those non-domestic alien companies
8that are not currently available to domestic companies. This
9Article is adopted to allow more efficiency in conducting
10insurance securitizations, to allow ceding insurers easier
11access to alternative sources of risk bearing capital, and to
12promote the benefits of insurance securitization to U.S.
13insurers.
14(Source: P.A. 92-124, eff. 7-20-01.)
 
15    (215 ILCS 5/Art. XII heading)
16
ARTICLE XII. DOMESTICATION OF
17
FOREIGN AND NON-DOMESTIC ALIEN COMPANIES

 
18    (215 ILCS 5/180)  (from Ch. 73, par. 792)
19    Sec. 180. Companies that may domesticate.
20    (1) Any domestic, foreign, or non-domestic alien stock
21company, mutual company, assessment legal reserve company,
22reciprocal, or fraternal benefit society, authorized or which
23may be authorized to do business in this State, may reorganize
24under the laws of this State (including a reorganization as a

 

 

SB3865- 369 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1captive insurance company under the laws of this State), by
2complying with the provisions of this Article.
3    (2) As used in this Article: "reorganize" means
4reorganize, reincorporate, or domesticate as an Illinois
5insurer; "reorganization" means reorganization,
6reincorporation, or domestication as an Illinois insurer;
7"reorganized company" means any company that has availed
8itself of the provisions of this Article, and the
9reorganization of which has been effected as in this Article
10provided; and "similar domestic company" means, in the case of
11an application for reorganization as a domestic captive
12insurance company, a domestic captive insurance company
13organized under Article VIIC.
14(Source: P.A. 87-1216.)
 
15    (215 ILCS 5/185.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 797.1)
16    Sec. 185.1. Effect of Reorganization.
17    When the reorganization has been effected:
18    (a) The articles of reorganization shall be the articles
19of incorporation of the reorganized company and said company
20shall continue in existence as, and thereafter be, a company
21of this State.
22    (b) The reorganized company shall make its reports in
23accordance with the laws of this State and shall be subject to
24the exclusive regulation and supervision by the Department of
25Insurance of this State and shall be subject to regulation and

 

 

SB3865- 370 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1supervision by the Insurance Departments of other states and
2countries as a foreign or non-domestic alien company.
3    (c) The reorganized company shall have all of the rights,
4privileges, immunities and powers and shall be subject to all
5of the duties and liabilities granted or imposed by this Code
6(except in the case of a domestic captive insurance company,
7which shall have all of the rights, privileges, immunities and
8powers and shall be subject to all of the duties and
9liabilities granted or imposed by Article VIIC of this Code).
10    (d) The reorganized company shall thereupon and thereafter
11possess all the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and
12franchises of a public as well as a private nature,
13theretofore possessed by the company so reorganized. Without
14limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the agency
15appointments, licenses, certificates of authority and rates
16which are in existence at the time of the reorganization of
17such reorganized company takes effect shall continue in full
18force and effect; (ii) all property, real, personal and mixed,
19and all debts due on whatever account, including subscriptions
20to shares, assessments payable from members or policyholders,
21and all other choses in action, and all and every other
22interest of, or belonging to or due to the company so
23reorganized, shall be deemed to be transferred to and vested
24in the reorganized company without further act or deed; and
25(iii) the title to any real estate or any interest therein
26theretofore vested in the company so reorganized, shall not

 

 

SB3865- 371 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1revert or be in any way impaired by reason of such
2reorganization.
3    (e) The reorganized company shall thenceforth be
4responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations
5of the company so reorganized. Any claim existing, or action
6or proceeding pending by or against the company so
7reorganized, may be prosecuted to judgment as if such
8reorganization had not taken place, or such reorganized
9company may be substituted in its place. Neither the rights of
10creditors nor any liens upon the property of the company so
11reorganized, shall be impaired by such reorganization, but
12such liens shall be limited to the property upon which they
13were liens immediately prior to the reorganization, unless
14otherwise provided in the articles of reorganization.
15(Source: P.A. 85-131.)
 
16    (215 ILCS 5/188)  (from Ch. 73, par. 800)
17    Sec. 188. Grounds for rehabilitation and liquidation of a
18domestic company or an unauthorized foreign or non-domestic
19alien company. Whenever any domestic company or any
20unauthorized foreign or non-domestic alien company:
21        1. is insolvent;
22        2. has failed or refused to submit its books, papers,
23    accounts, records or affairs to the reasonable inspection
24    or examination of the Director or his actuaries,
25    supervisors, deputies, or examiners;

 

 

SB3865- 372 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        3. has concealed, removed, altered, destroyed or
2    failed to establish and maintain books, records,
3    documents, accounts, vouchers and other pertinent material
4    adequate for the determination of its financial condition
5    by examination under Sections 132 through 132.7 or has
6    failed to properly administer claims and to maintain
7    claims records which are adequate for the determination of
8    its outstanding claims liability;
9        4. has failed or refused to observe an order of the
10    Director to make good within the time prescribed by law
11    any deficiency, whenever its capital and minimum required
12    surplus, if a stock company, or its required surplus, if a
13    company other than stock, has become impaired;
14        5. has, by articles of consolidation, contract of
15    reinsurance or otherwise, transferred or attempted to
16    transfer its entire property or business not in conformity
17    with this Code, or entered into any transaction the effect
18    of which is to merge substantially its entire property or
19    business in any other company without having first
20    obtained the written approval of the Director under this
21    Code;
22        6. is found to be in such condition that its further
23    transaction of business would be hazardous to its
24    policyholders, or to its creditors, or to the public;
25        7. has violated its charter or any law of this State or
26    has exceeded or is exceeding its corporate powers;

 

 

SB3865- 373 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        8. has an officer who has refused upon reasonable
2    demand to be examined under oath touching its affairs;
3        9. is found to be in such condition that it could not
4    meet the requirements for organization and authorization
5    as required by law, except as to the amount of the original
6    surplus required of a stock company in Section 13, and
7    except as to the amount of the surplus required of a mutual
8    company in excess of the minimum surplus required by this
9    Code to be maintained, or either an authorized control
10    level event or a mandatory control level event as set
11    forth in Article IIA exists;
12        10. has ceased for the period of one year to transact
13    insurance business;
14        11. has commenced, or has attempted to commence, any
15    voluntary liquidation or dissolution proceeding, or any
16    proceeding to procure the appointment of a receiver,
17    liquidator, rehabilitator, sequestrator, or a similar
18    officer for itself;
19        12. is a party, whether plaintiff or defendant in any
20    proceeding in which an application is made for the
21    appointment of a receiver, custodian, liquidator,
22    rehabilitator, sequestrator, or similar officer for such
23    company or its property, or a receiver, custodian,
24    liquidator, rehabilitator, sequestrator or similar
25    officer, for such company or its property is appointed by
26    any court, or such appointment is imminent;

 

 

SB3865- 374 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        13. consents by a majority of its directors,
2    stockholders or members;
3        14. has not organized and obtained a certificate
4    authorizing it to commence the transaction of its business
5    within the period of time prescribed by the sections of
6    this Code under which it is or proposes to be organized; or
7        15. has failed or refused to pay any valid final
8    judgment within 30 days after the rendition thereof, or
9    whenever it appears to the Director that any person has
10    committed a violation of Article VIII 1/2 with the result
11    described in Section 131.26,
12sufficient grounds shall be deemed to exist for the
13commencement of rehabilitation or liquidation proceedings.
14    With respect to a domestic company, the Director must
15report, and with respect to an unauthorized foreign or
16non-domestic alien company, the Director may report any such
17case to the Attorney General of this State whose duty it shall
18be to apply forthwith by complaint on relation of the Director
19in the name of the People of the State of Illinois, as
20plaintiff, to the Circuit Court of Cook County, the Circuit
21Court of Sangamon County, or the circuit court of the county in
22which such company has, or last had its principal office, for
23an order to rehabilitate or liquidate the defendant company as
24provided in this Article, and for such other relief as the
25nature of the case and the interests of its policyholders,
26creditors, members, stockholders or the public may require.

 

 

SB3865- 375 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    When, upon investigation, the Director finds that a
2company is engaged in any aspect of the business of insurance
3on behalf of or in association with any domestic insurance
4company, against which a receivership proceeding has been or
5is being filed under this Article, in a manner that appears to
6be detrimental to policyholders, creditors, members,
7shareholders, or the public, the Director may report such case
8to the Attorney General of this State, whose duty it is to
9apply forthwith by complaint on relation of the Director in
10the name of the People of the State of Illinois, as plaintiff,
11to the court in which the receivership proceeding is pending
12for an order to appoint the Director as receiver to assume
13control of the assets and operation of the company pending a
14complete investigation and determination of the rights of the
15policyholders, creditors, members, shareholders, and the
16general public.
17(Source: P.A. 92-140, eff. 7-24-01.)
 
18    (215 ILCS 5/188.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 800.1)
19    Sec. 188.1. Provisions for conservation of assets of a
20domestic, foreign, or non-domestic alien company.
21    (1) Upon the filing by the Director of a verified
22complaint alleging (a) that with respect to a domestic,
23foreign, or non-domestic alien company, whether authorized or
24unauthorized, a condition exists that would justify a court
25order for proceedings under Section 188, and (b) that the

 

 

SB3865- 376 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1interests of creditors, policyholders or the public will
2probably be endangered by delay, then the circuit court of
3Sangamon or Cook County or the circuit court of the county in
4which such company has or last had its principal office shall
5enter forthwith without a hearing or prior notice an order
6directing the director to take possession and control of the
7property, business, books, records, and accounts of the
8company, and of the premises occupied by it for the
9transaction of its business, or such part of each as the
10complaint shall specify, and enjoining the company and its
11officers, directors, agents, servants, and employees from
12disposition of its property and from transaction of its
13business except with the concurrence of the Director until the
14further order of the court. Copies of the verified complaint
15and the seizure order shall be served upon the company.
16    (2) The order shall continue in force and effect for such
17time as the court deems necessary for the Director to
18ascertain the condition and situation of the company. On
19motion of either party or on its own motion, the court may from
20time to time hold such hearings as it deems desirable, and may
21extend, shorten, or modify the terms of, the seizure order. So
22far as the court deems it possible, the parties shall be given
23adequate notice of such hearings. As soon as practicable, the
24court shall vacate the seizure order or terminate the
25conservation proceedings of the company, either when the
26Director has failed to institute proceedings under Section 188

 

 

SB3865- 377 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1having a reasonable opportunity to do so, or upon an order of
2the court pursuant to such proceedings.
3    (3) Entry of a seizure order under this section shall not
4constitute an anticipatory breach of any contract of the
5company.
6    (4) The court may hold all hearings in conservation
7proceedings privately in chambers, and shall do so on request
8of any officer of the company proceeded against.
9    (5) In conservation proceedings and judicial reviews
10thereof, all records of the company, other documents, and all
11insurance department files and court records and papers, so
12far as they pertain to and are a part of the record of the
13conservation proceedings, shall be and remain confidential
14except as is necessary to obtain compliance therewith, unless
15and until the court, after hearing arguments in chambers from
16the Director and the company, shall decide otherwise, or
17unless the company requests that the matter be made public.
18    (6) Any person having possession of and refusing to
19deliver any of the property, business, books, records or
20accounts of a company against which a seizure order has been
21issued shall be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
22(Source: P.A. 89-206, eff. 7-21-95.)
 
23    (215 ILCS 5/197)  (from Ch. 73, par. 809)
24    Sec. 197. Rights, powers, and duties ancillary to
25domiciliary proceeding.

 

 

SB3865- 378 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1     The rights, powers, and duties of the Director as
2conservator, rehabilitator, or liquidator, with reference to
3the assets of a foreign or non-domestic alien company, whether
4authorized or unauthorized, shall be ancillary to the rights,
5powers and duties imposed upon any receiver or other person,
6if any, in charge of the property, business and affairs of such
7company in its domiciliary state or country.
8(Source: P.A. 86-1154; 86-1156.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/201)  (from Ch. 73, par. 813)
10    Sec. 201. Who may apply for appointment of receiver or
11liquidator.) No order or judgment enjoining, restraining or
12interfering with the prosecution of the business of any
13company, or for the appointment of a temporary or permanent
14receiver, rehabilitator or liquidator of a domestic company,
15or receiver or conservator of a foreign or non-domestic alien
16company, shall be made or granted otherwise than upon the
17complaint of the Director represented by the Attorney General
18as provided in this article, except in an action by a judgment
19creditor or in proceedings supplementary thereto after notice
20that a final judgment has been entered and that the judgment
21creditor intends to file a complaint praying for any of the
22relief in this section mentioned, has been served upon the
23Director at least 30 days prior to the filing of such complaint
24by such judgment creditor.
25(Source: P.A. 84-546.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 379 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/223)  (from Ch. 73, par. 835)
2    Sec. 223. Director to value policies - Legal standard of
3valuation.
4    (1) For policies and contracts issued prior to the
5operative date of the Valuation Manual, the Director shall
6annually value, or cause to be valued, the reserve liabilities
7(hereinafter called reserves) for all outstanding life
8insurance policies and annuity and pure endowment contracts of
9every life insurance company doing business in this State,
10except that in the case of a non-domestic an alien company,
11such valuation shall be limited to its United States business.
12In calculating such reserves, he may use group methods and
13approximate averages for fractions of a year or otherwise. In
14lieu of the valuation of the reserves herein required of any
15foreign or non-domestic alien company, he may accept any
16valuation made, or caused to be made, by the insurance
17supervisory official of any state or other jurisdiction when
18such valuation complies with the minimum standard provided in
19this Section.
20    The provisions set forth in this subsection (1) and in
21subsections (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (7) of this Section
22shall apply to all policies and contracts, as appropriate,
23subject to this Section issued prior to the operative date of
24the Valuation Manual. The provisions set forth in subsections
25(8) and (9) of this Section shall not apply to any such

 

 

SB3865- 380 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1policies and contracts.
2    For policies and contracts issued on or after the
3operative date of the Valuation Manual, the Director shall
4annually value, or cause to be valued, the reserve liabilities
5(reserves) for all outstanding life insurance contracts,
6annuity and pure endowment contracts, accident and health
7contracts, and deposit-type contracts of every company issued
8on or after the operative date of the Valuation Manual. In lieu
9of the valuation of the reserves required of a foreign or
10non-domestic alien company, the Director may accept a
11valuation made, or caused to be made, by the insurance
12supervisory official of any state or other jurisdiction when
13the valuation complies with the minimum standard provided in
14this Section.
15    The provisions set forth in subsections (8) and (9) of
16this Section shall apply to all policies and contracts issued
17on or after the operative date of the Valuation Manual.
18    Any such company which adopts at any time a standard of
19valuation producing greater aggregate reserves than those
20calculated according to the minimum standard provided under
21this Section may adopt a lower standard of valuation, with the
22approval of the Director, but not lower than the minimum
23herein provided, however, that, for the purposes of this
24subsection, the holding of additional reserves previously
25determined by the appointed actuary to be necessary to render
26the opinion required by subsection (1a) shall not be deemed to

 

 

SB3865- 381 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1be the adoption of a higher standard of valuation. In the
2valuation of policies the Director shall give no consideration
3to, nor make any deduction because of, the existence or the
4possession by the company of
5        (a) policy liens created by any agreement given or
6    assented to by any assured subsequent to July 1, 1937, for
7    which liens such assured has not received cash or other
8    consideration equal in value to the amount of such liens,
9    or
10        (b) policy liens created by any agreement entered into
11    in violation of Section 232 unless the agreement imposing
12    or creating such liens has been approved by a Court in a
13    proceeding under Article XIII, or in the case of a foreign
14    or non-domestic alien company has been approved by a court
15    in a rehabilitation or liquidation proceeding or by the
16    insurance official of its domiciliary state or country, in
17    accordance with the laws thereof.
18    (1a) This subsection shall become operative at the end of
19the first full calendar year following the effective date of
20this amendatory Act of 1991.
21        (A) General.
22            (1) Prior to the operative date of the Valuation
23        Manual, every life insurance company doing business in
24        this State shall annually submit the opinion of a
25        qualified actuary as to whether the reserves and
26        related actuarial items held in support of the

 

 

SB3865- 382 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        policies and contracts specified by the Director by
2        regulation are computed appropriately, are based on
3        assumptions that satisfy contractual provisions, are
4        consistent with prior reported amounts and comply with
5        applicable laws of this State. The Director by
6        regulation shall define the specifics of this opinion
7        and add any other items deemed to be necessary to its
8        scope.
9            (2) The opinion shall be submitted with the annual
10        statement reflecting the valuation of reserve
11        liabilities for each year ending on or after December
12        31, 1992.
13            (3) The opinion shall apply to all business in
14        force including individual and group health insurance
15        plans, in form and substance acceptable to the
16        Director as specified by regulation.
17            (4) The opinion shall be based on standards
18        adopted from time to time by the Actuarial Standards
19        Board and on additional standards as the Director may
20        by regulation prescribe.
21            (5) In the case of an opinion required to be
22        submitted by a foreign or non-domestic alien company,
23        the Director may accept the opinion filed by that
24        company with the insurance supervisory official of
25        another state if the Director determines that the
26        opinion reasonably meets the requirements applicable

 

 

SB3865- 383 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        to a company domiciled in this State.
2            (6) For the purpose of this Section, "qualified
3        actuary" means a member in good standing of the
4        American Academy of Actuaries who meets the
5        requirements set forth in its regulations.
6            (7) Except in cases of fraud or willful
7        misconduct, the qualified actuary shall not be liable
8        for damages to any person (other than the insurance
9        company and the Director) for any act, error,
10        omission, decision or conduct with respect to the
11        actuary's opinion.
12            (8) Disciplinary action by the Director against
13        the company or the qualified actuary shall be defined
14        in regulations by the Director.
15            (9) A memorandum, in form and substance acceptable
16        to the Director as specified by regulation, shall be
17        prepared to support each actuarial opinion.
18            (10) If the insurance company fails to provide a
19        supporting memorandum at the request of the Director
20        within a period specified by regulation or the
21        Director determines that the supporting memorandum
22        provided by the insurance company fails to meet the
23        standards prescribed by the regulations or is
24        otherwise unacceptable to the Director, the Director
25        may engage a qualified actuary at the expense of the
26        company to review the opinion and the basis for the

 

 

SB3865- 384 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        opinion and prepare the supporting memorandum as is
2        required by the Director.
3            (11) Any memorandum in support of the opinion, and
4        any other material provided by the company to the
5        Director in connection therewith, shall be kept
6        confidential by the Director and shall not be made
7        public and shall not be subject to subpoena, other
8        than for the purpose of defending an action seeking
9        damages from any person by reason of any action
10        required by this Section or by regulations promulgated
11        hereunder; provided, however, that the memorandum or
12        other material may otherwise be released by the
13        Director (a) with the written consent of the company
14        or (b) to the American Academy of Actuaries upon
15        request stating that the memorandum or other material
16        is required for the purpose of professional
17        disciplinary proceedings and setting forth procedures
18        satisfactory to the Director for preserving the
19        confidentiality of the memorandum or other material.
20        Once any portion of the confidential memorandum is
21        cited by the company in its marketing or is cited
22        before any governmental agency other than a state
23        insurance department or is released by the company to
24        the news media, all portions of the confidential
25        memorandum shall be no longer confidential.
26        (B) Actuarial analysis of reserves and assets

 

 

SB3865- 385 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    supporting those reserves.
2            (1) Every life insurance company, except as
3        exempted by or under regulation, shall also annually
4        include in the opinion required by paragraph (A)(1) of
5        this subsection (1a), an opinion of the same qualified
6        actuary as to whether the reserves and related
7        actuarial items held in support of the policies and
8        contracts specified by the Director by regulation,
9        when considered in light of the assets held by the
10        company with respect to the reserves and related
11        actuarial items including, but not limited to, the
12        investment earnings on the assets and the
13        considerations anticipated to be received and retained
14        under the policies and contracts, make adequate
15        provision for the company's obligations under the
16        policies and contracts including, but not limited to,
17        the benefits under and expenses associated with the
18        policies and contracts.
19            (2) The Director may provide by regulation for a
20        transition period for establishing any higher reserves
21        which the qualified actuary may deem necessary in
22        order to render the opinion required by this Section.
23    (1b) Actuarial Opinion of Reserves after the Operative
24Date of the Valuation Manual.
25        (A) General.
26            (1) Every company with outstanding life insurance

 

 

SB3865- 386 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, or
2        deposit-type contracts in this State and subject to
3        regulation by the Director shall annually submit the
4        opinion of the appointed actuary as to whether the
5        reserves and related actuarial items held in support
6        of the policies and contracts are computed
7        appropriately, are based on assumptions that satisfy
8        contractual provisions, are consistent with prior
9        reported amounts, and comply with applicable laws of
10        this State. The Valuation Manual shall prescribe the
11        specifics of this opinion, including any items deemed
12        to be necessary to its scope.
13            (2) The opinion shall be submitted with the annual
14        statement reflecting the valuation of such reserve
15        liabilities for each year ending on or after the
16        operative date of the Valuation Manual.
17            (3) The opinion shall apply to all policies and
18        contracts subject to paragraph (B) of this subsection
19        (1b), plus other actuarial liabilities as may be
20        specified in the Valuation Manual.
21            (4) The opinion shall be based on standards
22        adopted from time to time by the Actuarial Standards
23        Board or its successor and on additional standards as
24        may be prescribed in the Valuation Manual.
25            (5) In the case of an opinion required to be
26        submitted by a foreign or non-domestic alien company,

 

 

SB3865- 387 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        the Director may accept the opinion filed by that
2        company with the insurance supervisory official of
3        another state if the Director determines that the
4        opinion reasonably meets the requirements applicable
5        to a company domiciled in this State.
6            (6) Except in cases of fraud or willful
7        misconduct, the appointed actuary shall not be liable
8        for damages to any person (other than the insurance
9        company and the Director) for any act, error,
10        omission, decision, or conduct with respect to the
11        appointed actuary's opinion.
12            (7) Disciplinary action by the Director against
13        the company or the appointed actuary shall be defined
14        by the Director by rule.
15            (8) A memorandum, in a form and substance as
16        specified in the Valuation Manual and acceptable to
17        the Director, shall be prepared to support each
18        actuarial opinion.
19            (9) If the insurance company fails to provide a
20        supporting memorandum at the request of the Director
21        within a period specified in the Valuation Manual or
22        the Director determines that the supporting memorandum
23        provided by the insurance company fails to meet the
24        standards prescribed by the Valuation Manual or is
25        otherwise unacceptable to the Director, the Director
26        may engage a qualified actuary at the expense of the

 

 

SB3865- 388 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        company to review the opinion and the basis for the
2        opinion and prepare the supporting memorandum as is
3        required by the Director.
4        (B) Every company with outstanding life insurance
5    contracts, accident and health insurance contracts, or
6    deposit-type contracts in this State and subject to
7    regulation by the Director, except as exempted in the
8    Valuation Manual, shall also annually include in the
9    opinion required by subparagraph (1) of paragraph (A) of
10    this subsection (1b), an opinion of the same appointed
11    actuary as to whether the reserves and related actuarial
12    items held in support of the policies and contracts
13    specified in the Valuation Manual, when considered in
14    light of the assets held by the company with respect to the
15    reserves and related actuarial items, including, but not
16    limited to, the investment earnings on the assets and the
17    considerations anticipated to be received and retained
18    under the policies and contracts, make adequate provision
19    for the company's obligations under the policies and
20    contracts, including, but not limited to, the benefits
21    under and expenses associated with the policies and
22    contracts.
23    (2) This subsection shall apply to only those policies and
24contracts issued prior to the operative date of Section 229.2
25(the Standard Non-forfeiture Law).
26        (a) Except as otherwise in this Article provided, the

 

 

SB3865- 389 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    legal minimum standard for valuation of contracts issued
2    before January 1, 1908, shall be the Actuaries or Combined
3    Experience Table of Mortality with interest at 4% per
4    annum and for valuation of contracts issued on or after
5    that date shall be the American Experience Table of
6    Mortality with either Craig's or Buttolph's Extension for
7    ages under 10 and with interest at 3 1/2% per annum. The
8    legal minimum standard for the valuation of group
9    insurance policies under which premium rates are not
10    guaranteed for a period in excess of 5 years shall be the
11    American Men Ultimate Table of Mortality with interest at
12    3 1/2% per annum. Any life company may, at its option,
13    value its insurance contracts issued on or after January
14    1, 1938, in accordance with their terms on the basis of the
15    American Men Ultimate Table of Mortality with interest not
16    higher than 3 1/2% per annum.
17        (b) Policies issued prior to January 1, 1908, may
18    continue to be valued according to a method producing
19    reserves not less than those produced by the full
20    preliminary term method. Policies issued on and after
21    January 1, 1908, may be valued according to a method
22    producing reserves not less than those produced by the
23    modified preliminary term method hereinafter described in
24    paragraph (c). Policies issued on and after January 1,
25    1938, may be valued either according to a method producing
26    reserves not less than those produced by such modified

 

 

SB3865- 390 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    preliminary term method or by the select and ultimate
2    method on the basis that the rate of mortality during the
3    first 5 years after the issuance of such contracts
4    respectively shall be calculated according to the
5    following percentages of rates shown by the American
6    Experience Table of Mortality:
7            (i) first insurance year 50% thereof;
8            (ii) second insurance year 65% thereof;
9            (iii) third insurance year 75% thereof;
10            (iv) fourth insurance year 85% thereof;
11            (v) fifth insurance year 95% thereof.
12        (c) If the premium charged for the first policy year
13    under a limited payment life preliminary term policy
14    providing for the payment of all premiums thereon in less
15    than 20 years from the date of the policy or under an
16    endowment preliminary term policy, exceeds that charged
17    for the first policy year under 20 payment life
18    preliminary term policies of the same company, the reserve
19    thereon at the end of any year, including the first, shall
20    not be less than the reserve on a 20 payment life
21    preliminary term policy issued in the same year at the
22    same age, together with an amount which shall be
23    equivalent to the accumulation of a net level premium
24    sufficient to provide for a pure endowment at the end of
25    the premium payment period, equal to the difference
26    between the value at the end of such period of such a 20

 

 

SB3865- 391 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    payment life preliminary term policy and the full net
2    level premium reserve at such time of such a limited
3    payment life or endowment policy. The premium payment
4    period is the period during which premiums are
5    concurrently payable under such 20 payment life
6    preliminary term policy and such limited payment life or
7    endowment policy.
8        (d) The legal minimum standard for the valuations of
9    annuities issued on and after January 1, 1938, shall be
10    the American Annuitant's Table with interest not higher
11    than 3 3/4% per annum, and all annuities issued before
12    that date shall be valued on a basis not lower than that
13    used for the annual statement of the year 1937; but
14    annuities deferred 10 or more years and written in
15    connection with life insurance shall be valued on the same
16    basis as that used in computing the consideration or
17    premiums therefor, or upon any higher standard at the
18    option of the company.
19        (e) The Director may vary the standards of interest
20    and mortality as to contracts issued in countries other
21    than the United States and may vary standards of mortality
22    in particular cases of invalid lives and other extra
23    hazards.
24        (f) The legal minimum standard for valuation of waiver
25    of premium disability benefits or waiver of premium and
26    income disability benefits issued on and after January 1,

 

 

SB3865- 392 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    1938, shall be the Class (3) Disability Table (1926)
2    modified to conform to the contractual waiting period,
3    with interest at not more than 3 1/2% per annum; but in no
4    event shall the values be less than those produced by the
5    basis used in computing premiums for such benefits. The
6    legal minimum standard for the valuation of such benefits
7    issued prior to January 1, 1938, shall be such as to place
8    an adequate value, as determined by sound insurance
9    practices, on the liabilities thereunder and shall be such
10    that the value of the benefits under each and every policy
11    shall in no case be less than the value placed upon the
12    future premiums.
13        (g) The legal minimum standard for the valuation of
14    industrial policies issued on or after January 1, 1938,
15    shall be the American Experience Table of Mortality or the
16    Standard Industrial Mortality Table or the Substandard
17    Industrial Mortality Table with interest at 3 1/2% per
18    annum by the net level premium method, or in accordance
19    with their terms by the modified preliminary term method
20    hereinabove described.
21        (h) Reserves for all such policies and contracts may
22    be calculated, at the option of the company, according to
23    any standards which produce greater aggregate reserves for
24    all such policies and contracts than the minimum reserves
25    required by this subsection.
26    (3) This subsection shall apply to only those policies and

 

 

SB3865- 393 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1contracts issued on or after January 1, 1948 or such earlier
2operative date of Section 229.2 (the Standard Non-forfeiture
3Law) as shall have been elected by the insurance company
4issuing such policies or contracts.
5        (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsections (4),
6    (6), and (7), the minimum standard for the valuation of
7    all such policies and contracts shall be the Commissioners
8    Reserve valuation method defined in paragraphs (b) and (f)
9    of this subsection and in subsection 5, 3 1/2% interest
10    for such policies issued prior to September 8, 1977, 5
11    1/2% interest for single premium life insurance policies
12    and 4 1/2% interest for all other such policies issued on
13    or after September 8, 1977, and the following tables:
14            (i) The Commissioners 1941 Standard Ordinary
15        Mortality Table for all Ordinary policies of life
16        insurance issued on the standard basis, excluding any
17        disability and accidental death benefits in such
18        policies, for such policies issued prior to the
19        operative date of subsection (4a) of Section 229.2
20        (Standard Non-forfeiture Law); and the Commissioners
21        1958 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table for such
22        policies issued on or after such operative date but
23        prior to the operative date of subsection (4c) of
24        Section 229.2 provided that for any category of such
25        policies issued on female risks all modified net
26        premiums and present values referred to in this

 

 

SB3865- 394 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        Section may, prior to September 8, 1977, be calculated
2        according to an age not more than 3 years younger than
3        the actual age of the insured and, after September 8,
4        1977, calculated according to an age not more than 6
5        years younger than the actual age of the insured; and
6        for such policies issued on or after the operative
7        date of subsection (4c) of Section 229.2, (i) the
8        Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table,
9        or (ii) at the election of the company for any one or
10        more specified plans of life insurance, the
11        Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table
12        with Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors, or (iii) any
13        ordinary mortality table adopted after 1980 by the
14        NAIC and approved by regulations promulgated by the
15        Director for use in determining the minimum standard
16        of valuation for such policies.
17            (ii) For all Industrial Life Insurance policies
18        issued on the standard basis, excluding any disability
19        and accidental death benefits in such policies--the
20        1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table for such
21        policies issued prior to the operative date of
22        subsection 4 (b) of Section 229.2 (Standard
23        Non-forfeiture Law); and for such policies issued on
24        or after such operative date the Commissioners 1961
25        Standard Industrial Mortality Table or any industrial
26        mortality table adopted after 1980 by the NAIC and

 

 

SB3865- 395 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        approved by regulations promulgated by the Director
2        for use in determining the minimum standard of
3        valuation for such policies.
4            (iii) For Individual Annuity and Pure Endowment
5        contracts, excluding any disability and accidental
6        death benefits in such policies--the 1937 Standard
7        Annuity Mortality Table--or, at the option of the
8        company, the Annuity Mortality Table for 1949,
9        Ultimate, or any modification of either of these
10        tables approved by the Director.
11            (iv) For Group Annuity and Pure Endowment
12        contracts, excluding any disability and accidental
13        death benefits in such policies--the Group Annuity
14        Mortality Table for 1951, any modification of such
15        table approved by the Director, or, at the option of
16        the company, any of the tables or modifications of
17        tables specified for Individual Annuity and Pure
18        Endowment contracts.
19            (v) For Total and Permanent Disability Benefits in
20        or supplementary to Ordinary policies or contracts for
21        policies or contracts issued on or after January 1,
22        1966, the tables of Period 2 disablement rates and the
23        1930 to 1950 termination rates of the 1952 Disability
24        Study of the Society of Actuaries, with due regard to
25        the type of benefit, or any tables of disablement
26        rates and termination rates adopted after 1980 by the

 

 

SB3865- 396 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        NAIC and approved by regulations promulgated by the
2        Director for use in determining the minimum standard
3        of valuation for such policies; for policies or
4        contracts issued on or after January 1, 1961, and
5        prior to January 1, 1966, either such tables or, at the
6        option of the company, the Class (3) Disability Table
7        (1926); and for policies issued prior to January 1,
8        1961, the Class (3) Disability Table (1926). Any such
9        table shall, for active lives, be combined with a
10        mortality table permitted for calculating the reserves
11        for life insurance policies.
12            (vi) For Accidental Death benefits in or
13        supplementary to policies--for policies issued on or
14        after January 1, 1966, the 1959 Accidental Death
15        Benefits Table or any accidental death benefits table
16        adopted after 1980 by the NAIC and approved by
17        regulations promulgated by the Director for use in
18        determining the minimum standard of valuation for such
19        policies; for policies issued on or after January 1,
20        1961, and prior to January 1, 1966, any of such tables
21        or, at the option of the company, the Inter-Company
22        Double Indemnity Mortality Table; and for policies
23        issued prior to January 1, 1961, the Inter-Company
24        Double Indemnity Mortality Table. Either table shall
25        be combined with a mortality table permitted for
26        calculating the reserves for life insurance policies.

 

 

SB3865- 397 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (vii) For Group Life Insurance, life insurance
2        issued on the substandard basis and other special
3        benefits--such tables as may be approved by the
4        Director.
5        (b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (f) of
6    subsection (3), subsection (5), and subsection (7)
7    reserves according to the Commissioners reserve valuation
8    method, for the life insurance and endowment benefits of
9    policies providing for a uniform amount of insurance and
10    requiring the payment of uniform premiums shall be the
11    excess, if any, of the present value, at the date of
12    valuation, of such future guaranteed benefits provided for
13    by such policies, over the then present value of any
14    future modified net premiums therefor. The modified net
15    premiums for any such policy shall be such uniform
16    percentage of the respective contract premiums for such
17    benefits that the present value, at the date of issue of
18    the policy, of all such modified net premiums shall be
19    equal to the sum of the then present value of such benefits
20    provided for by the policy and the excess of (A) over (B),
21    as follows:
22            (A) A net level annual premium equal to the
23        present value, at the date of issue, of such benefits
24        provided for after the first policy year, divided by
25        the present value, at the date of issue, of an annuity
26        of one per annum payable on the first and each

 

 

SB3865- 398 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        subsequent anniversary of such policy on which a
2        premium falls due; provided, however, that such net
3        level annual premium shall not exceed the net level
4        annual premium on the 19 year premium whole life plan
5        for insurance of the same amount at an age one year
6        higher than the age at issue of such policy.
7            (B) A net one year term premium for such benefits
8        provided for in the first policy year.
9        For any life insurance policy issued on or after
10    January 1, 1987, for which the contract premium in the
11    first policy year exceeds that of the second year with no
12    comparable additional benefit being provided in that first
13    year, which policy provides an endowment benefit or a cash
14    surrender value or a combination thereof in an amount
15    greater than such excess premium, the reserve according to
16    the Commissioners reserve valuation method as of any
17    policy anniversary occurring on or before the assumed
18    ending date, defined herein as the first policy
19    anniversary on which the sum of any endowment benefit and
20    any cash surrender value then available is greater than
21    such excess premium, shall, except as otherwise provided
22    in paragraph (f) of subsection (3), be the greater of the
23    reserve as of such policy anniversary calculated as
24    described in the preceding part of this paragraph (b) and
25    the reserve as of such policy anniversary calculated as
26    described in the preceding part of this paragraph (b) with

 

 

SB3865- 399 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (i) the value defined in subpart A of the preceding part of
2    this paragraph (b) being reduced by 15% of the amount of
3    such excess first year premium, (ii) all present values of
4    benefits and premiums being determined without reference
5    to premiums or benefits provided for by the policy after
6    the assumed ending date, (iii) the policy being assumed to
7    mature on such date as an endowment, and (iv) the cash
8    surrender value provided on such date being considered as
9    an endowment benefit. In making the above comparison, the
10    mortality and interest bases stated in paragraph (a) of
11    subsection (3) and in subsection (6) shall be used.
12        Reserves according to the Commissioners reserve
13    valuation method for (i) life insurance policies providing
14    for a varying amount of insurance or requiring the payment
15    of varying premiums, (ii) group annuity and pure endowment
16    contracts purchased under a retirement plan or plan of
17    deferred compensation, established or maintained by an
18    employer (including a partnership or sole proprietorship)
19    or by an employee organization, or by both, other than a
20    plan providing individual retirement accounts or
21    individual retirement annuities under Section 408 of the
22    Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended, (iii)
23    disability and accidental death benefits in all policies
24    and contracts, and (iv) all other benefits, except life
25    insurance and endowment benefits in life insurance
26    policies and benefits provided by all other annuity and

 

 

SB3865- 400 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    pure endowment contracts, shall be calculated by a method
2    consistent with the principles of this paragraph (b),
3    except that any extra premiums charged because of
4    impairments or special hazards shall be disregarded in the
5    determination of modified net premiums.
6        (c) In no event shall a company's aggregate reserves
7    for all life insurance policies, excluding disability and
8    accidental death benefits be less than the aggregate
9    reserves calculated in accordance with the methods set
10    forth in paragraphs (b), (f), and (g) of subsection (3)
11    and in subsection (5) and the mortality table or tables
12    and rate or rates of interest used in calculating
13    non-forfeiture benefits for such policies.
14        (d) In no event shall the aggregate reserves for all
15    policies, contracts, and benefits be less than the
16    aggregate reserves determined by the appointed actuary to
17    be necessary to render the opinion required by subsection
18    (1a).
19        (e) Reserves for any category of policies, contracts
20    or benefits as established by the Director, may be
21    calculated, at the option of the company, according to any
22    standards which produce greater aggregate reserves for
23    such category than those calculated according to the
24    minimum standard herein provided, but the rate or rates of
25    interest used for policies and contracts, other than
26    annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall not be higher

 

 

SB3865- 401 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    than the corresponding rate or rates of interest used in
2    calculating any nonforfeiture benefits provided for
3    therein.
4        (f) If in any contract year the gross premium charged
5    by any life insurance company on any policy or contract is
6    less than the valuation net premium for the policy or
7    contract calculated by the method used in calculating the
8    reserve thereon but using the minimum valuation standards
9    of mortality and rate of interest, the minimum reserve
10    required for such policy or contract shall be the greater
11    of either the reserve calculated according to the
12    mortality table, rate of interest, and method actually
13    used for such policy or contract, or the reserve
14    calculated by the method actually used for such policy or
15    contract but using the minimum standards of mortality and
16    rate of interest and replacing the valuation net premium
17    by the actual gross premium in each contract year for
18    which the valuation net premium exceeds the actual gross
19    premium. The minimum valuation standards of mortality and
20    rate of interest referred to in this paragraph (f) are
21    those standards stated in subsection (6) and paragraph (a)
22    of subsection (3).
23        For any life insurance policy issued on or after
24    January 1, 1987, for which the gross premium in the first
25    policy year exceeds that of the second year with no
26    comparable additional benefit provided in that first year,

 

 

SB3865- 402 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    which policy provides an endowment benefit or a cash
2    surrender value or a combination thereof in an amount
3    greater than such excess premium, the foregoing provisions
4    of this paragraph (f) shall be applied as if the method
5    actually used in calculating the reserve for such policy
6    were the method described in paragraph (b) of subsection
7    (3), ignoring the second paragraph of said paragraph (b).
8    The minimum reserve at each policy anniversary of such a
9    policy shall be the greater of the minimum reserve
10    calculated in accordance with paragraph (b) of subsection
11    (3), including the second paragraph of said paragraph (b),
12    and the minimum reserve calculated in accordance with this
13    paragraph (f).
14        (g) In the case of any plan of life insurance which
15    provides for future premium determination, the amounts of
16    which are to be determined by the insurance company based
17    on then estimates of future experience, or in the case of
18    any plan of life insurance or annuity which is of such a
19    nature that the minimum reserves cannot be determined by
20    the methods described in paragraphs (b) and (f) of
21    subsection (3) and subsection (5), the reserves which are
22    held under any such plan shall:
23            (i) be appropriate in relation to the benefits and
24        the pattern of premiums for that plan, and
25            (ii) be computed by a method which is consistent
26        with the principles of this Standard Valuation Law, as

 

 

SB3865- 403 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        determined by regulations promulgated by the Director.
2    (4) Except as provided in subsection (6), the minimum
3standard of valuation for individual annuity and pure
4endowment contracts issued on or after the operative date of
5this subsection, as defined herein, and for all annuities and
6pure endowments purchased on or after such operative date
7under group annuity and pure endowment contracts shall be the
8Commissioners Reserve valuation methods defined in paragraph
9(b) of subsection (3) and subsection (5) and the following
10tables and interest rates:
11        (a) For individual single premium immediate annuity
12    contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death
13    benefits in such contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity
14    Mortality Table, any individual annuity mortality table
15    adopted after 1980 by the NAIC and approved by regulations
16    promulgated by the Director for use in determining the
17    minimum standard of valuation for such contracts, or any
18    modification of those tables approved by the Director, and
19    7 1/2% interest.
20        (b) For individual and pure endowment contracts other
21    than single premium annuity contracts, excluding any
22    disability and accidental death benefits in such
23    contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table,
24    any individual annuity mortality table adopted after 1980
25    by the NAIC and approved by regulations promulgated by the
26    Director for use in determining the minimum standard of

 

 

SB3865- 404 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    valuation for such contracts, or any modification of those
2    tables approved by the Director, and 5 1/2% interest for
3    single premium deferred annuity and pure endowment
4    contracts and 4 1/2% interest for all other such
5    individual annuity and pure endowment contracts.
6        (c) For all annuities and pure endowments purchased
7    under group annuity and pure endowment contracts,
8    excluding any disability and accidental death benefits
9    purchased under such contracts, the 1971 Group Annuity
10    Mortality Table, any group annuity mortality table adopted
11    after 1980 by the NAIC and approved by regulations
12    promulgated by the Director for use in determining the
13    minimum standard of valuation for such annuities and pure
14    endowments, or any modification of those tables approved
15    by the Director, and 7 1/2% interest.
16    After September 8, 1977, any company may file with the
17Director a written notice of its election to comply with the
18provisions of this subsection after a specified date before
19January 1, 1979, which shall be the operative date of this
20subsection for such company; provided, a company may elect a
21different operative date for individual annuity and pure
22endowment contracts from that elected for group annuity and
23pure endowment contracts. If a company makes no election, the
24operative date of this subsection for such company shall be
25January 1, 1979.
26    (5) This subsection shall apply to all annuity and pure

 

 

SB3865- 405 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1endowment contracts other than group annuity and pure
2endowment contracts purchased under a retirement plan or plan
3of deferred compensation, established or maintained by an
4employer (including a partnership or sole proprietorship) or
5by an employee organization, or by both, other than a plan
6providing individual retirement accounts or individual
7retirement annuities under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue
8Code, as now or hereafter amended.
9    Reserves according to the Commissioners annuity reserve
10method for benefits under annuity or pure endowment contracts,
11excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in such
12contracts, shall be the greatest of the respective excesses of
13the present values, at the date of valuation, of the future
14guaranteed benefits, including guaranteed nonforfeiture
15benefits, provided for by such contracts at the end of each
16respective contract year, over the present value, at the date
17of valuation, of any future valuation considerations derived
18from future gross considerations, required by the terms of
19such contract, that become payable prior to the end of such
20respective contract year. The future guaranteed benefits shall
21be determined by using the mortality table, if any, and the
22interest rate, or rates, specified in such contracts for
23determining guaranteed benefits. The valuation considerations
24are the portions of the respective gross considerations
25applied under the terms of such contracts to determine
26nonforfeiture values.

 

 

SB3865- 406 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (6)(a) Applicability of this subsection. The interest
2rates used in determining the minimum standard for the
3valuation of
4        (A) all life insurance policies issued in a particular
5    calendar year, on or after the operative date of
6    subsection (4c) of Section 229.2 (Standard Nonforfeiture
7    Law),
8        (B) all individual annuity and pure endowment
9    contracts issued in a particular calendar year ending on
10    or after December 31, 1983,
11        (C) all annuities and pure endowments purchased in a
12    particular calendar year ending on or after December 31,
13    1983, under group annuity and pure endowment contracts,
14    and
15        (D) the net increase in a particular calendar year
16    ending after December 31, 1983, in amounts held under
17    guaranteed interest contracts
18shall be the calendar year statutory valuation interest rates,
19as defined in this subsection.
20        (b) Calendar Year Statutory Valuation Interest Rates.
21            (i) The calendar year statutory valuation interest
22        rates shall be determined according to the following
23        formulae, rounding "I" to the nearest .25%.
24                (A) For life insurance,
25                    I = .03 + W (R1 - .03) + W/2 (R2 - .09).
26                (B) For single premium immediate annuities and

 

 

SB3865- 407 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            annuity benefits involving life contingencies
2            arising from other annuities with cash settlement
3            options and from guaranteed interest contracts
4            with cash settlement options,
5                    I = .03 + W (R - .03) or with prior
6                approval of the Director I = .03 + W (Rq -
7                .03).
8            For the purposes of this subparagraph (i), "I"
9        equals the calendar year statutory valuation interest
10        rate, "R" is the reference interest rate defined in
11        this subsection, "R1" is the lesser of R and .09, "R2"
12        is the greater of R and .09, "Rq" is the quarterly
13        reference interest rate defined in this subsection,
14        and "W" is the weighting factor defined in this
15        subsection.
16                (C) For other annuities with cash settlement
17            options and guaranteed interest contracts with
18            cash settlement options, valued on an issue year
19            basis, except as stated in (B), the formula for
20            life insurance stated in (A) applies to annuities
21            and guaranteed interest contracts with guarantee
22            durations in excess of 10 years, and the formula
23            for single premium immediate annuities stated in
24            (B) above applies to annuities and guaranteed
25            interest contracts with guarantee durations of 10
26            years or less.

 

 

SB3865- 408 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                (D) For other annuities with no cash
2            settlement options and for guaranteed interest
3            contracts with no cash settlement options, the
4            formula for single premium immediate annuities
5            stated in (B) applies.
6                (E) For other annuities with cash settlement
7            options and guaranteed interest contracts with
8            cash settlement options, valued on a change in
9            fund basis, the formula for single premium
10            immediate annuities stated in (B) applies.
11            (ii) If the calendar year statutory valuation
12        interest rate for any life insurance policy issued in
13        any calendar year determined without reference to this
14        subparagraph differs from the corresponding actual
15        rate for similar policies issued in the immediately
16        preceding calendar year by less than .5%, the calendar
17        year statutory valuation interest rate for such life
18        insurance policy shall be the corresponding actual
19        rate for the immediately preceding calendar year. For
20        purposes of applying this subparagraph, the calendar
21        year statutory valuation interest rate for life
22        insurance policies issued in a calendar year shall be
23        determined for 1980, using the reference interest rate
24        defined for 1979, and shall be determined for each
25        subsequent calendar year regardless of when subsection
26        (4c) of Section 229.2 (Standard Nonforfeiture Law)

 

 

SB3865- 409 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        becomes operative.
2        (c) Weighting Factors.
3            (i) The weighting factors referred to in the
4        formulae stated in paragraph (b) are given in the
5        following tables.
6                (A) Weighting Factors for Life Insurance.
7GuaranteeWeighting
8DurationFactors
9(Years)
1010 or less.50
11More than 10, but not more than 20.45
12More than 20.35
13                For life insurance, the guarantee duration is
14            the maximum number of years the life insurance can
15            remain in force on a basis guaranteed in the
16            policy or under options to convert to plans of
17            life insurance with premium rates or nonforfeiture
18            values or both which are guaranteed in the
19            original policy.
20                (B) The weighting factor for single premium
21            immediate annuities and for annuity benefits
22            involving life contingencies arising from other
23            annuities with cash settlement options and
24            guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
25            options is .80.
26                (C) The weighting factors for other annuities

 

 

SB3865- 410 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            and for guaranteed interest contracts, except as
2            stated in (B) of this subparagraph (i), shall be
3            as specified in tables (1), (2), and (3) of this
4            subpart (C), according to the rules and
5            definitions in (4), (5) and (6) of this subpart
6            (C).
7                    (1) For annuities and guaranteed interest
8                contracts valued on an issue year basis.
9GuaranteeWeighting Factor
10Durationfor Plan Type
11(Years) A    B   C
125 or less......................................80  .60 .50
13More than 5, but not
14more than 10...................................75  .60 .50
15More than 10, but not
16more than 20...................................65  .50 .45
17More than 20...................................45  .35 .35
18                    (2) For annuities and guaranteed interest
19                contracts valued on a change in fund basis,
20                the factors shown in (1) for Plan Types A, B
21                and C are increased by .15, .25 and .05,
22                respectively.
23                    (3) For annuities and guaranteed interest
24                contracts valued on an issue year basis, other
25                than those with no cash settlement options,
26                which do not guarantee interest on

 

 

SB3865- 411 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                considerations received more than one year
2                after issue or purchase, and for annuities and
3                guaranteed interest contracts valued on a
4                change in fund basis which do not guarantee
5                interest rates on considerations received more
6                than 12 months beyond the valuation date, the
7                factors shown in (1), or derived in (2), for
8                Plan Types A, B and C are increased by .05.
9                    (4) For other annuities with cash
10                settlement options and guaranteed interest
11                contracts with cash settlement options, the
12                guarantee duration is the number of years for
13                which the contract guarantees interest rates
14                in excess of the calendar year statutory
15                valuation interest rate for life insurance
16                policies with guarantee durations in excess of
17                20 years. For other annuities with no cash
18                settlement options, and for guaranteed
19                interest contracts with no cash settlement
20                options, the guarantee duration is the number
21                of years from the date of issue or date of
22                purchase to the date annuity benefits are
23                scheduled to commence.
24                    (5) The plan types used in the above
25                tables are defined as follows.
26                    Plan Type A is a plan under which the

 

 

SB3865- 412 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                policyholder may not withdraw funds, or may
2                withdraw funds at any time but only (a) with
3                an adjustment to reflect changes in interest
4                rates or asset values since receipt of the
5                funds by the insurance company, (b) without
6                such an adjustment but in installments over 5
7                years or more, or (c) as an immediate life
8                annuity.
9                    Plan Type B is a plan under which the
10                policyholder may not withdraw funds before
11                expiration of the interest rate guarantee, or
12                may withdraw funds before such expiration but
13                only (a) with an adjustment to reflect changes
14                in interest rates or asset values since
15                receipt of the funds by the insurance company,
16                or (b) without such adjustment but in
17                installments over 5 years or more. At the end
18                of the interest rate guarantee, funds may be
19                withdrawn without such adjustment in a single
20                sum or installments over less than 5 years.
21                    Plan Type C is a plan under which the
22                policyholder may withdraw funds before
23                expiration of the interest rate guarantee in a
24                single sum or installments over less than 5
25                years either (a) without adjustment to reflect
26                changes in interest rates or asset values

 

 

SB3865- 413 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                since receipt of the funds by the insurance
2                company, or (b) subject only to a fixed
3                surrender charge stipulated in the contract as
4                a percentage of the fund.
5                    (6) A company may elect to value
6                guaranteed interest contracts with cash
7                settlement options and annuities with cash
8                settlement options on either an issue year
9                basis or on a change in fund basis. Guaranteed
10                interest contracts with no cash settlement
11                options and other annuities with no cash
12                settlement options shall be valued on an issue
13                year basis. As used in this Section, "issue
14                year basis of valuation" refers to a valuation
15                basis under which the interest rate used to
16                determine the minimum valuation standard for
17                the entire duration of the annuity or
18                guaranteed interest contract is the calendar
19                year valuation interest rate for the year of
20                issue or year of purchase of the annuity or
21                guaranteed interest contract. "Change in fund
22                basis of valuation", as used in this Section,
23                refers to a valuation basis under which the
24                interest rate used to determine the minimum
25                valuation standard applicable to each change
26                in the fund held under the annuity or

 

 

SB3865- 414 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                guaranteed interest contract is the calendar
2                year valuation interest rate for the year of
3                the change in the fund.
4        (d) Reference Interest Rate. The reference interest
5    rate referred to in paragraph (b) of this subsection is
6    defined as follows.
7            (A) For all life insurance, the reference interest
8        rate is the lesser of the average over a period of 36
9        months, and the average over a period of 12 months,
10        with both periods ending on June 30, or with prior
11        approval of the Director ending on December 31, of the
12        calendar year next preceding the year of issue, of
13        Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average - Monthly Average
14        Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service,
15        Inc.
16            (B) For single premium immediate annuities and for
17        annuity benefits involving life contingencies arising
18        from other annuities with cash settlement options and
19        guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
20        options, the reference interest rate is the average
21        over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30, or with
22        prior approval of the Director ending on December 31,
23        of the calendar year of issue or year of purchase, of
24        Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average - Monthly Average
25        Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service,
26        Inc.

 

 

SB3865- 415 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (C) For annuities with cash settlement options and
2        guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
3        options, valued on a year of issue basis, except those
4        described in (B), with guarantee durations in excess
5        of 10 years, the reference interest rate is the lesser
6        of the average over a period of 36 months and the
7        average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30,
8        or with prior approval of the Director ending on
9        December 31, of the calendar year of issue or
10        purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
11        Average-Monthly Average Corporates, as published by
12        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
13            (D) For other annuities with cash settlement
14        options and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
15        settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis,
16        except those described in (B), with guarantee
17        durations of 10 years or less, the reference interest
18        rate is the average over a period of 12 months, ending
19        on June 30, or with prior approval of the Director
20        ending on December 31, of the calendar year of issue or
21        purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
22        Average-Monthly Average Corporates, as published by
23        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
24            (E) For annuities with no cash settlement options
25        and for guaranteed interest contracts with no cash
26        settlement options, the reference interest rate is the

 

 

SB3865- 416 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        average over a period of 12 months, ending on June 30,
2        or with prior approval of the Director ending on
3        December 31, of the calendar year of issue or
4        purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
5        Average-Monthly Average Corporates, as published by
6        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
7            (F) For annuities with cash settlement options and
8        guaranteed interest contracts with cash settlement
9        options, valued on a change in fund basis, except
10        those described in (B), the reference interest rate is
11        the average over a period of 12 months, ending on June
12        30, or with prior approval of the Director ending on
13        December 31, of the calendar year of the change in the
14        fund, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average-Monthly
15        Average Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors
16        Service, Inc.
17            (G) For annuities valued by a formula based on Rq,
18        the quarterly reference interest rate is, with the
19        prior approval of the Director, the average within
20        each of the 4 consecutive calendar year quarters
21        ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December
22        31 of the calendar year of issue or year of purchase of
23        Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average-Monthly Average
24        Corporates, as published by Moody's Investors Service,
25        Inc.
26        (e) Alternative Method for Determining Reference

 

 

SB3865- 417 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Interest Rates. In the event that the Moody's Corporate
2    Bond Yield Average-Monthly Average Corporates is no longer
3    published by Moody's Investors Services, Inc., or in the
4    event that the NAIC determines that Moody's Corporate Bond
5    Yield Average-Monthly Average Corporates as published by
6    Moody's Investors Service, Inc. is no longer appropriate
7    for the determination of the reference interest rate, then
8    an alternative method for determination of the reference
9    interest rate, which is adopted by the NAIC and approved
10    by regulations promulgated by the Director, may be
11    substituted.
12    (7) Minimum Standards for Accident and Health (Disability,
13Accident and Sickness) Insurance Contracts. The Director shall
14promulgate a regulation containing the minimum standards
15applicable to the valuation of health (disability, sickness
16and accident) plans which are issued prior to the operative
17date of the Valuation Manual. For accident and health
18(disability, accident and sickness) insurance contracts issued
19on or after the operative date of the Valuation Manual, the
20standard prescribed in the Valuation Manual is the minimum
21standard of valuation required under subsection (1).
22    (8) Valuation Manual for Policies Issued On or After the
23Operative Date of the Valuation Manual.
24        (a) For policies issued on or after the operative date
25    of the Valuation Manual, the standard prescribed in the
26    Valuation Manual is the minimum standard of valuation

 

 

SB3865- 418 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    required under subsection (1), except as provided under
2    paragraphs (e) or (g) of this subsection (8).
3        (b) The operative date of the Valuation Manual is
4    January 1 of the first calendar year following the first
5    July 1 when all of the following have occurred:
6            (i) The Valuation Manual has been adopted by the
7        NAIC by an affirmative vote of at least 42 members, or
8        three-fourths of the members voting, whichever is
9        greater.
10            (ii) The Standard Valuation Law, as amended by the
11        NAIC in 2009, or legislation including substantially
12        similar terms and provisions, has been enacted by
13        states representing greater than 75% of the direct
14        premiums written as reported in the following annual
15        statements submitted for 2008: life, accident and
16        health annual statements; health annual statements; or
17        fraternal annual statements.
18            (iii) The Standard Valuation Law, as amended by
19        the NAIC in 2009, or legislation including
20        substantially similar terms and provisions, has been
21        enacted by at least 42 of the following 55
22        jurisdictions: the 50 states of the United States,
23        American Samoa, the American Virgin Islands, the
24        District of Columbia, Guam, and Puerto Rico.
25        (c) Unless a change in the Valuation Manual specifies
26    a later effective date, changes to the Valuation Manual

 

 

SB3865- 419 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    shall be effective on January 1 following the date when
2    the change to the Valuation Manual has been adopted by the
3    NAIC by an affirmative vote representing:
4            (i) at least three-fourths of the members of the
5        NAIC voting, but not less than a majority of the total
6        membership; and
7            (ii) members of the NAIC representing
8        jurisdictions totaling greater than 75% of the direct
9        premiums written as reported in the following annual
10        statements most recently available prior to the vote
11        in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (c): life,
12        accident and health annual statements; health annual
13        statements; or fraternal annual statements.
14        (d) The Valuation Manual must specify all of the
15    following:
16            (i) Minimum valuation standards for and
17        definitions of the policies or contracts subject to
18        subsection (1). Such minimum valuation standards shall
19        be:
20                (A) the Commissioners reserve valuation method
21            for life insurance contracts, other than annuity
22            contracts, subject to subsection (1);
23                (B) the Commissioners annuity reserve
24            valuation method for annuity contracts subject to
25            subsection (1); and
26                (C) minimum reserves for all other policies or

 

 

SB3865- 420 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            contracts subject to subsection (1).
2            (ii) Which policies or contracts or types of
3        policies or contracts are subject to the requirements
4        of a principle-based valuation in paragraph (a) of
5        subsection (9) and the minimum valuation standards
6        consistent with those requirements.
7            (iii) For policies and contracts subject to a
8        principle-based valuation under subsection (9):
9                (A) Requirements for the format of reports to
10            the Director under subparagraph (iii) of paragraph
11            (b) of subsection (9), and which shall include
12            information necessary to determine if the
13            valuation is appropriate and in compliance with
14            this Section.
15                (B) Assumptions shall be prescribed for risks
16            over which the company does not have significant
17            control or influence.
18                (C) Procedures for corporate governance and
19            oversight of the actuarial function, and a process
20            for appropriate waiver or modification of such
21            procedures.
22            (iv) For policies not subject to a principle-based
23        valuation under subsection (9), the minimum valuation
24        standard shall either:
25                (A) be consistent with the minimum standard of
26            valuation prior to the operative date of the

 

 

SB3865- 421 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            Valuation Manual; or
2                (B) develop reserves that quantify the
3            benefits and guarantees and the funding associated
4            with the contracts and their risks at a level of
5            conservatism that reflects conditions that include
6            unfavorable events that have a reasonable
7            probability of occurring.
8            (v) Other requirements, including, but not limited
9        to, those relating to reserve methods, models for
10        measuring risk, generation of economic scenarios,
11        assumptions, margins, use of company experience, risk
12        measurement, disclosure, certifications, reports,
13        actuarial opinions and memorandums, transition rules,
14        and internal controls.
15            (vi) The data and form of the data required under
16        subsection (10) of this Section, with whom the data
17        must be submitted, and may specify other requirements,
18        including data analyses and the reporting of analyses.
19        (e) In the absence of a specific valuation requirement
20    or if a specific valuation requirement in the Valuation
21    Manual is not, in the opinion of the Director, in
22    compliance with this Section, then the company shall, with
23    respect to such requirements, comply with minimum
24    valuation standards prescribed by the Director by rule.
25        (f) The Director may engage a qualified actuary, at
26    the expense of the company, to perform an actuarial

 

 

SB3865- 422 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    examination of the company and opine on the
2    appropriateness of any reserve assumption or method used
3    by the company, or to review and opine on a company's
4    compliance with any requirement set forth in this Section.
5    The Director may rely upon the opinion regarding
6    provisions contained within this Section of a qualified
7    actuary engaged by the Director of another state,
8    district, or territory of the United States. As used in
9    this paragraph, "engage" includes employment and
10    contracting.
11        (g) The Director may require a company to change any
12    assumption or method that in the opinion of the Director
13    is necessary in order to comply with the requirements of
14    the Valuation Manual or this Section; and the company
15    shall adjust the reserves as required by the Director. The
16    Director may take other disciplinary action as permitted
17    pursuant to law.
18    (9) Requirements of a Principle-Based Valuation.
19        (a) A company must establish reserves using a
20    principle-based valuation that meets the following
21    conditions for policies or contracts as specified in the
22    Valuation Manual:
23            (i) Quantify the benefits and guarantees, and the
24        funding, associated with the contracts and their risks
25        at a level of conservatism that reflects conditions
26        that include unfavorable events that have a reasonable

 

 

SB3865- 423 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        probability of occurring during the lifetime of the
2        contracts. For policies or contracts with significant
3        tail risk, reflect conditions appropriately adverse to
4        quantify the tail risk.
5            (ii) Incorporate assumptions, risk analysis
6        methods, and financial models and management
7        techniques that are consistent with, but not
8        necessarily identical to, those utilized within the
9        company's overall risk assessment process, while
10        recognizing potential differences in financial
11        reporting structures and any prescribed assumptions or
12        methods.
13            (iii) Incorporate assumptions that are derived in
14        one of the following manners:
15                (A) The assumption is prescribed in the
16            Valuation Manual.
17                (B) For assumptions that are not prescribed,
18            the assumptions shall:
19                    (1) be established utilizing the company's
20                available experience, to the extent it is
21                relevant and statistically credible; or
22                    (2) to the extent that company data is not
23                available, relevant, or statistically
24                credible, be established utilizing other
25                relevant, statistically credible experience.
26            (iv) Provide margins for uncertainty, including

 

 

SB3865- 424 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        adverse deviation and estimation error, such that the
2        greater the uncertainty, the larger the margin and
3        resulting reserve.
4        (b) A company using a principle-based valuation for
5    one or more policies or contracts subject to this
6    subsection as specified in the Valuation Manual shall:
7            (i) Establish procedures for corporate governance
8        and oversight of the actuarial valuation function
9        consistent with those described in the Valuation
10        Manual.
11            (ii) Provide to the Director and the board of
12        directors an annual certification of the effectiveness
13        of the internal controls with respect to the
14        principle-based valuation. Such controls shall be
15        designed to ensure that all material risks inherent in
16        the liabilities and associated assets subject to such
17        valuation are included in the valuation, and that
18        valuations are made in accordance with the Valuation
19        Manual. The certification shall be based on the
20        controls in place as of the end of the preceding
21        calendar year.
22            (iii) Develop and file with the Director upon
23        request a principle-based valuation report that
24        complies with standards prescribed in the Valuation
25        Manual.
26        (c) A principle-based valuation may include a

 

 

SB3865- 425 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    prescribed formulaic reserve component.
2    (10) Experience Reporting for Policies In Force On or
3After the Operative Date of the Valuation Manual. A company
4shall submit mortality, morbidity, policyholder behavior, or
5expense experience and other data as prescribed in the
6Valuation Manual.
7    (11) Confidentiality.
8        (a) For the purposes of this subsection (11),
9    "confidential information" means any of the following:
10            (i) A memorandum in support of an opinion
11        submitted under subsection (1) of this Section and any
12        other documents, materials, and other information,
13        including, but not limited to, all working papers, and
14        copies thereof, created, produced or obtained by or
15        disclosed to the Director or any other person in
16        connection with the memorandum.
17            (ii) All documents, materials, and other
18        information, including, but not limited to, all
19        working papers, and copies thereof, created, produced,
20        or obtained by or disclosed to the Director or any
21        other person in the course of an examination made
22        under paragraph (f) of subsection (8) of this Section.
23            (iii) Any reports, documents, materials, and other
24        information developed by a company in support of, or
25        in connection with, an annual certification by the
26        company under subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of

 

 

SB3865- 426 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        subsection (9) of this Section evaluating the
2        effectiveness of the company's internal controls with
3        respect to a principle-based valuation and any other
4        documents, materials, and other information,
5        including, but not limited to, all working papers, and
6        copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or
7        disclosed to the Director or any other person in
8        connection with such reports, documents, materials,
9        and other information.
10            (iv) Any principle-based valuation report
11        developed under subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of
12        subsection (9) of this Section and any other
13        documents, materials and other information, including,
14        but not limited to, all working papers, and copies
15        thereof, created, produced or obtained by or disclosed
16        to the Director or any other person in connection with
17        such report.
18            (v) Any documents, materials, data, and other
19        information submitted by a company under subsection
20        (10) of this Section (collectively, "experience data")
21        and any other documents, materials, data, and other
22        information, including, but not limited to, all
23        working papers, and copies thereof, created or
24        produced in connection with such experience data, in
25        each case that include any potentially
26        company-identifying or personally identifiable

 

 

SB3865- 427 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        information, that is provided to or obtained by the
2        Director (together with any experience data, the
3        "experience materials") and any other documents,
4        materials, data and other information, including, but
5        not limited to, all working papers and copies thereof,
6        created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the
7        Director or any other person in connection with such
8        experience materials.
9        (b) Privilege for and Confidentiality of Confidential
10    Information.
11            (i) Except as provided in this subsection (11), a
12        company's confidential information is confidential by
13        law and privileged, and shall not be subject to the
14        Freedom of Information Act, subpoena, or discovery or
15        admissible as evidence in any private civil action;
16        however, the Director is authorized to use the
17        confidential information in the furtherance of any
18        regulatory or legal action brought against the company
19        as a part of the Director's official duties.
20            (ii) Neither the Director nor any person who
21        received confidential information while acting under
22        the authority of the Director shall be permitted or
23        required to testify in any private civil action
24        concerning any confidential information.
25            (iii) In order to assist in the performance of the
26        Director's duties, the Director may share confidential

 

 

SB3865- 428 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        information (A) with other state, federal, and
2        international regulatory agencies and with the NAIC
3        and its affiliates and subsidiaries and (B) in the
4        case of confidential information specified in
5        subparagraphs (i) and (iv) of paragraph (a) of
6        subsection (11) only, with the Actuarial Board for
7        Counseling and Discipline or its successor upon
8        request stating that the confidential information is
9        required for the purpose of professional disciplinary
10        proceedings and with state, federal, and international
11        law enforcement officials; in the case of (A) and (B),
12        provided that such recipient agrees and has the legal
13        authority to agree, to maintain the confidentiality
14        and privileged status of such documents, materials,
15        data, and other information in the same manner and to
16        the same extent as required for the Director.
17            (iv) The Director may receive documents,
18        materials, data, and other information, including
19        otherwise confidential and privileged documents,
20        materials, data, or information, from the NAIC and its
21        affiliates and subsidiaries, from regulatory or law
22        enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic
23        jurisdictions, and from the Actuarial Board for
24        Counseling and Discipline or its successor and shall
25        maintain as confidential or privileged any document,
26        material, data, or other information received with

 

 

SB3865- 429 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        notice or the understanding that it is confidential or
2        privileged under the laws of the jurisdiction that is
3        the source of the document, material, or other
4        information.
5            (v) The Director may enter into agreements
6        governing the sharing and use of information
7        consistent with paragraph (b) of this subsection (11).
8            (vi) No waiver of any applicable privilege or
9        claim of confidentiality in the confidential
10        information shall occur as a result of disclosure to
11        the Director under this subsection (11) or as a result
12        of sharing as authorized in subparagraph (iii) of
13        paragraph (b) of this subsection (11).
14            (vii) A privilege established under the law of any
15        state or jurisdiction that is substantially similar to
16        the privilege established under paragraph (b) of this
17        subsection (11) shall be available and enforced in any
18        proceeding in and in any court of this State.
19            (viii) In this subsection (11), "regulatory
20        agency", "law enforcement agency", and "NAIC" include,
21        but are not limited to, their employees, agents,
22        consultants, and contractors.
23        (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this subsection
24    (11), any confidential information specified in
25    subparagraphs (i) and (iv) of paragraph (a) of this
26    subsection (11):

 

 

SB3865- 430 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (i) may be subject to subpoena for the purpose of
2        defending an action seeking damages from the appointed
3        actuary submitting the related memorandum in support
4        of an opinion submitted under subsection (1) of this
5        Section or principle-based valuation report developed
6        under subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of
7        subsection (9) of this Section by reason of an action
8        required by this Section or by regulations promulgated
9        under this Section;
10            (ii) may otherwise be released by the Director
11        with the written consent of the company; and
12            (iii) once any portion of a memorandum in support
13        of an opinion submitted under subsection (1) of this
14        Section or a principle-based valuation report
15        developed under subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of
16        subsection (9) of this Section is cited by the company
17        in its marketing or is publicly volunteered to or
18        before a governmental agency other than a state
19        insurance department or is released by the company to
20        the news media, all portions of such memorandum or
21        report shall no longer be confidential.
22    (12) Exemptions.
23        (a) The Director may exempt specific product forms or
24    product lines of a domestic company that is licensed and
25    doing business only in Illinois from the requirements of
26    subsection (8) of this Section, provided that:

 

 

SB3865- 431 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (i) the Director has issued an exemption in
2        writing to the company and has not subsequently
3        revoked the exemption in writing; and
4            (ii) the company computes reserves using
5        assumptions and methods used prior to the operative
6        date of the Valuation Manual in addition to any
7        requirements established by the Director and adopted
8        by rule.
9        (b) For any company granted an exemption under this
10    subsection, subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and
11    (7) shall be applicable. With respect to any company
12    applying this exemption, any reference to subsection (8)
13    found in subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), and (7)
14    shall not be applicable.
15    (13) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section, the
16following definitions shall apply beginning on the operative
17date of the Valuation Manual:
18    "Accident and health insurance" means contracts that
19incorporate morbidity risk and provide protection against
20economic loss resulting from accident, sickness, or medical
21conditions and as may be specified in the Valuation Manual.
22    "Appointed actuary" means a qualified actuary who is
23appointed in accordance with the Valuation Manual to prepare
24the actuarial opinion required in paragraph (b) of subsection
25(1) of this Section.
26    "Company" means an entity that (a) has written, issued, or

 

 

SB3865- 432 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1reinsured life insurance contracts, accident and health
2insurance contracts, or deposit-type contracts in this State
3and has at least one such policy in force or on claim or (b)
4has written, issued, or reinsured life insurance contracts,
5accident and health insurance contracts, or deposit-type
6contracts in any state and is required to hold a certificate of
7authority to write life insurance, accident and health
8insurance, or deposit-type contracts in this State.
9    "Deposit-type contract" means contracts that do not
10incorporate mortality or morbidity risks and as may be
11specified in the Valuation Manual.
12    "Life insurance" means contracts that incorporate
13mortality risk, including annuity and pure endowment
14contracts, and as may be specified in the Valuation Manual.
15    "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance
16Commissioners.
17    "Policyholder behavior" means any action a policyholder,
18contract holder, or any other person with the right to elect
19options, such as a certificate holder, may take under a policy
20or contract subject to this Section including, but not limited
21to, lapse, withdrawal, transfer, deposit, premium payment,
22loan, annuitization, or benefit elections prescribed by the
23policy or contract, but excluding events of mortality or
24morbidity that result in benefits prescribed in their
25essential aspects by the terms of the policy or contract.
26    "Principle-based valuation" means a reserve valuation that

 

 

SB3865- 433 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1uses one or more methods or one or more assumptions determined
2by the insurer and is required to comply with subsection (9) of
3this Section as specified in the Valuation Manual.
4    "Qualified actuary" means an individual who is qualified
5to sign the applicable statement of actuarial opinion in
6accordance with the American Academy of Actuaries
7qualification standards for actuaries signing such statements
8and who meets the requirements specified in the Valuation
9Manual.
10    "Tail risk" means a risk that occurs either where the
11frequency of low probability events is higher than expected
12under a normal probability distribution or where there are
13observed events of very significant size or magnitude.
14    "Valuation Manual" means the manual of valuation
15instructions adopted by the NAIC as specified in this Section
16or as subsequently amended.
17(Source: P.A. 99-162, eff. 1-1-16.)
 
18    (215 ILCS 5/241)  (from Ch. 73, par. 853)
19    Sec. 241. Trust settlements.
20    Any domestic life company shall have the power to hold the
21proceeds of any policy issued by it under a trust or other
22agreement upon such terms and restrictions as to revocation by
23the policyholder and control by beneficiaries, and with such
24exemptions from the claims of creditors of beneficiaries other
25than the policyholder as shall have been agreed to in writing

 

 

SB3865- 434 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1by such company and the policyholder. Upon maturity of a
2policy in the event the policyholder has made no such
3agreement, the company shall have power to hold the proceeds
4of the policy under an agreement with the beneficiaries. Such
5company shall not be required to segregate funds so held but
6may hold them as part of its general company assets. A foreign
7or non-domestic alien company, when authorized by its charter
8or the laws of its domicile, may exercise any such powers in
9this State.
10(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
11    (215 ILCS 5/292.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 904.1)
12    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
13    Sec. 292.1. Amendments to Laws.
14    (a) A domestic society may amend its laws in accordance
15with the provisions thereof by action of its supreme governing
16body at any regular or special meeting thereof or, if its laws
17so provide, by referendum. Such referendum may be held in
18accordance with the provisions of its laws by the vote of the
19voting members of the society, by the vote of delegates or
20representatives of voting members or by the vote of local
21lodges. A society may provide for voting by mail. No amendment
22submitted for adoption by referendum shall be adopted unless,
23within 6 months from the date of submission thereof, a
24majority of the members voting shall have signified their
25consent to such amendment by one of the methods herein

 

 

SB3865- 435 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1specified.
2    (b) No amendment to the laws of any domestic society shall
3take effect unless approved by the Director, who shall approve
4such amendment if the Director finds that it has been duly
5adopted and is not inconsistent with any requirement of the
6laws of this State or with the character, objects and purposes
7of the society. Unless the Director shall disapprove any such
8amendment within 60 days after the filing of same, such
9amendment shall be considered approved. The approval or
10disapproval of the Director shall be in writing and mailed to
11the society. In case the Director disapproves such amendment,
12the reasons therefor shall be stated in such written notice.
13    (c) Within 90 days from the approval thereof by the
14Director, all such amendments, or a synopsis thereof, shall be
15furnished to all members of the society either by mail or by
16publication in full in the official publication of the
17society. The affidavit of any officer of the society or of
18anyone authorized by it to mail any amendments or synopsis
19thereof, stating facts which show that same have been duly
20addressed and mailed, shall be prima facie evidence that such
21amendments, or a synopsis thereof, have been furnished the
22addressee.
23    (d) Every foreign or non-domestic alien society authorized
24to do business in this State shall file with the Director a
25certified copy of all amendments of, or additions to, its laws
26within 90 days after the enactment of same.

 

 

SB3865- 436 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (e) Printed copies of the laws as amended, certified by
2the secretary or corresponding officer of the society, shall
3be prima facie evidence of the legal adoption thereof.
4(Source: P.A. 84-303.)
 
5    (215 ILCS 5/302.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 914.1)
6    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
7    Sec. 302.1. Investments and admitted assets. A domestic
8society shall invest its funds only in such investments as are
9authorized by the laws of this State for the investment of
10assets of life insurers and subject to the limitations
11thereon. Any foreign or non-domestic alien society permitted
12or seeking to do business in this State which invests its funds
13in accordance with the laws of the state, district, territory,
14country or province in which it is incorporated shall be held
15to meet the requirements of this Section for the investment of
16funds. Admitted assets in addition to investments authorized
17by this Section and Article VIII and Article VIII 1/2 of this
18Code shall be in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Code.
19(Source: P.A. 84-303.)
 
20    (215 ILCS 5/308.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 920.1)
21    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
22    Sec. 308.1. Examination of societies - adverse
23publications.
24    (a) The Director, or any person he or she may appoint, may

 

 

SB3865- 437 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1examine any domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien society
2transacting or applying for admission to transact business in
3this State in the same manner as authorized for examination of
4domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien insurance companies.
5Requirements of notice and an opportunity to respond before
6findings are made public as provided in the laws regulating
7insurance companies shall also be applicable to the
8examination of societies.
9    (b) The expense of each examination and of each valuation,
10including compensation and actual expense of examiners, shall
11be paid by the society examined or whose certificates are
12valued, upon statements furnished by the Director.
13(Source: P.A. 84-303.)
 
14    (215 ILCS 5/309.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 921.1)
15    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
16    Sec. 309.1. Foreign or non-domestic alien society -
17admission. No foreign or non-domestic alien society shall
18transact business in this State without a certificate of
19authority issued by the Director in accordance with Article VI
20of this Code. Any such society desiring admission to this
21State shall comply substantially with the requirements and
22limitations of this amendatory Act applicable to domestic
23societies.
24(Source: P.A. 84-303.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 438 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/310.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 922.1)
2    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2027)
3    Sec. 310.1. Suspension, revocation or refusal to renew
4certificate of authority.
5    (a) Domestic Societies. When, upon investigation, the
6Director is satisfied that any domestic society transacting
7business under this amendatory Act has exceeded its powers or
8has failed to comply with any provisions of this amendatory
9Act or is conducting business fraudulently or in a way
10hazardous to its members, creditors or the public or is not
11carrying out its contracts in good faith, the Director shall
12notify the society of his or her findings, stating in writing
13the grounds of his or her dissatisfaction, and, after
14reasonable notice, require the society on a date named to show
15cause why its certificate of authority should not be revoked
16or suspended or why such society should not be fined as
17hereinafter provided or why the Director should not proceed
18against the society under Article XIII of this Code. If, on the
19date named in said notice, such objections have not been
20removed to the satisfaction of the Director or if the society
21does not present good and sufficient reasons why its authority
22to transact business in this State should not at that time be
23revoked or suspended or why such society should not be fined as
24hereinafter provided, the Director may revoke the authority of
25the society to continue business in this State and proceed
26against the society under Article XIII of this Code or suspend

 

 

SB3865- 439 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1such certificate of authority for any period of time up to, but
2not to exceed, 2 years; or may by order require such society to
3pay to the people of the State of Illinois a penalty in a sum
4not exceeding $10,000, and, upon the failure of such society
5to pay such penalty within 20 days after the mailing of such
6order, postage prepaid, registered and addressed to the last
7known place of business of such society, unless such order is
8stayed by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, the
9Director may revoke or suspend the license of such society for
10any period of time up to, but not exceeding, a period of 2
11years.
12    (b) Foreign or non-domestic alien societies. The Director
13shall suspend, revoke or refuse to renew certificates of
14authority in accordance with Article VI of this Code.
15(Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 7-1-03.)
 
16    (215 ILCS 5/357.29)  (from Ch. 73, par. 969.29)
17    Sec. 357.29. Any policy of a foreign or non-domestic alien
18company, when delivered or issued for delivery to any person
19in this State, may contain any provision which is not less
20favorable to the insured or the beneficiary than the
21provisions of this article and which is prescribed or required
22by the law of the state under which the company is organized.
23    Any policy of a domestic company may, when issued for
24delivery in any other state or country, contain any provision
25permitted or required by the laws of such other state or

 

 

SB3865- 440 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1country.
2(Source: Laws 1967, p. 1735.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/370)  (from Ch. 73, par. 982)
4    Sec. 370. Policies issued in violation of article-Penalty.
5    (1) Any company, or any officer or agent thereof, issuing
6or delivering to any person in this State any policy in wilful
7violation of the provision of this article shall be guilty of a
8petty offense.
9    (2) The Director may revoke the license of any foreign or
10non-domestic alien company, or of the agent thereof wilfully
11violating any provision of this article or suspend such
12license for any period of time up to, but not to exceed, two
13years; or may by order require such insurance company or agent
14to pay to the people of the State of Illinois a penalty in a
15sum not exceeding $1,000, and upon the failure of such
16insurance company or agent to pay such penalty within twenty
17days after the mailing of such order, postage prepaid,
18registered, and addressed to the last known place of business
19of such insurance company or agent, unless such order is
20stayed by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, the
21Director of Insurance may revoke or suspend the license of
22such insurance company or agent for any period of time up to,
23but not exceeding a period of, two years.
24(Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 7-1-03.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 441 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/404)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1016)
2    Sec. 404. Office of Director; a public office; destruction
3or disposal of records, papers, documents, and memoranda.
4    (1)(a) The office of the Director shall be a public office
5and the records, books, and papers thereof on file therein,
6except those records or documents containing or disclosing any
7analysis, opinion, calculation, ratio, recommendation, advice,
8viewpoint, or estimation by any Department staff regarding the
9financial or market condition of an insurer not otherwise made
10part of the public record by the Director, shall be accessible
11to the inspection of the public, except as the Director, for
12good reason, may decide otherwise, or except as may be
13otherwise provided in this Code or as otherwise provided in
14Section 7 of the Freedom of Information Act.
15    (b) Except where another provision of this Code expressly
16prohibits a disclosure of confidential information to the
17specific officials or organizations described in this
18subsection, the Director may disclose or share any
19confidential records or information in his custody and control
20with any insurance regulatory officials of any state or
21country, with the law enforcement officials of this State, any
22other state, or the federal government, or with the National
23Association of Insurance Commissioners, upon the written
24agreement of the official or organization receiving the
25information to hold the information or records confidential
26and in a manner consistent with this Code.

 

 

SB3865- 442 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (c) The Director shall maintain as confidential any
2records or information received from the National Association
3of Insurance Commissioners or insurance regulatory officials
4of other states which is confidential in that other
5jurisdiction.
6    (2) Upon the filing of the examination to which they
7relate, the Director is authorized to destroy or otherwise
8dispose of all working papers relative to any company which
9has been examined at any time prior to that last examination by
10the Department, so that in such circumstances only current
11working papers of that last examination may be retained by the
12Department.
13    (3) Five years after the conclusion of the transactions to
14which they relate, the Director is authorized to destroy or
15otherwise dispose of all books, records, papers, memoranda and
16correspondence directly related to consumer complaints or
17inquiries.
18    (4) Two years after the conclusion of the transactions to
19which they relate, the Director is authorized to destroy or
20otherwise dispose of all books, records, papers, memoranda,
21and correspondence directly related to all void, obsolete, or
22superseded rate filings and schedules required to be filed by
23statute; and all individual company rating experience data and
24all records, papers, documents and memoranda in the possession
25of the Director relating thereto.
26    (5) Five years after the conclusion of the transactions to

 

 

SB3865- 443 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1which they relate, the Director is authorized to destroy or
2otherwise dispose of all examination reports of companies made
3by the insurance supervisory officials of states other than
4Illinois; applications, requisitions, and requests for
5licenses; all records of hearings; and all similar records,
6papers, documents, and memoranda in the possession of the
7Director.
8    (6) Ten years after the conclusion of the transactions to
9which they relate, the Director is authorized to destroy or
10otherwise dispose of all official correspondence of foreign
11and non-domestic alien companies, all foreign companies' and
12non-domestic alien companies' annual statements, valuation
13reports, tax reports, and all similar records, papers,
14documents and memoranda in the possession of the Director.
15    (7) Whenever any records, papers, documents or memoranda
16are destroyed or otherwise disposed of pursuant to the
17provisions of this section, the Director shall execute and
18file in a separate, permanent office file a certificate
19listing and setting forth by summary description the records,
20papers, documents or memoranda so destroyed or otherwise
21disposed of, and the Director may, in his discretion, preserve
22copies of any such records, papers, documents or memoranda by
23means of microfilming or photographing the same.
24    (8) This Section shall apply to records, papers,
25documents, and memoranda presently in the possession of the
26Director as well as to records, papers, documents, and

 

 

SB3865- 444 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1memoranda hereafter coming into his possession.
2(Source: P.A. 97-1004, eff. 8-17-12.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/408)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1020)
4    Sec. 408. Fees and charges.
5    (1) The Director shall charge, collect and give proper
6acquittances for the payment of the following fees and
7charges:
8        (a) For filing all documents submitted for the
9    incorporation or organization or certification of a
10    domestic company, except for a fraternal benefit society,
11    $2,000.
12        (b) For filing all documents submitted for the
13    incorporation or organization of a fraternal benefit
14    society, $500.
15        (c) For filing amendments to articles of incorporation
16    and amendments to declaration of organization, except for
17    a fraternal benefit society, a mutual benefit association,
18    a burial society or a farm mutual, $200.
19        (d) For filing amendments to articles of incorporation
20    of a fraternal benefit society, a mutual benefit
21    association or a burial society, $100.
22        (e) For filing amendments to articles of incorporation
23    of a farm mutual, $50.
24        (f) For filing bylaws or amendments thereto, $50.
25        (g) For filing agreement of merger or consolidation:

 

 

SB3865- 445 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (i) for a domestic company, except for a fraternal
2        benefit society, a mutual benefit association, a
3        burial society, or a farm mutual, $2,000.
4            (ii) for a foreign or non-domestic alien company,
5        except for a fraternal benefit society, $600.
6            (iii) for a fraternal benefit society, a mutual
7        benefit association, a burial society, or a farm
8        mutual, $200.
9        (h) For filing agreements of reinsurance by a domestic
10    company, $200.
11        (i) For filing all documents submitted by a foreign or
12    non-domestic alien company to be admitted to transact
13    business or accredited as a reinsurer in this State,
14    except for a fraternal benefit society, $5,000.
15        (j) For filing all documents submitted by a foreign or
16    non-domestic alien fraternal benefit society to be
17    admitted to transact business in this State, $500.
18        (k) For filing declaration of withdrawal of a foreign
19    or non-domestic alien company, $50.
20        (l) For filing annual statement by a domestic company,
21    except a fraternal benefit society, a mutual benefit
22    association, a burial society, or a farm mutual, $200.
23        (m) For filing annual statement by a domestic
24    fraternal benefit society, $100.
25        (n) For filing annual statement by a farm mutual, a
26    mutual benefit association, or a burial society, $50.

 

 

SB3865- 446 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (o) For issuing a certificate of authority or renewal
2    thereof except to a foreign fraternal benefit society,
3    $400.
4        (p) For issuing a certificate of authority or renewal
5    thereof to a foreign fraternal benefit society, $200.
6        (q) For issuing an amended certificate of authority,
7    $50.
8        (r) For each certified copy of certificate of
9    authority, $20.
10        (s) For each certificate of deposit, or valuation, or
11    compliance or surety certificate, $20.
12        (t) For copies of papers or records per page, $1.
13        (u) For each certification to copies of papers or
14    records, $10.
15        (v) For multiple copies of documents or certificates
16    listed in subparagraphs (r), (s), and (u) of paragraph (1)
17    of this Section, $10 for the first copy of a certificate of
18    any type and $5 for each additional copy of the same
19    certificate requested at the same time, unless, pursuant
20    to paragraph (2) of this Section, the Director finds these
21    additional fees excessive.
22        (w) For issuing a permit to sell shares or increase
23    paid-up capital:
24            (i) in connection with a public stock offering,
25        $300;
26            (ii) in any other case, $100.

 

 

SB3865- 447 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (x) For issuing any other certificate required or
2    permissible under the law, $50.
3        (y) For filing a plan of exchange of the stock of a
4    domestic stock insurance company, a plan of
5    demutualization of a domestic mutual company, or a plan of
6    reorganization under Article XII, $2,000.
7        (z) For filing a statement of acquisition of a
8    domestic company as defined in Section 131.4 of this Code,
9    $2,000.
10        (aa) For filing an agreement to purchase the business
11    of an organization authorized under the Dental Service
12    Plan Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans Act or of a
13    health maintenance organization or a limited health
14    service organization, $2,000.
15        (bb) For filing a statement of acquisition of a
16    foreign or non-domestic alien insurance company as defined
17    in Section 131.12a of this Code, $1,000.
18        (cc) For filing a registration statement as required
19    in Sections 131.13 and 131.14, the notification as
20    required by Sections 131.16, 131.20a, or 141.4, or an
21    agreement or transaction required by Sections 124.2(2),
22    141, 141a, or 141.1, $200.
23        (dd) For filing an application for licensing of:
24            (i) a religious or charitable risk pooling trust
25        or a workers' compensation pool, $1,000;
26            (ii) a workers' compensation service company,

 

 

SB3865- 448 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        $500;
2            (iii) a self-insured automobile fleet, $200; or
3            (iv) a renewal of or amendment of any license
4        issued pursuant to (i), (ii), or (iii) above, $100.
5        (ee) For filing articles of incorporation for a
6    syndicate to engage in the business of insurance through
7    the Illinois Insurance Exchange, $2,000.
8        (ff) For filing amended articles of incorporation for
9    a syndicate engaged in the business of insurance through
10    the Illinois Insurance Exchange, $100.
11        (gg) For filing articles of incorporation for a
12    limited syndicate to join with other subscribers or
13    limited syndicates to do business through the Illinois
14    Insurance Exchange, $1,000.
15        (hh) For filing amended articles of incorporation for
16    a limited syndicate to do business through the Illinois
17    Insurance Exchange, $100.
18        (ii) For a permit to solicit subscriptions to a
19    syndicate or limited syndicate, $100.
20        (jj) For the filing of each form as required in
21    Section 143 of this Code, $50 per form. The fee for
22    advisory and rating organizations shall be $200 per form.
23            (i) For the purposes of the form filing fee,
24        filings made on insert page basis will be considered
25        one form at the time of its original submission.
26        Changes made to a form subsequent to its approval

 

 

SB3865- 449 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        shall be considered a new filing.
2            (ii) Only one fee shall be charged for a form,
3        regardless of the number of other forms or policies
4        with which it will be used.
5            (iii) Fees charged for a policy filed as it will be
6        issued regardless of the number of forms comprising
7        that policy shall not exceed $1,500. For advisory or
8        rating organizations, fees charged for a policy filed
9        as it will be issued regardless of the number of forms
10        comprising that policy shall not exceed $2,500.
11            (iv) The Director may by rule exempt forms from
12        such fees.
13        (kk) For filing an application for licensing of a
14    reinsurance intermediary, $500.
15        (ll) For filing an application for renewal of a
16    license of a reinsurance intermediary, $200.
17    (2) When printed copies or numerous copies of the same
18paper or records are furnished or certified, the Director may
19reduce such fees for copies if he finds them excessive. He may,
20when he considers it in the public interest, furnish without
21charge to state insurance departments and persons other than
22companies, copies or certified copies of reports of
23examinations and of other papers and records.
24    (3) The expenses incurred in any performance examination
25authorized by law shall be paid by the company or person being
26examined. The charge shall be reasonably related to the cost

 

 

SB3865- 450 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of the examination including but not limited to compensation
2of examiners, electronic data processing costs, supervision
3and preparation of an examination report and lodging and
4travel expenses. All lodging and travel expenses shall be in
5accord with the applicable travel regulations as published by
6the Department of Central Management Services and approved by
7the Governor's Travel Control Board, except that out-of-state
8lodging and travel expenses related to examinations authorized
9under Section 132 shall be in accordance with travel rates
10prescribed under paragraph 301-7.2 of the Federal Travel
11Regulations, 41 C.F.R. 301-7.2, for reimbursement of
12subsistence expenses incurred during official travel. All
13lodging and travel expenses may be reimbursed directly upon
14authorization of the Director. With the exception of the
15direct reimbursements authorized by the Director, all
16performance examination charges collected by the Department
17shall be paid to the Insurance Producer Administration Fund,
18however, the electronic data processing costs incurred by the
19Department in the performance of any examination shall be
20billed directly to the company being examined for payment to
21the Technology Management Revolving Fund.
22    (4) At the time of any service of process on the Director
23as attorney for such service, the Director shall charge and
24collect the sum of $20, which may be recovered as taxable costs
25by the party to the suit or action causing such service to be
26made if he prevails in such suit or action.

 

 

SB3865- 451 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (5) (a) The costs incurred by the Department of Insurance
2in conducting any hearing authorized by law shall be assessed
3against the parties to the hearing in such proportion as the
4Director of Insurance may determine upon consideration of all
5relevant circumstances including: (1) the nature of the
6hearing; (2) whether the hearing was instigated by, or for the
7benefit of a particular party or parties; (3) whether there is
8a successful party on the merits of the proceeding; and (4) the
9relative levels of participation by the parties.
10    (b) For purposes of this subsection (5) costs incurred
11shall mean the hearing officer fees, court reporter fees, and
12travel expenses of Department of Insurance officers and
13employees; provided however, that costs incurred shall not
14include hearing officer fees or court reporter fees unless the
15Department has retained the services of independent
16contractors or outside experts to perform such functions.
17    (c) The Director shall make the assessment of costs
18incurred as part of the final order or decision arising out of
19the proceeding; provided, however, that such order or decision
20shall include findings and conclusions in support of the
21assessment of costs. This subsection (5) shall not be
22construed as permitting the payment of travel expenses unless
23calculated in accordance with the applicable travel
24regulations of the Department of Central Management Services,
25as approved by the Governor's Travel Control Board. The
26Director as part of such order or decision shall require all

 

 

SB3865- 452 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1assessments for hearing officer fees and court reporter fees,
2if any, to be paid directly to the hearing officer or court
3reporter by the party(s) assessed for such costs. The
4assessments for travel expenses of Department officers and
5employees shall be reimbursable to the Director of Insurance
6for deposit to the fund out of which those expenses had been
7paid.
8    (d) The provisions of this subsection (5) shall apply in
9the case of any hearing conducted by the Director of Insurance
10not otherwise specifically provided for by law.
11    (6) The Director shall charge and collect an annual
12financial regulation fee from every domestic company for
13examination and analysis of its financial condition and to
14fund the internal costs and expenses of the Interstate
15Insurance Receivership Commission as may be allocated to the
16State of Illinois and companies doing an insurance business in
17this State pursuant to Article X of the Interstate Insurance
18Receivership Compact. The fee shall be the greater fixed
19amount based upon the combination of nationwide direct premium
20income and nationwide reinsurance assumed premium income or
21upon admitted assets calculated under this subsection as
22follows:
23        (a) Combination of nationwide direct premium income
24    and nationwide reinsurance assumed premium.
25            (i) $150, if the premium is less than $500,000 and
26        there is no reinsurance assumed premium;

 

 

SB3865- 453 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (ii) $750, if the premium is $500,000 or more, but
2        less than $5,000,000 and there is no reinsurance
3        assumed premium; or if the premium is less than
4        $5,000,000 and the reinsurance assumed premium is less
5        than $10,000,000;
6            (iii) $3,750, if the premium is less than
7        $5,000,000 and the reinsurance assumed premium is
8        $10,000,000 or more;
9            (iv) $7,500, if the premium is $5,000,000 or more,
10        but less than $10,000,000;
11            (v) $18,000, if the premium is $10,000,000 or
12        more, but less than $25,000,000;
13            (vi) $22,500, if the premium is $25,000,000 or
14        more, but less than $50,000,000;
15            (vii) $30,000, if the premium is $50,000,000 or
16        more, but less than $100,000,000;
17            (viii) $37,500, if the premium is $100,000,000 or
18        more.
19        (b) Admitted assets.
20            (i) $150, if admitted assets are less than
21        $1,000,000;
22            (ii) $750, if admitted assets are $1,000,000 or
23        more, but less than $5,000,000;
24            (iii) $3,750, if admitted assets are $5,000,000 or
25        more, but less than $25,000,000;
26            (iv) $7,500, if admitted assets are $25,000,000 or

 

 

SB3865- 454 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        more, but less than $50,000,000;
2            (v) $18,000, if admitted assets are $50,000,000 or
3        more, but less than $100,000,000;
4            (vi) $22,500, if admitted assets are $100,000,000
5        or more, but less than $500,000,000;
6            (vii) $30,000, if admitted assets are $500,000,000
7        or more, but less than $1,000,000,000;
8            (viii) $37,500, if admitted assets are
9        $1,000,000,000 or more.
10        (c) The sum of financial regulation fees charged to
11    the domestic companies of the same affiliated group shall
12    not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any single year
13    and shall be billed by the Director to the member company
14    designated by the group.
15    (7) The Director shall charge and collect an annual
16financial regulation fee from every foreign or non-domestic
17alien company, except fraternal benefit societies, for the
18examination and analysis of its financial condition and to
19fund the internal costs and expenses of the Interstate
20Insurance Receivership Commission as may be allocated to the
21State of Illinois and companies doing an insurance business in
22this State pursuant to Article X of the Interstate Insurance
23Receivership Compact. The fee shall be a fixed amount based
24upon Illinois direct premium income and nationwide reinsurance
25assumed premium income in accordance with the following
26schedule:

 

 

SB3865- 455 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (a) $150, if the premium is less than $500,000 and
2    there is no reinsurance assumed premium;
3        (b) $750, if the premium is $500,000 or more, but less
4    than $5,000,000 and there is no reinsurance assumed
5    premium; or if the premium is less than $5,000,000 and the
6    reinsurance assumed premium is less than $10,000,000;
7        (c) $3,750, if the premium is less than $5,000,000 and
8    the reinsurance assumed premium is $10,000,000 or more;
9        (d) $7,500, if the premium is $5,000,000 or more, but
10    less than $10,000,000;
11        (e) $18,000, if the premium is $10,000,000 or more,
12    but less than $25,000,000;
13        (f) $22,500, if the premium is $25,000,000 or more,
14    but less than $50,000,000;
15        (g) $30,000, if the premium is $50,000,000 or more,
16    but less than $100,000,000;
17        (h) $37,500, if the premium is $100,000,000 or more.
18    The sum of financial regulation fees under this subsection
19(7) charged to the foreign or non-domestic alien companies
20within the same affiliated group shall not exceed $250,000 in
21the aggregate in any single year and shall be billed by the
22Director to the member company designated by the group.
23    (8) Beginning January 1, 1992, the financial regulation
24fees imposed under subsections (6) and (7) of this Section
25shall be paid by each company or domestic affiliated group
26annually. After January 1, 1994, the fee shall be billed by

 

 

SB3865- 456 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Department invoice based upon the company's premium income or
2admitted assets as shown in its annual statement for the
3preceding calendar year. The invoice is due upon receipt and
4must be paid no later than June 30 of each calendar year. All
5financial regulation fees collected by the Department shall be
6paid to the Insurance Financial Regulation Fund. The
7Department may not collect financial examiner per diem charges
8from companies subject to subsections (6) and (7) of this
9Section undergoing financial examination after June 30, 1992.
10    (9) In addition to the financial regulation fee required
11by this Section, a company undergoing any financial
12examination authorized by law shall pay the following costs
13and expenses incurred by the Department: electronic data
14processing costs, the expenses authorized under Section 131.21
15and subsection (d) of Section 132.4 of this Code, and lodging
16and travel expenses.
17    Electronic data processing costs incurred by the
18Department in the performance of any examination shall be
19billed directly to the company undergoing examination for
20payment to the Technology Management Revolving Fund. Except
21for direct reimbursements authorized by the Director or direct
22payments made under Section 131.21 or subsection (d) of
23Section 132.4 of this Code, all financial regulation fees and
24all financial examination charges collected by the Department
25shall be paid to the Insurance Financial Regulation Fund.
26    All lodging and travel expenses shall be in accordance

 

 

SB3865- 457 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1with applicable travel regulations published by the Department
2of Central Management Services and approved by the Governor's
3Travel Control Board, except that out-of-state lodging and
4travel expenses related to examinations authorized under
5Sections 132.1 through 132.7 shall be in accordance with
6travel rates prescribed under paragraph 301-7.2 of the Federal
7Travel Regulations, 41 C.F.R. 301-7.2, for reimbursement of
8subsistence expenses incurred during official travel. All
9lodging and travel expenses may be reimbursed directly upon
10the authorization of the Director.
11    In the case of an organization or person not subject to the
12financial regulation fee, the expenses incurred in any
13financial examination authorized by law shall be paid by the
14organization or person being examined. The charge shall be
15reasonably related to the cost of the examination including,
16but not limited to, compensation of examiners and other costs
17described in this subsection.
18    (10) Any company, person, or entity failing to make any
19payment of $150 or more as required under this Section shall be
20subject to the penalty and interest provisions provided for in
21subsections (4) and (7) of Section 412.
22    (11) Unless otherwise specified, all of the fees collected
23under this Section shall be paid into the Insurance Financial
24Regulation Fund.
25    (12) For purposes of this Section:
26        (a) "Domestic company" means a company as defined in

 

 

SB3865- 458 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 2 of this Code which is incorporated or organized
2    under the laws of this State, and in addition includes a
3    not-for-profit corporation authorized under the Dental
4    Service Plan Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans
5    Act, a health maintenance organization, and a limited
6    health service organization.
7        (b) "Foreign company" means a company as defined in
8    Section 2 of this Code which is incorporated or organized
9    under the laws of any state of the United States other than
10    this State and in addition includes a health maintenance
11    organization and a limited health service organization
12    which is incorporated or organized under the laws of any
13    state of the United States other than this State.
14        (c) "Non-domestic Alien company" means a company as
15    defined in Section 2 of this Code which is incorporated or
16    organized under the laws of any country other than the
17    United States.
18        (d) "Fraternal benefit society" means a corporation,
19    society, order, lodge or voluntary association as defined
20    in Section 282.1 of this Code.
21        (e) "Mutual benefit association" means a company,
22    association or corporation authorized by the Director to
23    do business in this State under the provisions of Article
24    XVIII of this Code.
25        (f) "Burial society" means a person, firm,
26    corporation, society or association of individuals

 

 

SB3865- 459 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    authorized by the Director to do business in this State
2    under the provisions of Article XIX of this Code.
3        (g) "Farm mutual" means a district, county and
4    township mutual insurance company authorized by the
5    Director to do business in this State under the provisions
6    of the Farm Mutual Insurance Company Act of 1986.
7(Source: P.A. 100-23, eff. 7-6-17.)
 
8    (215 ILCS 5/412)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1024)
9    Sec. 412. Refunds; penalties; collection.
10    (1)(a) Whenever it appears to the satisfaction of the
11Director that because of some mistake of fact, error in
12calculation, or erroneous interpretation of a statute of this
13or any other state, any authorized company, surplus line
14producer, or industrial insured has paid to him, pursuant to
15any provision of law, taxes, fees, or other charges in excess
16of the amount legally chargeable against it, during the 6 year
17period immediately preceding the discovery of such
18overpayment, he shall have power to refund to such company,
19surplus line producer, or industrial insured the amount of the
20excess or excesses by applying the amount or amounts thereof
21toward the payment of taxes, fees, or other charges already
22due, or which may thereafter become due from that company
23until such excess or excesses have been fully refunded, or
24upon a written request from the authorized company, surplus
25line producer, or industrial insured, the Director shall

 

 

SB3865- 460 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1provide a cash refund within 120 days after receipt of the
2written request if all necessary information has been filed
3with the Department in order for it to perform an audit of the
4tax report for the transaction or period or annual return for
5the year in which the overpayment occurred or within 120 days
6after the date the Department receives all the necessary
7information to perform such audit. The Director shall not
8provide a cash refund if there are insufficient funds in the
9Insurance Premium Tax Refund Fund to provide a cash refund, if
10the amount of the overpayment is less than $100, or if the
11amount of the overpayment can be fully offset against the
12taxpayer's estimated liability for the year following the year
13of the cash refund request. Any cash refund shall be paid from
14the Insurance Premium Tax Refund Fund, a special fund hereby
15created in the State treasury.
16    (b) Beginning January 1, 2000 and thereafter, the
17Department shall deposit a percentage of the amounts collected
18under Sections 409, 444, and 444.1 of this Code into the
19Insurance Premium Tax Refund Fund. The percentage deposited
20into the Insurance Premium Tax Refund Fund shall be the annual
21percentage. The annual percentage shall be calculated as a
22fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of cash
23refunds approved by the Director for payment and paid during
24the preceding calendar year as a result of overpayment of tax
25liability under Sections 121-2.08, 409, 444, 444.1, and 445 of
26this Code and the denominator of which shall be the amounts

 

 

SB3865- 461 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1collected pursuant to Sections 121-2.08, 409, 444, 444.1, and
2445 of this Code during the preceding calendar year. However,
3if there were no cash refunds paid in a preceding calendar
4year, the Department shall deposit 5% of the amount collected
5in that preceding calendar year pursuant to Sections 121-2.08,
6409, 444, 444.1, and 445 of this Code into the Insurance
7Premium Tax Refund Fund instead of an amount calculated by
8using the annual percentage.
9    (c) Beginning July 1, 1999, moneys in the Insurance
10Premium Tax Refund Fund shall be expended exclusively for the
11purpose of paying cash refunds resulting from overpayment of
12tax liability under Sections 121-2.08, 409, 444, 444.1, and
13445 of this Code as determined by the Director pursuant to
14subsection 1(a) of this Section. Cash refunds made in
15accordance with this Section may be made from the Insurance
16Premium Tax Refund Fund only to the extent that amounts have
17been deposited and retained in the Insurance Premium Tax
18Refund Fund.
19    (d) This Section shall constitute an irrevocable and
20continuing appropriation from the Insurance Premium Tax Refund
21Fund for the purpose of paying cash refunds pursuant to the
22provisions of this Section.
23    (2)(a) When any insurance company fails to file any tax
24return required under Sections 408.1, 409, 444, and 444.1 of
25this Code or Section 12 of the Fire Investigation Act on the
26date prescribed, including any extensions, there shall be

 

 

SB3865- 462 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1added as a penalty $400 or 10% of the amount of such tax,
2whichever is greater, for each month or part of a month of
3failure to file, the entire penalty not to exceed $2,000 or 50%
4of the tax due, whichever is greater.
5    (b) When any industrial insured or surplus line producer
6fails to file any tax return or report required under Sections
7121-2.08 and 445 of this Code or Section 12 of the Fire
8Investigation Act on the date prescribed, including any
9extensions, there shall be added:
10        (i) as a late fee, if the return or report is received
11    at least one day but not more than 7 days after the
12    prescribed due date, $400 or 10% of the tax due, whichever
13    is greater, the entire fee not to exceed $1,000;
14        (ii) as a late fee, if the return or report is received
15    at least 8 days but not more than 14 days after the
16    prescribed due date, $400 or 10% of the tax due, whichever
17    is greater, the entire fee not to exceed $1,500;
18        (iii) as a late fee, if the return or report is
19    received at least 15 days but not more than 21 days after
20    the prescribed due date, $400 or 10% of the tax due,
21    whichever is greater, the entire fee not to exceed $2,000;
22    or
23        (iv) as a penalty, if the return or report is received
24    more than 21 days after the prescribed due date, $400 or
25    10% of the tax due, whichever is greater, for each month or
26    part of a month of failure to file, the entire penalty not

 

 

SB3865- 463 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    to exceed $2,000 or 50% of the tax due, whichever is
2    greater.
3    A tax return or report shall be deemed received as of the
4date mailed as evidenced by a postmark, proof of mailing on a
5recognized United States Postal Service form or a form
6acceptable to the United States Postal Service or other
7commercial mail delivery service, or other evidence acceptable
8to the Director.
9    (3)(a) When any insurance company fails to pay the full
10amount due under the provisions of this Section, Sections
11408.1, 409, 444, or 444.1 of this Code, or Section 12 of the
12Fire Investigation Act, there shall be added to the amount due
13as a penalty an amount equal to 10% of the deficiency.
14    (a-5) When any industrial insured or surplus line producer
15fails to pay the full amount due under the provisions of this
16Section, Sections 121-2.08 or 445 of this Code, or Section 12
17of the Fire Investigation Act on the date prescribed, there
18shall be added:
19        (i) as a late fee, if the payment is received at least
20    one day but not more than 7 days after the prescribed due
21    date, 10% of the tax due, the entire fee not to exceed
22    $1,000;
23        (ii) as a late fee, if the payment is received at least
24    8 days but not more than 14 days after the prescribed due
25    date, 10% of the tax due, the entire fee not to exceed
26    $1,500;

 

 

SB3865- 464 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (iii) as a late fee, if the payment is received at
2    least 15 days but not more than 21 days after the
3    prescribed due date, 10% of the tax due, the entire fee not
4    to exceed $2,000; or
5        (iv) as a penalty, if the return or report is received
6    more than 21 days after the prescribed due date, 10% of the
7    tax due.
8    A tax payment shall be deemed received as of the date
9mailed as evidenced by a postmark, proof of mailing on a
10recognized United States Postal Service form or a form
11acceptable to the United States Postal Service or other
12commercial mail delivery service, or other evidence acceptable
13to the Director.
14    (b) If such failure to pay is determined by the Director to
15be wilful, after a hearing under Sections 402 and 403, there
16shall be added to the tax as a penalty an amount equal to the
17greater of 50% of the deficiency or 10% of the amount due and
18unpaid for each month or part of a month that the deficiency
19remains unpaid commencing with the date that the amount
20becomes due. Such amount shall be in lieu of any determined
21under paragraph (a) or (a-5).
22    (4) Any insurance company, industrial insured, or surplus
23line producer that fails to pay the full amount due under this
24Section or Sections 121-2.08, 408.1, 409, 444, 444.1, or 445
25of this Code, or Section 12 of the Fire Investigation Act is
26liable, in addition to the tax and any late fees and penalties,

 

 

SB3865- 465 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1for interest on such deficiency at the rate of 12% per annum,
2or at such higher adjusted rates as are or may be established
3under subsection (b) of Section 6621 of the Internal Revenue
4Code, from the date that payment of any such tax was due,
5determined without regard to any extensions, to the date of
6payment of such amount.
7    (5) The Director, through the Attorney General, may
8institute an action in the name of the People of the State of
9Illinois, in any court of competent jurisdiction, for the
10recovery of the amount of such taxes, fees, and penalties due,
11and prosecute the same to final judgment, and take such steps
12as are necessary to collect the same.
13    (6) In the event that the certificate of authority of a
14foreign or non-domestic alien company is revoked for any cause
15or the company withdraws from this State prior to the renewal
16date of the certificate of authority as provided in Section
17114, the company may recover the amount of any such tax paid in
18advance. Except as provided in this subsection, no revocation
19or withdrawal excuses payment of or constitutes grounds for
20the recovery of any taxes or penalties imposed by this Code.
21    (7) When an insurance company or domestic affiliated group
22fails to pay the full amount of any fee of $200 or more due
23under Section 408 of this Code, there shall be added to the
24amount due as a penalty the greater of $100 or an amount equal
25to 10% of the deficiency for each month or part of a month that
26the deficiency remains unpaid.

 

 

SB3865- 466 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (8) The Department shall have a lien for the taxes, fees,
2charges, fines, penalties, interest, other charges, or any
3portion thereof, imposed or assessed pursuant to this Code,
4upon all the real and personal property of any company or
5person to whom the assessment or final order has been issued or
6whenever a tax return is filed without payment of the tax or
7penalty shown therein to be due, including all such property
8of the company or person acquired after receipt of the
9assessment, issuance of the order, or filing of the return.
10The company or person is liable for the filing fee incurred by
11the Department for filing the lien and the filing fee incurred
12by the Department to file the release of that lien. The filing
13fees shall be paid to the Department in addition to payment of
14the tax, fee, charge, fine, penalty, interest, other charges,
15or any portion thereof, included in the amount of the lien.
16However, where the lien arises because of the issuance of a
17final order of the Director or tax assessment by the
18Department, the lien shall not attach and the notice referred
19to in this Section shall not be filed until all administrative
20proceedings or proceedings in court for review of the final
21order or assessment have terminated or the time for the taking
22thereof has expired without such proceedings being instituted.
23    Upon the granting of Department review after a lien has
24attached, the lien shall remain in full force except to the
25extent to which the final assessment may be reduced by a
26revised final assessment following the rehearing or review.

 

 

SB3865- 467 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1The lien created by the issuance of a final assessment shall
2terminate, unless a notice of lien is filed, within 3 years
3after the date all proceedings in court for the review of the
4final assessment have terminated or the time for the taking
5thereof has expired without such proceedings being instituted,
6or (in the case of a revised final assessment issued pursuant
7to a rehearing or review by the Department) within 3 years
8after the date all proceedings in court for the review of such
9revised final assessment have terminated or the time for the
10taking thereof has expired without such proceedings being
11instituted. Where the lien results from the filing of a tax
12return without payment of the tax or penalty shown therein to
13be due, the lien shall terminate, unless a notice of lien is
14filed, within 3 years after the date when the return is filed
15with the Department.
16    The time limitation period on the Department's right to
17file a notice of lien shall not run during any period of time
18in which the order of any court has the effect of enjoining or
19restraining the Department from filing such notice of lien. If
20the Department finds that a company or person is about to
21depart from the State, to conceal himself or his property, or
22to do any other act tending to prejudice or to render wholly or
23partly ineffectual proceedings to collect the amount due and
24owing to the Department unless such proceedings are brought
25without delay, or if the Department finds that the collection
26of the amount due from any company or person will be

 

 

SB3865- 468 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1jeopardized by delay, the Department shall give the company or
2person notice of such findings and shall make demand for
3immediate return and payment of the amount, whereupon the
4amount shall become immediately due and payable. If the
5company or person, within 5 days after the notice (or within
6such extension of time as the Department may grant), does not
7comply with the notice or show to the Department that the
8findings in the notice are erroneous, the Department may file
9a notice of jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the
10recorder of the county in which any property of the company or
11person may be located and shall notify the company or person of
12the filing. The jeopardy assessment lien shall have the same
13scope and effect as the statutory lien provided for in this
14Section. If the company or person believes that the company or
15person does not owe some or all of the tax for which the
16jeopardy assessment lien against the company or person has
17been filed, or that no jeopardy to the revenue in fact exists,
18the company or person may protest within 20 days after being
19notified by the Department of the filing of the jeopardy
20assessment lien and request a hearing, whereupon the
21Department shall hold a hearing in conformity with the
22provisions of this Code and, pursuant thereto, shall notify
23the company or person of its findings as to whether or not the
24jeopardy assessment lien will be released. If not, and if the
25company or person is aggrieved by this decision, the company
26or person may file an action for judicial review of the final

 

 

SB3865- 469 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1determination of the Department in accordance with the
2Administrative Review Law. If, pursuant to such hearing (or
3after an independent determination of the facts by the
4Department without a hearing), the Department determines that
5some or all of the amount due covered by the jeopardy
6assessment lien is not owed by the company or person, or that
7no jeopardy to the revenue exists, or if on judicial review the
8final judgment of the court is that the company or person does
9not owe some or all of the amount due covered by the jeopardy
10assessment lien against them, or that no jeopardy to the
11revenue exists, the Department shall release its jeopardy
12assessment lien to the extent of such finding of nonliability
13for the amount, or to the extent of such finding of no jeopardy
14to the revenue. The Department shall also release its jeopardy
15assessment lien against the company or person whenever the
16amount due and owing covered by the lien, plus any interest
17which may be due, are paid and the company or person has paid
18the Department in cash or by guaranteed remittance an amount
19representing the filing fee for the lien and the filing fee for
20the release of that lien. The Department shall file that
21release of lien with the recorder of the county where that lien
22was filed.
23    Nothing in this Section shall be construed to give the
24Department a preference over the rights of any bona fide
25purchaser, holder of a security interest, mechanics
26lienholder, mortgagee, or judgment lien creditor arising prior

 

 

SB3865- 470 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1to the filing of a regular notice of lien or a notice of
2jeopardy assessment lien in the office of the recorder in the
3county in which the property subject to the lien is located.
4For purposes of this Section, "bona fide" shall not include
5any mortgage of real or personal property or any other credit
6transaction that results in the mortgagee or the holder of the
7security acting as trustee for unsecured creditors of the
8company or person mentioned in the notice of lien who executed
9such chattel or real property mortgage or the document
10evidencing such credit transaction. The lien shall be inferior
11to the lien of general taxes, special assessments, and special
12taxes levied by any political subdivision of this State. In
13case title to land to be affected by the notice of lien or
14notice of jeopardy assessment lien is registered under the
15provisions of the Registered Titles (Torrens) Act, such notice
16shall be filed in the office of the Registrar of Titles of the
17county within which the property subject to the lien is
18situated and shall be entered upon the register of titles as a
19memorial or charge upon each folium of the register of titles
20affected by such notice, and the Department shall not have a
21preference over the rights of any bona fide purchaser,
22mortgagee, judgment creditor, or other lienholder arising
23prior to the registration of such notice. The regular lien or
24jeopardy assessment lien shall not be effective against any
25purchaser with respect to any item in a retailer's stock in
26trade purchased from the retailer in the usual course of the

 

 

SB3865- 471 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1retailer's business.
2(Source: P.A. 98-158, eff. 8-2-13; 98-978, eff. 1-1-15.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/413)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1025)
4    Sec. 413. Privilege Tax Payable on Admission of Foreign or
5Non-domestic Alien Company.
6    (1) Every foreign or non-domestic alien company applying
7for a certificate of authority to transact business in this
8State shall pay to the Director a tax for the privilege of
9transacting business in this State in accordance with Section
10409.
11    (2) If during all or any part of the 3 year period next
12preceding the date of application for a certificate of
13authority the company had a certificate of authority to
14transact business in this State, or if it survives or was
15formed by a merger, consolidation, reorganization or
16reincorporation, and one or more of the parties thereto was a
17foreign or non-domestic alien company authorized to transact
18business in this State during all or any part of such 3 year
19period, then the tax shall be determined in accordance with
20Section 409 on the basis of the last entire calendar year
21during which the company or any one of the foreign or
22non-domestic alien companies parties to the merger,
23consolidation, reorganization or reincorporation was
24authorized to transact business in this State, or if none was
25authorized during any entire calendar year, then on the basis

 

 

SB3865- 472 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of the last partial calendar year during which any of such
2companies were authorized to transact business in this State.
3(Source: P.A. 77-2087.)
 
4    (215 ILCS 5/415)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1027)
5    Sec. 415. No taxes to be imposed by political
6subdivisions. The fees, charges and taxes provided for by
7this Article shall be in lieu of all license fees or privilege
8or occupation taxes or other fees levied or assessed by any
9municipality, county or other political subdivision of this
10State, and no municipality, county or other political
11subdivision of this State shall impose any license fee or
12privilege or occupation tax or fee upon any domestic, foreign
13or non-domestic alien company, or upon any of its agents, for
14the privilege of doing an insurance business therein, except
15the tax authorized by Division 10 of Article 11 of the Illinois
16Municipal Code, as heretofore and hereafter amended. This
17Section shall not be construed to prohibit the levy and
18collection of:
19        (a) State, county or municipal taxes upon the real and
20    personal property of such a company, including the tax
21    imposed by Section 414 of this Code, and
22        (b) taxes for the purpose of maintaining the Office of
23    the State Fire Marshal and paying the expenses incident
24    thereto.
25(Source: P.A. 91-357, eff. 7-29-99.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 473 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (215 ILCS 5/444)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1056)
2    Sec. 444. Retaliation.
3    (1) Whenever the existing or future laws of any other
4state or country shall require of companies incorporated or
5organized under the laws of this State as a condition
6precedent to their doing business in such other state or
7country, compliance with laws, rules, regulations, and
8prohibitions more onerous or burdensome than the rules and
9regulations imposed by this State on foreign or non-domestic
10alien companies, or shall require any deposit of securities or
11other obligations in such state or country, for the protection
12of policyholders or otherwise or require of such companies or
13agents thereof or brokers the payment of penalties, fees,
14charges, or taxes greater than the penalties, fees, charges,
15or taxes required in the aggregate for like purposes by this
16Code or any other law of this State, of foreign or non-domestic
17alien companies, agents thereof or brokers, then such laws,
18rules, regulations, and prohibitions of said other state or
19country shall apply to companies incorporated or organized
20under the laws of such state or country doing business in this
21State, and all such companies, agents thereof, or brokers
22doing business in this State, shall be required to make
23deposits, pay penalties, fees, charges, and taxes, in amounts
24equal to those required in the aggregate for like purposes of
25Illinois companies doing business in such state or country,

 

 

SB3865- 474 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1agents thereof or brokers. Whenever any other state or country
2shall refuse to permit any insurance company incorporated or
3organized under the laws of this State to transact business
4according to its usual plan in such other state or country, the
5director may, if satisfied that such company of this State is
6solvent, properly managed, and can operate legally under the
7laws of such other state or country, forthwith suspend or
8cancel the license of every insurance company doing business
9in this State which is incorporated or organized under the
10laws of such other state or country to the extent that it
11insures in this State against any of the risks or hazards which
12are sought to be insured against by the company of this State
13in such other state or country.
14    (2) The provisions of this Section shall not apply to
15residual market or special purpose assessments or guaranty
16fund or guaranty association assessments, both under the laws
17of this State and under the laws of any other state or country,
18and any tax offset or credit for any such assessment shall, for
19purposes of this Section, be treated as a tax paid both under
20the laws of this State and under the laws of any other state or
21country.
22    (3) The terms "penalties", "fees", "charges", and "taxes"
23in subsection (1) of this Section shall include: the
24penalties, fees, charges, and taxes collected on a cash basis
25under State law and referenced within Article XXV exclusive of
26any items referenced by subsection (2) of this Section, but

 

 

SB3865- 475 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1including any tax offset allowed under Section 531.13 of this
2Code; the aggregate Illinois corporate income taxes paid under
3Sections 601 and 803 of the Illinois Income Tax Act during the
4calendar year for which the retaliatory tax calculation is
5being made, less the recapture of any Illinois corporate
6income tax cash refunds to the extent that the amount of tax
7refunded was reported as part of the Illinois basis in the
8calculation of the retaliatory tax for a prior tax year,
9provided that such recaptured refund shall not exceed the
10amount necessary for equivalence of the Illinois basis with
11the state of incorporation basis in such tax year, and after
12any tax offset allowed under Section 531.13 of this Code;
13income or personal property taxes imposed by other states or
14countries; penalties, fees, charges, and taxes of other states
15or countries imposed for purposes like those of the penalties,
16fees, charges, and taxes specified in Article XXV of this Code
17exclusive of any item referenced in subsection (2) of this
18Section; and any penalties, fees, charges, and taxes required
19as a franchise, privilege, or licensing tax for conducting the
20business of insurance whether calculated as a percentage of
21income, gross receipts, premium, or otherwise.
22    (4) Nothing contained in this Section or Section 409 or
23Section 444.1 is intended to authorize or expand any power of
24local governmental units or municipalities to impose taxes,
25fees, or charges.
26    (5) This Section is subject to the provisions of Section

 

 

SB3865- 476 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

110 of the New Markets Development Program Act.
2(Source: P.A. 98-1169, eff. 1-9-15.)
 
3    (215 ILCS 5/444.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1056.1)
4    Sec. 444.1. Payment of retaliatory taxes.
5    (1) Every foreign or non-domestic alien company doing
6insurance business in this State shall pay the Director the
7retaliatory tax determined in accordance with Section 444.
8    (2) (a) All companies subject to the provisions of this
9Section shall make an annual return for the preceding calendar
10year on or before March 15 setting forth such information on
11such forms as the Director may reasonably require. Payments of
12quarterly installments of the taxpayer's total estimated
13retaliatory tax for the current calendar year shall be due on
14or before April 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of
15such year, except that all companies transacting insurance
16business in this State whose annual tax for the immediately
17preceding calendar year was less than $5,000 shall make only
18an annual return. Failure of a company to make the annual
19payment, or to make the quarterly payments, if required, of at
20least one-fourth of either (i) the total tax paid during the
21previous calendar year or (ii) 80% of the actual tax for the
22current calendar year shall subject it to the penalty
23provisions set forth in Section 412 of this Code.
24    (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of paragraph
25(a) of this subsection, the retaliatory tax liability of

 

 

SB3865- 477 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1companies under Section 444 of this Code for the calendar year
2ended December 31, 1997 shall be determined in accordance with
3this amendatory Act of 1998 and shall include in the aggregate
4comparative tax burden for the State of Illinois, any tax
5offset allowed under Section 531.13 of this Code and any
6income taxes paid for the year 1997 under subsections (a)
7through (d) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act after
8any tax offset allowed under Section 531.13 of this Code.
9        (i) Any annual retaliatory tax returns and payments
10    made for the year ended December 31, 1997 and any
11    quarterly installments of the taxpayer's total estimated
12    1998 retaliatory tax liability paid prior to the effective
13    date of this Amendatory Act of 1998 that do not include the
14    items specified by subsection (1) of this Section shall be
15    amended and restated, at the taxpayer's election, on forms
16    prepared by the Director so as to provide for the
17    inclusion of such items. An amended and restated return
18    for the year ended December 31, 1997 filed under this
19    subparagraph shall treat any payment of estimated
20    privilege taxes under Section 409 as in effect prior to
21    October 23, 1997 as a payment of estimated retaliatory
22    taxes for the year ended December 31, 1997.
23        (ii) Any overpayment resulting from such amended
24    return and restated tax liability shall be allowed as a
25    credit against any subsequent privilege or retaliatory tax
26    obligations of the taxpayer.

 

 

SB3865- 478 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (iii) In the year 1999 and thereafter all companies
2    shall make annual and quarterly installments of their
3    estimated tax as provided by paragraph (a) of this
4    subsection.
5    (3) Any tax payment made under this Section and any tax
6returns prepared in compliance with Section 410 shall give
7full consideration to the impact of any future reduction in or
8elimination of a taxpayer's liability under Section 409,
9whether such reduction or elimination is due to an operation
10of law or an Act of the General Assembly.
11    (4) Any foreign or non-domestic alien taxpayer who makes,
12under protest, a tax payment required by Section 409 shall, at
13the time of payment, file a retaliatory tax return sufficient
14to disclose the full amount of retaliatory taxes which would
15be due and owing for the tax period in question if the protest
16were upheld. Notwithstanding the provisions of the State
17Officers and Employees Money Disposition Act or any other laws
18of this State, the protested payment, to the extent of the
19retaliatory tax so disclosed, shall be deposited directly in
20the General Revenue Fund; and the balance of the payment, if
21any, shall be deposited in a protest account pursuant to the
22provisions of the aforesaid Act, as now or hereafter amended.
23    (5) The failure of a company to make the annual payment or
24to make the quarterly payments, if required, of at least
25one-fourth of either (i) the total tax paid during the
26preceding calendar year or (ii) 80% of the actual tax for the

 

 

SB3865- 479 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1current calendar year shall subject it to the penalty
2provisions set forth in Section 412 of this Code.
3    (6) This Section is subject to the provisions of Section
410 of the New Markets Development Program Act.
5(Source: P.A. 95-1024, eff. 12-31-08.)
 
6    (215 ILCS 5/445)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1057)
7    Sec. 445. Surplus line.
8    (1) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section:
9    "Affiliate" means, with respect to an insured, any entity
10that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control
11with the insured. For the purpose of this definition, an
12entity has control over another entity if:
13        (A) the entity directly or indirectly or acting
14    through one or more other persons owns, controls, or has
15    the power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting
16    securities of the other entity; or
17        (B) the entity controls in any manner the election of
18    a majority of the directors or trustees of the other
19    entity.
20    "Affiliated group" means any group of entities that are
21all affiliated.
22    "Authorized insurer" means an insurer that holds a
23certificate of authority issued by the Director but, for the
24purposes of this Section, does not include a domestic surplus
25line insurer as defined in Section 445a or any residual market

 

 

SB3865- 480 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1mechanism.
2    "Exempt commercial purchaser" means any person purchasing
3commercial insurance that, at the time of placement, meets the
4following requirements:
5        (A) The person employs or retains a qualified risk
6    manager to negotiate insurance coverage.
7        (B) The person has paid aggregate nationwide
8    commercial property and casualty insurance premiums in
9    excess of $100,000 in the immediately preceding 12 months.
10        (C) The person meets at least one of the following
11    criteria:
12            (I) The person possesses a net worth in excess of
13        $20,000,000, as such amount is adjusted pursuant to
14        the provision in this definition concerning percentage
15        change.
16            (II) The person generates annual revenues in
17        excess of $50,000,000, as such amount is adjusted
18        pursuant to the provision in this definition
19        concerning percentage change.
20            (III) The person employs more than 500 full-time
21        or full-time equivalent employees per individual
22        insured or is a member of an affiliated group
23        employing more than 1,000 employees in the aggregate.
24            (IV) The person is a not-for-profit organization
25        or public entity generating annual budgeted
26        expenditures of at least $30,000,000, as such amount

 

 

SB3865- 481 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        is adjusted pursuant to the provision in this
2        definition concerning percentage change.
3            (V) The person is a municipality with a population
4        in excess of 50,000 persons.
5    Effective on January 1, 2015 and each fifth January 1
6occurring thereafter, the amounts in subitems (I), (II), and
7(IV) of item (C) of this definition shall be adjusted to
8reflect the percentage change for such 5-year period in the
9Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the
10Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.
11    "Home state" means the following:
12        (A) With respect to an insured, except as provided in
13    item (B) of this definition:
14            (I) the state in which an insured maintains its
15        principal place of business or, in the case of an
16        individual, the individual's principal residence; or
17            (II) if 100% of the insured risk is located out of
18        the state referred to in subitem (I), the state to
19        which the greatest percentage of the insured's taxable
20        premium for that insurance contract is allocated.
21        (B) If more than one insured from an affiliated group
22    are named insureds on a single surplus line insurance
23    contract, then "home state" means the home state, as
24    determined pursuant to item (A) of this definition, of the
25    member of the affiliated group that has the largest
26    percentage of premium attributed to it under such

 

 

SB3865- 482 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    insurance contract.
2        If more than one insured from a group that is not
3    affiliated are named insureds on a single surplus line
4    insurance contract, then:
5            (I) if individual group members pay 100% of the
6        premium for the insurance from their own funds, "home
7        state" means the home state, as determined pursuant to
8        item (A) of this definition, of each individual group
9        member; each individual group member's coverage under
10        the surplus line insurance contract shall be treated
11        as a separate surplus line contract for the purposes
12        of this Section;
13            (II) otherwise, "home state" means the home state,
14        as determined pursuant to item (A) of this definition,
15        of the group.
16    Nothing in this definition shall be construed to alter the
17terms of the surplus line insurance contract.
18    "Master policy" means a surplus line insurance contract
19with a single set of general contractual terms that are
20designed to apply on a group basis to multiple insureds who may
21or may not be affiliated and who may be added to or removed
22from the contract throughout the course of the contract
23period. A master policy may include certain provisions that
24vary for each insured depending on the insured's
25characteristics and the coverage sought.
26    "Multi-State risk" means a risk with insured exposures in

 

 

SB3865- 483 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1more than one State.
2    "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance
3Commissioners or any successor entity.
4    "Personal lines insurance" means insurance as defined in
5subsection (a), (b), or (c) of Section 143.13 of this Code.
6    "Premium" means any amount designated as premium on the
7declarations page or elsewhere in a policy and on any
8endorsement, but does not include taxes, the Surplus Line
9Association of Illinois recording fee, or any other fee.
10    "Program business" means a clearly defined group of
11insurance contracts procured by a licensed surplus line
12producer from an unauthorized insurer, under a single
13agreement between the producer and insurer, for insureds with
14the same or similar characteristics and containing the same or
15similar contract terms.
16    "Qualified risk manager" means, with respect to a
17policyholder of commercial insurance, a person who meets all
18of the following requirements:
19        (A) The person is an employee of, or third-party
20    consultant retained by, the commercial policyholder.
21        (B) The person provides skilled services in loss
22    prevention, loss reduction, or risk and insurance coverage
23    analysis, and purchase of insurance.
24        (C) With regard to the person:
25            (I) the person has:
26                (a) a bachelor's degree or higher from an

 

 

SB3865- 484 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            accredited college or university in risk
2            management, business administration, finance,
3            economics, or any other field determined by the
4            Director or his designee to demonstrate minimum
5            competence in risk management; and
6                (b) the following:
7                    (i) three years of experience in risk
8                financing, claims administration, loss
9                prevention, risk and insurance analysis, or
10                purchasing commercial lines of insurance; or
11                    (ii) alternatively has:
12                        (AA) a designation as a Chartered
13                    Property and Casualty Underwriter (in this
14                    subparagraph (ii) referred to as "CPCU")
15                    issued by the American Institute for
16                    CPCU/Insurance Institute of America;
17                        (BB) a designation as an Associate in
18                    Risk Management (ARM) issued by the
19                    American Institute for CPCU/Insurance
20                    Institute of America;
21                        (CC) a designation as Certified Risk
22                    Manager (CRM) issued by the National
23                    Alliance for Insurance Education &
24                    Research;
25                        (DD) a designation as a RIMS Fellow
26                    (RF) issued by the Global Risk Management

 

 

SB3865- 485 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                    Institute; or
2                        (EE) any other designation,
3                    certification, or license determined by
4                    the Director or his designee to
5                    demonstrate minimum competency in risk
6                    management;
7            (II) the person has:
8                (a) at least 7 years of experience in risk
9            financing, claims administration, loss prevention,
10            risk and insurance coverage analysis, or
11            purchasing commercial lines of insurance; and
12                (b) has any one of the designations specified
13            in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b);
14            (III) the person has at least 10 years of
15        experience in risk financing, claims administration,
16        loss prevention, risk and insurance coverage analysis,
17        or purchasing commercial lines of insurance; or
18            (IV) the person has a graduate degree from an
19        accredited college or university in risk management,
20        business administration, finance, economics, or any
21        other field determined by the Director or his or her
22        designee to demonstrate minimum competence in risk
23        management.
24    "Residual market mechanism" means an association,
25organization, or other entity described in Article XXXIII of
26this Code or Section 7-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or any

 

 

SB3865- 486 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1similar association, organization, or other entity.
2    "State" means any state of the United States, the District
3of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the
4Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, and American
5Samoa.
6    "Surplus line insurance" means insurance on a risk:
7        (A) of the kinds specified in Classes 2 and 3 of
8    Section 4 of this Code; and
9        (B) that is procured from an unauthorized insurer
10    after the insurance producer representing the insured or
11    the surplus line producer is unable, after diligent
12    effort, to procure the insurance from authorized insurers;
13    and
14        (C) where Illinois is the home state of the insured,
15    for policies effective, renewed or extended on July 21,
16    2011 or later and for multiyear policies upon the policy
17    anniversary that falls on or after July 21, 2011; and
18        (D) that is located in Illinois, for policies
19    effective prior to July 21, 2011.
20    "Taxable premium" means a premium for any risk that is
21located in or attributed to any state.
22    "Unauthorized insurer" means an insurer that does not hold
23a valid certificate of authority issued by the Director but,
24for the purposes of this Section, shall also include a
25domestic surplus line insurer as defined in Section 445a.
26    (1.5) Procuring surplus line insurance; surplus line

 

 

SB3865- 487 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1insurer requirements.
2        (a) License required. Insurance producers may procure
3    surplus line insurance only if licensed as a surplus line
4    producer under this Section.
5        (b) Domestic and foreign insurer eligibility. Licensed
6    surplus line producers may procure surplus line insurance
7    from an unauthorized insurer domiciled in any state only
8    if the insurer:
9            (i) is permitted in its domiciliary jurisdiction
10        to write the type of insurance involved; and
11             (ii) has, based upon information available to the
12        surplus line producer, a policyholders surplus of not
13        less than $15,000,000 determined in accordance with
14        the laws of its domiciliary jurisdiction; and
15             (iii) has standards of solvency and management
16        that are adequate for the protection of policyholders.
17         Where an unauthorized insurer does not meet the
18    standards set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, a surplus
19    line producer may, if necessary, procure insurance from
20    that insurer only if prior written warning of such fact or
21    condition is given to the insured by the insurance
22    producer or surplus line producer.
23        (c) Non-domestic Alien insurer eligibility. Licensed
24    surplus line producers may procure surplus line insurance
25    from an unauthorized insurer not domiciled in any state
26    only if the insurer meets the standards for unauthorized

 

 

SB3865- 488 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    insurers domiciled in any state in paragraph (b) of this
2    subsection (1.5) or is listed on the Quarterly Listing of
3    Alien Insurers maintained by the International Insurers
4    Department of the NAIC at the time of procurement. The
5    Director shall make the Quarterly Listing of Alien
6    Insurers available to surplus line producers without
7    charge.
8        (d) Prohibited transactions. Insurance producers shall
9    not procure from an unauthorized insurer an insurance
10    policy:
11            (i) that is designed to satisfy the proof of
12        financial responsibility and insurance requirements in
13        any Illinois law where the law requires that the proof
14        of insurance is issued by an authorized insurer or
15        residual market mechanism;
16            (ii) that covers the risk of accidental injury to
17        employees arising out of and in the course of
18        employment according to the provisions of the Workers'
19        Compensation Act; or
20            (iii) that insures any Illinois personal lines
21        risk that is eligible for residual market mechanism
22        coverage, unless the insured or prospective insured
23        requests limits of liability greater than the limits
24        provided by the residual market mechanism. In the
25        course of making a diligent effort to procure
26        insurance from authorized insurers, an insurance

 

 

SB3865- 489 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        producer shall not be required to submit a risk to a
2        residual market mechanism when the risk is not
3        eligible for coverage or exceeds the limits available
4        in the residual market mechanism.
5        Where there is an insurance policy issued by an
6    authorized insurer or residual market mechanism insuring a
7    risk described in item (i), (ii), or (iii) above, nothing
8    in this paragraph shall be construed to prohibit a surplus
9    line producer from procuring from an unauthorized insurer
10    a policy insuring the risk on an excess or umbrella basis
11    where the excess or umbrella policy is written over one or
12    more underlying policies.
13        (e) Exempt commercial purchaser diligent effort.
14    Licensed surplus line producers may procure surplus line
15    insurance from an unauthorized insurer for an exempt
16    commercial purchaser without making the required diligent
17    effort to procure the insurance from authorized insurers
18    if:
19            (i) the producer has disclosed to the exempt
20        commercial purchaser that such insurance may or may
21        not be available from authorized insurers that may
22        provide greater protection with more regulatory
23        oversight; and
24            (ii) the exempt commercial purchaser has
25        subsequently in writing requested the producer to
26        procure such insurance from an unauthorized insurer.

 

 

SB3865- 490 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (f) Commercial wholesale transaction diligent effort.
2    A licensed surplus line producer may procure a surplus
3    line insurance contract, other than a personal lines
4    insurance contract, from an unauthorized insurer without
5    making the required diligent effort to procure the
6    insurance from authorized insurers if the risk was
7    referred to the surplus line producer by an
8    Illinois-licensed insurance producer who is not affiliated
9    with the surplus line producer.
10        (g) Master policy diligent effort. For a master policy
11    insurance contract, a licensed surplus line producer may
12    make the required diligent effort to procure the insurance
13    from authorized insurers annually for the master policy
14    rather than individually for each insured that is added
15    during the policy period. The diligent effort shall
16    include all variable provisions of the master policy.
17        (h) Program business diligent effort. For program
18    business, a licensed surplus line producer may make the
19    required diligent effort to procure the insurance from
20    authorized insurers annually for the program rather than
21    individually for each contract. The diligent effort shall
22    include all variable provisions of the master policy.
23    (2) Surplus line producer; license. Any licensed producer
24who is a resident of this State, or any nonresident who
25qualifies under Section 500-40, may be licensed as a surplus
26line producer upon payment of an annual license fee of $400.

 

 

SB3865- 491 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    A surplus line producer so licensed shall keep a separate
2account of the business transacted thereunder for 7 years from
3the policy effective date which shall be open at all times to
4the inspection of the Director or his representative.
5    No later than July 21, 2012, the State of Illinois shall
6participate in the national insurance producer database of the
7NAIC, or any other equivalent uniform national database, for
8the licensure of surplus line producers and the renewal of
9such licenses.
10    (3) Taxes and reports.
11        (a) Surplus line tax and penalty for late payment. The
12    surplus line tax rate for a surplus line insurance policy
13    or contract is determined as follows:
14            (i) 3% for policies or contracts with an effective
15        date prior to July 1, 2003;
16            (ii) 3.5% for policies or contracts with an
17        effective date of July 1, 2003 or later.
18        A surplus line producer shall file with the Director
19    on or before February 1 and August 1 of each year a report
20    in the form prescribed by the Director on all surplus line
21    insurance procured from unauthorized insurers and
22    submitted to the Surplus Line Association of Illinois
23    during the preceding 6 month period ending December 31 or
24    June 30 respectively, and on the filing of such report
25    shall pay to the Director for the use and benefit of the
26    State a sum equal to the surplus line tax rate multiplied

 

 

SB3865- 492 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    by the gross taxable premiums less returned taxable
2    premiums upon all surplus line insurance submitted to the
3    Surplus Line Association of Illinois during the preceding
4    6 months.
5        Any surplus line producer who fails to pay the full
6    amount due under this subsection is liable, in addition to
7    the amount due, for such late fee, penalty, and interest
8    charges as are provided for under Section 412 of this
9    Code. The Director, through the Attorney General, may
10    institute an action in the name of the People of the State
11    of Illinois, in any court of competent jurisdiction, for
12    the recovery of the amount of such taxes, late fees,
13    interest, and penalties due, and prosecute the same to
14    final judgment, and take such steps as are necessary to
15    collect the same.
16        (b) Fire Marshal Tax. Each surplus line producer shall
17    file with the Director on or before February 1 of each year
18    a report in the form prescribed by the Director on all fire
19    insurance procured from unauthorized insurers and
20    submitted to the Surplus Line Association of Illinois
21    during the previous year that is subject to tax under
22    Section 12 of the Fire Investigation Act and shall pay to
23    the Director the fire marshal tax required thereunder.
24        (c) Taxes and fees charged to insured. The taxes
25    imposed under this subsection and the recording fees
26    charged by the Surplus Line Association of Illinois may be

 

 

SB3865- 493 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    charged to and collected from surplus line insureds.
2    (4) (Blank).
3    (5) Submission of documents to Surplus Line Association of
4Illinois. A surplus line producer shall submit every insurance
5contract and premium-bearing endorsement issued under his or
6her license to the Surplus Line Association of Illinois for
7recording. The submission and recording may be effected
8through electronic means. The submission shall set forth:
9        (a) the name of the insured;
10        (b) the description and location of the insured
11    property or risk;
12        (c) (blank);
13        (d) the gross premiums charged or returned;
14        (e) the name of the unauthorized insurer from whom
15    coverage has been procured;
16        (f) the kind or kinds of insurance procured; and
17        (g) amount of premium subject to tax required by
18    Section 12 of the Fire Investigation Act.
19    Proposals, endorsements, and other documents which are
20incidental to the insurance but which do not affect the
21premium charged are exempted from the submission and recording
22requirements.
23    The submission of insuring contracts to the Surplus Line
24Association of Illinois constitutes a certification by the
25surplus line producer or by the insurance producer who
26presented the risk to the surplus line producer for placement

 

 

SB3865- 494 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1as a surplus line risk that after diligent effort, where
2required, the required insurance could not be procured from
3authorized insurers and that such procurement was otherwise in
4accordance with the surplus line law.
5    (6) Evidence of recording required. It shall be unlawful
6for an insurance producer to deliver any unauthorized insurer
7contract or premium-bearing endorsement unless it contains
8evidence of recording by the Surplus Line Association of
9Illinois.
10    (7) Inspection of records. A surplus line producer shall
11maintain separate records of the business transacted under his
12or her license for 7 years from the policy effective date,
13including complete copies of surplus line insurance contracts
14maintained on paper or by electronic means, which records
15shall be open at all times for inspection by the Director and
16by the Surplus Line Association of Illinois.
17    (8) Violations and penalties. The Director may suspend or
18revoke or refuse to renew a surplus line producer license for
19any violation of this Code. In addition to or in lieu of
20suspension or revocation, the Director may subject a surplus
21line producer to a civil penalty of up to $2,000 for each cause
22for suspension or revocation. Such penalty is enforceable
23under subsection (5) of Section 403A of this Code.
24    Whenever it appears to the satisfaction of the Director
25that a surplus line producer has made a documented good faith
26determination of the home state for a surplus line insurance

 

 

SB3865- 495 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1contract and has paid the surplus line taxes to a state other
2than Illinois, and the Director determines that the producer's
3good faith determination was incorrect and the home state is
4Illinois, the surplus line producer may, at the discretion of
5the Director, be required to submit the contract to the
6Surplus Line Association of Illinois and pay applicable taxes
7and recording fees, but there shall be no penalty, interest,
8or late fee assessed.
9    (9) Director may declare insurer ineligible. If the
10Director determines that the further assumption of risks might
11be hazardous to the policyholders of an unauthorized insurer,
12the Director may order the Surplus Line Association of
13Illinois not to accept and record insurance contracts
14evidencing insurance in such insurer and order surplus line
15producers to cease procuring insurance from such insurer.
16    (10) Service of process upon Director. Insurance contracts
17delivered under this Section from unauthorized insurers, other
18than domestic surplus line insurers as defined in Section
19445a, shall contain a provision designating the Director and
20his successors in office the true and lawful attorney of the
21insurer upon whom may be served all lawful process in any
22action, suit or proceeding arising out of such insurance.
23Service of process made upon the Director to be valid
24hereunder must state the name of the insured, the name of the
25unauthorized insurer and identify the contract of insurance.
26The Director at his option is authorized to forward a copy of

 

 

SB3865- 496 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the process to the Surplus Line Association of Illinois for
2delivery to the unauthorized insurer or the Director may
3deliver the process to the unauthorized insurer by other means
4which he considers to be reasonably prompt and certain.
5    (10.5) Required notice to policyholder. Insurance
6contracts delivered under this Section from unauthorized
7insurers, other than domestic surplus line insurers as defined
8in Section 445a, shall have stamped or imprinted on the first
9page thereof in not less than 12-pt. bold face type the
10following legend: "Notice to Policyholder: This contract is
11issued, pursuant to Section 445 of the Illinois Insurance
12Code, by a company not authorized and licensed to transact
13business in Illinois and as such is not covered by the Illinois
14Insurance Guaranty Fund." Insurance contracts delivered under
15this Section from domestic surplus line insurers as defined in
16Section 445a shall have stamped or imprinted on the first page
17thereof in not less than 12-pt. bold face type the following
18legend: "Notice to Policyholder: This contract is issued by a
19domestic surplus line insurer, as defined in Section 445a of
20the Illinois Insurance Code, pursuant to Section 445, and as
21such is not covered by the Illinois Insurance Guaranty Fund."
22    (11) Marine, aviation, and transportation. The Illinois
23Surplus Line law does not apply to insurance of property and
24operations of railroads or aircraft engaged in interstate or
25foreign commerce, insurance of vessels, crafts or hulls,
26cargoes, marine builder's risks, marine protection and

 

 

SB3865- 497 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1indemnity, or other risks including strikes and war risks
2insured under ocean or wet marine forms of policies.
3    (12) Applicability of Illinois Insurance Code. Surplus
4line insurance procured under this Section, including
5insurance procured from a domestic surplus line insurer, is
6not subject to the provisions of the Illinois Insurance Code
7other than Sections 123, 123.1, 401, 401.1, 402, 403, 403A,
8408, 412, 445, 445a, 445.1, 445.2, 445.3, 445.4, and all of the
9provisions of Article XXXI to the extent that the provisions
10of Article XXXI are not inconsistent with the terms of this
11Act.
12(Source: P.A. 102-224, eff. 1-1-22.)
 
13    (215 ILCS 5/448)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1060)
14    Sec. 448. Certain powers reserved to General Assembly.
15    The General Assembly shall at all times have power to
16prescribe such regulations, provisions, and limitations as it
17may deem advisable, which regulations, provisions, and
18limitations shall be binding upon any and all companies,
19domestic, foreign or non-domestic alien, subject to the
20provisions of this Code, and the General Assembly shall have
21power to amend, repeal, or modify this Code at pleasure.
22(Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
23    (215 ILCS 5/451)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1063)
24    Sec. 451. Companies not subject to Code. This Code shall

 

 

SB3865- 498 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1not apply to companies now or hereafter organized or
2transacting business under the Title Insurance Act, or Act
3amendatory thereof, supplementary thereto, or in replacement
4thereof; nor to corporations now or hereafter organized and
5transacting business under "An Act to provide for the
6incorporation and regulation of nonprofit hospital service
7corporations" approved July 6, 1935, or Act amendatory thereof
8or supplementary thereto; nor shall any part of this Code
9other than Articles X, XI, XIII, and XXIV apply to companies
10now or hereafter organized or transacting business under an
11Act entitled, "An Act relating to local mutual district,
12county and township insurance companies," approved March 13,
131936, or Act amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto. No
14domestic company shall be organized under this Code, nor shall
15any foreign or non-domestic alien company receive a
16certificate of authority under this Code, to transact the
17business of title insurance. The changes made to this Section
18by Public Act 96-334 are a statement and clarification of
19existing law.
20(Source: P.A. 96-334, eff. 1-1-10; 96-1000, eff. 7-2-10.)
 
21    (215 ILCS 5/531.09)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.80-9)
22    Sec. 531.09. Assessments.
23    (1) For the purpose of providing the funds necessary to
24carry out the powers and duties of the Association, the board
25of directors shall assess the member insurers, separately for

 

 

SB3865- 499 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1each account, at such times and for such amounts as the board
2finds necessary. Assessments shall be due not less than 30
3days after written notice to the member insurers and shall
4accrue interest from the due date at such adjusted rate as is
5established under Section 6621 of Chapter 26 of the United
6States Code and such interest shall be compounded daily.
7    (2) There shall be 2 classes of assessments, as follows:
8        (a) Class A assessments shall be made for the purpose
9    of meeting administrative costs and other general expenses
10    and examinations conducted under the authority of the
11    Director under subsection (5) of Section 531.12.
12        (b) Class B assessments shall be made to the extent
13    necessary to carry out the powers and duties of the
14    Association under Section 531.08 with regard to an
15    impaired or insolvent domestic insurer or insolvent
16    foreign or non-domestic alien insurers.
17    (3)(a) The amount of any Class A assessment shall be
18determined at the discretion of the board of directors and
19such assessments shall be authorized and called on a non-pro
20rata basis. The amount of any Class B assessment, except for
21assessments related to long-term care insurance, shall be
22allocated for assessment purposes among the accounts and
23subaccounts pursuant to an allocation formula which may be
24based on the premiums or reserves of the impaired or insolvent
25insurer or any other standard deemed by the board in its sole
26discretion as being fair and reasonable under the

 

 

SB3865- 500 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1circumstances.
2    (b) Class B assessments against member insurers for each
3account and subaccount shall be in the proportion that the
4premiums received on business in this State by each assessed
5member insurer on policies or contracts covered by each
6account or subaccount for the three most recent calendar years
7for which information is available preceding the year in which
8the member insurer became impaired or insolvent, as the case
9may be, bears to such premiums received on business in this
10State for such calendar years by all assessed member insurers.
11    (b-5) The amount of the Class B assessment for long-term
12care insurance written by the impaired or insolvent insurer
13shall be allocated according to a methodology included in the
14plan of operation and approved by the Director. The
15methodology shall provide for 50% of the assessment to be
16allocated to accident and health member insurers and 50% to be
17allocated to life and annuity member insurers.
18    (c) Assessments for funds to meet the requirements of the
19Association with respect to an impaired or insolvent insurer
20shall not be made until necessary to implement the purposes of
21this Article. Classification of assessments under subsection
22(2) and computations of assessments under this subsection
23shall be made with a reasonable degree of accuracy,
24recognizing that exact determinations may not always be
25possible.
26    (4) The Association may abate or defer, in whole or in

 

 

SB3865- 501 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1part, the assessment of a member insurer if, in the opinion of
2the board, payment of the assessment would endanger the
3ability of the member insurer to fulfill its contractual
4obligations. In the event an assessment against a member
5insurer is abated or deferred in whole or in part the amount by
6which the assessment is abated or deferred may be assessed
7against the other member insurers in a manner consistent with
8the basis for assessments set forth in this Section. Once the
9conditions that caused a deferral have been removed or
10rectified, the member insurer shall pay all assessments that
11were deferred pursuant to a repayment plan approved by the
12Association.
13    (5) (a) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, the
14total of all assessments authorized by the Association with
15respect to a member insurer for each subaccount of the life
16insurance and annuity account and for the health account shall
17not in one calendar year exceed 2% of that member insurer's
18average annual premiums received in this State on the policies
19and contracts covered by the subaccount or account during the
203 calendar years preceding the year in which the member
21insurer became an impaired or insolvent insurer.
22    If 2 or more assessments are authorized in one calendar
23year with respect to member insurers that become impaired or
24insolvent in different calendar years, the average annual
25premiums for purposes of the aggregate assessment percentage
26limitation referenced in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph

 

 

SB3865- 502 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1shall be equal and limited to the higher of the 3-year average
2annual premiums for the applicable subaccount or account as
3calculated pursuant to this Section.
4    If the maximum assessment, together with the other assets
5of the Association in an account, does not provide in one year
6in either account an amount sufficient to carry out the
7responsibilities of the Association, the necessary additional
8funds shall be assessed as soon thereafter as permitted by
9this Article.
10    (b) The board may provide in the plan of operation a method
11of allocating funds among claims, whether relating to one or
12more impaired or insolvent insurers, when the maximum
13assessment will be insufficient to cover anticipated claims.
14    (c) If the maximum assessment for a subaccount of the life
15insurance and annuity account in one year does not provide an
16amount sufficient to carry out the responsibilities of the
17Association, then pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection (3),
18the board shall assess the other subaccounts of the life
19insurance and annuity account for the necessary additional
20amount, subject to the maximum stated in paragraph (a) of this
21subsection.
22    (6) The board may, by an equitable method as established
23in the plan of operation, refund to member insurers, in
24proportion to the contribution of each member insurer to that
25account, the amount by which the assets of the account exceed
26the amount the board finds is necessary to carry out during the

 

 

SB3865- 503 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1coming year the obligations of the Association with regard to
2that account, including assets accruing from net realized
3gains and income from investments. A reasonable amount may be
4retained in any account to provide funds for the continuing
5expenses of the Association and for future losses.
6    (7) An assessment is deemed to occur on the date upon which
7the board votes such assessment. The board may defer calling
8the payment of the assessment or may call for payment in one or
9more installments.
10    (8) It is proper for any member insurer, in determining
11its premium rates and policy owner dividends as to any kind of
12insurance or health maintenance organization business within
13the scope of this Article, to consider the amount reasonably
14necessary to meet its assessment obligations under this
15Article.
16    (9) The Association must issue to each member insurer
17paying a Class B assessment under this Article a certificate
18of contribution, in a form acceptable to the Director, for the
19amount of the assessment so paid. All outstanding certificates
20are of equal dignity and priority without reference to amounts
21or dates of issue. A certificate of contribution may be shown
22by the member insurer in its financial statement as an asset in
23such form and for such amount, if any, and period of time as
24the Director may approve, provided the member insurer shall in
25any event at its option have the right to show a certificate of
26contribution as an admitted asset at percentages of the

 

 

SB3865- 504 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1original face amount for calendar years as follows:
2    100% for the calendar year after the year of issuance;
3    80% for the second calendar year after the year of
4issuance;
5    60% for the third calendar year after the year of
6issuance;
7    40% for the fourth calendar year after the year of
8issuance;
9    20% for the fifth calendar year after the year of
10issuance.
11    (10) The Association may request information of member
12insurers in order to aid in the exercise of its power under
13this Section and member insurers shall promptly comply with a
14request.
15(Source: P.A. 100-687, eff. 8-3-18.)
 
16    (215 ILCS 5/531.11)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.80-11)
17    Sec. 531.11. Duties and powers of the Director. In
18addition to the duties and powers enumerated elsewhere in this
19Article:
20        (1) The Director must do all of the following:
21            (a) Upon request of the board of directors,
22        provide the Association with a statement of the
23        premiums in the appropriate accounts for each member
24        insurer.
25            (b) Notify the board of directors of the existence

 

 

SB3865- 505 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        of an impaired or insolvent insurer not later than 3
2        days after a determination of impairment or insolvency
3        is made or when the Director receives notice of
4        impairment or insolvency.
5            (c) Give notice to an impaired insurer as required
6        by Sections 34 or 60. Notice to the impaired insurer
7        shall constitute notice to its shareholders, if any.
8            (d) In any liquidation or rehabilitation
9        proceeding involving a domestic member insurer, be
10        appointed as the liquidator or rehabilitator. If a
11        foreign or non-domestic alien member insurer is
12        subject to a liquidation proceeding in its domiciliary
13        jurisdiction or state of entry, the Director shall be
14        appointed conservator.
15        (2) The Director may suspend or revoke, after notice
16    and hearing, the certificate of authority to transact
17    business in this State of any member insurer which fails
18    to pay an assessment when due or fails to comply with the
19    plan of operation. As an alternative the Director may levy
20    a forfeiture on any member insurer which fails to pay an
21    assessment when due. Such forfeiture may not exceed 5% of
22    the unpaid assessment per month, but no forfeiture may be
23    less than $100 per month.
24        (3) Any action of the board of directors or the
25    Association may be appealed to the Director by any member
26    insurer or any other person adversely affected by such

 

 

SB3865- 506 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    action if such appeal is taken within 30 days of the action
2    being appealed. Any final action or order of the Director
3    is subject to judicial review in a court of competent
4    jurisdiction.
5        (4) The liquidator, rehabilitator, or conservator of
6    any impaired insurer may notify all interested persons of
7    the effect of this Article.
8(Source: P.A. 100-687, eff. 8-3-18.)
 
9    (215 ILCS 5/534.5)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.84-5)
10    Sec. 534.5. Member company. "Member Company" means any
11insurance company organized as a stock company, mutual
12company, reciprocal or Lloyds, which holds a certificate of
13authority to transact any kind of insurance in this State to
14which this Article applies, and which is either:
15    (a) a domestic insurance company formed before or after
16the effective date of this Article; or
17    (b) a foreign or non-domestic alien insurance company.
18    An insurance company shall cease to be a member company
19effective on the day following the termination or expiration
20of its license to transact the kinds of insurance to which this
21Article applies; provided, however, that the insurance company
22shall remain liable as a member company for any and all
23obligations, including obligations for assessments levied
24before the termination or expiration of the insurance
25company's license and assessments levied after the termination

 

 

SB3865- 507 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or expiration, based on any insolvency as to which the
2determination of insolvency by a court of competent
3jurisdiction occurs before the termination or expiration of
4the insurance company's license.
5(Source: P.A. 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)
 
6    (215 ILCS 5/543.1)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.93-1)
7    Sec. 543.1. The Director shall serve a copy of the
8complaint seeking an Order of Liquidation with a finding of
9insolvency against a domestic member company on the Fund at
10the same time that such complaint is filed with the circuit
11court or shall forward to the Fund notice of the filing of such
12a complaint against a foreign or non-domestic alien member
13company promptly upon receipt thereof. The Director also shall
14serve on the Fund a copy of an Order of Liquidation with a
15finding of insolvency against a domestic member company
16immediately after it is entered by the circuit court or shall
17forward to the Fund a copy of such order against a foreign or
18non-domestic alien member company promptly upon receipt
19thereof.
20(Source: P.A. 85-576.)
 
21    (215 ILCS 5/1103)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.803)
22    Sec. 1103. Name. The corporate name of any trust organized
23under this Article shall not be the same as or deceptively
24similar to the name of any domestic insurance company or of any

 

 

SB3865- 508 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1foreign or non-domestic alien insurance company authorized to
2transact business in this State.
3(Source: P.A. 84-1431.)
 
4    Section 95. The Reinsurance Intermediary Act is amended by
5changing Section 5 as follows:
 
6    (215 ILCS 100/5)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1605)
7    Sec. 5. Definitions.
8    "Actuary" means a person who is a member in good standing
9of the American Academy of Actuaries.
10    "Controlling person" means any person, firm, association,
11or corporation that directly or indirectly has the power to
12direct or cause to be directed the management, control, or
13activities of the reinsurance intermediary.
14    "Director" means the Director of the Department of
15Insurance.
16    "Insurer" means any person, firm, association, or
17corporation duly licensed in this State under the applicable
18provisions of law as an insurer.
19    "Licensed producer" means an agent, broker, or reinsurance
20intermediary licensed under the applicable provision of the
21insurance law.
22    "Reinsurance intermediary" means an intermediary broker or
23a manager.
24    "Intermediary broker" means any person, other than an

 

 

SB3865- 509 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1officer or employee of the ceding insurer, firm, association,
2or corporation, who solicits, negotiates, or places
3reinsurance cessions or retrocessions on behalf of a ceding
4insurer without the authority or power to bind reinsurance on
5behalf of the insurer.
6    "Intermediary manager" means any person, firm,
7association, or corporation that has authority to bind or
8manages all or part of the assumed reinsurance business of a
9reinsurer (including the management of a separate division,
10department, or underwriting office) and acts as an agent for
11the reinsurer. However, the following persons shall not be
12considered an intermediary manager, with respect to the
13reinsurer, for the purposes of this Act:
14        (1) An employee of the reinsurer.
15        (2) A U.S. Manager of the United States branch of a
16    non-domestic an alien reinsurer.
17        (3) An underwriting manager that, under a contract,
18    manages all the reinsurance operations of the reinsurer,
19    is under common control with the reinsurer, subject to
20    Article VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code, and whose
21    compensation is not based on the volume of premiums
22    written.
23        (4) The manager of a group, association, pool, or
24    organization of insurers that engage in joint underwriting
25    or joint reinsurance and who are subject to examinations
26    by the insurance regulatory authority of the state in

 

 

SB3865- 510 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    which the manager's principal business office is located.
2    "Reinsurer" means any person, firm, association, or
3corporation duly licensed in this State under the applicable
4provisions of law as an insurer with the authority to assume
5reinsurance.
6    "To be in violation" means that the reinsurance
7intermediary, insurer, or reinsurer for whom the reinsurance
8intermediary was acting failed to substantially comply with
9the provisions of this Act.
10    "Qualified United States financial institution" means an
11institution that:
12        (1) is organized or (in the case of a U.S. office of a
13    foreign banking organization) licensed under the laws of
14    the United States or any state thereof;
15        (2) is regulated, supervised, and examined by federal
16    or state authorities having regulatory authority over
17    banks and trust companies; and
18        (3) has been determined by either the Director or the
19    Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of
20    Insurance Commissioners to meet the standards of financial
21    condition and standing as are considered necessary and
22    appropriate to regulate the quality of financial
23    institutions whose letters of credit will be acceptable to
24    the Director.
25(Source: P.A. 87-108.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 511 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 100. The Comprehensive Health Insurance Plan Act
2is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:
 
3    (215 ILCS 105/7)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1307)
4    Sec. 7. Eligibility.
5    a. Except as provided in subsection (e) of this Section or
6in Section 15 of this Act, any person who is either a citizen
7of the United States or a noncitizen an alien lawfully
8admitted for permanent residence and who has been for a period
9of at least 180 days and continues to be a resident of this
10State shall be eligible for Plan coverage under this Section
11if evidence is provided of:
12        (1) A notice of rejection or refusal to issue
13    substantially similar individual health insurance coverage
14    for health reasons by a health insurance issuer;
15        (2) A refusal by a health insurance issuer to issue
16    individual health insurance coverage except at a rate
17    exceeding the applicable Plan rate for which the person is
18    responsible; or
19        (3) The absence of available health insurance coverage
20    for a person under 19 years of age.
21    A rejection or refusal by a group health plan or health
22insurance issuer offering only stop-loss or excess of loss
23insurance or contracts, agreements, or other arrangements for
24reinsurance coverage with respect to the applicant shall not
25be sufficient evidence under this subsection.

 

 

SB3865- 512 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    b. The Board shall promulgate a list of medical or health
2conditions for which a person who is either a citizen of the
3United States or a noncitizen an alien lawfully admitted for
4permanent residence and a resident of this State would be
5eligible for Plan coverage without applying for health
6insurance coverage pursuant to subsection a. of this Section.
7Persons who can demonstrate the existence or history of any
8medical or health conditions on the list promulgated by the
9Board shall not be required to provide the evidence specified
10in subsection a. of this Section. The list shall be effective
11on the first day of the operation of the Plan and may be
12amended from time to time as appropriate.
13    c. Family members of the same household who each are
14covered persons are eligible for optional family coverage
15under the Plan.
16    d. For persons qualifying for coverage in accordance with
17Section 7 of this Act, the Board shall, if it determines that
18such appropriations as are made pursuant to Section 12 of this
19Act are insufficient to allow the Board to accept all of the
20eligible persons which it projects will apply for enrollment
21under the Plan, limit or close enrollment to ensure that the
22Plan is not over-subscribed and that it has sufficient
23resources to meet its obligations to existing enrollees. The
24Board shall not limit or close enrollment for federally
25eligible individuals.
26    e. A person shall not be eligible for coverage under the

 

 

SB3865- 513 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Plan if:
2        (1) He or she has or obtains other coverage under a
3    group health plan or health insurance coverage
4    substantially similar to or better than a Plan policy as
5    an insured or covered dependent or would be eligible to
6    have that coverage if he or she elected to obtain it.
7    Persons otherwise eligible for Plan coverage may, however,
8    solely for the purpose of having coverage for a
9    pre-existing condition, maintain other coverage only while
10    satisfying any pre-existing condition waiting period under
11    a Plan policy or a subsequent replacement policy of a Plan
12    policy.
13        (1.1) His or her prior coverage under a group health
14    plan or health insurance coverage, provided or arranged by
15    an employer of more than 10 employees was discontinued for
16    any reason without the entire group or plan being
17    discontinued and not replaced, provided he or she remains
18    an employee, or dependent thereof, of the same employer.
19        (2) He or she is a recipient of or is approved to
20    receive medical assistance, except that a person may
21    continue to receive medical assistance through the medical
22    assistance no grant program, but only while satisfying the
23    requirements for a preexisting condition under Section 8,
24    subsection f. of this Act. Payment of premiums pursuant to
25    this Act shall be allocable to the person's spenddown for
26    purposes of the medical assistance no grant program, but

 

 

SB3865- 514 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    that person shall not be eligible for any Plan benefits
2    while that person remains eligible for medical assistance.
3    If the person continues to receive or be approved to
4    receive medical assistance through the medical assistance
5    no grant program at or after the time that requirements
6    for a preexisting condition are satisfied, the person
7    shall not be eligible for coverage under the Plan. In that
8    circumstance, coverage under the Plan shall terminate as
9    of the expiration of the preexisting condition limitation
10    period. Under all other circumstances, coverage under the
11    Plan shall automatically terminate as of the effective
12    date of any medical assistance.
13        (3) Except as provided in Section 15, the person has
14    previously participated in the Plan and voluntarily
15    terminated Plan coverage, unless 12 months have elapsed
16    since the person's latest voluntary termination of
17    coverage.
18        (4) The person fails to pay the required premium under
19    the covered person's terms of enrollment and
20    participation, in which event the liability of the Plan
21    shall be limited to benefits incurred under the Plan for
22    the time period for which premiums had been paid and the
23    covered person remained eligible for Plan coverage.
24        (5) The Plan has paid a total of $5,000,000 in
25    benefits on behalf of the covered person.
26        (6) The person is a resident of a public institution.

 

 

SB3865- 515 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (7) The person's premium is paid for or reimbursed
2    under any government sponsored program or by any
3    government agency or health care provider, except as an
4    otherwise qualifying full-time employee, or dependent of
5    such employee, of a government agency or health care
6    provider or, except when a person's premium is paid by the
7    U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to the federal Trade Act
8    of 2002.
9        (8) The person has or later receives other benefits or
10    funds from any settlement, judgement, or award resulting
11    from any accident or injury, regardless of the date of the
12    accident or injury, or any other circumstances creating a
13    legal liability for damages due that person by a third
14    party, whether the settlement, judgment, or award is in
15    the form of a contract, agreement, or trust on behalf of a
16    minor or otherwise and whether the settlement, judgment,
17    or award is payable to the person, his or her dependent,
18    estate, personal representative, or guardian in a lump sum
19    or over time, so long as there continues to be benefits or
20    assets remaining from those sources in an amount in excess
21    of $300,000.
22        (9) Within the 5 years prior to the date a person's
23    Plan application is received by the Board, the person's
24    coverage under any health care benefit program as defined
25    in 18 U.S.C. 24, including any public or private plan or
26    contract under which any medical benefit, item, or service

 

 

SB3865- 516 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    is provided, was terminated as a result of any act or
2    practice that constitutes fraud under State or federal law
3    or as a result of an intentional misrepresentation of
4    material fact; or if that person knowingly and willfully
5    obtained or attempted to obtain, or fraudulently aided or
6    attempted to aid any other person in obtaining, any
7    coverage or benefits under the Plan to which that person
8    was not entitled.
9    f. The Board or the administrator shall require
10verification of residency and may require any additional
11information or documentation, or statements under oath, when
12necessary to determine residency upon initial application and
13for the entire term of the policy.
14    g. Coverage shall cease (i) on the date a person is no
15longer a resident of Illinois, (ii) on the date a person
16requests coverage to end, (iii) upon the death of the covered
17person, (iv) on the date State law requires cancellation of
18the policy, or (v) at the Plan's option, 30 days after the Plan
19makes any inquiry concerning a person's eligibility or place
20of residence to which the person does not reply.
21    h. Except under the conditions set forth in subsection g
22of this Section, the coverage of any person who ceases to meet
23the eligibility requirements of this Section shall be
24terminated at the end of the current policy period for which
25the necessary premiums have been paid.
26(Source: P.A. 96-938, eff. 6-24-10; 97-661, eff. 1-13-12.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 517 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 105. The Religious and Charitable Risk Pooling
2Trust Act is amended by changing Section 15 as follows:
 
3    (215 ILCS 150/15)  (from Ch. 148, par. 215)
4    Sec. 15. Ineligible beneficiaries. A beneficiary is
5ineligible (1) if it is not exempt from taxation under
6paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of Section 501 of the Internal
7Revenue Code of 1954 as amended, or an affiliate of a
8corporation exempt from taxation under paragraph (3) of
9subsection (c) of Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code, as
10amended, and exempt from taxation under paragraph (2) of
11subsection (c) of Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of
121954, as amended, or tax exempt as a unit of local government
13or as a hospital owned and operated by a unit of local
14government; (2) if a corporation, it is not incorporated as a
15not-for-profit corporation; or (3) if a foreign or
16non-domestic alien corporation, it no longer has a Certificate
17of Authority issued by the Secretary of State.
18(Source: P.A. 92-99, eff. 7-20-01.)
 
19    Section 110. The Title Insurance Act is amended by
20changing Sections 11 and 15.1 as follows:
 
21    (215 ILCS 155/11)  (from Ch. 73, par. 1411)
22    Sec. 11. Statutory premium reserve.

 

 

SB3865- 518 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (a) A domestic title insurance company shall establish and
2maintain a statutory premium reserve computed in accordance
3with this Section. The reserve shall be reported as a
4liability of the title insurance company in its financial
5statements. The statutory premium reserve shall be maintained
6by the title insurance company for the protection of holders
7of title insurance policies. Except as provided in this
8Section, assets equal in value to the statutory premium
9reserve are not subject to distribution among creditors or
10stockholders of the title insurance company until all claims
11of policyholders or claims under reinsurance contracts have
12been paid in full and discharged, lawfully reinsured, or
13otherwise assumed by another title insurance company
14authorized to do business under this Act.
15    (b) A foreign or non-domestic alien title insurance
16company authorized to do business under this Act shall
17maintain at least the same reserves on title insurance
18policies issued on properties located in this State as are
19required of domestic title insurance companies.
20    (c) The statutory premium reserve shall consist of:
21        (1) the amount of the statutory premium reserve on
22    January 1, 1990; and
23        (2) a sum equal to 12 1/2 cents for each $1,000 of net
24    retained liability under each title insurance policy on a
25    single risk written on properties located in this State
26    after January 1, 1990.

 

 

SB3865- 519 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (d) Amounts placed in the statutory premium reserve in any
2year in accordance with this Section shall be deducted in
3determining the net profit of the title insurance company for
4that year.
5    (e) A title insurance company shall release from the
6statutory premium reserve a sum equal to 10% of the amount
7added to the reserve during a calendar year on July 1 of each
8of the 5 years following the year in which the sum was added,
9and shall release from the statutory premium reserve a sum
10equal to 3 1/3% of the amount added to the reserve during that
11year on each succeeding July 1 until the entire amount for that
12year has been released. The amount of the statutory premium
13reserve or similar premium reserve maintained before January
141, 1990, shall be released in accordance with the law in effect
15before January 1, 1990.
16    (f) This reserve is independent of the deposit
17requirements of Section 4 of this Act.
18(Source: P.A. 94-893, eff. 6-20-06.)
 
19    (215 ILCS 155/15.1)
20    Sec. 15.1. No taxes to be imposed by political
21subdivisions. The fees, charges, and taxes provided for by
22this Act shall be in lieu of all license fees or privilege or
23occupation taxes or other fees levied or assessed by any
24municipality, county, or other political subdivision of this
25State. No municipality, county, or other political subdivision

 

 

SB3865- 520 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of this State shall impose any license fee or privilege or
2occupation tax or fee upon any domestic, foreign, or
3non-domestic alien company, or upon any of its agents, for the
4privilege of doing insurance business therein. This Section
5shall not be construed to prohibit the levy and collection of
6State, county, or municipal taxes upon the real and personal
7property of the company, including the tax imposed by
8subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income
9Tax Act. This Section 15.1 is declared to be a denial and
10limitation of the powers of home rule units pursuant to
11paragraph (g) of Section 6 of Article VII of the Illinois
12Constitution of 1970.
13(Source: P.A. 90-317, eff. 8-1-97.)
 
14    Section 115. The Viatical Settlements Act of 2009 is
15amended by changing Sections 5 and 30 as follows:
 
16    (215 ILCS 159/5)
17    Sec. 5. Definitions.
18    "Accredited investor" means an accredited investor as
19defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of
201933 (15 U.S.C. 77 et seq.), as amended.
21    "Advertising" means any written, electronic, or printed
22communication or any communication by means of recorded
23telephone messages or transmitted on radio, television, the
24Internet, or similar communications media, including film

 

 

SB3865- 521 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1strips, digital picture slides, motion pictures, and videos
2published, disseminated, circulated, or placed before the
3public in this State, for the purpose of creating an interest
4in or inducing a person to sell, assign, devise, bequest, or
5transfer the death benefit or ownership of a policy pursuant
6to a viatical settlement contract.
7    "Non-domestic Alien licensee" means a licensee
8incorporated or organized under the laws of any country other
9than the United States.
10    "Business of viatical settlements" means any activity
11involved in, but not limited to, the offering, soliciting,
12negotiating, procuring, effectuating, purchasing, investing,
13financing, monitoring, tracking, underwriting, selling,
14transferring, assigning, pledging, or hypothecating or in any
15other manner acquiring an interest in a life insurance policy
16by means of a viatical settlement contract or other agreement.
17    "Chronically ill" means having been certified within the
18preceding 12-month period by a licensed health professional
19as:
20        (1) being unable to perform, without substantial
21    assistance from another individual and for at least 90
22    days due to a loss of functional capacity, at least 2
23    activities of daily living, including, but not limited to,
24    eating, toileting, transferring, bathing, dressing, or
25    continence;
26        (2) requiring substantial supervision to protect the

 

 

SB3865- 522 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    individual from threats to health and safety due to severe
2    cognitive impairment; or
3        (3) having a level of disability similar to that
4    described in paragraph (1) as determined by the Secretary
5    of Health and Human Services.
6    "Controlling person" means any person, firm, association,
7or corporation that directly or indirectly has the power to
8direct or cause to be directed the management, control, or
9activities of the viatical settlement provider.
10    "Director" means the Director of the Division of Insurance
11of the Department of Financial and Professional Regulation.
12    "Division" means the Division of Insurance of the
13Department of Financial and Professional Regulation.
14    "Escrow agent" means an independent third-party person
15who, pursuant to a written agreement signed by the viatical
16settlement provider and viator, provides escrow services
17related to the acquisition of a life insurance policy pursuant
18to a viatical settlement contract. "Escrow agent" does not
19include any person associated or affiliated with or under the
20control of a licensee.
21    "Financial institution" means a financial institution as
22defined by the Financial Institutions Insurance Sales Law in
23Article XLIV of the Illinois Insurance Code.
24    "Financing entity" means an underwriter, placement agent,
25lender, purchaser of securities, purchaser of a policy or
26certificate from a viatical settlement provider, credit

 

 

SB3865- 523 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1enhancer, or an entity that has a direct ownership in a policy
2that is the subject of a viatical settlement contract, and to
3which both of the following apply:
4        (1) its principal activity related to the transaction
5    is providing funds to effect the viatical settlement or
6    purchase of one or more viaticated policies; and
7        (2) it has an agreement in writing with one or more
8    licensed viatical settlement providers to finance the
9    acquisition of viatical settlement contracts.
10"Financing entity" does not include an investor that is not an
11accredited investor.
12    "Financing transaction" means a transaction in which a
13viatical settlement provider obtains financing from a
14financing entity, including, without limitation, any secured
15or unsecured financing, securitization transaction, or
16securities offering that either is registered or exempt from
17registration under federal and State securities law.
18    "Foreign licensee" means any viatical settlement provider
19incorporated or organized under the laws of any state of the
20United States other than this State.
21    "Insurance producer" means an insurance producer as
22defined by Section 10 of Article XXXI of the Illinois
23Insurance Code.
24    "Licensee" means a viatical settlement provider or
25viatical settlement broker.
26    "Life expectancy provider" means a person who determines

 

 

SB3865- 524 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or holds himself or herself out as determining life
2expectancies or mortality ratings used to determine life
3expectancies on behalf of or in connection with any of the
4following:
5        (1) A viatical settlement provider, viatical
6    settlement broker, or person engaged in the business of
7    viatical settlements.
8        (2) A viatical investment as defined by Section 2.33
9    of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 or a viatical
10    settlement contract.
11    "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance
12Commissioners.
13    "Person" means an individual or a legal entity, including,
14without limitation, a partnership, limited liability company,
15limited liability partnership, association, trust, business
16trust, or corporation.
17    "Policy" means an individual or group policy, group
18certificate, contract, or arrangement of insurance of the
19class defined by subsection (a) of Section 4 of the Illinois
20Insurance Code owned by a resident of this State, regardless
21of whether delivered or issued for delivery in this State.
22    "Qualified institutional buyer" means a qualified
23institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under
24the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
25    "Related provider trust" means a titling trust or other
26trust established by a licensed viatical settlement provider

 

 

SB3865- 525 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or a financing entity for the sole purpose of holding the
2ownership or beneficial interest in purchased policies in
3connection with a financing transaction. The trust shall have
4a written agreement with the licensed viatical settlement
5provider under which the licensed viatical settlement provider
6is responsible for ensuring compliance with all statutory and
7regulatory requirements and under which the trust agrees to
8make all records and files related to viatical settlement
9transactions available to the Director as if those records and
10files were maintained directly by the licensed viatical
11settlement provider.
12    "Special purpose entity" means a corporation, partnership,
13trust, limited liability company, or other similar entity
14formed only to provide, directly or indirectly, access to
15institutional capital markets (i) for a financing entity or
16licensed viatical settlement provider; or (ii) in connection
17with a transaction in which the securities in the special
18purposes entity are acquired by the viator or by qualified
19institutional buyers or the securities pay a fixed rate of
20return commensurate with established asset-backed
21institutional capital markets.
22    "Stranger-originated life insurance" or "STOLI" means an
23act, practice, or arrangement to initiate a life insurance
24policy for the benefit of a third-party investor who, at the
25time of policy origination, has no insurable interest in the
26insured. STOLI practices include, but are not limited to,

 

 

SB3865- 526 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1cases in which life insurance is purchased with resources or
2guarantees from or through a person or entity who, at the time
3of policy inception, could not lawfully initiate the policy
4himself or itself and where, at the time of policy inception,
5there is an arrangement or agreement, whether verbal or
6written, to directly or indirectly transfer the ownership of
7the policy or policy benefits to a third party. Trusts created
8to give the appearance of an insurable interest and used to
9initiate policies for investors violate insurance interest
10laws and the prohibition against wagering on life. STOLI
11arrangements do not include lawful viatical settlement
12contracts as permitted by this Act.
13    "Terminally ill" means certified by a physician as having
14an illness or physical condition that reasonably is expected
15to result in death in 24 months or less.
16    "Viatical settlement broker" means a licensed insurance
17producer who has been issued a license pursuant to paragraph
18(1) or (2) of subsection (a) of Section 500-35 of the Illinois
19Insurance Code who, working exclusively on behalf of a viator
20and for a fee, commission, or other valuable consideration,
21offers, solicits, promotes, or attempts to negotiate viatical
22settlement contracts between a viator and one or more viatical
23settlement providers or one or more viatical settlement
24brokers. "Viatical settlement broker" does not include an
25attorney, certified public accountant, or a financial planner
26accredited by a nationally recognized accreditation agency,

 

 

SB3865- 527 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1who is retained to represent the viator and whose compensation
2is not paid directly or indirectly by the viatical settlement
3provider or purchaser.
4    "Viatical settlement contract" means any of the following:
5        (1) A written agreement between a viator and a
6    viatical settlement provider establishing the terms under
7    which compensation or anything of value is or will be
8    paid, which compensation or value is less than the
9    expected death benefits of the policy, in return for the
10    viator's present or future assignment, transfer, sale,
11    devise, or bequest of the death benefit or ownership of
12    any portion of the insurance policy.
13        (2) A written agreement for a loan or other lending
14    transaction, secured primarily by an individual life
15    insurance policy or an individual certificate of a group
16    life insurance policy.
17        (3) The transfer for compensation or value of
18    ownership of a beneficial interest in a trust or other
19    entity that owns such policy, if the trust or other entity
20    was formed or availed of for the principal purpose of
21    acquiring one or more life insurance contracts and the
22    life insurance contract insures the life of a person
23    residing in this State.
24        (4) A premium finance loan made for a life insurance
25    policy by a lender to a viator on, before, or after the
26    date of issuance of the policy in either of the following

 

 

SB3865- 528 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    situations:
2            (A) The viator or the insured receives a guarantee
3        of the viatical settlement value of the policy.
4            (B) The viator or the insured agrees to sell the
5        policy or any portion of the policy's death benefit on
6        any date before or after issuance of the policy.
7    "Viatical settlement contract" does not include any of the
8following acts, practices, or arrangements listed below in
9subparagraphs (a) through (i) of this definition of "viatical
10settlement contract", unless part of a plan, scheme, device,
11or artifice to avoid application of this Act; provided,
12however, that the list of excluded items contained in
13subparagraphs (a) through (i) is not intended to be an
14exhaustive list and that an act, practice, or arrangement that
15is not described below in subparagraphs (a) through (i) does
16not necessarily constitute a viatical settlement contract:
17        (a) A policy loan or accelerated death benefit made by
18    the insurer pursuant to the policy's terms;
19        (b) Loan proceeds that are used solely to pay: (i)
20    premiums for the policy and (ii) the costs of the loan,
21    including, without limitation, interest, arrangement fees,
22    utilization fees and similar fees, closing costs, legal
23    fees and expenses, trustee fees and expenses, and third
24    party collateral provider fees and expenses, including
25    fees payable to letter of credit issuers;
26        (c) A loan made by a bank or other financial

 

 

SB3865- 529 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    institution in which the lender takes an interest in a
2    life insurance policy solely to secure repayment of a loan
3    or, if there is a default on the loan and the policy is
4    transferred, the transfer of such a policy by the lender,
5    provided that neither the default itself nor the transfer
6    of the policy in connection with the default is pursuant
7    to an agreement or understanding with any other person for
8    the purpose of evading regulation under this Act;
9        (d) A loan made by a lender that does not violate
10    Article XXXIIa of the Illinois Insurance Code, provided
11    that the premium finance loan is not described in this
12    Act;
13        (e) An agreement in which all the parties (i) are
14    closely related to the insured by blood or law or (ii) have
15    a lawful substantial economic interest in the continued
16    life, health, and bodily safety of the person insured, or
17    trusts established primarily for the benefit of such
18    parties;
19        (f) Any designation, consent, or agreement by an
20    insured who is an employee of an employer in connection
21    with the purchase by the employer, or trust established by
22    the employer, of life insurance on the life of the
23    employee;
24        (g) A bona fide business succession planning
25    arrangement: (i) between one or more shareholders in a
26    corporation or between a corporation and one or more of

 

 

SB3865- 530 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    its shareholders or one or more trusts established by its
2    shareholders; (ii) between one or more partners in a
3    partnership or between a partnership and one or more of
4    its partners or one or more trusts established by its
5    partners; or (iii) between one or more members in a
6    limited liability company or between a limited liability
7    company and one or more of its members or one or more
8    trusts established by its members;
9        (h) An agreement entered into by a service recipient,
10    or a trust established by the service recipient, and a
11    service provider, or a trust established by the service
12    provider, who performs significant services for the
13    service recipient's trade or business; or
14        (i) Any other contract, transaction, or arrangement
15    exempted from the definition of viatical settlement
16    contract by the Director based on the Director's
17    determination that the contract, transaction, or
18    arrangement is not of the type intended to be regulated by
19    this Act.
20    "Viatical settlement investment agent" means a person who
21is an appointed or contracted agent of a licensed viatical
22settlement provider who solicits or arranges the funding for
23the purchase of a viatical settlement by a viatical settlement
24purchaser and who is acting on behalf of a viatical settlement
25provider. A viatical settlement investment agent is deemed to
26represent the viatical settlement provider of whom the

 

 

SB3865- 531 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1viatical settlement investment agent is an appointed or
2contracted agent.
3    "Viatical settlement provider" means a person, other than
4a viator, who enters into or effectuates a viatical settlement
5contract with a viator. "Viatical settlement provider" does
6not include:
7        (1) a bank, savings bank, savings and loan
8    association, credit union, or other financial institution
9    that takes an assignment of a policy as collateral for a
10    loan;
11        (2) a financial institution or premium finance company
12    making premium finance loans and exempted by the Director
13    from the licensing requirement under the premium finance
14    laws where the institution or company takes an assignment
15    of a life insurance policy solely as collateral for a
16    premium finance loan;
17        (3) the issuer of the life insurance policy;
18        (4) an authorized or eligible insurer that provides
19    stop loss coverage or financial guaranty insurance to a
20    viatical settlement provider, purchaser, financing entity,
21    special purpose entity, or related provider trust;
22        (5) An individual person who enters into or
23    effectuates no more than one viatical settlement contract
24    in a calendar year for the transfer of policies for any
25    value less than the expected death benefit;
26        (6) a financing entity;

 

 

SB3865- 532 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (7) a special purpose entity;
2        (8) a related provider trust;
3        (9) a viatical settlement purchaser; or
4        (10) any other person that the Director determines is
5    consistent with the definition of viatical settlement
6    provider.
7    "Viatical settlement purchaser" means a person who
8provides a sum of money as consideration for a life insurance
9policy or an interest in the death benefits of a life insurance
10policy, or a person who owns or acquires or is entitled to a
11beneficial interest in a trust that owns a viatical settlement
12contract or is the beneficiary of a life insurance policy, in
13each case where such policy has been or will be the subject of
14a viatical settlement contract, for the purpose of deriving an
15economic benefit. "Viatical settlement purchaser" does not
16include: (i) a licensee under this Act; (ii) an accredited
17investor or qualified institutional buyer; (iii) a financing
18entity; (iv) a special purpose entity; or (v) a related
19provider trust.
20    "Viaticated policy" means a life insurance policy that has
21been acquired by a viatical settlement provider pursuant to a
22viatical settlement contract.
23    "Viator" means the owner of a life insurance policy or a
24certificate holder under a group policy who enters or seeks to
25enter into a viatical settlement contract. For the purposes of
26this Act, a viator is not limited to an owner of a life

 

 

SB3865- 533 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1insurance policy or a certificate holder under a group policy
2insuring the life of an individual with a terminal or chronic
3illness or condition, except where specifically addressed.
4"Viator" does not include:
5        (1) a licensee;
6        (2) a qualified institutional buyer;
7        (3) a financing entity;
8        (4) a special purpose entity; or
9        (5) a related provider trust.
10(Source: P.A. 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
 
11    (215 ILCS 159/30)
12    Sec. 30. Examination or investigation.
13    (a) The Director may when and as often as the Director
14deems it reasonably necessary to protect the interests of the
15public, examine the business affairs of any licensee.
16    In scheduling and determining the nature, scope, and
17frequency of the examinations, the Director shall consider
18such matters as consumer complaints, results of financial
19statement analyses and ratios, changes in management or
20ownership, actuarial opinions, report of independent certified
21public accountants, and other relevant criteria as determined
22by the Director.
23    (b) For purposes of completing an examination of a
24licensee under this Act, the Director may examine or
25investigate any person, or the business of any person, in so

 

 

SB3865- 534 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1far as the examination or investigation is, in the sole
2discretion of the Director, necessary or material to the
3examination.
4    (c) In lieu of an examination under this Act of any foreign
5licensee or non-domestic alien licensee licensed in this
6State, the Director may, at the Director's discretion, accept
7an examination report on the licensee as prepared by the chief
8insurance regulatory official for the licensee's state of
9domicile or port-of-entry state.
10    (d) As far as practical, the examination of a foreign
11licensee or non-domestic alien licensee shall be made in
12cooperation with the insurance supervisory officials of other
13states in which the licensee transacts business.
14    (e) Licensees shall for 5 years retain copies of:
15        (1) all proposed, offered, or executed contracts,
16    purchase agreements, underwriting documents, policy forms,
17    and applications from the date of the proposal, offer, or
18    execution of the contract or purchase agreement, whichever
19    is later;
20        (2) all checks, drafts, or other evidence and
21    documentation related to the payment, transfer, deposit,
22    or release of funds from the date of the transaction;
23        (3) all other records and documents in any format
24    related to the requirements of this Act, including a
25    record of complaints received against the licensee and
26    agents representing the licensee and a list of all life

 

 

SB3865- 535 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    expectancy providers that have provider services to the
2    licensee.
3    This subsection (e) does not relieve a person of the
4obligation to produce records required by this subsection to
5the Director after the retention period has expired if the
6person has retained the documents.
7    Records required to be retained by this subsection (e)
8must be legible and complete and may be retained in paper,
9photograph, microprocessor, magnetic, mechanical, or
10electronic media, or by any process that accurately reproduces
11or forms a durable medium for the reproduction of a record.
12    (f) Upon determining that an examination should be
13conducted, the Director shall appoint one or more examiners to
14perform the examination and instruct them as to the scope of
15the examination. The Director may employ any guidelines or
16procedures for purposes of this subsection (f) that the
17Director deems appropriate.
18    Every licensee or person, including all officers,
19partners, members, directors, employees, controlling persons,
20and agents of any licensee or person, from whom information is
21sought shall provide to the examiners timely, convenient, and
22free access at all reasonable hours at the licensee's or
23person's offices to all books, records, accounts, papers,
24documents, assets, and computer or other recordings relating
25to the property, assets, business, and affairs of the licensee
26being examined. The officers, directors, employees, and agents

 

 

SB3865- 536 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1of the licensee or person shall facilitate the examination and
2aid in the examination so far as it is in their power to do so.
3The refusal of a licensee by its officers, directors,
4employees, or agents to submit to examination or to comply
5with any reasonable written request of the Director shall be
6grounds for revocation, denial of issuance, or non-renewal of
7any license or authority held by the licensee to engage in the
8viatical settlement business or other business subject to the
9Director's jurisdiction.
10    The Director shall have the power to issue subpoenas, to
11administer oaths, and to examine under oath any person as to
12any matter pertinent to the examination. Upon the failure or
13refusal of a person to obey a subpoena, the Director may
14petition a court of competent jurisdiction, and upon proper
15showing, the court may enter an order compelling the witness
16to appear and testify or produce documentary evidence. Failure
17to obey the court order shall be punishable as contempt of
18court. Subpoenas may be enforced pursuant to Section 403 of
19the Illinois Insurance Code.
20    When making an examination under this Act, the Director
21may retain attorneys, appraisers, independent actuaries,
22independent certified public accountants, or other
23professionals and specialists as examiners, the reasonable
24cost of which shall be borne by the licensee that is the
25subject of the examination.
26    (g) Nothing contained in this Act limits the Director's

 

 

SB3865- 537 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1authority to terminate or suspend an examination in order to
2pursue other legal or regulatory action pursuant to the
3insurance laws of this State. Findings of fact and conclusions
4made pursuant to any examination shall be prima facie evidence
5in any legal or regulatory action.
6    (h) Nothing contained in this Act shall be construed to
7limit the Director's authority to use and, if appropriate, to
8make public any final or preliminary examination report, any
9examiner or licensee workpapers or other documents, or any
10other information discovered or developed during the course of
11any examination in the furtherance of any legal or regulatory
12action that the Director may, in the Director's discretion,
13deem appropriate.
14    (i) No later than 60 days following completion of the
15examination, the examiner in charge shall file with the
16Director a verified written report of examination under oath.
17Upon receipt of the verified report, the Director shall
18transmit the report to the licensee examined.
19    (j) Examination reports shall be comprised only of facts
20appearing upon the books, records, or other documents of the
21licensee, its agents, or other persons examined, or as
22ascertained from the testimony of its officers or agents or
23other persons examined concerning its affairs and the
24conclusions and recommendations that the examiners find
25reasonably warranted from the facts.
26    (k) The licensee may request a hearing within 10 days

 

 

SB3865- 538 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1after receipt of the examination report by giving the Director
2written notice of that request, together with a statement of
3its objections. The Director then must conduct a hearing in
4conjunction with Sections 402 and 403 of the Illinois
5Insurance Code. The Director must issue a written order based
6upon the examination report and upon the hearing within 90
7days after the report is filed or within 90 days after the
8hearing. After the hearing, the Director may make such order
9or orders as may be reasonably necessary to correct,
10eliminate, or remedy unlawful conduct.
11    (l) If the Director determines that regulatory action is
12appropriate as a result of an examination, the Director may
13initiate any proceedings or actions provided by law.
14    (m) Names and individual identification data for all
15viators in the possession and control of the Director shall be
16considered private and confidential and shall not be disclosed
17by the Director unless required by law.
18    Except as otherwise provided in this Act, all examination
19reports, working papers, recorded information, documents, and
20copies thereof produced by, obtained by or disclosed to the
21Director or any other person in the course of an examination
22made under this Act or the law of another state or jurisdiction
23that is substantially similar to this Act, or in the course of
24analysis or investigation by the Director of the financial
25condition or market conduct of a licensee are (i) confidential
26by law and privileged, (ii) not subject to the Freedom of

 

 

SB3865- 539 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Information Act, (iii) not subject to subpoena, and (iv) not
2subject to discovery or admissible in evidence in any private
3civil action.
4    The Director is authorized to use the documents,
5materials, or other information in the furtherance of any
6regulatory or legal action brought as part of the Director's
7official duties.
8    Documents, materials, or other information, including, but
9not limited to, all working papers and copies thereof, in the
10possession or control of the NAIC and its affiliates and
11subsidiaries are:
12        (1) confidential by law and privileged;
13        (2) not subject to subpoena; and
14        (3) not subject to discovery or admissible in evidence
15    in any private civil action if they are:
16            (A) created, produced or obtained by, or disclosed
17        to the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries in the
18        course of assisting an examination made under this Act
19        or assisting the Director or the chief insurance
20        regulatory official in another state in the analysis
21        or investigation of the financial condition or market
22        conduct of a licensee; or
23            (B) disclosed under this subsection (m) by the
24        Director or disclosed under a comparable provision in
25        law of another state by that state's chief insurance
26        regulatory official to the NAIC and its affiliates and

 

 

SB3865- 540 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        subsidiaries.
2    Neither the Director nor any person that received the
3documents, material, or other information while acting under
4the authority of the Director, including the NAIC and its
5affiliates and subsidiaries, shall be permitted to testify in
6any private civil action concerning any confidential
7documents, materials, or information subject to this
8subsection (m).
9    (n) In order to assist in the performance of the
10Director's duties, the Director may:
11        (1) share documents, materials, or other information,
12    including the confidential and privileged documents,
13    materials, or information subject to subsection (m) of
14    this Section, with other state, federal, and international
15    regulatory agencies, with the NAIC and its affiliates and
16    subsidiaries, and with state, federal, and international
17    law enforcement authorities, provided that the recipient
18    agrees to maintain the confidentiality and privileged
19    status of the document, material, communication, or other
20    information;
21        (2) receive documents, materials, communications, or
22    information, including otherwise confidential and
23    privileged documents, materials, or information, from the
24    NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries and from
25    regulatory and law enforcement officials of other foreign
26    or domestic jurisdictions, and shall maintain as

 

 

SB3865- 541 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    confidential or privileged any document, material, or
2    information received with notice or the understanding that
3    it is confidential or privileged under the laws of the
4    jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material,
5    or information; and
6        (3) enter into agreements governing sharing and use of
7    information consistent with this Section.
8    (o) No waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of
9confidentiality in the documents, materials, or information
10shall occur as a result of disclosure to the Director under
11this Section or as a result of sharing as authorized in
12subsection (n) of this Section.
13    (p) A privilege established under the law of any state or
14jurisdiction that is substantially similar to the privilege
15established under this Section shall be available and enforced
16in any proceeding in, and in any court of, this State.
17    (q) Nothing contained in this Act prevents or prohibits
18the Director from disclosing the content of an examination
19report, preliminary examination report or results, or any
20matter relating to those reports or results, to the chief
21insurance regulatory official of any other state or country,
22or to law enforcement officials of this or any other state or
23agency of the federal government at any time or to the NAIC, if
24the agency or office receiving the report or matters relating
25to it agrees in writing to hold it confidential and in a manner
26consistent with this Act.

 

 

SB3865- 542 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (r) The expenses incurred in conducting an examination
2shall be paid by the licensee.
3    (s) No cause of action shall arise nor shall any liability
4be imposed against the Director, the Director's authorized
5representatives, or any examiner appointed by the Director for
6any statements made or conduct performed in good faith while
7carrying out the provisions of this Act.
8    No cause of action shall arise, nor shall any liability be
9imposed against any person for the act of communicating or
10delivering information or data to the Director or the
11Director's authorized representative or examiner pursuant to
12an examination made under this Section, if the act of
13communication or delivery was performed in good faith and
14without fraudulent intent or the intent to deceive. This
15subsection (s) does not abrogate or modify in any way any
16common law or statutory privilege or immunity heretofore
17enjoyed by any person identified in this subsection (s).
18    A person identified in this subsection (s) shall be
19entitled to an award of attorney's fees and costs if he or she
20is the prevailing party in a civil cause of action for libel,
21slander, or any other relevant tort arising out of activities
22in carrying out the provisions of this Section and the party
23bringing the action was not substantially justified in doing
24so. For purposes of this Section, a proceeding is
25"substantially justified" if it had a reasonable basis in law
26or fact at the time that it was initiated.

 

 

SB3865- 543 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (t) The Director may investigate suspected viatical
2settlement fraud and persons engaged in the business of
3viatical settlements.
4(Source: P.A. 96-736, eff. 7-1-10.)
 
5    Section 120. The Hearing Instrument Consumer Protection
6Act is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:
 
7    (225 ILCS 50/8)  (from Ch. 111, par. 7408)
8    (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2026)
9    Sec. 8. Applicant qualifications; examination.
10    (a) In order to protect persons who are deaf or hard of
11hearing, the Department shall authorize or shall conduct an
12appropriate examination, which may be the International
13Hearing Society's licensure examination, for persons who
14dispense, test, select, recommend, fit, or service hearing
15instruments. The frequency of holding these examinations shall
16be determined by the Department by rule. Those who
17successfully pass such an examination shall be issued a
18license as a hearing instrument dispenser, which shall be
19effective for a 2-year period.
20    (b) Applicants shall be:
21        (1) at least 18 years of age;
22        (2) of good moral character;
23        (3) the holder of an associate's degree or the
24    equivalent;

 

 

SB3865- 544 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (4) free of contagious or infectious disease; and
2        (5) a citizen or person who has the status as a legal
3    noncitizen alien.
4    Felony convictions of the applicant and findings against
5the applicant involving matters set forth in Sections 17 and
618 shall be considered in determining moral character, but
7such a conviction or finding shall not make an applicant
8ineligible to register for examination.
9    (c) Prior to engaging in the practice of fitting,
10dispensing, or servicing hearing instruments, an applicant
11shall demonstrate, by means of written and practical
12examinations, that such person is qualified to practice the
13testing, selecting, recommending, fitting, selling, or
14servicing of hearing instruments as defined in this Act. An
15applicant must obtain a license within 12 months after passing
16either the written or practical examination, whichever is
17passed first, or must take and pass those examinations again
18in order to be eligible to receive a license.
19    The Department shall, by rule, determine the conditions
20under which an individual is examined.
21    (d) Proof of having met the minimum requirements of
22continuing education as determined by the Board shall be
23required of all license renewals. Pursuant to rule, the
24continuing education requirements may, upon petition to the
25Board, be waived in whole or in part if the hearing instrument
26dispenser can demonstrate that he or she served in the Coast

 

 

SB3865- 545 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Guard or Armed Forces, had an extreme hardship, or obtained
2his or her license by examination or endorsement within the
3preceding renewal period.
4    (e) Persons applying for an initial license must
5demonstrate having earned, at a minimum, an associate degree
6or its equivalent from an accredited institution of higher
7education that is recognized by the U.S. Department of
8Education or that meets the U.S. Department of Education
9equivalency as determined through a National Association of
10Credential Evaluation Services (NACES) member, and meet the
11other requirements of this Section. In addition, the applicant
12must demonstrate the successful completion of (1) 12 semester
13hours or 18 quarter hours of academic undergraduate course
14work in an accredited institution consisting of 3 semester
15hours of anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, 3
16semester hours of hearing science, 3 semester hours of
17introduction to audiology, and 3 semester hours of aural
18rehabilitation, or the quarter hour equivalent or (2) an
19equivalent program as determined by the Department that is
20consistent with the scope of practice of a hearing instrument
21dispenser as defined in Section 3 of this Act. Persons
22licensed before January 1, 2003 who have a valid license on
23that date may have their license renewed without meeting the
24requirements of this subsection.
25(Source: P.A. 98-827, eff. 1-1-15; 99-204, eff. 7-30-15;
2699-847, eff. 8-19-16.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 546 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 125. The Appraisal Management Company Registration
2Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:
 
3    (225 ILCS 459/10)
4    Sec. 10. Definitions. In this Act:
5    "Address of record" means the principal address recorded
6by the Department in the applicant's or registrant's
7application file or registration file maintained by the
8Department's registration maintenance unit.
9    "Applicant" means a person or entity who applies to the
10Department for a registration under this Act.
11    "Appraisal" means (noun) the act or process of developing
12an opinion of value; an opinion of value (adjective) of or
13pertaining to appraising and related functions.
14    "Appraisal firm" means an appraisal entity that is 100%
15owned and controlled by a person or persons licensed in
16Illinois as a certified general real estate appraiser or a
17certified residential real estate appraiser. An appraisal firm
18does not include an appraisal management company.
19    "Appraisal management company" means any corporation,
20limited liability company, partnership, sole proprietorship,
21subsidiary, unit, or other business entity that directly or
22indirectly: (1) provides appraisal management services to
23creditors or secondary mortgage market participants, including
24affiliates; (2) provides appraisal management services in

 

 

SB3865- 547 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1connection with valuing the consumer's principal dwelling as
2security for a consumer credit transaction (including consumer
3credit transactions incorporated into securitizations); and
4(3) any appraisal management company that, within a given
512-month period, oversees an appraiser panel of 16 or more
6State-certified appraisers in Illinois or 25 or more
7State-certified or State-licensed appraisers in 2 or more
8jurisdictions. "Appraisal management company" includes a
9hybrid entity.
10    "Appraisal management company national registry fee" means
11the fee implemented pursuant to Title XI of the federal
12Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act
13of 1989 for an appraiser management company's national
14registry.
15    "Appraisal management services" means one or more of the
16following:
17        (1) recruiting, selecting, and retaining appraisers;
18        (2) contracting with State-certified or State-licensed
19    appraisers to perform appraisal assignments;
20        (3) managing the process of having an appraisal
21    performed, including providing administrative services
22    such as receiving appraisal orders and appraisal reports;
23    submitting completed appraisal reports to creditors and
24    secondary market participants; collecting compensation
25    from creditors, underwriters, or secondary market
26    participants for services provided; or paying appraisers

 

 

SB3865- 548 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    for services performed; or
2        (4) reviewing and verifying the work of appraisers.
3    "Appraiser panel" means a network, list, or roster of
4licensed or certified appraisers approved by the appraisal
5management company or by the end-user client to perform
6appraisals as independent contractors for the appraisal
7management company. "Appraiser panel" includes both appraisers
8accepted by an appraisal management company for consideration
9for future appraisal assignments and appraisers engaged by an
10appraisal management company to perform one or more
11appraisals. For the purposes of determining the size of an
12appraiser panel, only independent contractors of hybrid
13entities shall be counted towards the appraiser panel.
14    "Appraiser panel fee" means the amount collected from a
15registrant that, where applicable, includes an appraisal
16management company's national registry fee.
17    "Appraisal report" means a written appraisal by an
18appraiser to a client.
19    "Appraisal practice service" means valuation services
20performed by an individual acting as an appraiser, including,
21but not limited to, appraisal or appraisal review.
22    "Appraisal subcommittee" means the appraisal subcommittee
23of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council as
24established by Title XI.
25    "Appraiser" means a person who performs real estate or
26real property appraisals.

 

 

SB3865- 549 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Assignment result" means an appraiser's opinions and
2conclusions developed specific to an assignment.
3    "Audit" includes, but is not limited to, an annual or
4special audit, visit, or review necessary under this Act or
5required by the Secretary or the Secretary's authorized
6representative in carrying out the duties and responsibilities
7under this Act.
8    "Client" means the party or parties who engage an
9appraiser by employment or contract in a specific appraisal
10assignment.
11    "Controlling person" means:
12        (1) an owner, officer, or director of an entity
13    seeking to offer appraisal management services;
14        (2) an individual employed, appointed, or authorized
15    by an appraisal management company who has the authority
16    to:
17            (A) enter into a contractual relationship with a
18        client for the performance of an appraisal management
19        service or appraisal practice service; and
20            (B) enter into an agreement with an appraiser for
21        the performance of a real estate appraisal activity;
22        (3) an individual who possesses, directly or
23    indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of
24    the management or policies of an appraisal management
25    company; or
26        (4) an individual who will act as the sole compliance

 

 

SB3865- 550 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    officer with regard to this Act and any rules adopted
2    under this Act.
3    "Covered transaction" means a consumer credit transaction
4secured by a consumer's principal dwelling.
5    "Department" means the Department of Financial and
6Professional Regulation.
7    "Email address of record" means the designated email
8address recorded by the Department in the applicant's
9application file or the registrant's registration file
10maintained by the Department's registration maintenance unit.
11    "Entity" means a corporation, a limited liability company,
12partnership, a sole proprietorship, or other entity providing
13services or holding itself out to provide services as an
14appraisal management company or an appraisal management
15service.
16    "End-user client" means any person who utilizes or engages
17the services of an appraiser through an appraisal management
18company.
19    "Federally regulated appraisal management company" means
20an appraisal management company that is owned and controlled
21by an insured depository institution, as defined in 12 U.S.C.
221813, or an insured credit union, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1752,
23and regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the
24Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, the National Credit Union
25Association, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
26    "Financial institution" means any bank, savings bank,

 

 

SB3865- 551 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1savings and loan association, credit union, mortgage broker,
2mortgage banker, registrant under the Consumer Installment
3Loan Act or the Sales Finance Agency Act, or a corporate
4fiduciary, subsidiary, affiliate, parent company, or holding
5company of any registrant, or any institution involved in real
6estate financing that is regulated by State or federal law.
7    "Foreign appraisal management company" means any appraisal
8management company organized under the laws of any other state
9of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any other
10jurisdiction of the United States.
11    "Hybrid entity" means an appraisal management company that
12hires an appraiser as an employee to perform an appraisal and
13engages an independent contractor to perform an appraisal.
14    "Multi-state licensing system" means a web-based platform
15that allows an applicant to submit the application or
16registration renewal to the Department online.
17    "Person" means individuals, entities, sole
18proprietorships, corporations, limited liability companies,
19and non-domestic alien, foreign, or domestic partnerships,
20except that when the context otherwise requires, the term may
21refer to a single individual or other described entity.
22    "Principal dwelling" means a residential structure that
23contains one to 4 units, whether or not that structure is
24attached to real property. "Principal dwelling" includes an
25individual condominium unit, cooperative unit, manufactured
26home, mobile home, and trailer, if it is used as a residence.

 

 

SB3865- 552 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Principal office" means the actual, physical business
2address, which shall not be a post office box or a virtual
3business address, of a registrant, at which (i) the Department
4may contact the registrant and (ii) records required under
5this Act are maintained.
6    "Qualified to transact business in this State" means being
7in compliance with the requirements of the Business
8Corporation Act of 1983.
9    "Quality control review" means a review of an appraisal
10report for compliance and completeness, including grammatical,
11typographical, or other similar errors, unrelated to
12developing an opinion of value.
13    "Real estate" means an identified parcel or tract of land,
14including any improvements.
15    "Real estate related financial transaction" means any
16transaction involving:
17        (1) the sale, lease, purchase, investment in, or
18    exchange of real property, including interests in property
19    or the financing thereof;
20        (2) the refinancing of real property or interests in
21    real property; and
22        (3) the use of real property or interest in property
23    as security for a loan or investment, including mortgage
24    backed securities.
25    "Real property" means the interests, benefits, and rights
26inherent in the ownership of real estate.

 

 

SB3865- 553 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Secretary" means the Secretary of Financial and
2Professional Regulation.
3    "USPAP" means the Uniform Standards of Professional
4Appraisal Practice as adopted by the Appraisal Standards Board
5under Title XI.
6    "Valuation" means any estimate of the value of real
7property in connection with a creditor's decision to provide
8credit, including those values developed under a policy of a
9government sponsored enterprise or by an automated valuation
10model or other methodology or mechanism.
11    "Written notice" means a communication transmitted by mail
12or by electronic means that can be verified between an
13appraisal management company and a licensed or certified real
14estate appraiser.
15(Source: P.A. 102-20, eff. 1-1-22; 102-687, eff. 12-17-21.)
 
16    Section 130. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by
17changing Section 5-3 as follows:
 
18    (305 ILCS 5/5-3)  (from Ch. 23, par. 5-3)
19    Sec. 5-3. Residence.) Any person who has established his
20residence in this State and lives therein, including any
21person who is a migrant worker, may qualify for medical
22assistance. A person who, while temporarily in this State,
23suffers injury or illness endangering his life and health and
24necessitating emergency care, may also qualify.

 

 

SB3865- 554 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Temporary absence from the State shall not disqualify a
2person from maintaining his eligibility under this Article.
3    As used in this Section, "migrant worker" means any person
4residing temporarily and employed in Illinois who moves
5seasonally from one place to another for the purpose of
6employment in agricultural activities, including the planting,
7raising or harvesting of any agricultural or horticultural
8commodities and the handling, packing or processing of such
9commodities on the farm where produced or at the point of first
10processing, in animal husbandry, or in other activities
11connected with the care of animals. Dependents of such person
12shall be considered eligible if they are living with the
13person during his or her temporary residence and employment in
14Illinois.
15    In order to be eligible for medical assistance under this
16section, each migrant worker shall show proof of citizenship
17or legal noncitizen alien status.
18(Source: P.A. 81-746.)
 
19    Section 135. The Housing Development and Construction Act
20is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:
 
21    (310 ILCS 20/5)  (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 57)
22    Sec. 5. Any grants paid hereunder to a housing authority
23shall be deposited in a separate fund and, subject to the
24approval of the Department of Commerce and Economic

 

 

SB3865- 555 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Opportunity, may be used for any or all of the following
2purposes as the needs of the community may require: the
3acquisition of land by purchase, gift or condemnation and the
4improvement thereof, the purchase and installation of
5temporary housing facilities, the construction of housing
6units for rent or sale to veterans, the families of deceased
7servicemen, and for persons and families who by reason of
8overcrowded housing conditions or displacement by eviction,
9fires or other calamities, or slum clearance or other private
10or public project involving relocation, are in urgent need of
11safe and sanitary housing, the making of grants in connection
12with the sale or lease of real property as provided in the
13following paragraph of this section, and for any and all
14purposes authorized by the "Housing Authorities Act," approved
15March 19, 1934, as amended, including administrative expenses
16of the housing authorities in relation to the aforesaid
17objectives, to the extent and for the purposes authorized and
18approved by the Department of Commerce and Economic
19Opportunity. Each housing authority is vested with power to
20exercise the right of eminent domain for the purposes
21authorized by this Act. Condemnation proceedings instituted by
22any such authority shall be in all respects in the manner
23provided for the exercise of the right of eminent domain under
24the Eminent Domain Act.
25    In addition to the foregoing, and for the purpose of
26facilitating the development and construction of housing,

 

 

SB3865- 556 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1housing authorities may, with the approval of the Department
2of Commerce and Economic Opportunity, enter into contracts and
3agreements for the sale or lease of real property acquired by
4the Authority through the use of the grant hereunder, and may
5sell or lease such property to (1) housing corporations
6operating under "An Act in relation to housing," approved July
712, 1933, as amended; (2) neighborhood redevelopment
8corporations operating under the "Neighborhood Redevelopment
9Corporation Law," approved July 9, 1941; (3) insurance
10companies operating under Article VIII of the Illinois
11Insurance Code; (4) non-profit corporations organized for the
12purpose of constructing, managing and operating housing
13projects and the improvement of housing conditions, including
14the sale or rental of housing units to persons in need thereof;
15or (5) to any other individual, association or corporation,
16including bona fide housing cooperatives, desiring to engage
17in a development or redevelopment project. The term
18"corporation" as used in this section, means a corporation
19organized under the laws of this or any other state of the
20United States, or of any country, which may legally make
21investments in this State of the character herein prescribed,
22including foreign and non-domestic alien insurance companies
23as defined in Section 2 of the "Illinois Insurance Code." No
24sale or lease shall be made hereunder to any of the aforesaid
25corporations, associations or individuals unless a plan
26approved by the Authority has been presented by the purchaser

 

 

SB3865- 557 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or lessee for the development or redevelopment of such
2property, together with a bond, with satisfactory sureties, of
3not less than 10% of the cost of such development or
4redevelopment, conditioned upon the completion of such
5development or redevelopment; provided that the requirement of
6the bond may be waived by the Department of Commerce and
7Economic Opportunity if it is satisfied of the financial
8ability of the purchaser or lessee to complete such
9development or redevelopment in accordance with the presented
10plan. To further assure that the real property so sold or
11leased shall be used in accordance with the plan, the
12Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity may require
13the purchaser or lessee to execute in writing such
14undertakings as the Department deems necessary to obligate
15such purchaser or lessee (1) to use the property for the
16purposes presented in the plan; (2) to commence and complete
17the building of the improvements designated in the plan within
18the periods of time that the Department of Commerce and
19Economic Opportunity fixes as reasonable, and (3) to comply
20with such other conditions as are necessary to carry out the
21purposes of this Act. Any such property may be sold pursuant to
22this section for any legal consideration in an amount to be
23approved by the Department of Commerce and Economic
24Opportunity. Subject to the approval of the Department of
25Commerce and Economic Opportunity, a housing authority may pay
26to any non-profit corporation of the character described in

 

 

SB3865- 558 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1this section from grants made available from state funds, such
2sum of money which, when added to the value of the land so sold
3or leased to such non-profit corporation and the value of
4other assets of such non-profit corporation available for use
5in the project, will enable such non-profit corporation to
6obtain Federal Housing Administration insured construction
7mortgages. Any such authority may also sell, transfer, convey
8or assign to any such non-profit corporation any personal
9property, including building materials and supplies, as it
10deems necessary to facilitate the completion of the
11development or redevelopment by such non-profit corporation.
12    If the area of operation of a housing authority includes a
13city, village or incorporated town having a population in
14excess of 500,000, as determined by the last preceding Federal
15Census, no real property or interest in real property shall be
16acquired in such municipality by the housing authority until
17such time as the housing authority has advised the governing
18body of such municipality of the description of the real
19property, or interest therein, proposed to be acquired, and
20the governing body of the municipality has approved the
21acquisition thereof by the housing authority.
22(Source: P.A. 94-793, eff. 5-19-06; 94-1055, eff. 1-1-07.)
 
23    Section 140. The Urban Renewal Consolidation Act of 1961
24is amended by changing Section 18 as follows:
 

 

 

SB3865- 559 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (315 ILCS 30/18)  (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 91.118)
2    Sec. 18. The Department may at such times as it deems
3expedient transfer and sell the fee simple title, or such
4lesser estate as the Department may have acquired, or as may
5theretofore have been acquired by a land clearance commission,
6to all or any part of the real property within the area of a
7redevelopment project not disposed of in accordance with
8Sections 15, 16, and 17 hereof to (1) Neighborhood
9Redevelopment Corporations operating under the "Neighborhood
10Redevelopment Corporation Law," approved July 9, 1941, as
11amended, (2) Insurance Companies operating under Section 125a
12of the "Illinois Insurance Code," approved June 29, 1937, as
13amended, (3) any individual, association, or corporation,
14organized under the laws of this State or of any other State or
15country, which may legally make such investments in this
16State, including foreign and non-domestic alien insurance
17companies, as defined in Section 2 of said "Illinois Insurance
18Code", or (4) bodies politic and corporate, public
19corporations, or any private interest empowered by law to
20acquire, develop and use such real property for such uses,
21public or private, as are in accordance with an approved plan;
22provided, however, that any sale of real property to a housing
23authority shall be made only in accordance with the provisions
24of Sections 16 and 17 hereof. To assure that the real property
25so sold is used in accordance with the approved plan referred
26to in Section 19 hereof, the Department shall inquire into and

 

 

SB3865- 560 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1satisfy itself concerning the financial ability of the
2purchaser to complete the redevelopment in accordance with the
3approved plan and shall require the purchaser to execute in
4writing such undertakings as the Department may deem necessary
5to obligate the purchaser: (1) to use the land for the purposes
6designated in the approved plan, (2) to commence and complete
7the building of the improvements within the periods of time
8which the Department fixes as reasonable, and (3) to comply
9with such other conditions as are necessary to carry out the
10purposes of this Act. Any such area may be sold either as an
11entirety or in such parcels as the Department shall deem
12expedient. It shall not be necessary that title be acquired to
13all real property within the area of a redevelopment project
14before the sale of a part thereof may be made as provided
15herein. Any real property sold pursuant to the foregoing
16provisions of this Section shall be sold at its use value
17(which may be less than its acquisition cost), which
18represents the value at which the Department determines such
19land should be made available in order that it may be developed
20or redeveloped for the purposes specified in the approved
21plan.
22    Any real property lying within the area of the
23redevelopment project which has not been sold by the
24Department within five years after the Department has acquired
25title to all the real property within the area of that
26redevelopment project, shall be forthwith sold by the

 

 

SB3865- 561 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Department at public sale for cash to the highest bidder
2obligating himself in the manner set forth in the preceding
3paragraph of this Section to redevelop the property in
4accordance with the approved plan. Notice of such sale and of
5the place where the approved plan may be inspected shall be
6published once in a newspaper having a general circulation in
7the municipality in which the real property is situated at
8least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such public sale,
9and shall contain a description of the real property to be
10sold.
11    The Department may reject the bids received if, in the
12opinion of the Department, the highest bid does not equal or
13exceed the use value (as hereinabove defined) of the land to be
14sold. At the expiration of six (6) months from the date of
15rejecting bids, the Department shall again advertise for sale
16any real property then remaining unsold. Each publication
17shall be subject to the same requirements and conditions as
18the original publication.
19(Source: P.A. 83-333.)
 
20    Section 145. The Service Member Employment and
21Reemployment Rights Act is amended by changing Section 1-10 as
22follows:
 
23    (330 ILCS 61/1-10)
24    Sec. 1-10. Definitions. As used in this Act:

 

 

SB3865- 562 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Accrue" means to accumulate in regular or increasing
2amounts over time subject to customary allocation of cost.
3    "Active duty" means any full-time military service
4regardless of length or voluntariness including, but not
5limited to, annual training, full-time National Guard duty,
6and State active duty. "Active duty" does not include any form
7of inactive duty service such as drill duty or muster duty.
8"Active duty", unless provided otherwise, includes active duty
9without pay.
10    "Active service" means all forms of active and inactive
11duty regardless of voluntariness including, but not limited
12to, annual training, active duty for training, initial active
13duty training, overseas training duty, full-time National
14Guard duty, active duty other than training, State active
15duty, mobilizations, and muster duty. "Active service", unless
16provided otherwise, includes active service without pay.
17"Active service" includes:
18        (1) Reserve component voluntary active service means
19    service under one of the following authorities:
20            (A) any duty under 32 U.S.C. 502(f)(1)(B);
21            (B) active guard reserve duty, operational
22        support, or additional duty under 10 U.S.C. 12301(d)
23        or 32 U.S.C. 502(f)(1)(B);
24            (C) funeral honors under 10 U.S.C. 12503 or 32
25        U.S.C. 115;
26            (D) duty at the National Guard Bureau under 10

 

 

SB3865- 563 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        U.S.C. 12402;
2            (E) unsatisfactory participation under 10 U.S.C.
3        10148 or 10 U.S.C. 12303;
4            (F) discipline under 10 U.S.C. 802(d);
5            (G) extended active duty under 10 U.S.C. 12311;
6        and
7            (H) reserve program administrator under 10 U.S.C.
8        10211.
9        (2) Reserve component involuntary active service
10    includes, but is not limited to, service under one of the
11    following authorities:
12            (A) annual training or drill requirements under 10
13        U.S.C. 10147, 10 U.S.C. 12301(b) or 32 U.S.C. 502(a).
14            (B) additional training duty or other duty under
15        32 U.S.C. 502(f)(1)(A);
16            (C) pre-planned or pre-programmed combatant
17        commander support under 10 U.S.C. 12304b;
18            (D) mobilization under 10 U.S.C. 12301(a) or 10
19        U.S.C. 12302;
20            (E) presidential reserve call-up under 10 U.S.C.
21        12304;
22            (F) emergencies and natural disasters under 10
23        U.S.C. 12304a or 14 U.S.C. 712;
24            (G) muster duty under 10 U.S.C. 12319;
25            (H) retiree recall under 10 U.S.C. 688;
26            (I) captive status under 10 U.S.C. 12301(g);

 

 

SB3865- 564 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (J) insurrection under 10 U.S.C. 331, 10 U.S.C.
2        332, or 10 U.S.C. 12406;
3            (K) pending line of duty determination for
4        response to sexual assault under 10 U.S.C. 12323; and
5            (L) initial active duty for training under 10
6        U.S.C. 671.
7    Reserve component active service not listed in paragraph
8(1) or (2) shall be considered involuntary active service
9under paragraph (2).
10    "Active service without pay" means active service
11performed under any authority in which base pay is not
12received regardless of other allowances.
13    "Annual training" means any active duty performed under
14Section 10147 or 12301(b) of Title 10 of the United States Code
15or under Section 502(a) of Title 32 of the United States Code.
16    "Base pay" means the main component of military pay,
17whether active or inactive, based on rank and time in service.
18It does not include the addition of conditional funds for
19specific purposes such as allowances, incentive and special
20pay. Base pay, also known as basic pay, can be determined by
21referencing the appropriate military pay chart covering the
22time period in question located on the federal Defense Finance
23and Accounting Services website or as reflected on a federal
24Military Leave and Earnings Statement.
25    "Benefits" includes, but is not limited to, the terms,
26conditions, or privileges of employment, including any

 

 

SB3865- 565 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1advantage, profit, privilege, gain, status, account, or
2interest, including wages or salary for work performed, that
3accrues by reason of an employment contract or agreement or an
4employer policy, plan, or practice and includes rights and
5benefits under a pension plan, a health plan, an employee
6stock ownership plan, insurance coverage and awards, bonuses,
7severance pay, supplemental unemployment benefits, vacations,
8and the opportunity to select work hours or location of
9employment.
10    "Differential compensation" means pay due when the
11employee's daily rate of compensation for military service is
12less than his or her daily rate of compensation as a public
13employee.
14    "Employee" means anyone employed by an employer.
15"Employee" includes any person who is a citizen, national, or
16permanent resident noncitizen alien of the United States
17employed in a workplace that the State has legal authority to
18regulate business and employment. "Employee" does not include
19an independent contractor.
20    "Employer" means any person, institution, organization, or
21other entity that pays salary or wages for work performed or
22that has control over employment opportunities, including:
23        (1) a person, institution, organization, or other
24    entity to whom the employer has delegated the performance
25    of employment-related responsibilities;
26        (2) an employer of a public employee;

 

 

SB3865- 566 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (3) any successor in interest to a person,
2    institution, organization, or other entity referred to
3    under this definition; and
4        (4) a person, institution, organization, or other
5    entity that has been denied initial employment in
6    violation of Section 5-15.
7    "Inactive duty" means inactive duty training, including
8drills, consisting of regularly scheduled unit training
9assemblies, additional training assemblies, periods of
10appropriate duty or equivalent training, and any special
11additional duties authorized for reserve component personnel
12by appropriate military authority. "Inactive duty" does not
13include active duty.
14    "Military leave" means a furlough or leave of absence
15while performing active service. It cannot be substituted for
16accrued vacation, annual, or similar leave with pay except at
17the sole discretion of the service member employee. It is not a
18benefit of employment that is requested but a legal
19requirement upon receiving notice of pending military service.
20    "Military service" means:
21        (1) Service in the Armed Forces of the United States,
22    the National Guard of any state or territory regardless of
23    status, and the State Guard as defined in the State Guard
24    Act. "Military service", whether active or reserve,
25    includes service under the authority of U.S.C. Titles 10,
26    14, or 32, or State active duty.

 

 

SB3865- 567 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (2) Service in a federally recognized auxiliary of the
2    United States Armed Forces when performing official duties
3    in support of military or civilian authorities as a result
4    of an emergency.
5        (3) A period for which an employee is absent from a
6    position of employment for the purpose of medical or
7    dental treatment for a condition, illness, or injury
8    sustained or aggravated during a period of active service
9    in which treatment is paid by the United States Department
10    of Defense Military Health System.
11    "Public employee" means any person classified as a
12full-time employee of the State of Illinois, a unit of local
13government, a public institution of higher education as
14defined in Section 1 of the Board of Higher Education Act, or a
15school district, other than an independent contractor.
16    "Reserve component" means the reserve components of
17Illinois and the United States Armed Forces regardless of
18status.
19    "Service member" means any person who is a member of a
20military service.
21    "State active duty" means full-time State-funded military
22duty under the command and control of the Governor and subject
23to the Military Code of Illinois.
24    "Unit of local government" means any city, village, town,
25county, or special district.
26(Source: P.A. 100-1101, eff. 1-1-19.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 568 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 150. The Firearm Owners Identification Card Act is
2amended by changing Sections 4 and 8 as follows:
 
3    (430 ILCS 65/4)  (from Ch. 38, par. 83-4)
4    Sec. 4. Application for Firearm Owner's Identification
5Cards.
6    (a) Each applicant for a Firearm Owner's Identification
7Card must:
8        (1) Submit an application as made available by the
9    Illinois State Police; and
10        (2) Submit evidence to the Illinois State Police that:
11            (i) This subparagraph (i) applies through the
12        180th day following July 12, 2019 (the effective date
13        of Public Act 101-80) this amendatory Act of the 101st
14        General Assembly. He or she is 21 years of age or over,
15        or if he or she is under 21 years of age that he or she
16        has the written consent of his or her parent or legal
17        guardian to possess and acquire firearms and firearm
18        ammunition and that he or she has never been convicted
19        of a misdemeanor other than a traffic offense or
20        adjudged delinquent, provided, however, that such
21        parent or legal guardian is not an individual
22        prohibited from having a Firearm Owner's
23        Identification Card and files an affidavit with the
24        Department as prescribed by the Department stating

 

 

SB3865- 569 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        that he or she is not an individual prohibited from
2        having a Card;
3            (i-5) This subparagraph (i-5) applies on and after
4        the 181st day following July 12, 2019 (the effective
5        date of Public Act 101-80) this amendatory Act of the
6        101st General Assembly. He or she is 21 years of age or
7        over, or if he or she is under 21 years of age that he
8        or she has never been convicted of a misdemeanor other
9        than a traffic offense or adjudged delinquent and is
10        an active duty member of the United States Armed
11        Forces or has the written consent of his or her parent
12        or legal guardian to possess and acquire firearms and
13        firearm ammunition, provided, however, that such
14        parent or legal guardian is not an individual
15        prohibited from having a Firearm Owner's
16        Identification Card and files an affidavit with the
17        Illinois State Police Department as prescribed by the
18        Illinois State Police Department stating that he or
19        she is not an individual prohibited from having a Card
20        or the active duty member of the United States Armed
21        Forces under 21 years of age annually submits proof to
22        the Illinois State Police, in a manner prescribed by
23        the Illinois State Police Department;
24            (ii) He or she has not been convicted of a felony
25        under the laws of this or any other jurisdiction;
26            (iii) He or she is not addicted to narcotics;

 

 

SB3865- 570 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (iv) He or she has not been a patient in a mental
2        health facility within the past 5 years or, if he or
3        she has been a patient in a mental health facility more
4        than 5 years ago submit the certification required
5        under subsection (u) of Section 8 of this Act;
6            (v) He or she is not a person with an intellectual
7        disability;
8            (vi) He or she is not a noncitizen an alien who is
9        unlawfully present in the United States under the laws
10        of the United States;
11            (vii) He or she is not subject to an existing order
12        of protection prohibiting him or her from possessing a
13        firearm;
14            (viii) He or she has not been convicted within the
15        past 5 years of battery, assault, aggravated assault,
16        violation of an order of protection, or a
17        substantially similar offense in another jurisdiction,
18        in which a firearm was used or possessed;
19            (ix) He or she has not been convicted of domestic
20        battery, aggravated domestic battery, or a
21        substantially similar offense in another jurisdiction
22        committed before, on or after January 1, 2012 (the
23        effective date of Public Act 97-158). If the applicant
24        knowingly and intelligently waives the right to have
25        an offense described in this clause (ix) tried by a
26        jury, and by guilty plea or otherwise, results in a

 

 

SB3865- 571 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        conviction for an offense in which a domestic
2        relationship is not a required element of the offense
3        but in which a determination of the applicability of
4        18 U.S.C. 922(g)(9) is made under Section 112A-11.1 of
5        the Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963, an entry by the
6        court of a judgment of conviction for that offense
7        shall be grounds for denying the issuance of a Firearm
8        Owner's Identification Card under this Section;
9            (x) (Blank);
10            (xi) He or she is not a person an alien who has
11        been admitted to the United States under a
12        non-immigrant visa (as that term is defined in Section
13        101(a)(26) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8
14        U.S.C. 1101(a)(26))), or that he or she is a
15        noncitizen an alien who has been lawfully admitted to
16        the United States under a non-immigrant visa if that
17        person alien is:
18                (1) admitted to the United States for lawful
19            hunting or sporting purposes;
20                (2) an official representative of a foreign
21            government who is:
22                    (A) accredited to the United States
23                Government or the Government's mission to an
24                international organization having its
25                headquarters in the United States; or
26                    (B) en route to or from another country to

 

 

SB3865- 572 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                which that noncitizen alien is accredited;
2                (3) an official of a foreign government or
3            distinguished foreign visitor who has been so
4            designated by the Department of State;
5                (4) a foreign law enforcement officer of a
6            friendly foreign government entering the United
7            States on official business; or
8                (5) one who has received a waiver from the
9            Attorney General of the United States pursuant to
10            18 U.S.C. 922(y)(3);
11            (xii) He or she is not a minor subject to a
12        petition filed under Section 5-520 of the Juvenile
13        Court Act of 1987 alleging that the minor is a
14        delinquent minor for the commission of an offense that
15        if committed by an adult would be a felony;
16            (xiii) He or she is not an adult who had been
17        adjudicated a delinquent minor under the Juvenile
18        Court Act of 1987 for the commission of an offense that
19        if committed by an adult would be a felony;
20            (xiv) He or she is a resident of the State of
21        Illinois;
22            (xv) He or she has not been adjudicated as a person
23        with a mental disability;
24            (xvi) He or she has not been involuntarily
25        admitted into a mental health facility; and
26            (xvii) He or she is not a person with a

 

 

SB3865- 573 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        developmental disability; and
2        (3) Upon request by the Illinois State Police, sign a
3    release on a form prescribed by the Illinois State Police
4    waiving any right to confidentiality and requesting the
5    disclosure to the Illinois State Police of limited mental
6    health institution admission information from another
7    state, the District of Columbia, any other territory of
8    the United States, or a foreign nation concerning the
9    applicant for the sole purpose of determining whether the
10    applicant is or was a patient in a mental health
11    institution and disqualified because of that status from
12    receiving a Firearm Owner's Identification Card. No mental
13    health care or treatment records may be requested. The
14    information received shall be destroyed within one year of
15    receipt.
16    (a-5) Each applicant for a Firearm Owner's Identification
17Card who is over the age of 18 shall furnish to the Illinois
18State Police either his or her Illinois driver's license
19number or Illinois Identification Card number, except as
20provided in subsection (a-10).
21    (a-10) Each applicant for a Firearm Owner's Identification
22Card, who is employed as a law enforcement officer, an armed
23security officer in Illinois, or by the United States Military
24permanently assigned in Illinois and who is not an Illinois
25resident, shall furnish to the Illinois State Police his or
26her driver's license number or state identification card

 

 

SB3865- 574 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1number from his or her state of residence. The Illinois State
2Police may adopt rules to enforce the provisions of this
3subsection (a-10).
4    (a-15) If an applicant applying for a Firearm Owner's
5Identification Card moves from the residence address named in
6the application, he or she shall immediately notify in a form
7and manner prescribed by the Illinois State Police of that
8change of address.
9    (a-20) Each applicant for a Firearm Owner's Identification
10Card shall furnish to the Illinois State Police his or her
11photograph. An applicant who is 21 years of age or older
12seeking a religious exemption to the photograph requirement
13must furnish with the application an approved copy of United
14States Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service
15Form 4029. In lieu of a photograph, an applicant regardless of
16age seeking a religious exemption to the photograph
17requirement shall submit fingerprints on a form and manner
18prescribed by the Illinois State Police Department with his or
19her application.
20    (a-25) Beginning January 1, 2023, each applicant for the
21issuance of a Firearm Owner's Identification Card may include
22a full set of his or her fingerprints in electronic format to
23the Illinois State Police, unless the applicant has previously
24provided a full set of his or her fingerprints to the Illinois
25State Police under this Act or the Firearm Concealed Carry
26Act.

 

 

SB3865- 575 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    The fingerprints must be transmitted through a live scan
2fingerprint vendor licensed by the Department of Financial and
3Professional Regulation. The fingerprints shall be checked
4against the fingerprint records now and hereafter filed in the
5Illinois State Police and Federal Bureau of Investigation
6criminal history records databases, including all available
7State and local criminal history record information files.
8    The Illinois State Police shall charge applicants a
9one-time fee for conducting the criminal history record check,
10which shall be deposited into the State Police Services Fund
11and shall not exceed the actual cost of the State and national
12criminal history record check.
13    (a-26) The Illinois State Police shall research, explore,
14and report to the General Assembly by January 1, 2022 on the
15feasibility of permitting voluntarily submitted fingerprints
16obtained for purposes other than Firearm Owner's
17Identification Card enforcement that are contained in the
18Illinois State Police database for purposes of this Act.
19    (b) Each application form shall include the following
20statement printed in bold type: "Warning: Entering false
21information on an application for a Firearm Owner's
22Identification Card is punishable as a Class 2 felony in
23accordance with subsection (d-5) of Section 14 of the Firearm
24Owners Identification Card Act.".
25    (c) Upon such written consent, pursuant to Section 4,
26paragraph (a)(2)(i), the parent or legal guardian giving the

 

 

SB3865- 576 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1consent shall be liable for any damages resulting from the
2applicant's use of firearms or firearm ammunition.
3(Source: P.A. 101-80, eff. 7-12-19; 102-237, eff. 1-1-22;
4102-538, eff. 8-20-21; revised 10-12-21.)
 
5    (430 ILCS 65/8)  (from Ch. 38, par. 83-8)
6    Sec. 8. Grounds for denial and revocation. The Illinois
7State Police has authority to deny an application for or to
8revoke and seize a Firearm Owner's Identification Card
9previously issued under this Act only if the Illinois State
10Police Department finds that the applicant or the person to
11whom such card was issued is or was at the time of issuance:
12        (a) A person under 21 years of age who has been
13    convicted of a misdemeanor other than a traffic offense or
14    adjudged delinquent;
15        (b) This subsection (b) applies through the 180th day
16    following July 12, 2019 (the effective date of Public Act
17    101-80) this amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly.
18    A person under 21 years of age who does not have the
19    written consent of his parent or guardian to acquire and
20    possess firearms and firearm ammunition, or whose parent
21    or guardian has revoked such written consent, or where
22    such parent or guardian does not qualify to have a Firearm
23    Owner's Identification Card;
24        (b-5) This subsection (b-5) applies on and after the
25    181st day following July 12, 2019 (the effective date of

 

 

SB3865- 577 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Public Act 101-80) this amendatory Act of the 101st
2    General Assembly. A person under 21 years of age who is not
3    an active duty member of the United States Armed Forces
4    and does not have the written consent of his or her parent
5    or guardian to acquire and possess firearms and firearm
6    ammunition, or whose parent or guardian has revoked such
7    written consent, or where such parent or guardian does not
8    qualify to have a Firearm Owner's Identification Card;
9        (c) A person convicted of a felony under the laws of
10    this or any other jurisdiction;
11        (d) A person addicted to narcotics;
12        (e) A person who has been a patient of a mental health
13    facility within the past 5 years or a person who has been a
14    patient in a mental health facility more than 5 years ago
15    who has not received the certification required under
16    subsection (u) of this Section. An active law enforcement
17    officer employed by a unit of government or a Department
18    of Corrections employee authorized to possess firearms who
19    is denied, revoked, or has his or her Firearm Owner's
20    Identification Card seized under this subsection (e) may
21    obtain relief as described in subsection (c-5) of Section
22    10 of this Act if the officer or employee did not act in a
23    manner threatening to the officer or employee, another
24    person, or the public as determined by the treating
25    clinical psychologist or physician, and the officer or
26    employee seeks mental health treatment;

 

 

SB3865- 578 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (f) A person whose mental condition is of such a
2    nature that it poses a clear and present danger to the
3    applicant, any other person or persons, or the community;
4        (g) A person who has an intellectual disability;
5        (h) A person who intentionally makes a false statement
6    in the Firearm Owner's Identification Card application;
7        (i) A noncitizen An alien who is unlawfully present in
8    the United States under the laws of the United States;
9        (i-5) A person An alien who has been admitted to the
10    United States under a non-immigrant visa (as that term is
11    defined in Section 101(a)(26) of the Immigration and
12    Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(26))), except that this
13    subsection (i-5) does not apply to any noncitizen alien
14    who has been lawfully admitted to the United States under
15    a non-immigrant visa if that person alien is:
16            (1) admitted to the United States for lawful
17        hunting or sporting purposes;
18            (2) an official representative of a foreign
19        government who is:
20                (A) accredited to the United States Government
21            or the Government's mission to an international
22            organization having its headquarters in the United
23            States; or
24                (B) en route to or from another country to
25            which that noncitizen alien is accredited;
26            (3) an official of a foreign government or

 

 

SB3865- 579 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        distinguished foreign visitor who has been so
2        designated by the Department of State;
3            (4) a foreign law enforcement officer of a
4        friendly foreign government entering the United States
5        on official business; or
6            (5) one who has received a waiver from the
7        Attorney General of the United States pursuant to 18
8        U.S.C. 922(y)(3);
9        (j) (Blank);
10        (k) A person who has been convicted within the past 5
11    years of battery, assault, aggravated assault, violation
12    of an order of protection, or a substantially similar
13    offense in another jurisdiction, in which a firearm was
14    used or possessed;
15        (l) A person who has been convicted of domestic
16    battery, aggravated domestic battery, or a substantially
17    similar offense in another jurisdiction committed before,
18    on or after January 1, 2012 (the effective date of Public
19    Act 97-158). If the applicant or person who has been
20    previously issued a Firearm Owner's Identification Card
21    under this Act knowingly and intelligently waives the
22    right to have an offense described in this paragraph (l)
23    tried by a jury, and by guilty plea or otherwise, results
24    in a conviction for an offense in which a domestic
25    relationship is not a required element of the offense but
26    in which a determination of the applicability of 18 U.S.C.

 

 

SB3865- 580 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    922(g)(9) is made under Section 112A-11.1 of the Code of
2    Criminal Procedure of 1963, an entry by the court of a
3    judgment of conviction for that offense shall be grounds
4    for denying an application for and for revoking and
5    seizing a Firearm Owner's Identification Card previously
6    issued to the person under this Act;
7        (m) (Blank);
8        (n) A person who is prohibited from acquiring or
9    possessing firearms or firearm ammunition by any Illinois
10    State statute or by federal law;
11        (o) A minor subject to a petition filed under Section
12    5-520 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 alleging that the
13    minor is a delinquent minor for the commission of an
14    offense that if committed by an adult would be a felony;
15        (p) An adult who had been adjudicated a delinquent
16    minor under the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 for the
17    commission of an offense that if committed by an adult
18    would be a felony;
19        (q) A person who is not a resident of the State of
20    Illinois, except as provided in subsection (a-10) of
21    Section 4;
22        (r) A person who has been adjudicated as a person with
23    a mental disability;
24        (s) A person who has been found to have a
25    developmental disability;
26        (t) A person involuntarily admitted into a mental

 

 

SB3865- 581 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    health facility; or
2        (u) A person who has had his or her Firearm Owner's
3    Identification Card revoked or denied under subsection (e)
4    of this Section or item (iv) of paragraph (2) of
5    subsection (a) of Section 4 of this Act because he or she
6    was a patient in a mental health facility as provided in
7    subsection (e) of this Section, shall not be permitted to
8    obtain a Firearm Owner's Identification Card, after the
9    5-year period has lapsed, unless he or she has received a
10    mental health evaluation by a physician, clinical
11    psychologist, or qualified examiner as those terms are
12    defined in the Mental Health and Developmental
13    Disabilities Code, and has received a certification that
14    he or she is not a clear and present danger to himself,
15    herself, or others. The physician, clinical psychologist,
16    or qualified examiner making the certification and his or
17    her employer shall not be held criminally, civilly, or
18    professionally liable for making or not making the
19    certification required under this subsection, except for
20    willful or wanton misconduct. This subsection does not
21    apply to a person whose firearm possession rights have
22    been restored through administrative or judicial action
23    under Section 10 or 11 of this Act.
24    Upon revocation of a person's Firearm Owner's
25Identification Card, the Illinois State Police shall provide
26notice to the person and the person shall comply with Section

 

 

SB3865- 582 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

19.5 of this Act.
2(Source: P.A. 101-80, eff. 7-12-19; 102-538, eff. 8-20-21;
3102-645, eff. 1-1-22; revised 10-14-21.)
 
4    Section 155. The Criminal Code of 2012 is amended by
5changing Section 17-6.5 as follows:
 
6    (720 ILCS 5/17-6.5)
7    Sec. 17-6.5. Persons under deportation order;
8ineligibility for benefits.
9    (a) An individual against whom a United States Immigration
10Judge has issued an order of deportation which has been
11affirmed by the Board of Immigration Review, as well as an
12individual who appeals such an order pending appeal, under
13paragraph 19 of Section 241(a) of the Immigration and
14Nationality Act relating to persecution of others on account
15of race, religion, national origin or political opinion under
16the direction of or in association with the Nazi government of
17Germany or its allies, shall be ineligible for the following
18benefits authorized by State law:
19        (1) The homestead exemptions and homestead improvement
20    exemption under Sections 15-170, 15-175, 15-176, and
21    15-180 of the Property Tax Code.
22        (2) Grants under the Senior Citizens and Persons with
23    Disabilities Property Tax Relief Act.
24        (3) The double income tax exemption conferred upon

 

 

SB3865- 583 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    persons 65 years of age or older by Section 204 of the
2    Illinois Income Tax Act.
3        (4) Grants provided by the Department on Aging.
4        (5) Reductions in vehicle registration fees under
5    Section 3-806.3 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
6        (6) Free fishing and reduced fishing license fees
7    under Sections 20-5 and 20-40 of the Fish and Aquatic Life
8    Code.
9        (7) Tuition free courses for senior citizens under the
10    Senior Citizen Courses Act.
11        (8) Any benefits under the Illinois Public Aid Code.
12    (b) If a person has been found by a court to have knowingly
13received benefits in violation of subsection (a) and:
14        (1) the total monetary value of the benefits received
15    is less than $150, the person is guilty of a Class A
16    misdemeanor; a second or subsequent violation is a Class 4
17    felony;
18        (2) the total monetary value of the benefits received
19    is $150 or more but less than $1,000, the person is guilty
20    of a Class 4 felony; a second or subsequent violation is a
21    Class 3 felony;
22        (3) the total monetary value of the benefits received
23    is $1,000 or more but less than $5,000, the person is
24    guilty of a Class 3 felony; a second or subsequent
25    violation is a Class 2 felony;
26        (4) the total monetary value of the benefits received

 

 

SB3865- 584 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    is $5,000 or more but less than $10,000, the person is
2    guilty of a Class 2 felony; a second or subsequent
3    violation is a Class 1 felony; or
4        (5) the total monetary value of the benefits received
5    is $10,000 or more, the person is guilty of a Class 1
6    felony.
7    (c) For purposes of determining the classification of an
8offense under this Section, all of the monetary value of the
9benefits received as a result of the unlawful act, practice,
10or course of conduct may be accumulated.
11    (d) Any grants awarded to persons described in subsection
12(a) may be recovered by the State of Illinois in a civil action
13commenced by the Attorney General in the circuit court of
14Sangamon County or the State's Attorney of the county of
15residence of the person described in subsection (a).
16    (e) An individual described in subsection (a) who has been
17deported shall be restored to any benefits which that
18individual has been denied under State law pursuant to
19subsection (a) if (i) the Attorney General of the United
20States has issued an order cancelling deportation and has
21adjusted the status of the individual to that of a noncitizen
22an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the
23United States or (ii) the country to which the individual has
24been deported adjudicates or exonerates the individual in a
25judicial or administrative proceeding as not being guilty of
26the persecution of others on account of race, religion,

 

 

SB3865- 585 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1national origin, or political opinion under the direction of
2or in association with the Nazi government of Germany or its
3allies.
4(Source: P.A. 99-143, eff. 7-27-15.)
 
5    Section 160. The Prevention of Cigarette and Electronic
6Cigarette Sales to Persons under 21 Years of Age Act is amended
7by changing Section 2 as follows:
 
8    (720 ILCS 678/2)
9    Sec. 2. Definitions. For the purpose of this Act:
10    "Cigarette", when used in this Act, means any roll for
11smoking made wholly or in part of tobacco irrespective of size
12or shape and whether or not the tobacco is flavored,
13adulterated, or mixed with any other ingredient, and the
14wrapper or cover of which is made of paper or any other
15substance or material except whole leaf tobacco.
16    "Clear and conspicuous statement" means the statement is
17of sufficient type size to be clearly readable by the
18recipient of the communication.
19    "Consumer" means an individual who acquires or seeks to
20acquire cigarettes or electronic cigarettes for personal use.
21    "Delivery sale" means any sale of cigarettes or electronic
22cigarettes to a consumer if:
23        (a) the consumer submits the order for such sale by
24    means of a telephone or other method of voice

 

 

SB3865- 586 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    transmission, the mails, or the Internet or other online
2    service, or the seller is otherwise not in the physical
3    presence of the buyer when the request for purchase or
4    order is made; or
5        (b) the cigarettes or electronic cigarettes are
6    delivered by use of a common carrier, private delivery
7    service, or the mails, or the seller is not in the physical
8    presence of the buyer when the buyer obtains possession of
9    the cigarettes or electronic cigarettes.
10    "Delivery service" means any person (other than a person
11that makes a delivery sale) who delivers to the consumer the
12cigarettes or electronic cigarettes sold in a delivery sale.
13    "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
14    "Electronic cigarette" means:
15        (1) any device that employs a battery or other
16    mechanism to heat a solution or substance to produce a
17    vapor or aerosol intended for inhalation;
18        (2) any cartridge or container of a solution or
19    substance intended to be used with or in the device or to
20    refill the device; or
21        (3) any solution or substance, whether or not it
22    contains nicotine, intended for use in the device.
23    "Electronic cigarette" includes, but is not limited to,
24any electronic nicotine delivery system, electronic cigar,
25electronic cigarillo, electronic pipe, electronic hookah, vape
26pen, or similar product or device, and any component, part, or

 

 

SB3865- 587 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1accessory of a device used during the operation of the device,
2even if the part or accessory was sold separately. "Electronic
3cigarette" does not include: cigarettes, as defined in Section
41 of the Cigarette Tax Act; any product approved by the United
5States Food and Drug Administration for sale as a tobacco
6cessation product, a tobacco dependence product, or for other
7medical purposes that is marketed and sold solely for that
8approved purpose; any asthma inhaler prescribed by a physician
9for that condition that is marketed and sold solely for that
10approved purpose; any device that meets the definition of
11cannabis paraphernalia under Section 1-10 of the Cannabis
12Regulation and Tax Act; or any cannabis product sold by a
13dispensing organization pursuant to the Cannabis Regulation
14and Tax Act or the Compassionate Use of Medical Cannabis
15Program Act.
16    "Government-issued identification" means a State driver's
17license, State identification card, passport, a military
18identification or an official naturalization or immigration
19document, such as a an alien registration recipient card
20(commonly known as a "green card") or an immigrant visa.
21    "Mails" or "mailing" mean the shipment of cigarettes or
22electronic cigarettes through the United States Postal
23Service.
24    "Out-of-state sale" means a sale of cigarettes or
25electronic cigarettes to a consumer located outside of this
26State where the consumer submits the order for such sale by

 

 

SB3865- 588 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1means of a telephonic or other method of voice transmission,
2the mails or any other delivery service, facsimile
3transmission, or the Internet or other online service and
4where the cigarettes or electronic cigarettes are delivered by
5use of the mails or other delivery service.
6    "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
7limited liability company, association, or other organization
8that engages in any for-profit or not-for-profit activities.
9    "Shipping package" means a container in which packs or
10cartons of cigarettes or electronic cigarettes are shipped in
11connection with a delivery sale.
12    "Shipping documents" means bills of lading, air bills, or
13any other documents used to evidence the undertaking by a
14delivery service to deliver letters, packages, or other
15containers.
16(Source: P.A. 102-575, eff. 1-1-22.)
 
17    Section 165. The Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963 is
18amended by changing Section 113-8 as follows:
 
19    (725 ILCS 5/113-8)
20    Sec. 113-8. Advisement concerning status as a noncitizen
21an alien.
22    (a) Before the acceptance of a plea of guilty, guilty but
23mentally ill, or nolo contendere to a misdemeanor or felony
24offense, the court shall give the following advisement to the

 

 

SB3865- 589 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1defendant in open court:
2    "If you are not a citizen of the United States, you are
3hereby advised that conviction of the offense for which you
4have been charged may have the consequence of deportation,
5exclusion from admission to the United States, or denial of
6naturalization under the laws of the United States.".
7    (b) If the defendant is arraigned on or after the
8effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st General
9Assembly, and the court fails to advise the defendant as
10required by subsection (a) of this Section, and the defendant
11shows that conviction of the offense to which the defendant
12pleaded guilty, guilty but mentally ill, or nolo contendere
13may have the consequence for the defendant of deportation,
14exclusion from admission to the United States, or denial of
15naturalization under the laws of the United States, the court,
16upon the defendant's motion, shall vacate the judgment and
17permit the defendant to withdraw the plea of guilty, guilty
18but mentally ill, or nolo contendere and enter a plea of not
19guilty. The motion shall be filed within 2 years of the date of
20the defendant's conviction.
21(Source: P.A. 101-409, eff. 1-1-20.)
 
22    Section 170. The Unified Code of Corrections is amended by
23changing Sections 3-2-2 and 5-5-3 as follows:
 
24    (730 ILCS 5/3-2-2)  (from Ch. 38, par. 1003-2-2)

 

 

SB3865- 590 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Sec. 3-2-2. Powers and duties of the Department.
2    (1) In addition to the powers, duties, and
3responsibilities which are otherwise provided by law, the
4Department shall have the following powers:
5        (a) To accept persons committed to it by the courts of
6    this State for care, custody, treatment, and
7    rehabilitation, and to accept federal prisoners and
8    noncitizens aliens over whom the Office of the Federal
9    Detention Trustee is authorized to exercise the federal
10    detention function for limited purposes and periods of
11    time.
12        (b) To develop and maintain reception and evaluation
13    units for purposes of analyzing the custody and
14    rehabilitation needs of persons committed to it and to
15    assign such persons to institutions and programs under its
16    control or transfer them to other appropriate agencies. In
17    consultation with the Department of Alcoholism and
18    Substance Abuse (now the Department of Human Services),
19    the Department of Corrections shall develop a master plan
20    for the screening and evaluation of persons committed to
21    its custody who have alcohol or drug abuse problems, and
22    for making appropriate treatment available to such
23    persons; the Department shall report to the General
24    Assembly on such plan not later than April 1, 1987. The
25    maintenance and implementation of such plan shall be
26    contingent upon the availability of funds.

 

 

SB3865- 591 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (b-1) To create and implement, on January 1, 2002, a
2    pilot program to establish the effectiveness of
3    pupillometer technology (the measurement of the pupil's
4    reaction to light) as an alternative to a urine test for
5    purposes of screening and evaluating persons committed to
6    its custody who have alcohol or drug problems. The pilot
7    program shall require the pupillometer technology to be
8    used in at least one Department of Corrections facility.
9    The Director may expand the pilot program to include an
10    additional facility or facilities as he or she deems
11    appropriate. A minimum of 4,000 tests shall be included in
12    the pilot program. The Department must report to the
13    General Assembly on the effectiveness of the program by
14    January 1, 2003.
15        (b-5) To develop, in consultation with the Illinois
16    State Police, a program for tracking and evaluating each
17    inmate from commitment through release for recording his
18    or her gang affiliations, activities, or ranks.
19        (c) To maintain and administer all State correctional
20    institutions and facilities under its control and to
21    establish new ones as needed. Pursuant to its power to
22    establish new institutions and facilities, the Department
23    may, with the written approval of the Governor, authorize
24    the Department of Central Management Services to enter
25    into an agreement of the type described in subsection (d)
26    of Section 405-300 of the Department of Central Management

 

 

SB3865- 592 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Services Law. The Department shall designate those
2    institutions which shall constitute the State Penitentiary
3    System. The Department of Juvenile Justice shall maintain
4    and administer all State youth centers pursuant to
5    subsection (d) of Section 3-2.5-20.
6        Pursuant to its power to establish new institutions
7    and facilities, the Department may authorize the
8    Department of Central Management Services to accept bids
9    from counties and municipalities for the construction,
10    remodeling, or conversion of a structure to be leased to
11    the Department of Corrections for the purposes of its
12    serving as a correctional institution or facility. Such
13    construction, remodeling, or conversion may be financed
14    with revenue bonds issued pursuant to the Industrial
15    Building Revenue Bond Act by the municipality or county.
16    The lease specified in a bid shall be for a term of not
17    less than the time needed to retire any revenue bonds used
18    to finance the project, but not to exceed 40 years. The
19    lease may grant to the State the option to purchase the
20    structure outright.
21        Upon receipt of the bids, the Department may certify
22    one or more of the bids and shall submit any such bids to
23    the General Assembly for approval. Upon approval of a bid
24    by a constitutional majority of both houses of the General
25    Assembly, pursuant to joint resolution, the Department of
26    Central Management Services may enter into an agreement

 

 

SB3865- 593 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    with the county or municipality pursuant to such bid.
2        (c-5) To build and maintain regional juvenile
3    detention centers and to charge a per diem to the counties
4    as established by the Department to defray the costs of
5    housing each minor in a center. In this subsection (c-5),
6    "juvenile detention center" means a facility to house
7    minors during pendency of trial who have been transferred
8    from proceedings under the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 to
9    prosecutions under the criminal laws of this State in
10    accordance with Section 5-805 of the Juvenile Court Act of
11    1987, whether the transfer was by operation of law or
12    permissive under that Section. The Department shall
13    designate the counties to be served by each regional
14    juvenile detention center.
15        (d) To develop and maintain programs of control,
16    rehabilitation, and employment of committed persons within
17    its institutions.
18        (d-5) To provide a pre-release job preparation program
19    for inmates at Illinois adult correctional centers.
20        (d-10) To provide educational and visitation
21    opportunities to committed persons within its institutions
22    through temporary access to content-controlled tablets
23    that may be provided as a privilege to committed persons
24    to induce or reward compliance.
25        (e) To establish a system of supervision and guidance
26    of committed persons in the community.

 

 

SB3865- 594 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (f) To establish in cooperation with the Department of
2    Transportation to supply a sufficient number of prisoners
3    for use by the Department of Transportation to clean up
4    the trash and garbage along State, county, township, or
5    municipal highways as designated by the Department of
6    Transportation. The Department of Corrections, at the
7    request of the Department of Transportation, shall furnish
8    such prisoners at least annually for a period to be agreed
9    upon between the Director of Corrections and the Secretary
10    of Transportation. The prisoners used on this program
11    shall be selected by the Director of Corrections on
12    whatever basis he deems proper in consideration of their
13    term, behavior and earned eligibility to participate in
14    such program - where they will be outside of the prison
15    facility but still in the custody of the Department of
16    Corrections. Prisoners convicted of first degree murder,
17    or a Class X felony, or armed violence, or aggravated
18    kidnapping, or criminal sexual assault, aggravated
19    criminal sexual abuse or a subsequent conviction for
20    criminal sexual abuse, or forcible detention, or arson, or
21    a prisoner adjudged a Habitual Criminal shall not be
22    eligible for selection to participate in such program. The
23    prisoners shall remain as prisoners in the custody of the
24    Department of Corrections and such Department shall
25    furnish whatever security is necessary. The Department of
26    Transportation shall furnish trucks and equipment for the

 

 

SB3865- 595 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    highway cleanup program and personnel to supervise and
2    direct the program. Neither the Department of Corrections
3    nor the Department of Transportation shall replace any
4    regular employee with a prisoner.
5        (g) To maintain records of persons committed to it and
6    to establish programs of research, statistics, and
7    planning.
8        (h) To investigate the grievances of any person
9    committed to the Department and to inquire into any
10    alleged misconduct by employees or committed persons; and
11    for these purposes it may issue subpoenas and compel the
12    attendance of witnesses and the production of writings and
13    papers, and may examine under oath any witnesses who may
14    appear before it; to also investigate alleged violations
15    of a parolee's or releasee's conditions of parole or
16    release; and for this purpose it may issue subpoenas and
17    compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of
18    documents only if there is reason to believe that such
19    procedures would provide evidence that such violations
20    have occurred.
21        If any person fails to obey a subpoena issued under
22    this subsection, the Director may apply to any circuit
23    court to secure compliance with the subpoena. The failure
24    to comply with the order of the court issued in response
25    thereto shall be punishable as contempt of court.
26        (i) To appoint and remove the chief administrative

 

 

SB3865- 596 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    officers, and administer programs of training and
2    development of personnel of the Department. Personnel
3    assigned by the Department to be responsible for the
4    custody and control of committed persons or to investigate
5    the alleged misconduct of committed persons or employees
6    or alleged violations of a parolee's or releasee's
7    conditions of parole shall be conservators of the peace
8    for those purposes, and shall have the full power of peace
9    officers outside of the facilities of the Department in
10    the protection, arrest, retaking, and reconfining of
11    committed persons or where the exercise of such power is
12    necessary to the investigation of such misconduct or
13    violations. This subsection shall not apply to persons
14    committed to the Department of Juvenile Justice under the
15    Juvenile Court Act of 1987 on aftercare release.
16        (j) To cooperate with other departments and agencies
17    and with local communities for the development of
18    standards and programs for better correctional services in
19    this State.
20        (k) To administer all moneys and properties of the
21    Department.
22        (l) To report annually to the Governor on the
23    committed persons, institutions, and programs of the
24    Department.
25        (l-5) (Blank).
26        (m) To make all rules and regulations and exercise all

 

 

SB3865- 597 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    powers and duties vested by law in the Department.
2        (n) To establish rules and regulations for
3    administering a system of sentence credits, established in
4    accordance with Section 3-6-3, subject to review by the
5    Prisoner Review Board.
6        (o) To administer the distribution of funds from the
7    State Treasury to reimburse counties where State penal
8    institutions are located for the payment of assistant
9    state's attorneys' salaries under Section 4-2001 of the
10    Counties Code.
11        (p) To exchange information with the Department of
12    Human Services and the Department of Healthcare and Family
13    Services for the purpose of verifying living arrangements
14    and for other purposes directly connected with the
15    administration of this Code and the Illinois Public Aid
16    Code.
17        (q) To establish a diversion program.
18        The program shall provide a structured environment for
19    selected technical parole or mandatory supervised release
20    violators and committed persons who have violated the
21    rules governing their conduct while in work release. This
22    program shall not apply to those persons who have
23    committed a new offense while serving on parole or
24    mandatory supervised release or while committed to work
25    release.
26        Elements of the program shall include, but shall not

 

 

SB3865- 598 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    be limited to, the following:
2            (1) The staff of a diversion facility shall
3        provide supervision in accordance with required
4        objectives set by the facility.
5            (2) Participants shall be required to maintain
6        employment.
7            (3) Each participant shall pay for room and board
8        at the facility on a sliding-scale basis according to
9        the participant's income.
10            (4) Each participant shall:
11                (A) provide restitution to victims in
12            accordance with any court order;
13                (B) provide financial support to his
14            dependents; and
15                (C) make appropriate payments toward any other
16            court-ordered obligations.
17            (5) Each participant shall complete community
18        service in addition to employment.
19            (6) Participants shall take part in such
20        counseling, educational, and other programs as the
21        Department may deem appropriate.
22            (7) Participants shall submit to drug and alcohol
23        screening.
24            (8) The Department shall promulgate rules
25        governing the administration of the program.
26        (r) To enter into intergovernmental cooperation

 

 

SB3865- 599 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    agreements under which persons in the custody of the
2    Department may participate in a county impact
3    incarceration program established under Section 3-6038 or
4    3-15003.5 of the Counties Code.
5        (r-5) (Blank).
6        (r-10) To systematically and routinely identify with
7    respect to each streetgang active within the correctional
8    system: (1) each active gang; (2) every existing
9    inter-gang affiliation or alliance; and (3) the current
10    leaders in each gang. The Department shall promptly
11    segregate leaders from inmates who belong to their gangs
12    and allied gangs. "Segregate" means no physical contact
13    and, to the extent possible under the conditions and space
14    available at the correctional facility, prohibition of
15    visual and sound communication. For the purposes of this
16    paragraph (r-10), "leaders" means persons who:
17            (i) are members of a criminal streetgang;
18            (ii) with respect to other individuals within the
19        streetgang, occupy a position of organizer,
20        supervisor, or other position of management or
21        leadership; and
22            (iii) are actively and personally engaged in
23        directing, ordering, authorizing, or requesting
24        commission of criminal acts by others, which are
25        punishable as a felony, in furtherance of streetgang
26        related activity both within and outside of the

 

 

SB3865- 600 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        Department of Corrections.
2    "Streetgang", "gang", and "streetgang related" have the
3    meanings ascribed to them in Section 10 of the Illinois
4    Streetgang Terrorism Omnibus Prevention Act.
5        (s) To operate a super-maximum security institution,
6    in order to manage and supervise inmates who are
7    disruptive or dangerous and provide for the safety and
8    security of the staff and the other inmates.
9        (t) To monitor any unprivileged conversation or any
10    unprivileged communication, whether in person or by mail,
11    telephone, or other means, between an inmate who, before
12    commitment to the Department, was a member of an organized
13    gang and any other person without the need to show cause or
14    satisfy any other requirement of law before beginning the
15    monitoring, except as constitutionally required. The
16    monitoring may be by video, voice, or other method of
17    recording or by any other means. As used in this
18    subdivision (1)(t), "organized gang" has the meaning
19    ascribed to it in Section 10 of the Illinois Streetgang
20    Terrorism Omnibus Prevention Act.
21        As used in this subdivision (1)(t), "unprivileged
22    conversation" or "unprivileged communication" means a
23    conversation or communication that is not protected by any
24    privilege recognized by law or by decision, rule, or order
25    of the Illinois Supreme Court.
26        (u) To establish a Women's and Children's Pre-release

 

 

SB3865- 601 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Community Supervision Program for the purpose of providing
2    housing and services to eligible female inmates, as
3    determined by the Department, and their newborn and young
4    children.
5        (u-5) To issue an order, whenever a person committed
6    to the Department absconds or absents himself or herself,
7    without authority to do so, from any facility or program
8    to which he or she is assigned. The order shall be
9    certified by the Director, the Supervisor of the
10    Apprehension Unit, or any person duly designated by the
11    Director, with the seal of the Department affixed. The
12    order shall be directed to all sheriffs, coroners, and
13    police officers, or to any particular person named in the
14    order. Any order issued pursuant to this subdivision
15    (1)(u-5) shall be sufficient warrant for the officer or
16    person named in the order to arrest and deliver the
17    committed person to the proper correctional officials and
18    shall be executed the same as criminal process.
19        (u-6) To appoint a point of contact person who shall
20    receive suggestions, complaints, or other requests to the
21    Department from visitors to Department institutions or
22    facilities and from other members of the public.
23        (v) To do all other acts necessary to carry out the
24    provisions of this Chapter.
25    (2) The Department of Corrections shall by January 1,
261998, consider building and operating a correctional facility

 

 

SB3865- 602 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1within 100 miles of a county of over 2,000,000 inhabitants,
2especially a facility designed to house juvenile participants
3in the impact incarceration program.
4    (3) When the Department lets bids for contracts for
5medical services to be provided to persons committed to
6Department facilities by a health maintenance organization,
7medical service corporation, or other health care provider,
8the bid may only be let to a health care provider that has
9obtained an irrevocable letter of credit or performance bond
10issued by a company whose bonds have an investment grade or
11higher rating by a bond rating organization.
12    (4) When the Department lets bids for contracts for food
13or commissary services to be provided to Department
14facilities, the bid may only be let to a food or commissary
15services provider that has obtained an irrevocable letter of
16credit or performance bond issued by a company whose bonds
17have an investment grade or higher rating by a bond rating
18organization.
19    (5) On and after the date 6 months after August 16, 2013
20(the effective date of Public Act 98-488), as provided in the
21Executive Order 1 (2012) Implementation Act, all of the
22powers, duties, rights, and responsibilities related to State
23healthcare purchasing under this Code that were transferred
24from the Department of Corrections to the Department of
25Healthcare and Family Services by Executive Order 3 (2005) are
26transferred back to the Department of Corrections; however,

 

 

SB3865- 603 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1powers, duties, rights, and responsibilities related to State
2healthcare purchasing under this Code that were exercised by
3the Department of Corrections before the effective date of
4Executive Order 3 (2005) but that pertain to individuals
5resident in facilities operated by the Department of Juvenile
6Justice are transferred to the Department of Juvenile Justice.
7(Source: P.A. 101-235, eff. 1-1-20; 102-350, eff. 8-13-21;
8102-535, eff. 1-1-22; 102-538, eff. 8-20-21; revised
910-15-21.)
 
10    (730 ILCS 5/5-5-3)
11    Sec. 5-5-3. Disposition.
12    (a) (Blank).
13    (b) (Blank).
14    (c) (1) (Blank).
15    (2) A period of probation, a term of periodic imprisonment
16or conditional discharge shall not be imposed for the
17following offenses. The court shall sentence the offender to
18not less than the minimum term of imprisonment set forth in
19this Code for the following offenses, and may order a fine or
20restitution or both in conjunction with such term of
21imprisonment:
22        (A) First degree murder where the death penalty is not
23    imposed.
24        (B) Attempted first degree murder.
25        (C) A Class X felony.

 

 

SB3865- 604 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (D) A violation of Section 401.1 or 407 of the
2    Illinois Controlled Substances Act, or a violation of
3    subdivision (c)(1.5) of Section 401 of that Act which
4    relates to more than 5 grams of a substance containing
5    fentanyl or an analog thereof.
6        (D-5) A violation of subdivision (c)(1) of Section 401
7    of the Illinois Controlled Substances Act which relates to
8    3 or more grams of a substance containing heroin or an
9    analog thereof.
10        (E) (Blank).
11        (F) A Class 1 or greater felony if the offender had
12    been convicted of a Class 1 or greater felony, including
13    any state or federal conviction for an offense that
14    contained, at the time it was committed, the same elements
15    as an offense now (the date of the offense committed after
16    the prior Class 1 or greater felony) classified as a Class
17    1 or greater felony, within 10 years of the date on which
18    the offender committed the offense for which he or she is
19    being sentenced, except as otherwise provided in Section
20    40-10 of the Substance Use Disorder Act.
21        (F-3) A Class 2 or greater felony sex offense or
22    felony firearm offense if the offender had been convicted
23    of a Class 2 or greater felony, including any state or
24    federal conviction for an offense that contained, at the
25    time it was committed, the same elements as an offense now
26    (the date of the offense committed after the prior Class 2

 

 

SB3865- 605 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    or greater felony) classified as a Class 2 or greater
2    felony, within 10 years of the date on which the offender
3    committed the offense for which he or she is being
4    sentenced, except as otherwise provided in Section 40-10
5    of the Substance Use Disorder Act.
6        (F-5) A violation of Section 24-1, 24-1.1, or 24-1.6
7    of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012
8    for which imprisonment is prescribed in those Sections.
9        (G) Residential burglary, except as otherwise provided
10    in Section 40-10 of the Substance Use Disorder Act.
11        (H) Criminal sexual assault.
12        (I) Aggravated battery of a senior citizen as
13    described in Section 12-4.6 or subdivision (a)(4) of
14    Section 12-3.05 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the
15    Criminal Code of 2012.
16        (J) A forcible felony if the offense was related to
17    the activities of an organized gang.
18        Before July 1, 1994, for the purposes of this
19    paragraph, "organized gang" means an association of 5 or
20    more persons, with an established hierarchy, that
21    encourages members of the association to perpetrate crimes
22    or provides support to the members of the association who
23    do commit crimes.
24        Beginning July 1, 1994, for the purposes of this
25    paragraph, "organized gang" has the meaning ascribed to it
26    in Section 10 of the Illinois Streetgang Terrorism Omnibus

 

 

SB3865- 606 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Prevention Act.
2        (K) Vehicular hijacking.
3        (L) A second or subsequent conviction for the offense
4    of hate crime when the underlying offense upon which the
5    hate crime is based is felony aggravated assault or felony
6    mob action.
7        (M) A second or subsequent conviction for the offense
8    of institutional vandalism if the damage to the property
9    exceeds $300.
10        (N) A Class 3 felony violation of paragraph (1) of
11    subsection (a) of Section 2 of the Firearm Owners
12    Identification Card Act.
13        (O) A violation of Section 12-6.1 or 12-6.5 of the
14    Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.
15        (P) A violation of paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5),
16    or (7) of subsection (a) of Section 11-20.1 of the
17    Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.
18        (P-5) A violation of paragraph (6) of subsection (a)
19    of Section 11-20.1 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the
20    Criminal Code of 2012 if the victim is a household or
21    family member of the defendant.
22        (Q) A violation of subsection (b) or (b-5) of Section
23    20-1, Section 20-1.2, or Section 20-1.3 of the Criminal
24    Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.
25        (R) A violation of Section 24-3A of the Criminal Code
26    of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.

 

 

SB3865- 607 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (S) (Blank).
2        (T) (Blank).
3        (U) A second or subsequent violation of Section 6-303
4    of the Illinois Vehicle Code committed while his or her
5    driver's license, permit, or privilege was revoked because
6    of a violation of Section 9-3 of the Criminal Code of 1961
7    or the Criminal Code of 2012, relating to the offense of
8    reckless homicide, or a similar provision of a law of
9    another state.
10        (V) A violation of paragraph (4) of subsection (c) of
11    Section 11-20.1B or paragraph (4) of subsection (c) of
12    Section 11-20.3 of the Criminal Code of 1961, or paragraph
13    (6) of subsection (a) of Section 11-20.1 of the Criminal
14    Code of 2012 when the victim is under 13 years of age and
15    the defendant has previously been convicted under the laws
16    of this State or any other state of the offense of child
17    pornography, aggravated child pornography, aggravated
18    criminal sexual abuse, aggravated criminal sexual assault,
19    predatory criminal sexual assault of a child, or any of
20    the offenses formerly known as rape, deviate sexual
21    assault, indecent liberties with a child, or aggravated
22    indecent liberties with a child where the victim was under
23    the age of 18 years or an offense that is substantially
24    equivalent to those offenses.
25        (W) A violation of Section 24-3.5 of the Criminal Code
26    of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.

 

 

SB3865- 608 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (X) A violation of subsection (a) of Section 31-1a of
2    the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012.
3        (Y) A conviction for unlawful possession of a firearm
4    by a street gang member when the firearm was loaded or
5    contained firearm ammunition.
6        (Z) A Class 1 felony committed while he or she was
7    serving a term of probation or conditional discharge for a
8    felony.
9        (AA) Theft of property exceeding $500,000 and not
10    exceeding $1,000,000 in value.
11        (BB) Laundering of criminally derived property of a
12    value exceeding $500,000.
13        (CC) Knowingly selling, offering for sale, holding for
14    sale, or using 2,000 or more counterfeit items or
15    counterfeit items having a retail value in the aggregate
16    of $500,000 or more.
17        (DD) A conviction for aggravated assault under
18    paragraph (6) of subsection (c) of Section 12-2 of the
19    Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012 if the
20    firearm is aimed toward the person against whom the
21    firearm is being used.
22        (EE) A conviction for a violation of paragraph (2) of
23    subsection (a) of Section 24-3B of the Criminal Code of
24    2012.
25    (3) (Blank).
26    (4) A minimum term of imprisonment of not less than 10

 

 

SB3865- 609 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1consecutive days or 30 days of community service shall be
2imposed for a violation of paragraph (c) of Section 6-303 of
3the Illinois Vehicle Code.
4    (4.1) (Blank).
5    (4.2) Except as provided in paragraphs (4.3) and (4.8) of
6this subsection (c), a minimum of 100 hours of community
7service shall be imposed for a second violation of Section
86-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
9    (4.3) A minimum term of imprisonment of 30 days or 300
10hours of community service, as determined by the court, shall
11be imposed for a second violation of subsection (c) of Section
126-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
13    (4.4) Except as provided in paragraphs (4.5), (4.6), and
14(4.9) of this subsection (c), a minimum term of imprisonment
15of 30 days or 300 hours of community service, as determined by
16the court, shall be imposed for a third or subsequent
17violation of Section 6-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code. The
18court may give credit toward the fulfillment of community
19service hours for participation in activities and treatment as
20determined by court services.
21    (4.5) A minimum term of imprisonment of 30 days shall be
22imposed for a third violation of subsection (c) of Section
236-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
24    (4.6) Except as provided in paragraph (4.10) of this
25subsection (c), a minimum term of imprisonment of 180 days
26shall be imposed for a fourth or subsequent violation of

 

 

SB3865- 610 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1subsection (c) of Section 6-303 of the Illinois Vehicle Code.
2    (4.7) A minimum term of imprisonment of not less than 30
3consecutive days, or 300 hours of community service, shall be
4imposed for a violation of subsection (a-5) of Section 6-303
5of the Illinois Vehicle Code, as provided in subsection (b-5)
6of that Section.
7    (4.8) A mandatory prison sentence shall be imposed for a
8second violation of subsection (a-5) of Section 6-303 of the
9Illinois Vehicle Code, as provided in subsection (c-5) of that
10Section. The person's driving privileges shall be revoked for
11a period of not less than 5 years from the date of his or her
12release from prison.
13    (4.9) A mandatory prison sentence of not less than 4 and
14not more than 15 years shall be imposed for a third violation
15of subsection (a-5) of Section 6-303 of the Illinois Vehicle
16Code, as provided in subsection (d-2.5) of that Section. The
17person's driving privileges shall be revoked for the remainder
18of his or her life.
19    (4.10) A mandatory prison sentence for a Class 1 felony
20shall be imposed, and the person shall be eligible for an
21extended term sentence, for a fourth or subsequent violation
22of subsection (a-5) of Section 6-303 of the Illinois Vehicle
23Code, as provided in subsection (d-3.5) of that Section. The
24person's driving privileges shall be revoked for the remainder
25of his or her life.
26    (5) The court may sentence a corporation or unincorporated

 

 

SB3865- 611 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1association convicted of any offense to:
2        (A) a period of conditional discharge;
3        (B) a fine;
4        (C) make restitution to the victim under Section 5-5-6
5    of this Code.
6    (5.1) In addition to any other penalties imposed, and
7except as provided in paragraph (5.2) or (5.3), a person
8convicted of violating subsection (c) of Section 11-907 of the
9Illinois Vehicle Code shall have his or her driver's license,
10permit, or privileges suspended for at least 90 days but not
11more than one year, if the violation resulted in damage to the
12property of another person.
13    (5.2) In addition to any other penalties imposed, and
14except as provided in paragraph (5.3), a person convicted of
15violating subsection (c) of Section 11-907 of the Illinois
16Vehicle Code shall have his or her driver's license, permit,
17or privileges suspended for at least 180 days but not more than
182 years, if the violation resulted in injury to another
19person.
20    (5.3) In addition to any other penalties imposed, a person
21convicted of violating subsection (c) of Section 11-907 of the
22Illinois Vehicle Code shall have his or her driver's license,
23permit, or privileges suspended for 2 years, if the violation
24resulted in the death of another person.
25    (5.4) In addition to any other penalties imposed, a person
26convicted of violating Section 3-707 of the Illinois Vehicle

 

 

SB3865- 612 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Code shall have his or her driver's license, permit, or
2privileges suspended for 3 months and until he or she has paid
3a reinstatement fee of $100.
4    (5.5) In addition to any other penalties imposed, a person
5convicted of violating Section 3-707 of the Illinois Vehicle
6Code during a period in which his or her driver's license,
7permit, or privileges were suspended for a previous violation
8of that Section shall have his or her driver's license,
9permit, or privileges suspended for an additional 6 months
10after the expiration of the original 3-month suspension and
11until he or she has paid a reinstatement fee of $100.
12    (6) (Blank).
13    (7) (Blank).
14    (8) (Blank).
15    (9) A defendant convicted of a second or subsequent
16offense of ritualized abuse of a child may be sentenced to a
17term of natural life imprisonment.
18    (10) (Blank).
19    (11) The court shall impose a minimum fine of $1,000 for a
20first offense and $2,000 for a second or subsequent offense
21upon a person convicted of or placed on supervision for
22battery when the individual harmed was a sports official or
23coach at any level of competition and the act causing harm to
24the sports official or coach occurred within an athletic
25facility or within the immediate vicinity of the athletic
26facility at which the sports official or coach was an active

 

 

SB3865- 613 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1participant of the athletic contest held at the athletic
2facility. For the purposes of this paragraph (11), "sports
3official" means a person at an athletic contest who enforces
4the rules of the contest, such as an umpire or referee;
5"athletic facility" means an indoor or outdoor playing field
6or recreational area where sports activities are conducted;
7and "coach" means a person recognized as a coach by the
8sanctioning authority that conducted the sporting event.
9    (12) A person may not receive a disposition of court
10supervision for a violation of Section 5-16 of the Boat
11Registration and Safety Act if that person has previously
12received a disposition of court supervision for a violation of
13that Section.
14    (13) A person convicted of or placed on court supervision
15for an assault or aggravated assault when the victim and the
16offender are family or household members as defined in Section
17103 of the Illinois Domestic Violence Act of 1986 or convicted
18of domestic battery or aggravated domestic battery may be
19required to attend a Partner Abuse Intervention Program under
20protocols set forth by the Illinois Department of Human
21Services under such terms and conditions imposed by the court.
22The costs of such classes shall be paid by the offender.
23    (d) In any case in which a sentence originally imposed is
24vacated, the case shall be remanded to the trial court. The
25trial court shall hold a hearing under Section 5-4-1 of this
26Code which may include evidence of the defendant's life, moral

 

 

SB3865- 614 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1character and occupation during the time since the original
2sentence was passed. The trial court shall then impose
3sentence upon the defendant. The trial court may impose any
4sentence which could have been imposed at the original trial
5subject to Section 5-5-4 of this Code. If a sentence is vacated
6on appeal or on collateral attack due to the failure of the
7trier of fact at trial to determine beyond a reasonable doubt
8the existence of a fact (other than a prior conviction)
9necessary to increase the punishment for the offense beyond
10the statutory maximum otherwise applicable, either the
11defendant may be re-sentenced to a term within the range
12otherwise provided or, if the State files notice of its
13intention to again seek the extended sentence, the defendant
14shall be afforded a new trial.
15    (e) In cases where prosecution for aggravated criminal
16sexual abuse under Section 11-1.60 or 12-16 of the Criminal
17Code of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012 results in conviction
18of a defendant who was a family member of the victim at the
19time of the commission of the offense, the court shall
20consider the safety and welfare of the victim and may impose a
21sentence of probation only where:
22        (1) the court finds (A) or (B) or both are
23    appropriate:
24            (A) the defendant is willing to undergo a court
25        approved counseling program for a minimum duration of
26        2 years; or

 

 

SB3865- 615 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (B) the defendant is willing to participate in a
2        court approved plan, including, but not limited to,
3        the defendant's:
4                (i) removal from the household;
5                (ii) restricted contact with the victim;
6                (iii) continued financial support of the
7            family;
8                (iv) restitution for harm done to the victim;
9            and
10                (v) compliance with any other measures that
11            the court may deem appropriate; and
12        (2) the court orders the defendant to pay for the
13    victim's counseling services, to the extent that the court
14    finds, after considering the defendant's income and
15    assets, that the defendant is financially capable of
16    paying for such services, if the victim was under 18 years
17    of age at the time the offense was committed and requires
18    counseling as a result of the offense.
19    Probation may be revoked or modified pursuant to Section
205-6-4; except where the court determines at the hearing that
21the defendant violated a condition of his or her probation
22restricting contact with the victim or other family members or
23commits another offense with the victim or other family
24members, the court shall revoke the defendant's probation and
25impose a term of imprisonment.
26    For the purposes of this Section, "family member" and

 

 

SB3865- 616 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1"victim" shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section
211-0.1 of the Criminal Code of 2012.
3    (f) (Blank).
4    (g) Whenever a defendant is convicted of an offense under
5Sections 11-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, 11-1.50, 11-1.60, 11-14,
611-14.3, 11-14.4 except for an offense that involves keeping a
7place of juvenile prostitution, 11-15, 11-15.1, 11-16, 11-17,
811-18, 11-18.1, 11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 12-13, 12-14,
912-14.1, 12-15, or 12-16 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the
10Criminal Code of 2012, the defendant shall undergo medical
11testing to determine whether the defendant has any sexually
12transmissible disease, including a test for infection with
13human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or any other identified
14causative agent of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).
15Any such medical test shall be performed only by appropriately
16licensed medical practitioners and may include an analysis of
17any bodily fluids as well as an examination of the defendant's
18person. Except as otherwise provided by law, the results of
19such test shall be kept strictly confidential by all medical
20personnel involved in the testing and must be personally
21delivered in a sealed envelope to the judge of the court in
22which the conviction was entered for the judge's inspection in
23camera. Acting in accordance with the best interests of the
24victim and the public, the judge shall have the discretion to
25determine to whom, if anyone, the results of the testing may be
26revealed. The court shall notify the defendant of the test

 

 

SB3865- 617 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1results. The court shall also notify the victim if requested
2by the victim, and if the victim is under the age of 15 and if
3requested by the victim's parents or legal guardian, the court
4shall notify the victim's parents or legal guardian of the
5test results. The court shall provide information on the
6availability of HIV testing and counseling at Department of
7Public Health facilities to all parties to whom the results of
8the testing are revealed and shall direct the State's Attorney
9to provide the information to the victim when possible. The
10court shall order that the cost of any such test shall be paid
11by the county and may be taxed as costs against the convicted
12defendant.
13    (g-5) When an inmate is tested for an airborne
14communicable disease, as determined by the Illinois Department
15of Public Health, including, but not limited to, tuberculosis,
16the results of the test shall be personally delivered by the
17warden or his or her designee in a sealed envelope to the judge
18of the court in which the inmate must appear for the judge's
19inspection in camera if requested by the judge. Acting in
20accordance with the best interests of those in the courtroom,
21the judge shall have the discretion to determine what if any
22precautions need to be taken to prevent transmission of the
23disease in the courtroom.
24    (h) Whenever a defendant is convicted of an offense under
25Section 1 or 2 of the Hypodermic Syringes and Needles Act, the
26defendant shall undergo medical testing to determine whether

 

 

SB3865- 618 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the defendant has been exposed to human immunodeficiency virus
2(HIV) or any other identified causative agent of acquired
3immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). Except as otherwise provided
4by law, the results of such test shall be kept strictly
5confidential by all medical personnel involved in the testing
6and must be personally delivered in a sealed envelope to the
7judge of the court in which the conviction was entered for the
8judge's inspection in camera. Acting in accordance with the
9best interests of the public, the judge shall have the
10discretion to determine to whom, if anyone, the results of the
11testing may be revealed. The court shall notify the defendant
12of a positive test showing an infection with the human
13immunodeficiency virus (HIV). The court shall provide
14information on the availability of HIV testing and counseling
15at Department of Public Health facilities to all parties to
16whom the results of the testing are revealed and shall direct
17the State's Attorney to provide the information to the victim
18when possible. The court shall order that the cost of any such
19test shall be paid by the county and may be taxed as costs
20against the convicted defendant.
21    (i) All fines and penalties imposed under this Section for
22any violation of Chapters 3, 4, 6, and 11 of the Illinois
23Vehicle Code, or a similar provision of a local ordinance, and
24any violation of the Child Passenger Protection Act, or a
25similar provision of a local ordinance, shall be collected and
26disbursed by the circuit clerk as provided under the Criminal

 

 

SB3865- 619 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and Traffic Assessment Act.
2    (j) In cases when prosecution for any violation of Section
311-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, 11-1.50, 11-1.60, 11-6, 11-8, 11-9,
411-11, 11-14, 11-14.3, 11-14.4, 11-15, 11-15.1, 11-16, 11-17,
511-17.1, 11-18, 11-18.1, 11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 11-20.1,
611-20.1B, 11-20.3, 11-21, 11-30, 11-40, 12-13, 12-14, 12-14.1,
712-15, or 12-16 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal
8Code of 2012, any violation of the Illinois Controlled
9Substances Act, any violation of the Cannabis Control Act, or
10any violation of the Methamphetamine Control and Community
11Protection Act results in conviction, a disposition of court
12supervision, or an order of probation granted under Section 10
13of the Cannabis Control Act, Section 410 of the Illinois
14Controlled Substances Act, or Section 70 of the
15Methamphetamine Control and Community Protection Act of a
16defendant, the court shall determine whether the defendant is
17employed by a facility or center as defined under the Child
18Care Act of 1969, a public or private elementary or secondary
19school, or otherwise works with children under 18 years of age
20on a daily basis. When a defendant is so employed, the court
21shall order the Clerk of the Court to send a copy of the
22judgment of conviction or order of supervision or probation to
23the defendant's employer by certified mail. If the employer of
24the defendant is a school, the Clerk of the Court shall direct
25the mailing of a copy of the judgment of conviction or order of
26supervision or probation to the appropriate regional

 

 

SB3865- 620 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1superintendent of schools. The regional superintendent of
2schools shall notify the State Board of Education of any
3notification under this subsection.
4    (j-5) A defendant at least 17 years of age who is convicted
5of a felony and who has not been previously convicted of a
6misdemeanor or felony and who is sentenced to a term of
7imprisonment in the Illinois Department of Corrections shall
8as a condition of his or her sentence be required by the court
9to attend educational courses designed to prepare the
10defendant for a high school diploma and to work toward a high
11school diploma or to work toward passing high school
12equivalency testing or to work toward completing a vocational
13training program offered by the Department of Corrections. If
14a defendant fails to complete the educational training
15required by his or her sentence during the term of
16incarceration, the Prisoner Review Board shall, as a condition
17of mandatory supervised release, require the defendant, at his
18or her own expense, to pursue a course of study toward a high
19school diploma or passage of high school equivalency testing.
20The Prisoner Review Board shall revoke the mandatory
21supervised release of a defendant who wilfully fails to comply
22with this subsection (j-5) upon his or her release from
23confinement in a penal institution while serving a mandatory
24supervised release term; however, the inability of the
25defendant after making a good faith effort to obtain financial
26aid or pay for the educational training shall not be deemed a

 

 

SB3865- 621 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1wilful failure to comply. The Prisoner Review Board shall
2recommit the defendant whose mandatory supervised release term
3has been revoked under this subsection (j-5) as provided in
4Section 3-3-9. This subsection (j-5) does not apply to a
5defendant who has a high school diploma or has successfully
6passed high school equivalency testing. This subsection (j-5)
7does not apply to a defendant who is determined by the court to
8be a person with a developmental disability or otherwise
9mentally incapable of completing the educational or vocational
10program.
11    (k) (Blank).
12    (l) (A) Except as provided in paragraph (C) of subsection
13(l), whenever a defendant, who is not a citizen or national of
14the United States an alien as defined by the Immigration and
15Nationality Act, is convicted of any felony or misdemeanor
16offense, the court after sentencing the defendant may, upon
17motion of the State's Attorney, hold sentence in abeyance and
18remand the defendant to the custody of the Attorney General of
19the United States or his or her designated agent to be deported
20when:
21        (1) a final order of deportation has been issued
22    against the defendant pursuant to proceedings under the
23    Immigration and Nationality Act, and
24        (2) the deportation of the defendant would not
25    deprecate the seriousness of the defendant's conduct and
26    would not be inconsistent with the ends of justice.

 

 

SB3865- 622 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Otherwise, the defendant shall be sentenced as provided in
2this Chapter V.
3    (B) If the defendant has already been sentenced for a
4felony or misdemeanor offense, or has been placed on probation
5under Section 10 of the Cannabis Control Act, Section 410 of
6the Illinois Controlled Substances Act, or Section 70 of the
7Methamphetamine Control and Community Protection Act, the
8court may, upon motion of the State's Attorney to suspend the
9sentence imposed, commit the defendant to the custody of the
10Attorney General of the United States or his or her designated
11agent when:
12        (1) a final order of deportation has been issued
13    against the defendant pursuant to proceedings under the
14    Immigration and Nationality Act, and
15        (2) the deportation of the defendant would not
16    deprecate the seriousness of the defendant's conduct and
17    would not be inconsistent with the ends of justice.
18    (C) This subsection (l) does not apply to offenders who
19are subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection
20(a) of Section 3-6-3.
21    (D) Upon motion of the State's Attorney, if a defendant
22sentenced under this Section returns to the jurisdiction of
23the United States, the defendant shall be recommitted to the
24custody of the county from which he or she was sentenced.
25Thereafter, the defendant shall be brought before the
26sentencing court, which may impose any sentence that was

 

 

SB3865- 623 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1available under Section 5-5-3 at the time of initial
2sentencing. In addition, the defendant shall not be eligible
3for additional earned sentence credit as provided under
4Section 3-6-3.
5    (m) A person convicted of criminal defacement of property
6under Section 21-1.3 of the Criminal Code of 1961 or the
7Criminal Code of 2012, in which the property damage exceeds
8$300 and the property damaged is a school building, shall be
9ordered to perform community service that may include cleanup,
10removal, or painting over the defacement.
11    (n) The court may sentence a person convicted of a
12violation of Section 12-19, 12-21, 16-1.3, or 17-56, or
13subsection (a) or (b) of Section 12-4.4a, of the Criminal Code
14of 1961 or the Criminal Code of 2012 (i) to an impact
15incarceration program if the person is otherwise eligible for
16that program under Section 5-8-1.1, (ii) to community service,
17or (iii) if the person has a substance use disorder, as defined
18in the Substance Use Disorder Act, to a treatment program
19licensed under that Act.
20    (o) Whenever a person is convicted of a sex offense as
21defined in Section 2 of the Sex Offender Registration Act, the
22defendant's driver's license or permit shall be subject to
23renewal on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions
24of license renewal established by the Secretary of State.
25(Source: P.A. 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 102-168, eff. 7-27-21;
26102-531, eff. 1-1-22; revised 10-12-21.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 624 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 175. The Frauds Act is amended by changing Section
212 as follows:
 
3    (740 ILCS 80/12)  (from Ch. 59, par. 12)
4    Sec. 12. When any lands, tenements or hereditaments, or
5any rents or profits out of the same, shall descend to any
6heir, or be devised to any devisee, and the personal estate of
7the ancestor of such heir or devisor of such devisee shall be
8insufficient to discharge the just demands against such
9ancestor, or devisor's estate, such heir or devisee shall be
10liable to the creditor of their ancestor or devisor to the full
11amount of the lands, tenements or hereditaments, or rents and
12profits out of the same, as may descend or be devised to the
13said heir or devisee; and in all cases where any heir or
14devisee shall be liable to pay the debts of his executor or
15devisor, in regard of any lands, tenements or hereditaments,
16or any rent or profit arising out of the same, descending or
17being devised to him, and shall sell, transfer, alien or make
18over the same before any action brought, or process sued out
19against him, such heir at law or devisee shall be answerable
20for such debts to the value of the said lands, tenements and
21hereditaments, rents or profits so by him transferred aliened
22or made over; and executions may be taken out upon any judgment
23so obtained against such heir or devisee, to the value of the
24said lands, tenements and hereditaments, rents and profits,

 

 

SB3865- 625 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1out of the same, as if the same were his own proper debts,
2saving and excepting that the lands and tenements, rents and
3profits, by him bona fide transferred aliened, before the
4action brought, shall not be liable to such execution.
5(Source: R.S. 1874, p. 540.)
 
6    Section 180. The Income Withholding for Support Act is
7amended by changing Section 20 as follows:
 
8    (750 ILCS 28/20)
9    Sec. 20. Entry of order for support containing income
10withholding provisions; income withholding notice.
11    (a) In addition to any content required under other laws,
12every order for support entered on or after July 1, 1997,
13shall:
14        (1) Require an income withholding notice to be
15    prepared and served immediately upon any payor of the
16    obligor by the obligee or public office, unless a written
17    agreement is reached between and signed by both parties
18    providing for an alternative arrangement, approved and
19    entered into the record by the court, which ensures
20    payment of support. In that case, the order for support
21    shall provide that an income withholding notice is to be
22    prepared and served only if the obligor becomes delinquent
23    in paying the order for support; and
24        (2) Contain a dollar amount to be paid until payment

 

 

SB3865- 626 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    in full of any delinquency that accrues after entry of the
2    order for support. The amount for payment of delinquency
3    shall not be less than 20% of the total of the current
4    support amount and the amount to be paid periodically for
5    payment of any arrearage stated in the order for support;
6    and
7        (3) Include the obligor's Social Security Number,
8    which the obligor shall disclose to the court. If the
9    obligor is not a United States citizen, the obligor shall
10    disclose to the court, and the court shall include in the
11    order for support, the obligor's alien registration number
12    as a noncitizen, passport number, and home country's
13    social security or national health number, if applicable.
14    (b) At the time the order for support is entered, the Clerk
15of the Circuit Court shall provide a copy of the order to the
16obligor and shall make copies available to the obligee and
17public office.
18    (c) The income withholding notice shall:
19        (1) be in the standard format prescribed by the
20    federal Department of Health and Human Services; and
21        (1.1) state the date of entry of the order for support
22    upon which the income withholding notice is based; and
23        (2) direct any payor to withhold the dollar amount
24    required for current support under the order for support;
25    and
26        (3) direct any payor to withhold the dollar amount

 

 

SB3865- 627 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    required to be paid periodically under the order for
2    support for payment of the amount of any arrearage stated
3    in the order for support; and
4        (4) direct any payor or labor union or trade union to
5    enroll a child as a beneficiary of a health insurance plan
6    and withhold or cause to be withheld, if applicable, any
7    required premiums; and
8        (5) state the amount of the payor income withholding
9    fee specified under this Section; and
10        (6) state that the amount actually withheld from the
11    obligor's income for support and other purposes, including
12    the payor withholding fee specified under this Section,
13    may not be in excess of the maximum amount permitted under
14    the federal Consumer Credit Protection Act; and
15        (7) in bold face type, the size of which equals the
16    largest type on the notice, state the duties of the payor
17    and the fines and penalties for failure to withhold and
18    pay over income and for discharging, disciplining,
19    refusing to hire, or otherwise penalizing the obligor
20    because of the duty to withhold and pay over income under
21    this Section; and
22        (8) state the rights, remedies, and duties of the
23    obligor under this Section; and
24        (9) include the Social Security number of the obligor;
25    and
26        (10) (blank); and

 

 

SB3865- 628 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (11) contain the signature of the obligee or the
2    printed name and telephone number of the authorized
3    representative of the public office, except that the
4    failure to contain the signature of the obligee or the
5    printed name and telephone number of the authorized
6    representative of the public office shall not affect the
7    validity of the income withholding notice; and
8        (12) direct any payor to pay over amounts withheld for
9    payment of support to the State Disbursement Unit.
10    (d) The accrual of a delinquency as a condition for
11service of an income withholding notice, under the exception
12to immediate withholding in subsection (a) of this Section,
13shall apply only to the initial service of an income
14withholding notice on a payor of the obligor.
15    (e) Notwithstanding the exception to immediate withholding
16contained in subsection (a) of this Section, if the court
17finds at the time of any hearing that an arrearage has accrued,
18the court shall order immediate service of an income
19withholding notice upon the payor.
20    (f) If the order for support, under the exception to
21immediate withholding contained in subsection (a) of this
22Section, provides that an income withholding notice is to be
23prepared and served only if the obligor becomes delinquent in
24paying the order for support, the obligor may execute a
25written waiver of that condition and request immediate service
26on the payor.

 

 

SB3865- 629 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (g) The obligee or public office may serve the income
2withholding notice on the payor or its superintendent,
3manager, or other agent by ordinary mail or certified mail
4return receipt requested, by facsimile transmission or other
5electronic means, by personal delivery, or by any method
6provided by law for service of a summons. At the time of
7service on the payor and as notice that withholding has
8commenced, the obligee or public office shall serve a copy of
9the income withholding notice on the obligor by ordinary mail
10addressed to his or her last known address. A copy of an income
11withholding notice and proof of service shall be filed with
12the Clerk of the Circuit Court only when necessary in
13connection with a petition to contest, modify, suspend,
14terminate, or correct an income withholding notice, an action
15to enforce income withholding against a payor, or the
16resolution of other disputes involving an income withholding
17notice. The changes made to this subsection by this amendatory
18Act of the 96th General Assembly apply on and after September
191, 2009.
20    (h) At any time after the initial service of an income
21withholding notice, any other payor of the obligor may be
22served with the same income withholding notice without further
23notice to the obligor. A copy of the income withholding notice
24together with a proof of service on the other payor shall be
25filed with the Clerk of the Circuit Court.
26    (i) New service of an income withholding notice is not

 

 

SB3865- 630 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1required in order to resume withholding of income in the case
2of an obligor with respect to whom an income withholding
3notice was previously served on the payor if withholding of
4income was terminated because of an interruption in the
5obligor's employment of less than 180 days.
6(Source: P.A. 97-994, eff. 8-17-12; 98-81, eff. 7-15-13.)
 
7    Section 185. The Property Owned By Aliens Act is amended
8by changing the title of the Act and Sections 0.01, 7, and 8 as
9follows:
 
10    (765 ILCS 60/Act title)
11    An Act concerning the right of noncitizens aliens to
12acquire and hold real and personal property.
 
13    (765 ILCS 60/0.01)  (from Ch. 6, par. 0.01)
14    Sec. 0.01. Short title. This Act may be cited as the
15Property Owned By Noncitizens Aliens Act.
16(Source: P.A. 86-1324.)
 
17    (765 ILCS 60/7)  (from Ch. 6, par. 7)
18    Sec. 7. All noncitizens aliens may acquire, hold, and
19dispose of real and personal property in the same manner and to
20the same extent as natural born citizens of the United States,
21and the personal estate of a noncitizen an alien dying
22intestate shall be distributed in the same manner as the

 

 

SB3865- 631 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1estates of natural born citizens, and all persons interested
2in such estate shall be entitled to proper distributive shares
3thereof under the laws of this state, whether they are
4noncitizens aliens or not.
5    This amendatory Act of 1992 does not apply to the
6Agricultural Foreign Investment Disclosure Act.
7(Source: P.A. 87-1101.)
 
8    (765 ILCS 60/8)  (from Ch. 6, par. 8)
9    Sec. 8. An act in regard to noncitizens aliens and to
10restrict their right to acquire and hold real and personal
11estate and to provide for the disposition of the lands now
12owned by non-resident noncitizens aliens, approved June 16,
131887, and in force July 1, 1887, and all other acts and parts
14of acts in conflict with this act, are hereby repealed.
15(Source: Laws 1897, p. 5.)
 
16    Section 190. The Property Taxes of Alien Landlords Act is
17amended by changing the title of the Act and Sections 0.01 and
181 as follows:
 
19    (765 ILCS 725/Act title)
20    An Act to prevent noncitizen alien landlords from
21including the payment of taxes in the rent of farm lands as a
22part of the rental thereof.
 

 

 

SB3865- 632 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (765 ILCS 725/0.01)  (from Ch. 6, par. 8.9)
2    Sec. 0.01. Short title. This Act may be cited as the
3Property Taxes Of Noncitizen Alien Landlords Act.
4(Source: P.A. 86-1324.)
 
5    (765 ILCS 725/1)  (from Ch. 6, par. 9)
6    Sec. 1. No contract, agreement or lease in writing or by
7parol, by which any lands or tenements therein are demised or
8leased by any noncitizen alien or his agents for the purpose of
9farming, cultivation or the raising of crops thereon, shall
10contain any provision requiring the tenant or other person for
11him, to pay taxes on said lands or tenements, or any part
12thereof, and all such provisions, agreements and leases so
13made are declared void as to the taxes aforesaid. If any
14noncitizen alien landlord or his agents shall receive in
15advance or at any other time any sum of money or article of
16value from any tenant in lieu of such taxes, directly or
17indirectly, the same may be recovered back by such tenant
18before any court having jurisdiction of the amount thereof,
19and all provisions or agreements in writing or otherwise to
20pay such taxes shall be held in all courts of this state to be
21void.
22(Source: P.A. 81-1509.)
 
23    Section 195. The Illinois Human Rights Act is amended by
24changing Section 2-101 as follows:
 

 

 

SB3865- 633 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (775 ILCS 5/2-101)
2    Sec. 2-101. Definitions. The following definitions are
3applicable strictly in the context of this Article.
4    (A) Employee.
5        (1) "Employee" includes:
6            (a) Any individual performing services for
7        remuneration within this State for an employer;
8            (b) An apprentice;
9            (c) An applicant for any apprenticeship.
10        For purposes of subsection (D) of Section 2-102 of
11    this Act, "employee" also includes an unpaid intern. An
12    unpaid intern is a person who performs work for an
13    employer under the following circumstances:
14            (i) the employer is not committed to hiring the
15        person performing the work at the conclusion of the
16        intern's tenure;
17            (ii) the employer and the person performing the
18        work agree that the person is not entitled to wages for
19        the work performed; and
20            (iii) the work performed:
21                (I) supplements training given in an
22            educational environment that may enhance the
23            employability of the intern;
24                (II) provides experience for the benefit of
25            the person performing the work;

 

 

SB3865- 634 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1                (III) does not displace regular employees;
2                (IV) is performed under the close supervision
3            of existing staff; and
4                (V) provides no immediate advantage to the
5            employer providing the training and may
6            occasionally impede the operations of the
7            employer.
8        (2) "Employee" does not include:
9            (a) (Blank);
10            (b) Individuals employed by persons who are not
11        "employers" as defined by this Act;
12            (c) Elected public officials or the members of
13        their immediate personal staffs;
14            (d) Principal administrative officers of the State
15        or of any political subdivision, municipal corporation
16        or other governmental unit or agency;
17            (e) A person in a vocational rehabilitation
18        facility certified under federal law who has been
19        designated an evaluee, trainee, or work activity
20        client.
21    (B) Employer.
22        (1) "Employer" includes:
23            (a) Any person employing one or more employees
24        within Illinois during 20 or more calendar weeks
25        within the calendar year of or preceding the alleged
26        violation;

 

 

SB3865- 635 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1            (b) Any person employing one or more employees
2        when a complainant alleges civil rights violation due
3        to unlawful discrimination based upon his or her
4        physical or mental disability unrelated to ability,
5        pregnancy, or sexual harassment;
6            (c) The State and any political subdivision,
7        municipal corporation or other governmental unit or
8        agency, without regard to the number of employees;
9            (d) Any party to a public contract without regard
10        to the number of employees;
11            (e) A joint apprenticeship or training committee
12        without regard to the number of employees.
13        (2) "Employer" does not include any place of worship,
14    religious corporation, association, educational
15    institution, society, or non-profit nursing institution
16    conducted by and for those who rely upon treatment by
17    prayer through spiritual means in accordance with the
18    tenets of a recognized church or religious denomination
19    with respect to the employment of individuals of a
20    particular religion to perform work connected with the
21    carrying on by such place of worship, corporation,
22    association, educational institution, society or
23    non-profit nursing institution of its activities.
24    (C) Employment Agency. "Employment Agency" includes both
25public and private employment agencies and any person, labor
26organization, or labor union having a hiring hall or hiring

 

 

SB3865- 636 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1office regularly undertaking, with or without compensation, to
2procure opportunities to work, or to procure, recruit, refer
3or place employees.
4    (D) Labor Organization. "Labor Organization" includes any
5organization, labor union, craft union, or any voluntary
6unincorporated association designed to further the cause of
7the rights of union labor which is constituted for the
8purpose, in whole or in part, of collective bargaining or of
9dealing with employers concerning grievances, terms or
10conditions of employment, or apprenticeships or applications
11for apprenticeships, or of other mutual aid or protection in
12connection with employment, including apprenticeships or
13applications for apprenticeships.
14    (E) Sexual Harassment. "Sexual harassment" means any
15unwelcome sexual advances or requests for sexual favors or any
16conduct of a sexual nature when (1) submission to such conduct
17is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of
18an individual's employment, (2) submission to or rejection of
19such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for
20employment decisions affecting such individual, or (3) such
21conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering
22with an individual's work performance or creating an
23intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.
24    For purposes of this definition, the phrase "working
25environment" is not limited to a physical location an employee
26is assigned to perform his or her duties.

 

 

SB3865- 637 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (E-1) Harassment. "Harassment" means any unwelcome conduct
2on the basis of an individual's actual or perceived race,
3color, religion, national origin, ancestry, age, sex, marital
4status, order of protection status, disability, military
5status, sexual orientation, pregnancy, unfavorable discharge
6from military service, citizenship status, or work
7authorization status that has the purpose or effect of
8substantially interfering with the individual's work
9performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive
10working environment. For purposes of this definition, the
11phrase "working environment" is not limited to a physical
12location an employee is assigned to perform his or her duties.
13    (F) Religion. "Religion" with respect to employers
14includes all aspects of religious observance and practice, as
15well as belief, unless an employer demonstrates that he is
16unable to reasonably accommodate an employee's or prospective
17employee's religious observance or practice without undue
18hardship on the conduct of the employer's business.
19    (G) Public Employer. "Public employer" means the State, an
20agency or department thereof, unit of local government, school
21district, instrumentality or political subdivision.
22    (H) Public Employee. "Public employee" means an employee
23of the State, agency or department thereof, unit of local
24government, school district, instrumentality or political
25subdivision. "Public employee" does not include public
26officers or employees of the General Assembly or agencies

 

 

SB3865- 638 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1thereof.
2    (I) Public Officer. "Public officer" means a person who is
3elected to office pursuant to the Constitution or a statute or
4ordinance, or who is appointed to an office which is
5established, and the qualifications and duties of which are
6prescribed, by the Constitution or a statute or ordinance, to
7discharge a public duty for the State, agency or department
8thereof, unit of local government, school district,
9instrumentality or political subdivision.
10    (J) Eligible Bidder. "Eligible bidder" means a person who,
11prior to contract award or prior to bid opening for State
12contracts for construction or construction-related services,
13has filed with the Department a properly completed, sworn and
14currently valid employer report form, pursuant to the
15Department's regulations. The provisions of this Article
16relating to eligible bidders apply only to bids on contracts
17with the State and its departments, agencies, boards, and
18commissions, and the provisions do not apply to bids on
19contracts with units of local government or school districts.
20    (K) Citizenship Status. "Citizenship status" means the
21status of being:
22        (1) a born U.S. citizen;
23        (2) a naturalized U.S. citizen;
24        (3) a U.S. national; or
25        (4) a person born outside the United States and not a
26    U.S. citizen who is not an unauthorized noncitizen alien

 

 

SB3865- 639 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    and who is protected from discrimination under the
2    provisions of Section 1324b of Title 8 of the United
3    States Code, as now or hereafter amended.
4    (L) Work Authorization Status. "Work authorization status"
5means the status of being a person born outside of the United
6States, and not a U.S. citizen, who is authorized by the
7federal government to work in the United States.
8(Source: P.A. 101-221, eff. 1-1-20; 101-430, eff. 7-1-20;
9102-233, eff. 8-2-21; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21.)
 
10    Section 200. The Resident Alien Course Act is amended by
11changing the title of the Act and Sections 0.01, 1, 2, and 3 as
12follows:
 
13    (815 ILCS 400/Act title)
14    An Act concerning fees charged for courses offered to
15persons seeking permanent resident noncitizen alien status
16under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.
 
17    (815 ILCS 400/0.01)  (from Ch. 111, par. 8050)
18    Sec. 0.01. Short title. This Act may be cited as the
19Resident Noncitizen Alien Course Act.
20(Source: P.A. 86-1324.)
 
21    (815 ILCS 400/1)  (from Ch. 111, par. 8051)
22    Sec. 1. No individual or agency, authorized by the U.S.

 

 

SB3865- 640 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Immigration and Naturalization Service to offer a course
2leading to a certificate of satisfactory pursuit for issuance
3of permanent resident noncitizen alien status, may charge a
4fee for such course in excess of $5 per hour per individual up
5to the first 60 hours of instruction or $500 for up to 12
6months of instruction from the date of registration. As used
7in this Section, the term "fee" includes all costs associated
8with the course, including the costs of instruction and
9materials.
10(Source: P.A. 86-831.)
 
11    (815 ILCS 400/2)  (from Ch. 111, par. 8052)
12    Sec. 2. No individual or agency which offers any service
13or course with the promise of preparing the recipient or
14enrollee for the English and civics exam of the U.S.
15Immigration and Naturalization Service for issuance of
16permanent resident noncitizen alien status may charge a fee
17for such service or course in excess of $5 per hour per
18individual up to the first 60 hours of instruction or $500 for
19up to 12 months of instruction from the date of registration.
20As used in this Section, the term "fee" includes all costs
21associated with the service or course, including the costs of
22instruction and materials.
23(Source: P.A. 86-831.)
 
24    (815 ILCS 400/3)  (from Ch. 111, par. 8053)

 

 

SB3865- 641 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Sec. 3. Any individual or agency offering a course or
2service described in Section 2 shall include within any
3literature or print or electronic advertisement for such
4service or course a statement that such service or course is
5designed to prepare the recipient or enrollee for the English
6and civics exam of the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization
7Service and that the individual or agency offering the service
8or course does not issue the certificate of satisfactory
9pursuit required by the U.S. Immigration and Naturalization
10Service for issuance of permanent resident noncitizen alien
11status.
12(Source: P.A. 86-831.)
 
13    Section 205. The Consumer Fraud and Deceptive Business
14Practices Act is amended by changing Section 2AA as follows:
 
15    (815 ILCS 505/2AA)
16    Sec. 2AA. Immigration services.
17    (a) "Immigration matter" means any proceeding, filing, or
18action affecting the nonimmigrant, immigrant or citizenship
19status of any person that arises under immigration and
20naturalization law, executive order or presidential
21proclamation of the United States or any foreign country, or
22that arises under action of the United States Citizenship and
23Immigration Services, the United States Department of Labor,
24or the United States Department of State.

 

 

SB3865- 642 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    "Immigration assistance service" means any information or
2action provided or offered to customers or prospective
3customers related to immigration matters, excluding legal
4advice, recommending a specific course of legal action, or
5providing any other assistance that requires legal analysis,
6legal judgment, or interpretation of the law.
7    "Compensation" means money, property, services, promise of
8payment, or anything else of value.
9    "Employed by" means that a person is on the payroll of the
10employer and the employer deducts from the employee's paycheck
11social security and withholding taxes, or receives
12compensation from the employer on a commission basis or as an
13independent contractor.
14    "Reasonable costs" means actual costs or, if actual costs
15cannot be calculated, reasonably estimated costs of such
16things as photocopying, telephone calls, document requests,
17and filing fees for immigration forms, and other nominal costs
18incidental to assistance in an immigration matter.
19    (a-1) The General Assembly finds and declares that private
20individuals who assist persons with immigration matters have a
21significant impact on the ability of their clients to reside
22and work within the United States and to establish and
23maintain stable families and business relationships. The
24General Assembly further finds that that assistance and its
25impact also have a significant effect on the cultural, social,
26and economic life of the State of Illinois and thereby

 

 

SB3865- 643 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1substantially affect the public interest. It is the intent of
2the General Assembly to establish rules of practice and
3conduct for those individuals to promote honesty and fair
4dealing with residents and to preserve public confidence.
5    (a-5) The following persons are exempt from this Section,
6provided they prove the exemption by a preponderance of the
7evidence:
8        (1) An attorney licensed to practice law in any state
9    or territory of the United States, or of any foreign
10    country when authorized by the Illinois Supreme Court, to
11    the extent the attorney renders immigration assistance
12    service in the course of his or her practice as an
13    attorney.
14        (2) A legal intern, as described by the rules of the
15    Illinois Supreme Court, employed by and under the direct
16    supervision of a licensed attorney and rendering
17    immigration assistance service in the course of the
18    intern's employment.
19        (3) A not-for-profit organization recognized by the
20    Board of Immigration Appeals under 8 CFR 292.2(a) and
21    employees of those organizations accredited under 8 CFR
22    292.2(d).
23        (4) Any organization employing or desiring to employ a
24    documented or undocumented immigrant or nonimmigrant
25    alien, where the organization, its employees or its agents
26    provide advice or assistance in immigration matters to

 

 

SB3865- 644 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    documented or undocumented immigrant or nonimmigrant alien
2    employees or potential employees without compensation from
3    the individuals to whom such advice or assistance is
4    provided.
5    Nothing in this Section shall regulate any business to the
6extent that such regulation is prohibited or preempted by
7State or federal law.
8    All other persons providing or offering to provide
9immigration assistance service shall be subject to this
10Section.
11    (b) Any person who provides or offers to provide
12immigration assistance service may perform only the following
13services:
14        (1) Completing a government agency form, requested by
15    the customer and appropriate to the customer's needs, only
16    if the completion of that form does not involve a legal
17    judgment for that particular matter.
18        (2) Transcribing responses to a government agency form
19    which is related to an immigration matter, but not
20    advising a customer as to his or her answers on those
21    forms.
22        (3) Translating information on forms to a customer and
23    translating the customer's answers to questions posed on
24    those forms.
25        (4) Securing for the customer supporting documents
26    currently in existence, such as birth and marriage

 

 

SB3865- 645 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    certificates, which may be needed to be submitted with
2    government agency forms.
3        (5) Translating documents from a foreign language into
4    English.
5        (6) Notarizing signatures on government agency forms,
6    if the person performing the service is a notary public of
7    the State of Illinois.
8        (7) Making referrals, without fee, to attorneys who
9    could undertake legal representation for a person in an
10    immigration matter.
11        (8) Preparing or arranging for the preparation of
12    photographs and fingerprints.
13        (9) Arranging for the performance of medical testing
14    (including X-rays and AIDS tests) and the obtaining of
15    reports of such test results.
16        (10) Conducting English language and civics courses.
17        (11) Other services that the Attorney General
18    determines by rule may be appropriately performed by such
19    persons in light of the purposes of this Section.
20    Fees for a notary public, agency, or any other person who
21is not an attorney or an accredited representative filling out
22immigration forms shall be limited to the maximum fees set
23forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 3-104 of the
24Illinois Notary Public Act (5 ILCS 312/3-104). The maximum fee
25schedule set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 3-104
26of the Illinois Notary Public Act shall apply to any person

 

 

SB3865- 646 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1that provides or offers to provide immigration assistance
2service performing the services described therein. The
3Attorney General may promulgate rules establishing maximum
4fees that may be charged for any services not described in that
5subsection. The maximum fees must be reasonable in light of
6the costs of providing those services and the degree of
7professional skill required to provide the services.
8    No person subject to this Act shall charge fees directly
9or indirectly for referring an individual to an attorney or
10for any immigration matter not authorized by this Article,
11provided that a person may charge a fee for notarizing
12documents as permitted by the Illinois Notary Public Act.
13    (c) Any person performing such services shall register
14with the Illinois Attorney General and submit verification of
15malpractice insurance or of a surety bond.
16    (d) Except as provided otherwise in this subsection,
17before providing any assistance in an immigration matter a
18person shall provide the customer with a written contract that
19includes the following:
20        (1) An explanation of the services to be performed.
21        (2) Identification of all compensation and costs to be
22    charged to the customer for the services to be performed.
23        (3) A statement that documents submitted in support of
24    an application for nonimmigrant, immigrant, or
25    naturalization status may not be retained by the person
26    for any purpose, including payment of compensation or

 

 

SB3865- 647 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    costs.
2    This subsection does not apply to a not-for-profit
3organization that provides advice or assistance in immigration
4matters to clients without charge beyond a reasonable fee to
5reimburse the organization's or clinic's reasonable costs
6relating to providing immigration services to that client.
7    (e) Any person who provides or offers immigration
8assistance service and is not exempted from this Section,
9shall post signs at his or her place of business, setting forth
10information in English and in every other language in which
11the person provides or offers to provide immigration
12assistance service. Each language shall be on a separate sign.
13Signs shall be posted in a location where the signs will be
14visible to customers. Each sign shall be at least 11 inches by
1517 inches, and shall contain the following:
16        (1) The statement "I AM NOT AN ATTORNEY LICENSED TO
17    PRACTICE LAW AND MAY NOT GIVE LEGAL ADVICE OR ACCEPT FEES
18    FOR LEGAL ADVICE.".
19        (2) The statement "I AM NOT ACCREDITED TO REPRESENT
20    YOU BEFORE THE UNITED STATES IMMIGRATION AND
21    NATURALIZATION SERVICE AND THE IMMIGRATION BOARD OF
22    APPEALS.".
23        (3) The fee schedule.
24        (4) The statement that "You may cancel any contract
25    within 3 working days and get your money back for services
26    not performed.".

 

 

SB3865- 648 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (5) Additional information the Attorney General may
2    require by rule.
3    Every person engaged in immigration assistance service who
4is not an attorney who advertises immigration assistance
5service in a language other than English, whether by radio,
6television, signs, pamphlets, newspapers, or other written
7communication, with the exception of a single desk plaque,
8shall include in the document, advertisement, stationery,
9letterhead, business card, or other comparable written
10material the following notice in English and the language in
11which the written communication appears. This notice shall be
12of a conspicuous size, if in writing, and shall state: "I AM
13NOT AN ATTORNEY LICENSED TO PRACTICE LAW IN ILLINOIS AND MAY
14NOT GIVE LEGAL ADVICE OR ACCEPT FEES FOR LEGAL ADVICE.". If
15such advertisement is by radio or television, the statement
16may be modified but must include substantially the same
17message.
18    Any person who provides or offers immigration assistance
19service and is not exempted from this Section shall not, in any
20document, advertisement, stationery, letterhead, business
21card, or other comparable written material, literally
22translate from English into another language terms or titles
23including, but not limited to, notary public, notary,
24licensed, attorney, lawyer, or any other term that implies the
25person is an attorney. To illustrate, the words "notario" and
26"poder notarial" are prohibited under this provision.

 

 

SB3865- 649 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    If not subject to penalties under subsection (a) of
2Section 3-103 of the Illinois Notary Public Act (5 ILCS
3312/3-103), violations of this subsection shall result in a
4fine of $1,000. Violations shall not preempt or preclude
5additional appropriate civil or criminal penalties.
6    (f) The written contract shall be in both English and in
7the language of the customer.
8    (g) A copy of the contract shall be provided to the
9customer upon the customer's execution of the contract.
10    (h) A customer has the right to rescind a contract within
1172 hours after his or her signing of the contract.
12    (i) Any documents identified in paragraph (3) of
13subsection (c) shall be returned upon demand of the customer.
14    (j) No person engaged in providing immigration services
15who is not exempted under this Section shall do any of the
16following:
17        (1) Make any statement that the person can or will
18    obtain special favors from or has special influence with
19    the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service
20    or any other government agency.
21        (2) Retain any compensation for service not performed.
22        (2.5) Accept payment in exchange for providing legal
23    advice or any other assistance that requires legal
24    analysis, legal judgment, or interpretation of the law.
25        (3) Refuse to return documents supplied by, prepared
26    on behalf of, or paid for by the customer upon the request

 

 

SB3865- 650 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    of the customer. These documents must be returned upon
2    request even if there is a fee dispute between the
3    immigration assistant and the customer.
4        (4) Represent or advertise, in connection with the
5    provision of assistance in immigration matters, other
6    titles of credentials, including but not limited to
7    "notary public" or "immigration consultant," that could
8    cause a customer to believe that the person possesses
9    special professional skills or is authorized to provide
10    advice on an immigration matter; provided that a notary
11    public appointed by the Illinois Secretary of State may
12    use the term "notary public" if the use is accompanied by
13    the statement that the person is not an attorney; the term
14    "notary public" may not be translated to another language;
15    for example "notario" is prohibited.
16        (5) Provide legal advice, recommend a specific course
17    of legal action, or provide any other assistance that
18    requires legal analysis, legal judgment, or interpretation
19    of the law.
20        (6) Make any misrepresentation of false statement,
21    directly or indirectly, to influence, persuade, or induce
22    patronage.
23    (k) (Blank).
24    (l) (Blank).
25    (m) Any person who violates any provision of this Section,
26or the rules and regulations issued under this Section, shall

 

 

SB3865- 651 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor for a first offense and a
2Class 3 felony for a second or subsequent offense committed
3within 5 years of a previous conviction for the same offense.
4    Upon his own information or upon the complaint of any
5person, the Attorney General or any State's Attorney, or a
6municipality with a population of more than 1,000,000, may
7maintain an action for injunctive relief and also seek a civil
8penalty not exceeding $50,000 in the circuit court against any
9person who violates any provision of this Section. These
10remedies are in addition to, and not in substitution for,
11other available remedies.
12    If the Attorney General or any State's Attorney or a
13municipality with a population of more than 1,000,000 fails to
14bring an action as provided under this Section any person may
15file a civil action to enforce the provisions of this Article
16and maintain an action for injunctive relief, for compensatory
17damages to recover prohibited fees, or for such additional
18relief as may be appropriate to deter, prevent, or compensate
19for the violation. In order to deter violations of this
20Section, courts shall not require a showing of the traditional
21elements for equitable relief. A prevailing plaintiff may be
22awarded 3 times the prohibited fees or a minimum of $1,000 in
23punitive damages, attorney's fees, and costs of bringing an
24action under this Section. It is the express intention of the
25General Assembly that remedies for violation of this Section
26be cumulative.

 

 

SB3865- 652 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (n) No unit of local government, including any home rule
2unit, shall have the authority to regulate immigration
3assistance services unless such regulations are at least as
4stringent as those contained in Public Act 87-1211. It is
5declared to be the law of this State, pursuant to paragraph (i)
6of Section 6 of Article VII of the Illinois Constitution of
71970, that Public Act 87-1211 is a limitation on the authority
8of a home rule unit to exercise powers concurrently with the
9State. The limitations of this Section do not apply to a home
10rule unit that has, prior to January 1, 1993 (the effective
11date of Public Act 87-1211), adopted an ordinance regulating
12immigration assistance services.
13    (o) This Section is severable under Section 1.31 of the
14Statute on Statutes.
15    (p) The Attorney General shall issue rules not
16inconsistent with this Section for the implementation,
17administration, and enforcement of this Section. The rules may
18provide for the following:
19        (1) The content, print size, and print style of the
20    signs required under subsection (e). Print sizes and
21    styles may vary from language to language.
22        (2) Standard forms for use in the administration of
23    this Section.
24        (3) Any additional requirements deemed necessary.
25(Source: P.A. 99-679, eff. 1-1-17; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 653 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 210. The Workers' Compensation Act is amended by
2changing Sections 1 and 7 as follows:
 
3    (820 ILCS 305/1)  (from Ch. 48, par. 138.1)
4    Sec. 1. This Act may be cited as the Workers' Compensation
5Act.
6    (a) The term "employer" as used in this Act means:
7    1. The State and each county, city, town, township,
8incorporated village, school district, body politic, or
9municipal corporation therein.
10    2. Every person, firm, public or private corporation,
11including hospitals, public service, eleemosynary, religious
12or charitable corporations or associations who has any person
13in service or under any contract for hire, express or implied,
14oral or written, and who is engaged in any of the enterprises
15or businesses enumerated in Section 3 of this Act, or who at or
16prior to the time of the accident to the employee for which
17compensation under this Act may be claimed, has in the manner
18provided in this Act elected to become subject to the
19provisions of this Act, and who has not, prior to such
20accident, effected a withdrawal of such election in the manner
21provided in this Act.
22    3. Any one engaging in any business or enterprise referred
23to in subsections 1 and 2 of Section 3 of this Act who
24undertakes to do any work enumerated therein, is liable to pay
25compensation to his own immediate employees in accordance with

 

 

SB3865- 654 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the provisions of this Act, and in addition thereto if he
2directly or indirectly engages any contractor whether
3principal or sub-contractor to do any such work, he is liable
4to pay compensation to the employees of any such contractor or
5sub-contractor unless such contractor or sub-contractor has
6insured, in any company or association authorized under the
7laws of this State to insure the liability to pay compensation
8under this Act, or guaranteed his liability to pay such
9compensation. With respect to any time limitation on the
10filing of claims provided by this Act, the timely filing of a
11claim against a contractor or subcontractor, as the case may
12be, shall be deemed to be a timely filing with respect to all
13persons upon whom liability is imposed by this paragraph.
14    In the event any such person pays compensation under this
15subsection he may recover the amount thereof from the
16contractor or sub-contractor, if any, and in the event the
17contractor pays compensation under this subsection he may
18recover the amount thereof from the sub-contractor, if any.
19    This subsection does not apply in any case where the
20accident occurs elsewhere than on, in or about the immediate
21premises on which the principal has contracted that the work
22be done.
23    4. Where an employer operating under and subject to the
24provisions of this Act loans an employee to another such
25employer and such loaned employee sustains a compensable
26accidental injury in the employment of such borrowing employer

 

 

SB3865- 655 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and where such borrowing employer does not provide or pay the
2benefits or payments due such injured employee, such loaning
3employer is liable to provide or pay all benefits or payments
4due such employee under this Act and as to such employee the
5liability of such loaning and borrowing employers is joint and
6several, provided that such loaning employer is in the absence
7of agreement to the contrary entitled to receive from such
8borrowing employer full reimbursement for all sums paid or
9incurred pursuant to this paragraph together with reasonable
10attorneys' fees and expenses in any hearings before the
11Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission or in any action to
12secure such reimbursement. Where any benefit is provided or
13paid by such loaning employer the employee has the duty of
14rendering reasonable cooperation in any hearings, trials or
15proceedings in the case, including such proceedings for
16reimbursement.
17    Where an employee files an Application for Adjustment of
18Claim with the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission
19alleging that his claim is covered by the provisions of the
20preceding paragraph, and joining both the alleged loaning and
21borrowing employers, they and each of them, upon written
22demand by the employee and within 7 days after receipt of such
23demand, shall have the duty of filing with the Illinois
24Workers' Compensation Commission a written admission or denial
25of the allegation that the claim is covered by the provisions
26of the preceding paragraph and in default of such filing or if

 

 

SB3865- 656 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1any such denial be ultimately determined not to have been bona
2fide then the provisions of Paragraph K of Section 19 of this
3Act shall apply.
4    An employer whose business or enterprise or a substantial
5part thereof consists of hiring, procuring or furnishing
6employees to or for other employers operating under and
7subject to the provisions of this Act for the performance of
8the work of such other employers and who pays such employees
9their salary or wages notwithstanding that they are doing the
10work of such other employers shall be deemed a loaning
11employer within the meaning and provisions of this Section.
12    (b) The term "employee" as used in this Act means:
13    1. Every person in the service of the State, including
14members of the General Assembly, members of the Commerce
15Commission, members of the Illinois Workers' Compensation
16Commission, and all persons in the service of the University
17of Illinois, county, including deputy sheriffs and assistant
18state's attorneys, city, town, township, incorporated village
19or school district, body politic, or municipal corporation
20therein, whether by election, under appointment or contract of
21hire, express or implied, oral or written, including all
22members of the Illinois National Guard while on active duty in
23the service of the State, and all probation personnel of the
24Juvenile Court appointed pursuant to Article VI of the
25Juvenile Court Act of 1987, and including any official of the
26State, any county, city, town, township, incorporated village,

 

 

SB3865- 657 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1school district, body politic or municipal corporation therein
2except any duly appointed member of a police department in any
3city whose population exceeds 500,000 according to the last
4Federal or State census, and except any member of a fire
5insurance patrol maintained by a board of underwriters in this
6State. A duly appointed member of a fire department in any
7city, the population of which exceeds 500,000 according to the
8last federal or State census, is an employee under this Act
9only with respect to claims brought under paragraph (c) of
10Section 8.
11    One employed by a contractor who has contracted with the
12State, or a county, city, town, township, incorporated
13village, school district, body politic or municipal
14corporation therein, through its representatives, is not
15considered as an employee of the State, county, city, town,
16township, incorporated village, school district, body politic
17or municipal corporation which made the contract.
18    2. Every person in the service of another under any
19contract of hire, express or implied, oral or written,
20including persons whose employment is outside of the State of
21Illinois where the contract of hire is made within the State of
22Illinois, persons whose employment results in fatal or
23non-fatal injuries within the State of Illinois where the
24contract of hire is made outside of the State of Illinois, and
25persons whose employment is principally localized within the
26State of Illinois, regardless of the place of the accident or

 

 

SB3865- 658 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1the place where the contract of hire was made, and including
2noncitizens aliens, and minors who, for the purpose of this
3Act are considered the same and have the same power to
4contract, receive payments and give quittances therefor, as
5adult employees.
6    3. Every sole proprietor and every partner of a business
7may elect to be covered by this Act.
8    An employee or his dependents under this Act who shall
9have a cause of action by reason of any injury, disablement or
10death arising out of and in the course of his employment may
11elect to pursue his remedy in the State where injured or
12disabled, or in the State where the contract of hire is made,
13or in the State where the employment is principally localized.
14    However, any employer may elect to provide and pay
15compensation to any employee other than those engaged in the
16usual course of the trade, business, profession or occupation
17of the employer by complying with Sections 2 and 4 of this Act.
18Employees are not included within the provisions of this Act
19when excluded by the laws of the United States relating to
20liability of employers to their employees for personal
21injuries where such laws are held to be exclusive.
22    The term "employee" does not include persons performing
23services as real estate broker, broker-salesman, or salesman
24when such persons are paid by commission only.
25    (c) "Commission" means the Industrial Commission created
26by Section 5 of "The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois",

 

 

SB3865- 659 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1approved March 7, 1917, as amended, or the Illinois Workers'
2Compensation Commission created by Section 13 of this Act.
3    (d) To obtain compensation under this Act, an employee
4bears the burden of showing, by a preponderance of the
5evidence, that he or she has sustained accidental injuries
6arising out of and in the course of the employment.
7(Source: P.A. 97-18, eff. 6-28-11; 97-268, eff. 8-8-11;
897-813, eff. 7-13-12.)
 
9    (820 ILCS 305/7)  (from Ch. 48, par. 138.7)
10    Sec. 7. The amount of compensation which shall be paid for
11an accidental injury to the employee resulting in death is:
12    (a) If the employee leaves surviving a widow, widower,
13child or children, the applicable weekly compensation rate
14computed in accordance with subparagraph 2 of paragraph (b) of
15Section 8, shall be payable during the life of the widow or
16widower and if any surviving child or children shall not be
17physically or mentally incapacitated then until the death of
18the widow or widower or until the youngest child shall reach
19the age of 18, whichever shall come later; provided that if
20such child or children shall be enrolled as a full time student
21in any accredited educational institution, the payments shall
22continue until such child has attained the age of 25. In the
23event any surviving child or children shall be physically or
24mentally incapacitated, the payments shall continue for the
25duration of such incapacity.

 

 

SB3865- 660 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    The term "child" means a child whom the deceased employee
2left surviving, including a posthumous child, a child legally
3adopted, a child whom the deceased employee was legally
4obligated to support or a child to whom the deceased employee
5stood in loco parentis. The term "children" means the plural
6of "child".
7    The term "physically or mentally incapacitated child or
8children" means a child or children incapable of engaging in
9regular and substantial gainful employment.
10    In the event of the remarriage of a widow or widower, where
11the decedent did not leave surviving any child or children
12who, at the time of such remarriage, are entitled to
13compensation benefits under this Act, the surviving spouse
14shall be paid a lump sum equal to 2 years compensation benefits
15and all further rights of such widow or widower shall be
16extinguished.
17    If the employee leaves surviving any child or children
18under 18 years of age who at the time of death shall be
19entitled to compensation under this paragraph (a) of this
20Section, the weekly compensation payments herein provided for
21such child or children shall in any event continue for a period
22of not less than 6 years.
23    Any beneficiary entitled to compensation under this
24paragraph (a) of this Section shall receive from the special
25fund provided in paragraph (f) of this Section, in addition to
26the compensation herein provided, supplemental benefits in

 

 

SB3865- 661 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1accordance with paragraph (g) of Section 8.
2    (b) If no compensation is payable under paragraph (a) of
3this Section and the employee leaves surviving a parent or
4parents who at the time of the accident were totally dependent
5upon the earnings of the employee then weekly payments equal
6to the compensation rate payable in the case where the
7employee leaves surviving a widow or widower, shall be paid to
8such parent or parents for the duration of their lives, and in
9the event of the death of either, for the life of the survivor.
10    (c) If no compensation is payable under paragraphs (a) or
11(b) of this Section and the employee leaves surviving any
12child or children who are not entitled to compensation under
13the foregoing paragraph (a) but who at the time of the accident
14were nevertheless in any manner dependent upon the earnings of
15the employee, or leaves surviving a parent or parents who at
16the time of the accident were partially dependent upon the
17earnings of the employee, then there shall be paid to such
18dependent or dependents for a period of 8 years weekly
19compensation payments at such proportion of the applicable
20rate if the employee had left surviving a widow or widower as
21such dependency bears to total dependency. In the event of the
22death of any such beneficiary the share of such beneficiary
23shall be divided equally among the surviving beneficiaries and
24in the event of the death of the last such beneficiary all the
25rights under this paragraph shall be extinguished.
26    (d) If no compensation is payable under paragraphs (a),

 

 

SB3865- 662 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1(b) or (c) of this Section and the employee leaves surviving
2any grandparent, grandparents, grandchild or grandchildren or
3collateral heirs dependent upon the employee's earnings to the
4extent of 50% or more of total dependency, then there shall be
5paid to such dependent or dependents for a period of 5 years
6weekly compensation payments at such proportion of the
7applicable rate if the employee had left surviving a widow or
8widower as such dependency bears to total dependency. In the
9event of the death of any such beneficiary the share of such
10beneficiary shall be divided equally among the surviving
11beneficiaries and in the event of the death of the last such
12beneficiary all rights hereunder shall be extinguished.
13    (e) The compensation to be paid for accidental injury
14which results in death, as provided in this Section, shall be
15paid to the persons who form the basis for determining the
16amount of compensation to be paid by the employer, the
17respective shares to be in the proportion of their respective
18dependency at the time of the accident on the earnings of the
19deceased. The Commission or an Arbitrator thereof may, in its
20or his discretion, order or award the payment to the parent or
21grandparent of a child for the latter's support the amount of
22compensation which but for such order or award would have been
23paid to such child as its share of the compensation payable,
24which order or award may be modified from time to time by the
25Commission in its discretion with respect to the person to
26whom shall be paid the amount of the order or award remaining

 

 

SB3865- 663 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1unpaid at the time of the modification.
2    The payments of compensation by the employer in accordance
3with the order or award of the Commission discharges such
4employer from all further obligation as to such compensation.
5    (f) The sum of $8,000 for burial expenses shall be paid by
6the employer to the widow or widower, other dependent, next of
7kin or to the person or persons incurring the expense of
8burial.
9    In the event the employer failed to provide necessary
10first aid, medical, surgical or hospital service, he shall pay
11the cost thereof to the person or persons entitled to
12compensation under paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this
13Section, or to the person or persons incurring the obligation
14therefore, or providing the same.
15    On January 15 and July 15, 1981, and on January 15 and July
1615 of each year thereafter the employer shall within 60 days
17pay a sum equal to 1/8 of 1% of all compensation payments made
18by him after July 1, 1980, either under this Act or the
19Workers' Occupational Diseases Act, whether by lump sum
20settlement or weekly compensation payments, but not including
21hospital, surgical or rehabilitation payments, made during the
22first 6 months and during the second 6 months respectively of
23the fiscal year next preceding the date of the payments, into a
24special fund which shall be designated the "Second Injury
25Fund", of which the State Treasurer is ex-officio custodian,
26such special fund to be held and disbursed for the purposes

 

 

SB3865- 664 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1hereinafter stated in paragraphs (f) and (g) of Section 8,
2either upon the order of the Commission or of a competent
3court. Said special fund shall be deposited the same as are
4State funds and any interest accruing thereon shall be added
5thereto every 6 months. It is subject to audit the same as
6State funds and accounts and is protected by the General bond
7given by the State Treasurer. It is considered always
8appropriated for the purposes of disbursements as provided in
9Section 8, paragraph (f), of this Act, and shall be paid out
10and disbursed as therein provided and shall not at any time be
11appropriated or diverted to any other use or purpose.
12    On January 15, 1991, the employer shall further pay a sum
13equal to one half of 1% of all compensation payments made by
14him from January 1, 1990 through June 30, 1990 either under
15this Act or under the Workers' Occupational Diseases Act,
16whether by lump sum settlement or weekly compensation
17payments, but not including hospital, surgical or
18rehabilitation payments, into an additional Special Fund which
19shall be designated as the "Rate Adjustment Fund". On March
2015, 1991, the employer shall pay into the Rate Adjustment Fund
21a sum equal to one half of 1% of all such compensation payments
22made from July 1, 1990 through December 31, 1990. Within 60
23days after July 15, 1991, the employer shall pay into the Rate
24Adjustment Fund a sum equal to one half of 1% of all such
25compensation payments made from January 1, 1991 through June
2630, 1991. Within 60 days after January 15 of 1992 and each

 

 

SB3865- 665 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1subsequent year through 1996, the employer shall pay into the
2Rate Adjustment Fund a sum equal to one half of 1% of all such
3compensation payments made in the last 6 months of the
4preceding calendar year. Within 60 days after July 15 of 1992
5and each subsequent year through 1995, the employer shall pay
6into the Rate Adjustment Fund a sum equal to one half of 1% of
7all such compensation payments made in the first 6 months of
8the same calendar year. Within 60 days after January 15 of 1997
9and each subsequent year through 2005, the employer shall pay
10into the Rate Adjustment Fund a sum equal to three-fourths of
111% of all such compensation payments made in the last 6 months
12of the preceding calendar year. Within 60 days after July 15 of
131996 and each subsequent year through 2004, the employer shall
14pay into the Rate Adjustment Fund a sum equal to three-fourths
15of 1% of all such compensation payments made in the first 6
16months of the same calendar year. Within 60 days after July 15
17of 2005, the employer shall pay into the Rate Adjustment Fund a
18sum equal to 1% of such compensation payments made in the first
196 months of the same calendar year. Within 60 days after
20January 15 of 2006 and each subsequent year, the employer
21shall pay into the Rate Adjustment Fund a sum equal to 1.25% of
22such compensation payments made in the last 6 months of the
23preceding calendar year. Within 60 days after July 15 of 2006
24and each subsequent year, the employer shall pay into the Rate
25Adjustment Fund a sum equal to 1.25% of such compensation
26payments made in the first 6 months of the same calendar year.

 

 

SB3865- 666 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1The administrative costs of collecting assessments from
2employers for the Rate Adjustment Fund shall be paid from the
3Rate Adjustment Fund. The cost of an actuarial audit of the
4Fund shall be paid from the Rate Adjustment Fund. The State
5Treasurer is ex officio custodian of such Special Fund and the
6same shall be held and disbursed for the purposes hereinafter
7stated in paragraphs (f) and (g) of Section 8 upon the order of
8the Commission or of a competent court. The Rate Adjustment
9Fund shall be deposited the same as are State funds and any
10interest accruing thereon shall be added thereto every 6
11months. It shall be subject to audit the same as State funds
12and accounts and shall be protected by the general bond given
13by the State Treasurer. It is considered always appropriated
14for the purposes of disbursements as provided in paragraphs
15(f) and (g) of Section 8 of this Act and shall be paid out and
16disbursed as therein provided and shall not at any time be
17appropriated or diverted to any other use or purpose. Within 5
18days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1990,
19the Comptroller and the State Treasurer shall transfer
20$1,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Rate
21Adjustment Fund. By February 15, 1991, the Comptroller and the
22State Treasurer shall transfer $1,000,000 from the Rate
23Adjustment Fund to the General Revenue Fund. The Comptroller
24and Treasurer are authorized to make transfers at the request
25of the Chairman up to a total of $19,000,000 from the Second
26Injury Fund, the General Revenue Fund, and the Workers'

 

 

SB3865- 667 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Compensation Benefit Trust Fund to the Rate Adjustment Fund to
2the extent that there is insufficient money in the Rate
3Adjustment Fund to pay claims and obligations. Amounts may be
4transferred from the General Revenue Fund only if the funds in
5the Second Injury Fund or the Workers' Compensation Benefit
6Trust Fund are insufficient to pay claims and obligations of
7the Rate Adjustment Fund. All amounts transferred from the
8Second Injury Fund, the General Revenue Fund, and the Workers'
9Compensation Benefit Trust Fund shall be repaid from the Rate
10Adjustment Fund within 270 days of a transfer, together with
11interest at the rate earned by moneys on deposit in the Fund or
12Funds from which the moneys were transferred.
13    Upon a finding by the Commission, after reasonable notice
14and hearing, that any employer has willfully and knowingly
15failed to pay the proper amounts into the Second Injury Fund or
16the Rate Adjustment Fund required by this Section or if such
17payments are not made within the time periods prescribed by
18this Section, the employer shall, in addition to such
19payments, pay a penalty of 20% of the amount required to be
20paid or $2,500, whichever is greater, for each year or part
21thereof of such failure to pay. This penalty shall only apply
22to obligations of an employer to the Second Injury Fund or the
23Rate Adjustment Fund accruing after the effective date of this
24amendatory Act of 1989. All or part of such a penalty may be
25waived by the Commission for good cause shown.
26    Any obligations of an employer to the Second Injury Fund

 

 

SB3865- 668 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1and Rate Adjustment Fund accruing prior to the effective date
2of this amendatory Act of 1989 shall be paid in full by such
3employer within 5 years of the effective date of this
4amendatory Act of 1989, with at least one-fifth of such
5obligation to be paid during each year following the effective
6date of this amendatory Act of 1989. If the Commission finds,
7following reasonable notice and hearing, that an employer has
8failed to make timely payment of any obligation accruing under
9the preceding sentence, the employer shall, in addition to all
10other payments required by this Section, be liable for a
11penalty equal to 20% of the overdue obligation or $2,500,
12whichever is greater, for each year or part thereof that
13obligation is overdue. All or part of such a penalty may be
14waived by the Commission for good cause shown.
15    The Chairman of the Illinois Workers' Compensation
16Commission shall, annually, furnish to the Director of the
17Department of Insurance a list of the amounts paid into the
18Second Injury Fund and the Rate Adjustment Fund by each
19insurance company on behalf of their insured employers. The
20Director shall verify to the Chairman that the amounts paid by
21each insurance company are accurate as best as the Director
22can determine from the records available to the Director. The
23Chairman shall verify that the amounts paid by each
24self-insurer are accurate as best as the Chairman can
25determine from records available to the Chairman. The Chairman
26may require each self-insurer to provide information

 

 

SB3865- 669 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1concerning the total compensation payments made upon which
2contributions to the Second Injury Fund and the Rate
3Adjustment Fund are predicated and any additional information
4establishing that such payments have been made into these
5funds. Any deficiencies in payments noted by the Director or
6Chairman shall be subject to the penalty provisions of this
7Act.
8    The State Treasurer, or his duly authorized
9representative, shall be named as a party to all proceedings
10in all cases involving claim for the loss of, or the permanent
11and complete loss of the use of one eye, one foot, one leg, one
12arm or one hand.
13    The State Treasurer or his duly authorized agent shall
14have the same rights as any other party to the proceeding,
15including the right to petition for review of any award. The
16reasonable expenses of litigation, such as medical
17examinations, testimony, and transcript of evidence, incurred
18by the State Treasurer or his duly authorized representative,
19shall be borne by the Second Injury Fund.
20    If the award is not paid within 30 days after the date the
21award has become final, the Commission shall proceed to take
22judgment thereon in its own name as is provided for other
23awards by paragraph (g) of Section 19 of this Act and take the
24necessary steps to collect the award.
25    Any person, corporation or organization who has paid or
26become liable for the payment of burial expenses of the

 

 

SB3865- 670 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1deceased employee may in his or its own name institute
2proceedings before the Commission for the collection thereof.
3    For the purpose of administration, receipts and
4disbursements, the Special Fund provided for in paragraph (f)
5of this Section shall be administered jointly with the Special
6Fund provided for in Section 7, paragraph (f) of the Workers'
7Occupational Diseases Act.
8    (g) All compensation, except for burial expenses provided
9in this Section to be paid in case accident results in death,
10shall be paid in installments equal to the percentage of the
11average earnings as provided for in Section 8, paragraph (b)
12of this Act, at the same intervals at which the wages or
13earnings of the employees were paid. If this is not feasible,
14then the installments shall be paid weekly. Such compensation
15may be paid in a lump sum upon petition as provided in Section
169 of this Act. However, in addition to the benefits provided by
17Section 9 of this Act where compensation for death is payable
18to the deceased's widow, widower or to the deceased's widow,
19widower and one or more children, and where a partial lump sum
20is applied for by such beneficiary or beneficiaries within 18
21months after the deceased's death, the Commission may, in its
22discretion, grant a partial lump sum of not to exceed 100 weeks
23of the compensation capitalized at their present value upon
24the basis of interest calculated at 3% per annum with annual
25rests, upon a showing that such partial lump sum is for the
26best interest of such beneficiary or beneficiaries.

 

 

SB3865- 671 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (h) In case the injured employee is under 16 years of age
2at the time of the accident and is illegally employed, the
3amount of compensation payable under paragraphs (a), (b), (c),
4(d) and (f) of this Section shall be increased 50%.
5    Nothing herein contained repeals or amends the provisions
6of the Child Labor Law relating to the employment of minors
7under the age of 16 years.
8    However, where an employer has on file an employment
9certificate issued pursuant to the Child Labor Law or work
10permit issued pursuant to the Federal Fair Labor Standards
11Act, as amended, or a birth certificate properly and duly
12issued, such certificate, permit or birth certificate is
13conclusive evidence as to the age of the injured minor
14employee for the purposes of this Section only.
15    (i) Whenever the dependents of a deceased employee are
16noncitizens aliens not residing in the United States, Mexico
17or Canada, the amount of compensation payable is limited to
18the beneficiaries described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of
19this Section and is 50% of the compensation provided in
20paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section, except as
21otherwise provided by treaty.
22    In a case where any of the persons who would be entitled to
23compensation is living at any place outside of the United
24States, then payment shall be made to the personal
25representative of the deceased employee. The distribution by
26such personal representative to the persons entitled shall be

 

 

SB3865- 672 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1made to such persons and in such manner as the Commission
2orders.
3(Source: P.A. 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 94-277, eff. 7-20-05;
494-695, eff. 11-16-05.)
 
5    Section 215. The Workers' Occupational Diseases Act is
6amended by changing Section 1 as follows:
 
7    (820 ILCS 310/1)  (from Ch. 48, par. 172.36)
8    Sec. 1. This Act shall be known and may be cited as the
9"Workers' Occupational Diseases Act".
10    (a) The term "employer" as used in this Act shall be
11construed to be:
12        1. The State and each county, city, town, township,
13    incorporated village, school district, body politic, or
14    municipal corporation therein.
15        2. Every person, firm, public or private corporation,
16    including hospitals, public service, eleemosynary,
17    religious or charitable corporations or associations, who
18    has any person in service or under any contract for hire,
19    express or implied, oral or written.
20        3. Where an employer operating under and subject to
21    the provisions of this Act loans an employee to another
22    such employer and such loaned employee sustains a
23    compensable occupational disease in the employment of such
24    borrowing employer and where such borrowing employer does

 

 

SB3865- 673 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    not provide or pay the benefits or payments due such
2    employee, such loaning employer shall be liable to provide
3    or pay all benefits or payments due such employee under
4    this Act and as to such employee the liability of such
5    loaning and borrowing employers shall be joint and
6    several, provided that such loaning employer shall in the
7    absence of agreement to the contrary be entitled to
8    receive from such borrowing employer full reimbursement
9    for all sums paid or incurred pursuant to this paragraph
10    together with reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in
11    any hearings before the Illinois Workers' Compensation
12    Commission or in any action to secure such reimbursement.
13    Where any benefit is provided or paid by such loaning
14    employer, the employee shall have the duty of rendering
15    reasonable co-operation in any hearings, trials or
16    proceedings in the case, including such proceedings for
17    reimbursement.
18        Where an employee files an Application for Adjustment
19    of Claim with the Illinois Workers' Compensation
20    Commission alleging that his or her claim is covered by
21    the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and joining
22    both the alleged loaning and borrowing employers, they and
23    each of them, upon written demand by the employee and
24    within 7 days after receipt of such demand, shall have the
25    duty of filing with the Illinois Workers' Compensation
26    Commission a written admission or denial of the allegation

 

 

SB3865- 674 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    that the claim is covered by the provisions of the
2    preceding paragraph and in default of such filing or if
3    any such denial be ultimately determined not to have been
4    bona fide then the provisions of Paragraph K of Section 19
5    of this Act shall apply.
6        An employer whose business or enterprise or a
7    substantial part thereof consists of hiring, procuring or
8    furnishing employees to or for other employers operating
9    under and subject to the provisions of this Act for the
10    performance of the work of such other employers and who
11    pays such employees their salary or wage notwithstanding
12    that they are doing the work of such other employers shall
13    be deemed a loaning employer within the meaning and
14    provisions of this Section.
15    (b) The term "employee" as used in this Act, shall be
16construed to mean:
17        1. Every person in the service of the State, county,
18    city, town, township, incorporated village or school
19    district, body politic or municipal corporation therein,
20    whether by election, appointment or contract of hire,
21    express or implied, oral or written, including any
22    official of the State, or of any county, city, town,
23    township, incorporated village, school district, body
24    politic or municipal corporation therein and except any
25    duly appointed member of the fire department in any city
26    whose population exceeds 500,000 according to the last

 

 

SB3865- 675 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Federal or State census, and except any member of a fire
2    insurance patrol maintained by a board of underwriters in
3    this State. One employed by a contractor who has
4    contracted with the State, or a county, city, town,
5    township, incorporated village, school district, body
6    politic or municipal corporation therein, through its
7    representatives, shall not be considered as an employee of
8    the State, county, city, town, township, incorporated
9    village, school district, body politic or municipal
10    corporation which made the contract.
11        2. Every person in the service of another under any
12    contract of hire, express or implied, oral or written, who
13    contracts an occupational disease while working in the
14    State of Illinois, or who contracts an occupational
15    disease while working outside of the State of Illinois but
16    where the contract of hire is made within the State of
17    Illinois, and any person whose employment is principally
18    localized within the State of Illinois, regardless of the
19    place where the disease was contracted or place where the
20    contract of hire was made, including noncitizens aliens,
21    and minors who, for the purpose of this Act, except
22    Section 3 hereof, shall be considered the same and have
23    the same power to contract, receive payments and give
24    quittances therefor, as adult employees. An employee or
25    his or her dependents under this Act who shall have a cause
26    of action by reason of an occupational disease,

 

 

SB3865- 676 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    disablement or death arising out of and in the course of
2    his or her employment may elect or pursue his or her remedy
3    in the State where the disease was contracted, or in the
4    State where the contract of hire is made, or in the State
5    where the employment is principally localized.
6    (c) "Commission" means the Illinois Workers' Compensation
7Commission created by the Workers' Compensation Act, approved
8July 9, 1951, as amended.
9    (d) In this Act the term "Occupational Disease" means a
10disease arising out of and in the course of the employment or
11which has become aggravated and rendered disabling as a result
12of the exposure of the employment. Such aggravation shall
13arise out of a risk peculiar to or increased by the employment
14and not common to the general public.
15    A disease shall be deemed to arise out of the employment if
16there is apparent to the rational mind, upon consideration of
17all the circumstances, a causal connection between the
18conditions under which the work is performed and the
19occupational disease. The disease need not to have been
20foreseen or expected but after its contraction it must appear
21to have had its origin or aggravation in a risk connected with
22the employment and to have flowed from that source as a
23rational consequence.
24    An employee shall be conclusively deemed to have been
25exposed to the hazards of an occupational disease when, for
26any length of time however short, he or she is employed in an

 

 

SB3865- 677 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1occupation or process in which the hazard of the disease
2exists; provided however, that in a claim of exposure to
3atomic radiation, the fact of such exposure must be verified
4by the records of the central registry of radiation exposure
5maintained by the Department of Public Health or by some other
6recognized governmental agency maintaining records of such
7exposures whenever and to the extent that the records are on
8file with the Department of Public Health or the agency.
9    Any injury to or disease or death of an employee arising
10from the administration of a vaccine, including without
11limitation smallpox vaccine, to prepare for, or as a response
12to, a threatened or potential bioterrorist incident to the
13employee as part of a voluntary inoculation program in
14connection with the person's employment or in connection with
15any governmental program or recommendation for the inoculation
16of workers in the employee's occupation, geographical area, or
17other category that includes the employee is deemed to arise
18out of and in the course of the employment for all purposes
19under this Act. This paragraph added by Public Act 93-829 is
20declarative of existing law and is not a new enactment.
21    The employer liable for the compensation in this Act
22provided shall be the employer in whose employment the
23employee was last exposed to the hazard of the occupational
24disease claimed upon regardless of the length of time of such
25last exposure, except, in cases of silicosis or asbestosis,
26the only employer liable shall be the last employer in whose

 

 

SB3865- 678 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1employment the employee was last exposed during a period of 60
2days or more after the effective date of this Act, to the
3hazard of such occupational disease, and, in such cases, an
4exposure during a period of less than 60 days, after the
5effective date of this Act, shall not be deemed a last
6exposure. If a miner who is suffering or suffered from
7pneumoconiosis was employed for 10 years or more in one or more
8coal mines there shall, effective July 1, 1973 be a rebuttable
9presumption that his or her pneumoconiosis arose out of such
10employment.
11    If a deceased miner was employed for 10 years or more in
12one or more coal mines and died from a respirable disease there
13shall, effective July 1, 1973, be a rebuttable presumption
14that his or her death was due to pneumoconiosis.
15    Any condition or impairment of health of an employee
16employed as a firefighter, emergency medical technician (EMT),
17emergency medical technician-intermediate (EMT-I), advanced
18emergency medical technician (A-EMT), or paramedic which
19results directly or indirectly from any bloodborne pathogen,
20lung or respiratory disease or condition, heart or vascular
21disease or condition, hypertension, tuberculosis, or cancer
22resulting in any disability (temporary, permanent, total, or
23partial) to the employee shall be rebuttably presumed to arise
24out of and in the course of the employee's firefighting, EMT,
25EMT-I, A-EMT, or paramedic employment and, further, shall be
26rebuttably presumed to be causally connected to the hazards or

 

 

SB3865- 679 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1exposures of the employment. This presumption shall also apply
2to any hernia or hearing loss suffered by an employee employed
3as a firefighter, EMT, EMT-I, A-EMT, or paramedic. However,
4this presumption shall not apply to any employee who has been
5employed as a firefighter, EMT, EMT-I, A-EMT, or paramedic for
6less than 5 years at the time he or she files an Application
7for Adjustment of Claim concerning this condition or
8impairment with the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission.
9The rebuttable presumption established under this subsection,
10however, does not apply to an emergency medical technician
11(EMT), emergency medical technician-intermediate (EMT-I),
12advanced emergency medical technician (A-EMT), or paramedic
13employed by a private employer if the employee spends the
14preponderance of his or her work time for that employer
15engaged in medical transfers between medical care facilities
16or non-emergency medical transfers to or from medical care
17facilities. The changes made to this subsection by this
18amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly shall be narrowly
19construed. The Finding and Decision of the Illinois Workers'
20Compensation Commission under only the rebuttable presumption
21provision of this paragraph shall not be admissible or be
22deemed res judicata in any disability claim under the Illinois
23Pension Code arising out of the same medical condition;
24however, this sentence makes no change to the law set forth in
25Krohe v. City of Bloomington, 204 Ill.2d 392.
26    The insurance carrier liable shall be the carrier whose

 

 

SB3865- 680 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1policy was in effect covering the employer liable on the last
2day of the exposure rendering such employer liable in
3accordance with the provisions of this Act.
4    (e) "Disablement" means an impairment or partial
5impairment, temporary or permanent, in the function of the
6body or any of the members of the body, or the event of
7becoming disabled from earning full wages at the work in which
8the employee was engaged when last exposed to the hazards of
9the occupational disease by the employer from whom he or she
10claims compensation, or equal wages in other suitable
11employment; and "disability" means the state of being so
12incapacitated.
13    (f) No compensation shall be payable for or on account of
14any occupational disease unless disablement, as herein
15defined, occurs within two years after the last day of the last
16exposure to the hazards of the disease, except in cases of
17occupational disease caused by berylliosis or by the
18inhalation of silica dust or asbestos dust and, in such cases,
19within 3 years after the last day of the last exposure to the
20hazards of such disease and except in the case of occupational
21disease caused by exposure to radiological materials or
22equipment, and in such case, within 25 years after the last day
23of last exposure to the hazards of such disease.
24    (g)(1) In any proceeding before the Commission in which
25the employee is a COVID-19 first responder or front-line
26worker as defined in this subsection, if the employee's injury

 

 

SB3865- 681 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1or occupational disease resulted from exposure to and
2contraction of COVID-19, the exposure and contraction shall be
3rebuttably presumed to have arisen out of and in the course of
4the employee's first responder or front-line worker employment
5and the injury or occupational disease shall be rebuttably
6presumed to be causally connected to the hazards or exposures
7of the employee's first responder or front-line worker
8employment.
9    (2) The term "COVID-19 first responder or front-line
10worker" means: all individuals employed as police, fire
11personnel, emergency medical technicians, or paramedics; all
12individuals employed and considered as first responders; all
13workers for health care providers, including nursing homes and
14rehabilitation facilities and home care workers; corrections
15officers; and any individuals employed by essential businesses
16and operations as defined in Executive Order 2020-10 dated
17March 20, 2020, as long as individuals employed by essential
18businesses and operations are required by their employment to
19encounter members of the general public or to work in
20employment locations of more than 15 employees. For purposes
21of this subsection only, an employee's home or place of
22residence is not a place of employment, except for home care
23workers.
24    (3) The presumption created in this subsection may be
25rebutted by evidence, including, but not limited to, the
26following:

 

 

SB3865- 682 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1        (A) the employee was working from his or her home, on
2    leave from his or her employment, or some combination
3    thereof, for a period of 14 or more consecutive days
4    immediately prior to the employee's injury, occupational
5    disease, or period of incapacity resulted from exposure to
6    COVID-19; or
7        (B) the employer was engaging in and applying to the
8    fullest extent possible or enforcing to the best of its
9    ability industry-specific workplace sanitation, social
10    distancing, and health and safety practices based on
11    updated guidance issued by the Centers for Disease Control
12    and Prevention or Illinois Department of Public Health or
13    was using a combination of administrative controls,
14    engineering controls, or personal protective equipment to
15    reduce the transmission of COVID-19 to all employees for
16    at least 14 consecutive days prior to the employee's
17    injury, occupational disease, or period of incapacity
18    resulting from exposure to COVID-19. For purposes of this
19    subsection, "updated" means the guidance in effect at
20    least 14 days prior to the COVID-19 diagnosis. For
21    purposes of this subsection, "personal protective
22    equipment" means industry-specific equipment worn to
23    minimize exposure to hazards that cause illnesses or
24    serious injuries, which may result from contact with
25    biological, chemical, radiological, physical, electrical,
26    mechanical, or other workplace hazards. "Personal

 

 

SB3865- 683 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    protective equipment" includes, but is not limited to,
2    items such as face coverings, gloves, safety glasses,
3    safety face shields, barriers, shoes, earplugs or muffs,
4    hard hats, respirators, coveralls, vests, and full body
5    suits; or
6        (C) the employee was exposed to COVID-19 by an
7    alternate source.
8    (4) The rebuttable presumption created in this subsection
9applies to all cases tried after June 5, 2020 (the effective
10date of Public Act 101-633) and in which the diagnosis of
11COVID-19 was made on or after March 9, 2020 and on or before
12June 30, 2021 (including the period between December 31, 2020
13and the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st
14General Assembly).
15    (5) Under no circumstances shall any COVID-19 case
16increase or affect any employer's workers' compensation
17insurance experience rating or modification, but COVID-19
18costs may be included in determining overall State loss costs.
19    (6) In order for the presumption created in this
20subsection to apply at trial, for COVID-19 diagnoses occurring
21on or before June 15, 2020, an employee must provide a
22confirmed medical diagnosis by a licensed medical practitioner
23or a positive laboratory test for COVID-19 or for COVID-19
24antibodies; for COVID-19 diagnoses occurring after June 15,
252020, an employee must provide a positive laboratory test for
26COVID-19 or for COVID-19 antibodies.

 

 

SB3865- 684 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    (7) The presumption created in this subsection does not
2apply if the employee's place of employment was solely the
3employee's home or residence for a period of 14 or more
4consecutive days immediately prior to the employee's injury,
5occupational disease, or period of incapacity resulted from
6exposure to COVID-19.
7    (8) The date of injury or the beginning of the employee's
8occupational disease or period of disability is either the
9date that the employee was unable to work due to contraction of
10COVID-19 or was unable to work due to symptoms that were later
11diagnosed as COVID-19, whichever came first.
12    (9) An employee who contracts COVID-19, but fails to
13establish the rebuttable presumption is not precluded from
14filing for compensation under this Act or under the Workers'
15Compensation Act.
16    (10) To qualify for temporary total disability benefits
17under the presumption created in this subsection, the employee
18must be certified for or recertified for temporary disability.
19    (11) An employer is entitled to a credit against any
20liability for temporary total disability due to an employee as
21a result of the employee contracting COVID-19 for (A) any sick
22leave benefits or extended salary benefits paid to the
23employee by the employer under Emergency Family Medical Leave
24Expansion Act, Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act of the Families
25First Coronavirus Response Act, or any other federal law, or
26(B) any other credit to which an employer is entitled under the

 

 

SB3865- 685 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1Workers' Compensation Act.
2(Source: P.A. 101-633, eff. 6-5-20; 101-653, eff. 2-28-21.)
 
3    Section 220. The Unemployment Insurance Act is amended by
4changing Sections 211.4 and 614 as follows:
 
5    (820 ILCS 405/211.4)  (from Ch. 48, par. 321.4)
6    Sec. 211.4. A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
7Act, the term "employment" shall include service performed
8after December 31, 1977, by an individual in agricultural
9labor as defined in Section 214 when:
10        1. Such service is performed for an employing unit
11    which (a) paid cash wages of $20,000 or more during any
12    calendar quarter in either the current or preceding
13    calendar year to an individual or individuals employed in
14    agricultural labor (not taking into account service in
15    agricultural labor performed before January 1, 1980, by a
16    noncitizen an alien referred to in paragraph 2); or (b)
17    employed in agricultural labor (not taking into account
18    service in agricultural labor performed before January 1,
19    1980, by a noncitizen an alien referred to in paragraph 2)
20    10 or more individuals within each of 20 or more calendar
21    weeks (but not necessarily simultaneously and irrespective
22    of whether the same individuals are or were employed in
23    each such week), whether or not such weeks are or were
24    consecutive, within either the current or preceding

 

 

SB3865- 686 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    calendar year.
2        2. Such service is not performed in agricultural labor
3    if performed before January 1, 1980 or on or after the
4    effective date of this amendatory Act of the 96th General
5    Assembly, by an individual who is a noncitizen an alien
6    admitted to the United States to perform service in
7    agricultural labor pursuant to Sections 214(c) and
8    101(a)(15)(H) of the Immigration and Nationality Act.
9    B. For the purposes of this Section, any individual who is
10a member of a crew furnished by a crew leader to perform
11service in agricultural labor for any other employing unit
12shall be treated as performing service in the employ of such
13crew leader if (1) the leader holds a valid certificate of
14registration under the Farm Labor Contractor Registration Act
15of 1963, or substantially all the members of such crew operate
16or maintain tractors, mechanized harvesting or crop dusting
17equipment, or any other mechanized equipment, which is
18provided by the crew leader; and (2) the service of such
19individual is not in employment for such other employing unit
20within the meaning of subsections A and C of Section 212, and
21of Section 213.
22    C. For the purposes of this Section, any individual who is
23furnished by a crew leader to perform service in agricultural
24labor for any other employing unit, and who is not treated as
25performing service in the employ of such crew leader under
26subsection B, shall be treated as performing service in the

 

 

SB3865- 687 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1employ of such other employing unit, and such employing unit
2shall be treated as having paid cash wages to such individual
3in an amount equal to the amount of cash wages paid to the
4individual by the crew leader (either on his own behalf or on
5behalf of such other employing unit) for the service in
6agricultural labor performed for such other employing unit.
7    D. For the purposes of this Section, the term "crew
8leader" means an individual who (1) furnishes individuals to
9perform service in agricultural labor for any other employing
10unit; (2) pays (either on his own behalf or on behalf of such
11other employing unit) the individuals so furnished by him for
12the service in agricultural labor performed by them; and (3)
13has not entered into a written agreement with such other
14employing unit under which an individual so furnished by him
15is designated as performing services in the employ of such
16other employing unit.
17(Source: P.A. 96-1208, eff. 1-1-11.)
 
18    (820 ILCS 405/614)  (from Ch. 48, par. 444)
19    Sec. 614. Non-resident noncitizens aliens - ineligibility.
20A noncitizen An alien shall be ineligible for benefits for any
21week which begins after December 31, 1977, on the basis of
22wages for services performed by such noncitizen alien, unless
23the noncitizen alien was an individual who was lawfully
24admitted for permanent residence at the time such services
25were performed or otherwise was permanently residing in the

 

 

SB3865- 688 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1United States under color of law at the time such services were
2performed (including a person an alien who was lawfully
3present in the United States as a result of the application of
4the provisions of Section 212(d) (5) of the Immigration and
5Nationality Act); provided, that any modifications of the
6provisions of Section 3304(a) (14) of the Federal Unemployment
7Tax Act which
8        A. Specify other conditions or another effective date
9    than stated herein for ineligibility for benefits based on
10    wages for services performed by noncitizens aliens, and
11        B. Are required to be implemented under this Act as a
12    condition for the Federal approval of this Act requisite
13    to the full tax credit against the tax imposed by the
14    Federal Act for contributions paid by employers pursuant
15    to this Act, shall be applicable under the provisions of
16    this Section.
17    Any data or information required of individuals who claim
18benefits for the purpose of determining whether benefits are
19not payable to them pursuant to this Section shall be
20uniformly required of all individuals who claim benefits.
21    If an individual would otherwise be eligible for benefits,
22no determination shall be made that such individual is
23ineligible for benefits pursuant to this Section because of
24the individual's noncitizen alien status, except upon a
25preponderance of the evidence.
26(Source: P.A. 86-3; 87-122.)
 

 

 

SB3865- 689 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    Section 995. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act
2makes changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by
3text that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a
4Section represented by multiple versions), the use of that
5text does not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the
6changes made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any
7other Public Act.
 
8    Section 999. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon
9becoming law.

 

 

SB3865- 690 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1 INDEX
2 Statutes amended in order of appearance
3    5 ILCS 312/2-102from Ch. 102, par. 202-102
4    5 ILCS 805/10
5    20 ILCS 605/605-800was 20 ILCS 605/46.19a in part
6    20 ILCS 1510/25
7    35 ILCS 5/1501from Ch. 120, par. 15-1501
8    45 ILCS 160/5
9    45 ILCS 162/10
10    55 ILCS 5/3-12007from Ch. 34, par. 3-12007
11    65 ILCS 5/11-74.2-14from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.2-14
12    70 ILCS 2605/11.15from Ch. 42, par. 331.15
13    110 ILCS 205/9.16from Ch. 144, par. 189.16
14    110 ILCS 925/3.06from Ch. 144, par. 1503.06
15    110 ILCS 930/2from Ch. 144, par. 2302
16    110 ILCS 930/7from Ch. 144, par. 2307
17    110 ILCS 947/65.50
18    110 ILCS 947/65.110
19    110 ILCS 952/20
20    110 ILCS 975/5from Ch. 144, par. 2755
21    110 ILCS 975/6.5
22    205 ILCS 635/1-4
23    215 ILCS 5/2from Ch. 73, par. 614
24    215 ILCS 5/35A-5
25    215 ILCS 5/37from Ch. 73, par. 649

 

 

SB3865- 691 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    215 ILCS 5/58from Ch. 73, par. 670
2    215 ILCS 5/Art. III.5
3    heading
4    215 ILCS 5/60afrom Ch. 73, par. 672a
5    215 ILCS 5/60bfrom Ch. 73, par. 672b
6    215 ILCS 5/60cfrom Ch. 73, par. 672c
7    215 ILCS 5/60dfrom Ch. 73, par. 672d
8    215 ILCS 5/60efrom Ch. 73, par. 672e
9    215 ILCS 5/60ffrom Ch. 73, par. 672f
10    215 ILCS 5/60gfrom Ch. 73, par. 672g
11    215 ILCS 5/60hfrom Ch. 73, par. 672h
12    215 ILCS 5/60ifrom Ch. 73, par. 672i
13    215 ILCS 5/60jfrom Ch. 73, par. 672j
14    215 ILCS 5/63from Ch. 73, par. 675
15    215 ILCS 5/86from Ch. 73, par. 698
16    215 ILCS 5/87from Ch. 73, par. 699
17    215 ILCS 5/88from Ch. 73, par. 700
18    215 ILCS 5/103from Ch. 73, par. 715
19    215 ILCS 5/104from Ch. 73, par. 716
20    215 ILCS 5/105from Ch. 73, par. 717
21    215 ILCS 5/Art. VI heading
22    215 ILCS 5/108from Ch. 73, par. 720
23    215 ILCS 5/109from Ch. 73, par. 721
24    215 ILCS 5/110from Ch. 73, par. 722
25    215 ILCS 5/111from Ch. 73, par. 723
26    215 ILCS 5/112from Ch. 73, par. 724

 

 

SB3865- 692 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    215 ILCS 5/113from Ch. 73, par. 725
2    215 ILCS 5/113.1from Ch. 73, par. 725.1
3    215 ILCS 5/114from Ch. 73, par. 726
4    215 ILCS 5/115from Ch. 73, par. 727
5    215 ILCS 5/116from Ch. 73, par. 728
6    215 ILCS 5/117from Ch. 73, par. 729
7    215 ILCS 5/118from Ch. 73, par. 730
8    215 ILCS 5/119from Ch. 73, par. 731
9    215 ILCS 5/120from Ch. 73, par. 732
10    215 ILCS 5/123from Ch. 73, par. 735
11    215 ILCS 5/123.1from Ch. 73, par. 735.1
12    215 ILCS 5/123.3from Ch. 73, par. 735.3
13    215 ILCS 5/123C-8from Ch. 73, par. 735C-8
14    215 ILCS 5/126.1
15    215 ILCS 5/126.12
16    215 ILCS 5/126.25
17    215 ILCS 5/131.13from Ch. 73, par. 743.13
18    215 ILCS 5/132.3from Ch. 73, par. 744.3
19    215 ILCS 5/133from Ch. 73, par. 745
20    215 ILCS 5/136from Ch. 73, par. 748
21    215 ILCS 5/141afrom Ch. 73, par. 753a
22    215 ILCS 5/144from Ch. 73, par. 756
23    215 ILCS 5/144.1from Ch. 73, par. 756.1
24    215 ILCS 5/146from Ch. 73, par. 758
25    215 ILCS 5/148from Ch. 73, par. 760
26    215 ILCS 5/154.5from Ch. 73, par. 766.5

 

 

SB3865- 693 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    215 ILCS 5/156from Ch. 73, par. 768
2    215 ILCS 5/156.1from Ch. 73, par. 768.1
3    215 ILCS 5/157from Ch. 73, par. 769
4    215 ILCS 5/161from Ch. 73, par. 773
5    215 ILCS 5/162from Ch. 73, par. 774
6    215 ILCS 5/163from Ch. 73, par. 775
7    215 ILCS 5/164from Ch. 73, par. 776
8    215 ILCS 5/166from Ch. 73, par. 778
9    215 ILCS 5/169from Ch. 73, par. 781
10    215 ILCS 5/170from Ch. 73, par. 782
11    215 ILCS 5/173.1from Ch. 73, par. 785.1
12    215 ILCS 5/179A-5
13    215 ILCS 5/179E-5
14    215 ILCS 5/Art. XII
15    heading
16    215 ILCS 5/180from Ch. 73, par. 792
17    215 ILCS 5/185.1from Ch. 73, par. 797.1
18    215 ILCS 5/188from Ch. 73, par. 800
19    215 ILCS 5/188.1from Ch. 73, par. 800.1
20    215 ILCS 5/197from Ch. 73, par. 809
21    215 ILCS 5/201from Ch. 73, par. 813
22    215 ILCS 5/223from Ch. 73, par. 835
23    215 ILCS 5/241from Ch. 73, par. 853
24    215 ILCS 5/292.1from Ch. 73, par. 904.1
25    215 ILCS 5/302.1from Ch. 73, par. 914.1
26    215 ILCS 5/308.1from Ch. 73, par. 920.1

 

 

SB3865- 694 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    215 ILCS 5/309.1from Ch. 73, par. 921.1
2    215 ILCS 5/310.1from Ch. 73, par. 922.1
3    215 ILCS 5/357.29from Ch. 73, par. 969.29
4    215 ILCS 5/370from Ch. 73, par. 982
5    215 ILCS 5/404from Ch. 73, par. 1016
6    215 ILCS 5/408from Ch. 73, par. 1020
7    215 ILCS 5/412from Ch. 73, par. 1024
8    215 ILCS 5/413from Ch. 73, par. 1025
9    215 ILCS 5/415from Ch. 73, par. 1027
10    215 ILCS 5/444from Ch. 73, par. 1056
11    215 ILCS 5/444.1from Ch. 73, par. 1056.1
12    215 ILCS 5/445from Ch. 73, par. 1057
13    215 ILCS 5/448from Ch. 73, par. 1060
14    215 ILCS 5/451from Ch. 73, par. 1063
15    215 ILCS 5/531.09from Ch. 73, par. 1065.80-9
16    215 ILCS 5/531.11from Ch. 73, par. 1065.80-11
17    215 ILCS 5/534.5from Ch. 73, par. 1065.84-5
18    215 ILCS 5/543.1from Ch. 73, par. 1065.93-1
19    215 ILCS 5/1103from Ch. 73, par. 1065.803
20    215 ILCS 100/5from Ch. 73, par. 1605
21    215 ILCS 105/7from Ch. 73, par. 1307
22    215 ILCS 150/15from Ch. 148, par. 215
23    215 ILCS 155/11from Ch. 73, par. 1411
24    215 ILCS 155/15.1
25    215 ILCS 159/5
26    215 ILCS 159/30

 

 

SB3865- 695 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    225 ILCS 50/8from Ch. 111, par. 7408
2    225 ILCS 459/10
3    305 ILCS 5/5-3from Ch. 23, par. 5-3
4    310 ILCS 20/5from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 57
5    315 ILCS 30/18from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 91.118
6    330 ILCS 61/1-10
7    430 ILCS 65/4from Ch. 38, par. 83-4
8    430 ILCS 65/8from Ch. 38, par. 83-8
9    720 ILCS 5/17-6.5
10    720 ILCS 678/2
11    725 ILCS 5/113-8
12    730 ILCS 5/3-2-2from Ch. 38, par. 1003-2-2
13    730 ILCS 5/5-5-3
14    740 ILCS 80/12from Ch. 59, par. 12
15    750 ILCS 28/20
16    765 ILCS 60/Act title
17    765 ILCS 60/0.01from Ch. 6, par. 0.01
18    765 ILCS 60/7from Ch. 6, par. 7
19    765 ILCS 60/8from Ch. 6, par. 8
20    765 ILCS 725/Act title
21    765 ILCS 725/0.01from Ch. 6, par. 8.9
22    765 ILCS 725/1from Ch. 6, par. 9
23    775 ILCS 5/2-101
24    815 ILCS 400/Act title
25    815 ILCS 400/0.01from Ch. 111, par. 8050
26    815 ILCS 400/1from Ch. 111, par. 8051

 

 

SB3865- 696 -LRB102 24242 RJF 33473 b

1    815 ILCS 400/2from Ch. 111, par. 8052
2    815 ILCS 400/3from Ch. 111, par. 8053
3    815 ILCS 505/2AA
4    820 ILCS 305/1from Ch. 48, par. 138.1
5    820 ILCS 305/7from Ch. 48, par. 138.7
6    820 ILCS 310/1from Ch. 48, par. 172.36
7    820 ILCS 405/211.4from Ch. 48, par. 321.4
8    820 ILCS 405/614from Ch. 48, par. 444